LAS of Soatae
as
*
sets Tot ets elena
orayatets
oA
take!
boy
.
Pe
»
siretsdi les deli sess
oe Se
erred
Ca aac
"4 4
Piety y
v4
BY MON Kk
ee
piabs
C3
4 ‘
ec cree ea
AR GOL
BLES OPER LES
ee Be pines
he
4 sity
Wie
fiche 4
las
TER wey
Pity tate het tat)
pee
vas arnie
ows ae
t kK
¥ ef aie
mA th
PANG
AER
4
1
TAME
Dee eX
+ alt ey Ht Cs
¥
mi)
ay,
Vy
Va Tis
UACARN ie
fi 4, it
x
t
iN
ts
sity! ‘y
at
44 oe
CRY ‘
OF AT, 1
uty
TAY NG
i zn EE whale
ie ¢ an chute 5:9 3
Para ae ai atiC
SB A
ys a hoa
Leia,
2s
CAB Mic
ya vi ay
Pe mieaity
Pi er
>
I
‘
at ht th
on i
ae
ee a
as a
iy?
y
WW. iM
A aK
ay
te
aS
sete,
na
aie
Se ae =>
Es pee
ates yaa
PEs
— Seto ne Ea = ites at
eee £ = Ser * “ 7
rs Sei use Seeeey re eats
qs
pert:
PE YY 3
WF:
il
ea
EL
Lut
|
ale:
|
iz
W
]
Ilham Healey Dall
Division of Mollusks
Sectional Library
Divisie ot
5 not Mollusks
PROCEEDINGS
MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
VOL.-XI.
1914—1915.
PROCEEDING S/
OF THE
MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
EDITED BY
Hoa; OMI. sO) PZ.8:
Under the direction of the Publicatwn Committee.
VOLUME XI.
1914—1914. Ze Gielen
AUTHORS ALONE AKE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE
PAPERS.
LONDON :
DULAU & CO., Lrp.,
37 Sono Sauare, W.
1915.
DATES OF PUBLICATION, VOL: XE
March 30th, 1914.
June 24th, 1914.
September 5th, 1914.
March 29th, 1915.
June 17th, 1915.
August 20th, 1915.
2 Worldcat
Proc. MaLac:Soc.Lonp: VoL.XI,FRONTISPIECE.
Pay a ke ai
Se
PRESIDENT 1901-03.
Vol. XI. Part I.
MARCH, 1914.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
Price 7s. 6d. net.
EDITED BY
B.A, SMITHS TS: O208.Z.8:
Under the direction of the Publication Comnuttee.
AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE
PAPERS.
CS Orr Ba 2S EES: .
PROCEEDINGS :— PAGE PAPERS continued :— PAGE
Ordinary Meetings : On a new and remarkable sub-
; : : species of Limnea pereger,
hae lglg ss dame ; Miill., from Iceland. By H.B.
January 9th, AQUATIC 2 PRESTON, F.Z.S. (Fig.) ... 11
NOTES :—
On Testacella maugei in Corn-
Descriptions of new species of
Land and Marine Shells
from the Montebello Islands,
Western Australia. By H. B.
wall. By L. St.G. BYNE... 3 | PRESTON, F.Z.S. (Figs.)... 13
Condensation ofMoisture within _ Characters of new Land and
and on glass specimen | Freshwater Shells from the
tubes. By B. B. WoopwarD, | Naga Hills, Assam. By H.B.
ALES eae Saath Se RTA 3.5 PRESTON, F.Z.8. (Figs.)... 19
. | The Chiton Fauna of the
PAPERS :-— | Kermadeec Islands. By T.
ts : 4 | IREDALE. (Plates I, II.) ... 25
Note on Haliotis sieboldii, | Descriptions of new species of
Reeve. ByE.A.SMITH,I.S.O. 4 Helicoids from the Indian
Descriptions of new species of Region. By G. K. Gupr,
MolluseafromNewCaledonia, IS Zio Sen (Hse nur tie eo ee 52
Japan, and other localities. A Synopsis of the family
By G. B. Sowersy, F.L.S. Veneride. By A.J. JUKES-
(LE Veteh) eee heaa ar ante alana a as 5 BROWNE DGB RAGS oie eas 58
LONDON: BERLIN :
DULAU & CO., Lrp.,
37 SOHO SQUARE, W.
R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN,
11 KARLSTRASSE, N.W.
For information concerning the
MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON
See page iii of this wrapper.
CHARGESTFOR ADVERTISEMENTS
OUTSIDE COVER. Each insertion—
Whole page . ‘ : 30s.
Half page y : : 15s.
Quarter page . : : 7s. 6d.
INSIDE COVER. Each insertion—
Whole page . ° : 20s.
Half page : i 10s.
Quarter page . : ; 5s.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 14rnH Novemser, 1913.
The Rev. A. H. CooxkE, M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair.
A. A. Hinckley was elected a member of the Society.
The following communications were read :—
1. ** Note on Haliotis sieboldii, Reeve.” By E. A. Smith, 1.5.0.
2. ‘Condensation of Moisture within and on glass specimen tubes.”’
By B. B. Woodward, F.L.S.
3. ‘On Zestacella mauget in Cornwall.” By L. St. G. Byne, M.Se.
Mr. A. S. Kennard, F.G.S., exhibited a specimen of Helix pisana
which had been raised by him in his garden with others from immature
specimens received from Staff-Surgeon K.H. Jones, who had collected
them in Malta. Being originally of a pale yellowish colour, the
additions made to the shell by the animal exhibited the normal
blackish markings and banding of typical HZ. pisana, the contrast
between the new and the old growth being very marked.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 12ra DecemBerr, 1915.
The Rev. A. H. CookE, M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair.
Junius Henderson and Major KE. C. Freeman were elected members
of the Society.
The following communications were read :—
1. ‘‘ Descriptions of new species of Mollusca from New Caledonia,
Japan, and other localities.” By G. B. Sowerby, F.L.S.
2. “A Synopsis of the Family Veneride.” Part I. By A. J.
Jukes-Browne, F.R.S.
3. ‘ Description of new species of land and marine shells from the
Montebello Islands, Western Australia.” By H. B. Preston, I'.Z.S.
4. “The Chiton Fauna of the Kermadec Islands.” By Tom
Iredale.
VOL. XI.—MARCH, 1914. 1
bo
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Mr. C. Oldham exhibited specimens of Vertigo alpestris from
Dolgelly, the first record for Wales; Helicella heripensis, from Tring ;
and a curious striated form of Zimnea pereger from Dolgelly.
Mr. F. H. Sikes, M.A., exhibited specimens of Vertigo moulinsiana
from Berkshire, a new county record.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 9ra January, 1914.
R. BULLEN NEWTON, F.G.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
Major M. Connolly and Mr. A. S. Kennard, F.G.S., were appointed
scrutineers.
The following communications were read :—
1. ‘‘On a new and remarkable sub-species of Limnea pereger from
Iceland” By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S.
2. ‘‘Characters of new Land Shells from the Naga Hills, Assam.’
By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S.
3. ‘Descriptions of new species of Helicoids from the Indian
Region.” By G. K. Gude, F.Z.S.
>
NOTES.
On TesTACELLA MAUGEI IN Cornnwatt. (Lead 14th November, 1913.)
—lI have pleasure in recording the occurrence of two rare varieties of this
species. (a) Var. viridans, G. & F. Mr. Roebuck says it is the first
example recorded since 1883, when he had it from county Waterford.
(6) Var. griseo-nigrescens, G. & F. Only previously found in co, Tipperary
and Pembrokeshire, twice, 1885 and 1904; up to the time of writing,
22nd February, 1913, these constitute two new records to the molluscan
fauna of England. They were found under 12 in. chrysanthemum pots
and old wooden planks in Mr. Howard Fox’s beautiful garden at Rosehill,
Falmouth ; they are most abundant in the autumn. Two shells of this
species in Penzance Museum are labelled Phillack near Hayle ; the type
has not occurred up to the time of writing this note.
L. St. G. ByNe.
ConDENSATION OF MOISTURE WITHIN AND ON GLASS SPECIMEN TUBES.
(Read 14th November, 1913.)—-In May last I exhibited a number of glass
specimen tubes from my cabinets that were lable to become covered
inside and out with condensed moisture, whilst other tubes placed
under similar conditions remained dry. Investigation of these tubes
was made in the Mineral Department of the British Museum (Natural
History), where similar cases had been met with, and the question was
referred by that department to the National Physical Laboratory. I am
permitted to quote from the reply to Dr. Herbert Smith as follows :
“The difference between the two tubes, so far as an examination of the
glass can show, appears to be due to a difference in the composition of
the glass of the two tubes, one of which is probably somewhat hygroscopic,
while the other is free from that property. In order to arrive at a definite
conclusion on this point, however, it would be necessary to undertake
a fairly complete analysis of the glass . . . Asa rule the more hygroscopic
glasses contain too much alkali or too little lime, and the trouble can be
avoided by the makers if sufficient care is taken.”
B. B. Woopwarp.
NOTE ON AALIOTIS SIHEBOLDIT, REEVE.
By E. A. Smrru, 1.8.0.
Read 14th November, 1913.
THE unique specimen described by Reeve! as Haliotis sveboldit has
been regarded by the monographers Sowerby,” Weinkauff,* and
Pilsbry,* merely as a probable monstrosity of the Haliotis gigantea
of Chemnitz as that species was defined by Deshayes* and is now
understood.
A second, much larger specimen, has been presented to the British
Museum by Mr. Henry Harvey, to whom the Museum has been
indebted for many remarkable conchological abnormalities, and also
for nearly all the types and figured specimens contained in the
Sylvanus Hanley Collection.
The shell in question unfortunately has been denuded of its outer
coating, so that only the pearly structure remains. The form,
however, is practically identical with that of the type as depicted
by Reeve, showing every appearance of regularity in its growth,
and therefore I am inclined to regard these two specimens, not as
abnormalities, but as representatives, either of a distinct species, or,
at all events, of a local variation of the Chemnitzian shell.
A remarkable feature of H. steboldii, besides its characteristic
convex shape, is the almost marginal position of the spire. This, in
the type, is rather eroded, but appears to have been almost on the
margin, coiling away from it but very little. In Mr. Harvey’s
larger specimen it is more evident, the apex being at a distance of
13 mm. from the edge of the peristome.
Excepting towards the spire, the curve of the line of perforations
is very slight as shown in Reeve’s figures, whereas in typical examples
of H. gigantea the curve is SES DORONY ‘and the apex of the spire in
a shell of the same size is from 25 to 30mm. from the margin. Both
examples of HH. sveboldii are strongly radiately costate, so that the
peristome is conspicuously frilled and the interior deeply sulcate.
The larger shell is 170 mm. in iength, 125 in diameter, and 55
in depth.
1 Conch. Iconiea, vol. iii, figs. 32a—b.
2 Thesaurus Conch., vol. v, p. 18, pl. 437, fi
% Conchylien-Cab., p. 80, pl. xxx, fig. 1.
+ Man. Conch., vol. xii, p. 85, pl. xv, figs. 78, 79.
> Lamarck’s Anim. sans Vert., 2nd ed., vol. ix, p. 24.
g. 72.
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF MOLLUSCA FROM NEW
CALEDONIA, JAPAN, AND OTHER LOCALITIES.
By G. B. Sowersy, F.L.S.
Read 12th December, 1913.
NatTIca PAUCIMACULATA, I.sp.
Testa rotundata, crassa, polita, alba, ruto-fusco maculata; maculis
medianis 4, grandiusculis, infernis minoribus, supernis minutis; spira
brevissima, obtusa; anfractus 3, convexi, superne leviter oblique
plicati; anfractus ultimus rotunde convexus, parum obliquus; um-
bilicus fere clausus; columella oblique rectiuscula, sinistrorsim calloso
effusa ; apertura semilunata, peristoma simplex. Alt. 15, maj.
diam. 16 mm.
Hab.—New Caledonia.
A prettily marked shell, shining white, with a row of four bright
reddish-brown blotches just above the middle of the body-whorl,
a row of four smaller spots below, and a few minute dots above.
The columella is almost entirely closed by the columella callus.
Although the operculum is wanting, there can hardly be a doubt
that this is a true Natica, but it does not seem very closely allied to
any known species.
Natica BALTEATA, N.Ssp.
Testa ovata, solidiuscula, levis, albo-straminea, balteo lato fusco-
eriseo colorata, apice fusco; spira elatiuseula, ad apicem obtuse
exserta; anfractus 5, convexe declives, leves, oblique obscurissime
plicati ; anfractus ultimus 2 longitudinis teste equans, ovatus ;
umbilicus clausus ; apertura semilunata ; peristoma acutum ; columella
6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
leviter obliqua, sinistrorsum callose effusa. Operculum testaceum,
albo-nitidum, depressum. Alt. 12, maj. diam. 10 mm.
Hab.—New Caledonia.
Though of simple character this little shell does not seem to
appro oach very closely to any hitherto known species. It is oval
in form, rather solid, with a rather elevated spire; its surface is
smooth, with the exception of a few inconspicuous oblique plice near
the suture. The umbilicus is entirely covered by a thick white
callus. The colouring of the shell consists chiefly of a broad brownish-
grey belt, covering more than half of the body-whorl.
- Narica HILARIS, 1.sp.
Testa globosa, tenuis, straminea, maculis fuscis numerosis plerumque
subquadratis ubique ornata; spira brevis, obtusiuscula ; anfractus 5,
rotunde convexi, sutura angustissime canaliculata sejuncti; anfractus
ultimus latiusculus, rotundatus, vix obliquus, juxta suturam leviter
compressus ; umbilicus latiusculus, callo albo semicirculari in medio
instructus; columella tenuis, leviter obliqua; apertura latiuscula ;
labrum tenue. Alt. 20, diam. 20 mm.
Hab.—Kaii, Japan (Hirase).
The colour spots adorning this shell resemble those of WV. pel/is-
tigrina (Chem.), but it differs considerably from that species in form
and substance. It is quite thin and transparent, regularly globose
in form, and has a thick rounded callus entering the umbilicus, while
the columella is rather thin. The suture is very narrowly channelled.
Nassa EUGLYPTA, D.Sp.
Testa fusiformi-ovata, crassiuscula, straminea, fusco tri-balteata ;
spira elata, acuta; anfractus 9, primi 2- 3 lmves, rotundati, deinde
leevissime convexi, undique creberrime clathati, ad suturam leviter
angulati, costellis numerosis obliquiusculis, nodulosis, liris spiralibus
parum elevatis sed conspicuis instructi; anfractus ultimus 3 longi-
tudinis testee sequans, leviter convexus, infra contractus, transversim
oblique liratus; apertura ovalis, postice contracta, breviter sinuata,
antice brevissime canaliculata, intus lirata; labrum acute serratum ;
columella arcuata, tenuiter callosa. Long. 29, maj. diam. 16 mm.
Hab.—Kii, Japan (Hirase).
SOWERBY: NEW MOLLUSCA FROM VARIOUS LOCALITIES, u
Many years ago three specimens of this form were presented to our
National Museum by Dr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, and in 1879 described
by Mr. E. A. Smith as a variety of WV. siquaorensis, but without
varietal name. I think it should have a name, and that the differences
are sufficient to separate it specifically.
The chief differences are as follows :—
N. siquijorensis.—Suture distinctly channelled. Longitudinal riblets
comparatively smooth. Spiral sculpture consisting of slightly de-
pressed sulci.
NV. euglypta.—Suture not channelled. Spiral sculpture, distinct
lire: passing over the longitudinal riblets, and forming raised nodules
at the points of intersection.
VERLAGUS COMPTUS, D.Sp.
Testa elongata, pura alba, irregulariter parce varicosa; spira
leviter convexa, acuminata, ad apicem acutissima; anfractus vix
convexi, spiraliter leviter lirati, plicis longitudinalibus numerosis fere
levibus instructi ; anfractus ultimus } longitudinis teste vix sequans,
subglabratus, plicis partim evanidis, infra conspicue uniliratus, ad
basin concavus; rostrum breviculum, valde recurvum; apertura
latiuscula, intus glabra; columella oblique rectiuscula, biplicata.
Long. 29, maj. diam. 10 mm.
Hab.—Red Sea.
The nearest ally to this species is V”. lineatus, from which it differs
in being of a uniformly smaller size, in the comparative smoothness of
its whorls, its much less prominent plice, and the absence of colour
lines. Some specimens, however, of V’. dincatus are destitute of lines.
8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
I am indebted to Monsieur Vignal, who has made a special study
of this family, for his opinion, in confirmation of my own, that this is
a distinct species.
ANABATHRON PAGODIFORMIS, Sp.
Testa parva, elongato-turrita, albida; spira elongata, ad apicem
obtusiuscula ; anfractus 6, primi 2 rotundati, leviter oblique declives,
sequentes valde acute angulati, ad angulum acute squamosi, supra et
infra coneayvi; anfractus ultimus spiram vix sequans, supra angulum
leviter concavus, infra convexiusculus ; apertura circularis; columella
tenuis, rectiuscula; peristoma latiusculum, planum, extus triangu-
latum. Long. 23, maj. diam. 1 mm. :
HHab.—New Caledonia.
A Fein eable little shell, with a turreted spire and acutely
angular whorls, the angle being sharply scaled, almost spinose. Of
this very striking little species I have only seen four specimens,
three perfect and well developed, the other not quite adult.
DeENTALIUM FESIIVUM, 0.sp.
Testa regulariter arcuata, crassa, latiuscula, albida, balteis
interruptis rufo-carneis angulatis et undulatis pulcherrime ornata,
longitudinaliter costata; costis numerosis et confertis, circiter 35,
inequalibus, leviter planulatis, et compresse rotundatis; apertura
eircularis. Long. 52, maj. diam. 9 mm.
Hab.—New Caledonia.
Of this beautiful gaily coloured shell I have only seen a single
specimen. It is coloured with rose pink in broad interrupted bands,
partly waved and partly angular; the ribs are very numerous and
close-set, of unequal width, smooth, depressly rounded, the interstices
being very narrow, without transverse sculpture.
I am not able fully to describe the apex of this species, as the
specimen is rather incomplete, but it appears to have a rather broad
notch on the convex side.
SOWERBY : NEW MOLLUSCA FROM VARIOUS LOCALITIES. 9
BracHYyDONTES GRANOSISSIMA, 0.Sp.
Testa oblonga, sub-flabelliformis, tenuis, compressiuscula, nigro-
fusca, radiatim densissime grano-lirata, antice acute acuminata, postice
elliptica, latiuscula ; margo dorsalis oblique rectiusculus, antice declivis,
postice obtuse angulatus ; margo ventralis arcuatim constrictus ; latus
posticum supra declivis, infra rotundatum; umbones haud elevati,
subterminali; pagina interna margaritacea, hic illic ceruleo tincta,
marginibus crenulatis; cardo lira elongata angusta instructus ; liga-
mentum perelongatum, internum. Long. 80, maj. lat. 40 mm.
Hab.—Andaras, South America.
This shell in form closely resembles B. demissa (Dillwyn), but it is
more sharply acuminated at the anterior end, and the more particular
distinguishing character is found in the granular sculpture which
adorns its surface. The radiating riblets of B. demissa are prominent
and almost smooth, while in B. granosissima they are twice as numerous
and composed of prominent close-set granules. As in other species
of this group, there is a space towards the anterior end in which the
radiating ridges become obsolete and are resumed at the extremity.
Small specimens of granosissima, generally of a more inflated form,
have been received from Florida.
CHIONE EUGLYPTA, N.sp.
Testa transverse ovalis, compressiuscula, sordide albida, costellis
obliquis numerosis, liris concentricis crassiusculis squamoso-nodulosis
clathrata; umbones ante medium locati, leviter ineurvati; margo
dorsalis anticus valde declivis, posticus arcuatus; margo ventralis
rotunde arcuatus; ligamentum elongatum, immersum. Pagina interna
alba, levis, marginibus crenulatis. Dentes cardinales 3, crassiuscull,
divergentes. Diam. antero-post. 26, umbono-marg. 22, crass. 15 mm.
Hab.—Japan.
Specimens of this species have been distributed as V. adamsi (Reeve),
and the sculpture is similar, but the shell is very much smaller without
10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
appearing to be young. I have seen a considerable number of
specimens nearly equal in size, the largest not exceeding the dimensions
given above; whereas Reeve’s species measures 58 X 49 mm., and is
of a lighter substance and a more elongated sub-quadrate form, so
that its general aspect is very different from the shell now described.
TRIVIA EXIGUA, Var. ALBA, N.var.
Among a lot of shells recently received from New Caledonia,
I found several specimens of a pure-white variety of Trivia exigua,
Gray (more generally known as ftremeza, Duclos). The specimens
differ from the type in being destitute of colour-markings, and those
I have seen being of a somewhat larger size. The largest measures
7 and the smallest 5 mm. in length, while the typical ones before
me from Mauritius and Lifu average something less than 5 mm.
ON A NEW AND REMARKABLE SUB-SPECIES OF LIMNAA
PEREGER, MULL., FROM ICELAND.
By H. B. Presron, F.Z.S.
Read 9th January, 1914.
Tue series of specimens upon which the present sub-species is based
were handed to me for examination by Mr. F. H. Sikes, in whose
honour I have much pleasure in naming it, and who collected them
in August, 1912, during his recent extensive travels in Iceland. As
far as the collector is aware, they occur only in Rautharvatn or ‘ red
lake’, which, he informs me, is ‘‘little more than a tarn among
a desert of red earth” situated between Reykjavik and Thingvellir.
Mr. Sikes paid three visits to this lake, and on each occasion took
specimens on some submerged rocks which appear to be their only
habitat. The only other species of mollusc represented in Rautharvatn
is Pisidium lilljeborgii, Clessin,! which attains a large size, and the
collector has pointed out to me at some length the almost exact
similarity of the circumstances under which the present Limnea was
collected to those in which he had previously taken the Irish
L. involuta, Yhomp.,? in Lough Crincaum, co. Kerry, which it would
seem occurs also in that lake with but one molluscan co-inhabitant,
but which in this latter instance proved to be Presidium sp.
After careful examination of the very long series of ZL. pereger in
Mr. Sikes’ collection I have been unable to find any form to which
the present sub-species may be profitably compared, its nearest ally
being ovata, Draparnaud,® though from this it differs appreciably in
many ways, among the more noteworthy being its more oblong shape,
extremely thin texture, and much less exserted spire.
Mr. Sikes further informs me that the animals are of a very pale
colour and the shell so fragile that he broke many specimens in
attempting to extract them.
1 Clessin in Esmark & Hoyer, Malak. Blatt., N.F., viil, p. 119.
2 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., London, vol. v, p. 22, 1840.
3 Hist. Nat. moll. terr. fluv. France, p. 52, pl. ii, figs. 30-1.
12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
LIMN#A PEREGER SIKESI, n.subsp.
Shell oblong-ovate, thin, yellowish-brown horn-colour; whorls 4,
the first three small, not much exserted, regularly increasing, the
last very large, smooth but for lines of growth; suture impressed ;
columella-margin very obliquely descending, a little bulging above,
and diffused into a thin, ill-defined, parietal callus which reaches to
the upper margin of the labrum; labrum acute above, a little dilated
at the base; aperture oblong-ovate. Alt. 20mm.; diam. maj. 13,
min. 95mm. Aperture: alt. 16, diam. 10 mm.
Hab.—Rautharvatn, S.W. Iceland.
Type in the British Museum, presented by Mr. Sikes. The Museum
is also greatly indebted to him for his very fine and extensive
collection of British land and freshwater shells, which he most
liberally presented last year.
DESCRIPTION OF NEW SPECIES OF LAND AND MARINE SHELLS
FROM THE MONTEBELLO ISLANDS, WESTERN AUSTRALIA.
By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S.
Read 12th December, 1913.
'’nroucH the kindness of Mr. ‘I’. H. Haynes the author has been able
to obtain a certain amount of material from the Montebello Islands,
and though the greater part consists of well-known Indian Ocean
forms, a few appear to have hitherto escaped description, and are in
all probability peculiar to the West Australian region, if not actually
to the Montebello Islands themselves. Of these species the author
ventures to give the following diagnoses.
XHAGADA MONTEBELLOENSIS, N.Sp.
Shell perforate, globose; whorls 44, marked with rather coarse
growth-lines, the last whorl somewhat rapidly descending; suture
almost incised; umbilicus narrow, deep, partly concealed by the
reflexed columella-margin ; columella-margin excavated above,
descending in an oblique curve ; labrum slightly thickened, narrowly
reflexed, the margins joined by a very thin callus; aperture broadly
ovate. Alt. 13, diam. maj. 16, min. 13 mm. Aperture: alt. 9,
diam. 8mm.
Hab.—Montebello Islands, Western Austraha.
RHAGADA PLICATA, N.Sp.
Shell giobular, scarcely perforate, solid, whitish; whorls 43, the
earlier almost smooth, the later sculptured above with fine, closely
set, oblique and slightly arcuate, transverse costule, painted with
a light-brownish supersutural band, which appears as a peripheral
14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
band on the last whorl; base of shell convex, sculptured with fine
lines of growth only, and painted with several lightish-brown, very
thin, revolving bands; suture impressed, somewhat crenulated ;
umbilicus reduced to a hardly perceptible chink; columella-margin
excavated, much thickened in the umbilical region ; labrum thickened,
white, slightly expanded, the margins joined by a coarse callus;
aperture obliquely, broadly lunate. Alt. 7°5, diam. maj. 10°25 mm.
Aperture: alt. 4, diam. 4°5 mm.
Hab.—Montebello Islands, Western Australia.
NatiIca REN, N.sp.
Shell ovate, imperforate, solid, whitish; whorls 43, the earlier
whorls sculptured with fine, arcuate wrinkles, the last two whorls
bearing this sculpture above only, being smooth below, a faint
brownish band appearing on that portion of the shell where are
situated the wrinkles; suture lightly impressed; columella-callus
gibbous above, white, polished, very heavy, bulging outwards both
above and below, and extending over the umbilical region; labrum
acute; aperture elongately ovate; interior of shell tinged with pale
reddish-brown, especially above; operculum having 3 whorls, the
inner side slightly convex, white, covered with a thin, pale-yellowish
periostracum, the outer side, white polished, bearing posteriorly
a reniform rich brown raised blotch. Alt. 22, diam. maj. 21,
min. 13mm. Aperture: alt. 14, diam. 7mm.
Hab.—Montebello Islands, Western Australia.
PHASIANELLA MONTEBELLOENSIS, N.Sp.
Shell turbinately fusiform, polished, flesh-coloured, painted with
somewhat distant, narrow, interrupted, spiral bands of livid purple,
\
between which occur narrow, spiral bands of deep scarlet, regularly
punctated with cream-coloured spots, and transversely painted with
PRESTON : MOLLUSCA FROM THE MONTEBELLO ISLANDS, 15
broad, irregular, livid, purplish bands; whorls 7, convex, the last
slightly descending in front, minutely sculptured with very fine,
closely set spiral strize, and marked with fine lines of growth; suture
impressed, rather darkly tessellated and margined below; columella-
margin white, arched; labrum simple, acute; aperture roundly
ovate; interior of shell flesh-coloured. Alt. 20°5, diam. maj. 11°5,
min. 9mm. Aperture: alt. 8°5, diam. 5°5 mm.
Hab.—Montebello Islands, Western Australia.
TurBo FOLIACEUS, SCABROSUS, n.subsp.
Shell differing from typical 7. foliaceus, Phil.,! in its much more
coarsely scabrous sculpture, which gives to the spiral lire the
appearance of being ornamented with broad hollow spines.
Hab.—Montebello Islands, Western Australia.
TURBO FOLIACEUS, HAYNESI, n.subsp.
Shell imperforate, turbinate, moderately solid, tessellated with
yellowish-pink, alternating with broad flame-markings of dark-green
shading to olive; whorls 53, sculptured with two coarse tubercular
carine, and several finer tubercular, spiral lire, the interstices marked
with fine spiral strize, on the last whorl the tubercular carine increase
to four, and the spiral lire increase also in number; base of shell
convex, sculptured with six revolving, tubercular riblets, and
a number of fine striz; suture narrowly and deeply channelled ;
{
columella-margin descending in a curve, the inner margin iridescent,
the outer margin covered with a thick white callus which is diffused
above ; labrum acute; aperture roundly ovate ; operculum multispiral
with sub-central nucleus, whorls 44, the inner side slightly convex,
covered with a very thin, deciduous, light-brownish periostracum,
marked with arcuate lines of growth, the outer margin of the earlier
whorls flatly ridged, three such ridges appearing on the last whorl,
the outer side white, much thickened, and almost smooth above,
' Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., p. 41, pl. xi, figs. 2, 3.
16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
granular below, and bearing a single, coarse, almost central, spiral
rib on the last whorl. Alt. 35°75, diam. maj. 31mm. Aperture :
alt. 15, diam. 16 mm.
Hab.—Montebello Islands, Western Australia.
TURBO FOLIACEUS, TURRIFORMIS, n.subsp.
Shell perforate, turriform, somewhat solid, whitish, painted with
broad transverse, olive-green and black bands ; whorls 53, very
convex, sculptured with spiral lire and riblets, between which occur
very fine granular spiral strie crossed by fine, closely set, transverse
lines, giving to the shell a finely scabrous appearance; suture
impressed above, narrowly channelled below ; umbilicus narrow, deep ;
columella-margin somewhat arched, white, extending into a narrow,
heavy callus, which j joins the upper margin of the labrum, and causes
i
the peristome to be nearly continuous; peristome acute ; aperture
sub-circular; interior of shell iridescent ; operculum multispiral with
nearly central nucleus; whorls 6, the inner side slightly concave,
covered with a coarse, scaly, brown, horny periostracum, the outer
side sparsely pustulate centrally, the pustules becoming much finer
and more numerous towards the outer margin, centrally and
posteriorly white, anteriorly dark-green except ‘for a narrow, pale
band round the outer margin. Alt. 33, diam, maj. 26mm. Aperture:
alt. 15, diam. 15 mm.
Hab.—Montebello Islands, Western Australia.
TROCHUS MONTEBELLOENSIS, N.Sp.
Shell large, conic, ponderous, pale flesh-coloured, broadly, trans-
versely streaked, blotched and banded with pink and _ purple;
remaining whorls 6, the last slightly shouldered below, and bluntly
angled at the periphery, sc ulptured with coarse, irregular, spiral,
beaded lire and very oblique, transverse striz, the upper whorls
coarsely coronated immediately above the suture; suture weakly
impressed; base of shell greyish brown, maculated with pale flesh-
colour, se ulptured with very fine radiate striz crossed by thirteen
mode rately coarse, revolving, finely beaded lre which extend into
PRESTON : MOLLUSCA FROM THE MONTEBELLO ISLANDS, 17
the interior of the shell, a narrow band of scarlet and chestnut
running round the umbilical region; umbilical area pearly, sunk into
a deep and narrow depression, a very thin polished callus extending
from it to the upper margin of the labrum; columella-margin
nacreous, twisted into a coarse fold above, descending in a very
c-—--
t oe
acai J
oblique curve and terminating below in a blunt, nodulous pro-
tuberance; labrum acute, receding posteriorly, obliquely extended
anteriorly ; aperture subrhomboidal; interior of shell nacreous, pale
bluish white, slightly iridescent. Alt. 56°5, diam. maj. 49, min.
45mm. Aperture: alt. 27, diam. 20 mm.
Hab.—Montebello Islands, Western Australia.
STOMATIA SCULPTURATA, D.Sp.
Shell roundly auriform, narrowly perforate, rather thin, flesh-
coloured, painted with pale cinereous brown, broad, transverse flame-
markings, and tessellated below with the same colour; whorls 3},
bearing a single tuberculous revolving carina and one coarse, peri-
pheral, nearly smooth carina and a number of fine, almost smooth,
spiral lire, between all of which occur somewhat distant, spiral strise
and coarse, transverse lines of growth which develop into wrinkles
VOL. XI.—MARCH, 1914. 2
18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
on the latter half of the last whorl; suture impressed ; umbilicus
reduced to a mere chink; columella-margin curved; labrum acute
and coarsely serrated by the terminations of the revolving caring and
lire; aperture broadly ovate; interior of shell highly inidescent,
showing the inverse sculpture. Alt. 14°5, diam. maj. 20 mm.
Hab.—Montebello Islands, Western Australia.
PsAMMOBIA ECOLORATA , .Sp.
Shell elongately ovate, thin, small, white, marked with concentric
erowth-lines and sculptured posteriorly with fine, scarcely noticeable,
transverse, radiate strie; umbones small; dorsal margin anteriorly
sloping, posteriorly nearly straight; ventral margin scarcely rounded ;
anterior side bluntly acuminate ; posterior side angled above, obtusely
rounded below ; pallial impression broad, elongate, extending more
than two-thirds of the total breadth of the shell; interior of shell
white. Long. 10, lat. 17°5mm.
Hab.—Montebello Islands, Western Australia.
SOLENOTELLINA HAYNESI, 0.Sp.
Shell elongately ovate, almost smooth, polished, livid purple,
whitish in the sub-umbonal region, painted posteriorly with two
pale, radiate bands, irregularly marked with lines of growth, and
here and there showing closely set, transverse, wrinkled strie;
umbones small, not prominent, stained with dark purple, the stains
spreading on either side; dorsal margin arched; ventral margin
scarcely rounded; anterior side somewhat acutely rounded ; posterior
side rounded above, then angled, and sloping below ; pallial i impression
broadly elongate, marked with almost horizontal, scratch-like strie ;
interior of shell minutely granulate, livid purple. Long. 14:25,
lat. 26°5 mm.
Hab.—Montebello Islands, Western Australia.
19
CHARACTERS OF NEW LAND AND FRESHWATER SHELLS
FROM THE NAGA HILLS, ASSAM.
By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S.
Read 9th January, 1914.
AUSTENIA TIGRIS, N.Sp.
Shell elongately ovate, rather flat, polished, shining, spirally rayed
with bands of a darker colour, which are especially noticeable on the
upper part of the last whorl and on the base of the shell; whorls 2,
the first very small, pale yellowish-white, the last rapidly increasing
in size, rather coarsely marked with radiate lines of growth, and
somewhat malleated ; suture impressed ; labrum thin, membranaceous ;
aperture auriform ; interior of shell slightly nacreous in places. Alt.
11, diam. maj. 31, min. 19mm. Aperture: alt. 19, diam. 24 mm.
Hab.—Naga Hills, Assam,
ANGISTA COENI, 0.sp.
Shell broadly turbinate, dark reddish-brown ; whorls 6, regularly
increasing, not very convex, marked with closely set, oblique growth
strie ; base of shell also marked with lines of growth, and very finely
fe Ee ol
Y
spirally striate; suture well impressed; umbilicus wide, deep;
columella whitish, diaphanous, rather broadly outwardly expanded
above, obliquely descending; labrum not thickened, narrowly
20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
reflexed; aperture obliquely sub-cireular. Alt. 6, diam. maj. 9:5,
min. 8°25mm. Aperture: alt. 3, diam. 3mm.
Hab.—Naga Hills.
ARGIS1A CONGENER, 0.sp.
Shell differing from Helix (Aigista) mitanensis, Godwin-Austen,' in
its broader and less elevated form, less angled periphery, and much
wider umbilicus. Alt. (of type-specimen) 7, diam, maj. 12, min.
10mm. Aperture: alt. 4:25, diam. 3:6 mm.
4
Hab.—Naga Hills.
The specimens of this shell which I have before me vary con-
siderably in diameter.
VIVIPARA NAGA ENSIS, 0.Sp.
Shell globosely turbinate, rimate, dark olive; whorls 5, regularly
increasing, convex, painted with narrow, transverse stripes of reddish-
brown, sculptured with fine, spiral and wavy, transverse strie, suture
well impressed; umbilicus reduced to a mere chink; labrum very
slightly reflexed, black, the margins joined by a light blackish callus ;
colamells descending in a slight curve ; ifemion of shell bluish;
operculum thin, ieancerons with Ecent rie depressed nucleus.
Alt. 28, diam. maj. 22, min. 20mm. Aperture: alt. 15°5, diam.
11 mm.
Hab.—Naga Hills.
CYCLOPHORUS AUSTENIANUS, D.Sp.
Shell acutely turbinate, somewhat thin, strongly carinate at the
periphery, pale reddish-brown, painted on the upper whorls with
' Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., London (6), vol. iii, p. 108, 1889.
PRESTON : ON MOLLUSCA FROM ASSAM, 21
broad, zigzag flame-markings of dark chestnut, and with a broad,
spiral band, or group of bands, on the base immediately below the
peripheral keel ; whorls 5, rapidly increasing, sculptured above with
fine, closely set, spiral riblets, some of which coarsen into lire below,
crossed by very oblique, closely set, transverse strie, which give the
shell, especially on the upper half of the whorls, a finely granular
appearance ; base of shell sculptured with fine, wavy, revolving strive
and moderately fine lire, which become obsolete in the umbilical
area; suture well impressed, incised, and slightly overhung below ;
umbilicus somewhat wide, deep; columella descending in a curve,
a very thick, polished, transparent callus uniting it with the lip
above, just behind its junction with the parietal wall; labrum white,
thickened, laminiferous, rather narrowly expanded and reflexed ;
aperture sub-circular; interior of shell whitish, smooth, polished,
showing the spiral lire and dark, sub-peripheral bands through the
test; operculum slightly concave, laminiferous, with central nucleus,
having 7-8 whorls. Alt. 35°5, diam. maj. 42, min. 32°5 mm.
Aperture : alt. 19°5, diam. 20 mm.
Hab.—-Naga Hills.
CYCLOPHORUS BEDDOMEANUS, 0.sp.
Shell large, turbinate, with rather acute apex, thin, yellowish,
with one broad, super-peripheral, blackish-brown band and a broad
sub-peripheral band, immediately below which are two narrow bands
of the same colour on the last whorl, the earlier whorls being reddish-
brown, mottled with yellowish-grey ; whorls 5, the last two rapidly
increasing, sculptured with irregular lines of growth, crossed by
rather broad, but flat, spiral ridges, the last whorl carinate at the
periphery ; suture incised, narrowly margined above; umbilicus
moderately broad, deep; labrum continuous, somewhat thickened,
but not reflexed, crimson; aperture large, sub-circular; interior of
shell glossy, smooth, polished, bluish, the colour-bands being visible
through the test; operculum laminiferous, with central nucleus,
22 PROCKEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
having about 8 convolutions. Alt. 44, diam. maj. 53°75, min. 40 mm.
Aperture: alt. 24, diam. 25 mm.
Hab.—Naga Hills.
A white-lipped variety also occurs which is otherwise indistinguish-
able from the type.
PreROCYCLUS MARION, D.sp.
Shell somewhat orbicular, moderately depressed, covered with
a thin, laminiferous, reddish-brown periostracum ; whorls 43, regu-
larly increasing, the last very obtusely angled at the periphery, and
possessing a short, but rather broad, wing-like development just
behind the labrum; suture very deeply impressed; umbilicus wide,
deep ; labrum reflexed, white, laminiferous, continuous but for a slight
break below the wing-like projection; aperture circular; operculum
corneous, convex above, with central nucleus, bearing several raised,
more or less foliaceous lamine, which are especially strong towards
the outer margin, below concave, polished, shining. Alt. 8, diam.
maj. 20, min. 15mm. Aperture: alt. 7, diam. 7mm.
Hab.—Naga Hills.
Atycmus (CHARAX) PEILEI, n.sp.
Shell irregularly discoidal, moderately depressed, white; whorls 4,
the last gibbous, thin, strongly strangulated, and again becoming
gibbous just behind the labrum, sculptured with fine, somewhat
PRESTON : ON MOLLUSCA FROM ASSAM. 23
distant, transverse, arcuate strie, which become closely crowded on
the last whorl; suture rather deeply impressed; tube about 3mm.
in length ; umbilicus rather widely ovate, deep; columella obliquely
curved ; labrum continuous, double above, treble below, erect, sinuous,
having two notches, one broad in front, the other narrower above ;
aperture irregularly sub-circular. Alt. 4, diam. maj. 6°5, min.
5'5mm. Aperture: alt. 1:5, diam. 1°75 mm.
Hab.—Naga Hills.
DrIpLoMMATINA FRUMENTUM, 0D.Sp.
Shell fusiform with acute apex, pale-yellowish horn- colour,
somewhat shining; whorls 8, the first six regularly increasing, the
seventh broad and convex, the eighth swollen, but smaller, sculptured
with fine transverse striz ; suture impressed; columella descending
vertically, bearing a rather fine, oblique plait situated well within
the aperture, and diffused above into an arched, well-defined callus,
which joins the upper margin of the labrum, and which is obliquely
furrowed in the middle ; labrum whitish, broad, somewhat thickened,
24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
reflexed; aperture subquadrilateral. Alt. 6°5, diam. maj. 3, min.
275mm. Aperture: alt. 1°5, diam. 1 mm.
Hab.—Naga Hills.
DIpLOMMATINA FALLAX, N.Sp.
Shell a miniature of D. frumentum, Preston, but rather lighter in
colour, and with much coarser sculpture, the parietal callus is broader
and less arched, and is furrowed at its junction with the margin of
the labrum, the columella is more arched and has a rather coarser
plait; the aperture also is rather sub-circular than quadrilateral, as in
that species. Alt. 4:5, diam. maj. 2mm. Aperture: alt.:75,diam.:75.
Hab.—Naga Hills.
'
Gr
THE CHITON FAUNA OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS.
By Tom Irepate.
Read 12th December, 1913.
PLATES I, II.
Durine 1908 I collected all the Chitons I could at Sunday Island in
the Kermadec Group. Towards the end of 1907 my friend Mr, A. F.
Basset Hull visited Lord Howe Island, one of his main objects being
the collection of Chitons. Near the end of the succeeding year he
made a trip to Norfolk Island, again one of his chief interests being
this group of molluscs. Early in 1909 when passing through Sydney
we examined each other’s collections, since the zoology of these three
localities has long been a theme for comparison. I proposed to
withhold the results of my own studies until Mr. Hull’s paper was
published, since he had been first in the field. Having critically
examined many Chitons at the British Museum, I included in some
notes in this journal (vol. ix, pp. 160-2, 1910) a brief account of the
habits and relationship of the forms I procured at the Kermadecs,
making allusion to Mr. Hull’s collection.
In the study of the Lord Howe and Norfolk Island Chitons
Mr. Hull was assisted by Mr. Hedley, and their conclusions have
recently been published (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. xxxvui,
pp. 271-81, 1912). As above noted, I profited by the interchange
of specimens, but recently I have acquired very large collections of
the Lord Howe and Norfolk Island species, made by my friend and
companion collector at the Kermadecs, Mr. Roy Bell. These large
collections enable me to deal very completely with the relationships
of the species found at each group, and I therefore propose to divide
this paper into two sections, the first being a systematic and
descriptive account of the Kermadee Island Chitons, the second
a comparative review of the Chitons of the three localities previously
named.
1. Systematic Account.
The classification here utilized is based upon that proposed by
Dr. J. Thiele in his ‘‘ Revision des Systems der Chitonen ’’, published
in Chun’s Zoologica, 1909-10. Hitherto most workers have made
use of that introduced by Pilsbry in his memorable monograph of this
‘group in the Manual of Conchology, vols. xiv and xv (part), 1892-4.
Pilsbry’s exposition was so brilliantly effected that it inaugurated
a new era in the study of the group: based upon conchological
characters easily grasped by any painstaking student, the work was
so thoroughly done that improvement seemed impossible, more
especially as the results of intricate investigations were so clearly
expressed. Asa matter of fact, for absolutely fifteen years it received
no practical amendment; yet during the whole of that time work
was being very assiduously carried on, the whole of this work being
26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
entirely due to the impetus given to collectors by Pilsbry’s masterly
and most lucid treatment of the group. As stated above, Pilsbry’s
mouograph was entirely a conchological one, and the few apparent
discrepancies were not easily corrected by the study of the shells alone.
Dr. Thiele, in his Revision, through the co-ordinate study of the
radular characters, has remedied some of these inconsistencies; the
Revision is primarily constructed upon Pilsbry’s monograph, and in
the majority of cases full value has been given to ‘conchological
features. ‘here can be no hesitation in accepting Thiele’s Revision
as a great advance upon the classification introduced by Pilsbry,
and I hope, through the study of large quantities of Australasian
material, to effect some improvements upon Thiele’s Revision. My
criticism of Thiele’s Revision has been mainly conchological, so that
it is most pleasing to find that we are so much in accord. In the
sueceeding pages I propose several amendments, and it is well to
state that “these proceed from the study of much Australasian material
in conjunction with my Kermadec specimens. My earlier notes in
these Proceedings concerning Australasian Chitons dealt mainly with
the identification and nomination of species. In this paper I give
more attention to the higher groupings, but also take the opportunity
of correcting some errors occurring in those notes.
As Dr. Thiele’s Revision may not be generally available to readers
of these Proceedings, I would note here the groupings referring to the
Kermadec Chitons thus :—
Sub-order. Family.
Lepidopleurina. Lepidopleuridee.
Callochitonide.
Mopaliidee.
Chitonina, 4 Cryptoplacide.
[ fetnochitonidee
Chitonidee
I have not altered any of these family groupings, but give reasons for
differing from both Thiele and Pilsbry as regards the genera utilized,
and I am still continuing my res searches in this direction. The notes
given in quotation marks after the station of the species are extracts
from my paper in this journal above noted, and are here introduced
so that correlation with the previously unnamed species can be made.
Order POLYPLACOPHORA.
Sub-order LEPIDOPLEURINA.
family LEPIDOPLEURID.
Genus Paracurron.
Parachiton, Thiele: Chun’s Zoologica, Heft lvi (Revision des Systems
der Chitonen), pt. i, p. 14, 1909.
Type (by monotypy): Lepidopleurus acuminatus, Thiele.
At the place quate Thiele described Leprdopleurus acuminatus from
Duke of York Island. He introduced Parachiton as a sub-generic
name to be used on account of certain peculiar features, one of which
IREDALE: THE CHITONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. PAT
was the extraordinary tail-valve. He referred the species to the
genus Lepidopleurus, mainly on account of the lack of insertion-
plates. I had already concluded that the genus Lepidopleurus was
polyphyletic, and now anticipate its dismemberment as material
becomes available. I had determined to remove the following species
from Lepidopleurus before I recognized that it was certainly
a second member of Thiele’s sub-genus Parachiton. That fact at once
compelled me to advocate the recognition of Thiele’s sub-genus as
worthy of full generic rank, and its inclusion in the family Lepido-
pleuridee is simply due to the fact that insertion-plates are absent.
I believe that the division of the Polyplacophora into the sub-orders
Lepidopleurina and Chitonina is artificial, and that further study will
lead to the disintegration of the former and the transference of the
present members of it to various families of the Chitonina,
PARACHITON MESTAYERH, n.sp. Pl. I, Fig. 1.
Shell elongate, faintly keeled, elevated, side-slopes slightly convex,
last valve disproportionately large, girdle spiculose. General coloration
pink, slashed with longitudinal white streaks. Anterior valve
regularly quincuncially punctate. Median valves narrow, not beaked,
first very slightly larger than the others; lateral areas little raised,
the sculpture regular quincuncial punctation; the pleural areas are
closely tigitud nally striate, the striation becoming finer as it
approaches the dorsal ridge, where, however, it still persists. coe
valve much larger than the anterior valve; the mucro elevated :
about the posterior fourth, the posterior area being concave. The
anterior portion is tr iangular, its length twice as long as the pre-
ceding valve; it 1s similarly sculptured to the pleural areas of the
median valves, whilst the posterior area is regularly quincuncially
punctate, the punctation showing clearly on account of the protection
afforded by the concavity of this area, Inside coloration pinkish-
white. Insertion-plates absent. The sutural lamine small, irregularly
quadrangular, and very far apart. The girdle, owing to the difficulty
of preserving, appears somewhat imperfectly covered with very
slender elongate needles, with a fringe of much longer silvery
spicules.
A minute curled juvenile specimen shows the same sculpture as
the adult; the quincuncial punctation appears more prominently, and
the longitudinal stria more pronounced. Length of type 11, breadth
6mm. A much larger specimen curled up before it could be preserved.
Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadec Group.
Station.—Dredged off the north coast on gravelly bottom in
15 fathoms; also in Denham Bay in 26 fathoms. ‘‘ From 15 to 25
fathoms was dredged a fine Lepidopleurus, which has no near relation
yet on record. It faintly resembles some Japanese species.”’
Remarks.—This is undoubtedly most nearly allied to Lepidopleurus
acuminatus, Thiele, but otherwise no other shell is comparable
LL. acuminatus, Thiele, has the apex of the posterior valve more
posterior, and consequently the posterior area more diminished.
28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
I have associated with this beautiful Chiton the name of my friend
Miss M. K. Mestayer as a mark of her interest in this group.
Genus L&PIDOPLEURUS.
Lepidopleurus, Risso: Hist. Nat. ? Eur. Mérid., vol. iv, p. 267, 1826.
Type (by subsequent selection by Puifsbry, 1892), Chiton caje-
tanus, Poli.
I am quite unable to accept the following species as a typical
Lepidopleurus, and therefore designate it as the type of a new
sub-genus.
LeprpopLevrts (TERENOCHITON, n.subgen.) SUBLROPICALIS, N.sp.
Pie Rigs a0 Tad.
Shell small, elongate oval, highly keeled, side slopes straight and
steep, girdle scaly. General coloration uniform, pale reddish-yellow
to brick ; two specimens blackish-brown. Anterior valve flattened,
with the apex elevated and slightly recurved, the anterior slope being
faintly concave ; the sculpture consists of minute pustules, arranged
in very close radial rows. Median valves have their lateral edges
almost straight, but somewhat raised; the sculpture of the lateral
areas, which are differentiated by a slight fold, is simply pustulose,
with no defined arrangement; the pleural areas are sculptured with
slanting longitudinal rows of separated tubercles; from the edge of
the valve ten rows can be counted before they become ill-defined and
merging on the dorsal area. Posterior valve small, with the mucro
anterior and elevated, the lateral slope concave. Sculpture as in the
median valves. Inside coloration white. Insertion-plates absent.
Sutural laminee low and broad, higher towards the outer edges of the
valves, sinus broad. Girdle densely covered with minute striated
scales.
The preceding description is drawn up from a medium-sized
specimen, selected as type. Minute juvenile specimens show the
anterior valve, lateral areas of median valves, and posterior area of
posterior valve to be simply pustulose, without any defined arrange-
ment of the pustules, whilst the pleural areas of the median valves
are sculptured with few well-defined longitudinal rows of tubercles,
and the dorsal area is almost smooth. In an old crassate individual
the pustules have developed into raised tubercles upon the anterior
and posterior valves, and the dorsal area is strongly irregularly
tuberculose, the longitudinal rows of the pleural areas showing
indistinctly through the strong tubercles massing and somewhat
merging. Length of type 6°5, breadth 4, size of largest specimen
8 by 4-5 mm.
Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadec (uy
Station.—Living on the underside of embedded dirty stones below
low-water mark. Only procured at Coral Bay on the east coast.
‘A small Lepidopleurus was living under dirty stones below low
water. It was only on the underside of stones deeply embedded.”
IREDALE: THE CHILTONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 29
Remarks.—This little species recalls Zorica in miniature, and cannot
well be confused with any other Australasian Chiton. Its nearest
relations are Lepidopleurus norfolcensis, Hedley & Hull, from Norfolk
Island, and Z. catenatus, Hedley & Hull, from Lord Howe Island.
The authors note the relationship of the latter, but do not compare
the former, which they contrast with the New South Wales Z. badius,
Hedley & Hull. With the type of Lepidopleurus these small
species have nothing in common save the absence of insertion-plates.
I am therefore introducing the new sub-generic name Zerenochiton,
with Z. subtropicalis, Iredale, as type, and would for the present
include all the small Australasian ‘ Lepidopleurus’ under this
heading, though I can see little direct affinity between the present
species and the Neozelanic LZ. inquinatus (Reeve).
Sub-order CHITONINA.
Family CALLOCHITONIDZ.
Genus EupoxocHiTon.
Eudoxochiton, Shuttleworth, Mittheil. naturf. Gesell. Berne, p. 191,
1853.
Type (by monotypy), Acanthopleura nobilis, Gray.
The genus Hudoxochiton, placed by Pilsbry in the family Chitonide,
has been transferred by Thiele to his family Callochitonide, and in
this latter disposition I have already expressed (Proc. Malac. Soc.,
vol. ix, p. 153, 1910) my concurrence.
EvupoxocHiron PERPLEXUS, n.sp. Pl. I, Figs. 4, 6, 8.
Shell large, oval, elevated; valves arched, side slopes almost
straight; girdle leathery, with short spinelets. Colour uniform
reddish-brown, girdle greenish-brown. The only sculpture is minute
punctulation, though indistinct radiation may sometimes be observed
on. the anterior valve, whilst growth-lines are commonly seen on the
central areas. Anterior valve comparatively small. Median valves
narrow, lateral areas well raised. Posterior valve with the mucro
elevated at about the anterior third, the posterior slope slightly
concave. Inside coloration pure white. Anterior valve has the
insertion-plate very short, and cut into about twenty-three teeth,
‘which are irregularly deeply pectinated. Median valves with sutural
plates continuous, the sinus only indicated by a shallow depression.
Insertion-plates short, with three or four teeth as in anterior valve.
Posterior valve faintly emarginate on the posterior border, the
insertion-plate very short and not projecting beyond the tegmentum.
About twenty-three slits can be counted, the teeth as in anterior
valve. Girdle leathery, covered with short brown spinelets. Length
of type 59, breadth 40 mm.
Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadee Group.
Station.—On rocks about low tide.
30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICATL SOCIETY.
Evpoxocutron imitator, n.sp. PI. I, Figs. 5, 7, 9.
Shell large, oval, depressed; valves slightly keeled, side slopes
straight, girdle leathery with short spinelets. General coloration
uniform dark-brown, girdle pale greenish-brown. Sculpture as in
preceding species. Contrasted with the foregoing species the valves
are more depressed, posterior valve with mucro planate, almost central.
Inside coloration pure white. Sutural lamine longer than in the
above species, and the sinus even less pronounced. Insertion-plates
longer, and the anterior valve with more than twenty-five teeth, the
posterior about twenty-two. Girdle leathery, with short brown
spinelets. Length of type 59, breadth 40 mm.
Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadee Group.
Station.—On rocks below low tide.
‘© Kudoxochiton is endemic in Neozelanic waters with two distinct
species. £. nobilis, Gray, lives on the surf-swept boulders, and its
form and internal characters are well suited to withstand the force of
the waves. £. huttoni, Pilsbry, is easily separated by its much more
depressed form and longer teeth, it is only found on the most exposed
situations, and would appear to be much rarer. Which is the parent
or to which would the parent form be more hke would be difficult to
suggest. The question is more complicated by the finding on Sunday
Island of two forms of LHudoxochiton. . . . The Eudoxochitons of
Sunday Island are very puzzling, as the existence of two forms on
such a small island I could scarcely credit myself. Yet the shells
seem easily separable into two lots, which might be classed as varieties
of nobilis, Gray ; they differ in general form as much from each other
as from that species and are both less elevated. One form is even
lower than huttoni, Pils., though in the characters and number of the
teeth it absolutely agrees with the other. I have so far been unable
to provide a satisfactory explanation for the differentiation of these
from each other and from the Eudoxochitons of New Zealand.”
Remarks.—1 have here admitted the two forms above indicated
as distinct species, and would fully note the differences observed.
E.. perplexus was first collected, and it was noted as being less elevated
than £#. nobilis (Gray), though quite unlike &#. huttonz, Pilsbry.
Collectors of Hudoxochiton well know the rarity of the genus, and
very few specimens were obtained. Valves were not uncommonly
met with on the beaeh, and examination of these constantly gave the
number of slits in the interior and posterior valves as about twenty-
two or twenty-three. ‘The notes I had with me (copied from
Pilsbry) gave—
LE. nobilis, Gray, anterior valve 30 slits; posterior 24—6 slits.
E.. huttont, Pilsbry .,, a ataD Vy ieee i 19 -
This seemed to indicate that the Kermadec shell was not nobilis
(I had not specimens with me for actual comparison), and it was
certainly not huttone.
In the winter the sand moved along the north coast and forced
a large number of Hudoxochiton to come up to low-water mark. This
unexpected opportunity was greedily seized to collect every specimen,
IREDALE: THE CHITONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 31
and it was then found that the majority of these differed in their
depressed form and darker coloration, which was noticeable at sight.
Moreover, they were beautifully clean specimens such as had never
been collected before. In New Zealand even the smallest specimens
of these Chitons are covered with ugly extraneous growths, and the
earlier collected Kermadec specimens were dirty and worn. I have
now concluded that this depressed form must be a deeper water
dweller. It is easily separated from £. perplexus by its depressed
form, different posterior valve, and longer teeth, whilst the coloration
is also darker. It cannot be confused with either 2. nobilis (Gray)
or F. huttoni, Pilsbry, and, on account of its pseudo-resemblance to
the latter, I have called it H. imitator.
There would seem to be grounds for supposing the depressed form
to be the oldest, as juv eniles of all four species are very flattened
and scarcely determinable. The girdle is simply leathery with
a crinkled appearance, with only signs of the short spinelets thereon.
I have juveniles of the Kermadee species which I would not definitely
distinguish, since I do not think they could be easily differentiated
from juveniles of 4. nobilis (Gray), which I collected in the South
Island of New Zealand. It is certain that the Kermadec species are
smaller than the New Zealand ones, the valves being comparatively
broader and the girdle comparatively narrower. he largest
Kermadec specimen is under 70 mm. long and 45 mm. broad, w hilst
an average-sized Neozelanie #. nobilis, Gray, measures 75mm. long
by 50mm. broad, and specimens 110mm. in length are known to
exist. These measurements are taken from specimens with the girdle
well preserved and flattened.
‘amily MOPALIIDA.
Genus PLAXIPHORA.
Plaxiphora, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1847, pp. 65, 68, 1€9.
Type (by monotypy), Chiton carmichaelis, Gray = Ch. auratus,
Spalowsky.
In the Manual of Conchology, vol. xiv, p. 311, Pilsbry divided the
genus Plaxiphora into two sub-genera, Plaxiphora and Placophoropsis.
I would separate these generically. Pilsbry then indicated three
sections. of his sub-genus Plaxiphora, viz. Plaxiphora (s.str.),
Guildingia, and Frembleya. Thiele (Revision, p. 116) admits two
genera, Plaxiphora and Frembleya, noting no sections.
Guildingia | would generically differentiate, as the solitary species
is well defined and cannot be confused with anything else; the valves
are distinctive, whilst the radula seems to differ. The type of
Plaxiphora is Chiton auratus, Spalowsky, and this species is well
characterized by its large size, the lack of sculpture, the nature of
the girdle, and the form of the posterior valve. The Neozelanic
Plaxiphora campbelli, Filhol, with which P. aucklandica, Suter
(Subant. Islands New Zeal., vol. i, Mollusca, p. 2, pl. i, fig. 1, 1909),
based upon a juvenile, is synonymous, is typical.
32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY
Plaxiphora biramosa (Quoy & Gaimard) is quite unlike the pre-
ceding, though of large size. The exterior of the valves (which are
very solid) is sculptured, whilst the sutural lamin are connected, -
a feature otherwise quite foreign to the genus, and the posterior
valve is quite differently formed. I consider this species quite
worthy of sub-generic distinction, and I propose for it the new sub-
generic name Drapnoroprax.
The group typified by P. costata (Blainville) is also easily diagnosed
by the medium size of the members, the sculptured exterior of the
valves, and the formation of the posterior valve. Study of Pilsbry’s
Manual (loc. cit.) suggested the use of Huplaxiphora, Shuttleworth,
for this group, but “reference to Shuttleworth’s paper (Mittheil.
naturf. Gesell. Berne, 1853) showed that this name was introduced
(p. 193) in such a manner that it can only be treated as a substitute
name for Plaxiphora, Gray, and is therefore unavailable. I propose
to designate this sub-generic group Poneroprax and to name Chiton
costatus, Blainville, as type.
Frembleya, founded upon P. egregia, H. & A. Adams, has been
admitted as a section by Pilsbry and as a distinct genus by Thiele.
I would temporarily rank it as a sub-genus, the sculpture, small size,
and peculiar posterior valve being diagnostic. ‘The commonest Plaxi-
phora in New Zealand is P. celata (Reeve), under which name more
than one species appears to be confused. The small size, definite
sculpture, and peculiar posterior valve determine this sub-genus; the
tegmentum of the posterior valve ends in a pointed plane mucro
forming a triangle. I propose for this sub-genus, naming Chiton
c@latus, Reeve, as type, Maortcurron.
My conclusions regarding the division of the Australasian Plagi-
phora are as follows :—
Genus Guzldingia, Pilsbry. Type G@. obtecta (Pilsbry).
ea Plaxiphora, Gray. », PP. aurata (Spalowsky).
Sub-genus Plaxiphora, Gray
f Diaphoroplax (supra). », PL. biramosa (Q. & G.).
3 Poneroplax (supra). 5, PP. costata (Blainyille).
Ss Frembleya, H.& A. Adams. ,, JP. egregia (H. & A. Ad.).
i Maorichiton (supra). », LP. celata (Reeve).
The question may be raised whether this subdivision is necessary
and will it be useful. ‘To the first, | would point out that it tends to
exactness and certainly makes work more facile and identifications
more certain. To the second, I say emphatically that it will be most
useful, especially to the zoogeographer, and I give the following
notes. ‘The genus Plaxiphora is admittedly Antarctic in its
distribution. The typical sub-genus occurs in the Falkland Isles,
Southern South America, the Sub-Antarctic Islands of New Zealand
commonly, and the mainland more rarely. It does not occur in
Australia. The sub-genus Deaphoroplaz is, so far as I know, confined
to New Zealand, as is the genus Guildingia. The sub-genus
Poneroplax occurs throughout Australia, and possibly P. frembleii,
Broderip, should be referred here. The species ‘‘ P. glauca, Q. & G.”
Proc. Malac. Soc. Vol. XI, Pl. I.
Roland Green del.
CHITONS FROM THE KERMADEC {SLANDS.
96
IREDALE: THE CHITONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 33
has been recorded from the Chatham Islands, but it is doubtful
whether this identification be correct. ‘Thiele has recently described
P. schauinslandi from that locality, and this species does not belong to
the sub-genus Poneroplax, but to the sub-genus Jaorichiton. The
sub-genus Lrembleya, founded upon a New Zealand species, wrongly
ascribed to Australia, appears to have a representative on that
continent in my P. matthewsi. Thesub-genus Maorichiton is typically
Neozelanic, but it seems to include the small Plaxiphora recently
described from South Africa and Ceylon.
Thiele has given excellent figures of the fifth and posterior valves
of all these Plaxiphora, and I propose to give similar figures,
elucidating the above classification, in a paper now in preparation.
The species of Plaxiphora collected at the Kermadec Islands belongs
to the sub-genus Maorichiton.
Praxipoora (Maonricuiron) mixta, n.sp. Pl. II, Figs. 12, 15, 16, 18.
Shell small, elongate, somewhat elevated, valves keeled and beaked,
girdle densely hairy. Coloration generally black, white, and green.
Some specimens agree most accurately with E. A. Smith’s description
of his C. terminalis as regards coloration; sometimes dark blue with
white markings; rarely rich brown with white markings; girdle
always green. Anterior valve with eight radiating mbs not much
elevated, and between each rib wrinkled Y-sculpture. Median valves
with the lateral area bounded on both sides by strong raised, some-
what nodulous ribs, between which appears a transversely wrinkled or
V-sculpture; the pleural areas sculptured with irregular fine wavy
longitudinal ridges, more pronounced at the edges, and becoming very
fine on the dorsal area. Posterior valve triangular with the mucro
terminal, and the posterior area reduced to raised ribs; the anterior
portion sculptured like the pleural areas of the median valves. Inside
coloration deep blue-green. Anterior valve with projecting insertion-
plate, with grooved, widely spaced, somewhat irregular teeth ; the slits
eight in number. Median valves with projecting insertion-plate with
one slit; sutural lamine widely placed apart and whitish in colour,
inside as well as out. Posterior valve with no insertion-plate, but
a callused semicircular ridge, which is much exceeded by the pointed
tegmentum. Girdle densely covered with long hairs, which are some-
what longer and bunched at the pores. Young specimens show the
sculpture to be much stronger in the juvenile, the pleural areas of
the median valves having well-marked and deep longitudinal ridges,
and the lateral areas are bounded by heavy, somewhat nodulous ribs.
The majority of adult specimens are covered with marine growths,
and the tegmentum is much eroded. Length of type 32, breadth 15mm.
Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadec Group (type); ? Macauley
Island, Kermadec Group.
Station.—At Sunday Island it was rarely found in crevices of rocks
between tide marks. I collected a few specimens at Macauley Island
in deep rock pools between tides, but I am not satisfied that these are
identical with the one here described.
VOL. XI.—MARCH, 1914. 3
34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Remarks.—In sculpture and form this shell is closely allied to
P. celata (Reeve), differing at sight in the girdle characters.
Thiele (Revision, p. 23), meeting with Neozelanie Plaxiphora, has
indicated the differences between P. ca@lata (Reeve) and a young
Plaxiphora from Lyttelton, New Zealand, and has also named the
Chatham Island species P. schauinslandi. When I discussed
Australasian Plaxiphora (Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ix, pp. 92-100,
1910) I had no Lyttelton specimens before me. I had largely
collected there, and receiving specimens I at once dissected some, and
found them to agree with Thiele’s description. When I collected
them it was with much misgiving that I associated all my small
Plaxiphora together as P. calata (Reeve). That species, determined
by P. terminalis (Smith), was much larger, more elevated, differently
coloured, with different shape and different girdle characters, whilst
it lived lower down. Thiele’s shell isthe very common smaller shell
living near high-water mark and always much eroded. A new
name is not needed, as I would unhesitatingly identify the latter with
Tonicia zigzag, Hutton (Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. iv, p. 181, 1872), and
it should be known as
Praxippora (Maoricuiron) z1¢zae (Hutton).
The Kermadee species is allied to the true P. celata (Reeve) and not
to P. zigzag (Hutton).
Family CRYPTOPLACIDA.
Thiele has amalgamated Pilsbry’s two families Acanthochitide and
Cryptoplacidee under the latter name, admitting two sub-families of
practically the same dimensions and names. He also admits as
distinct genera Cryptoconchus and Acanthochites, a course I fully
endorse. I note this here, as a valve which would seem referable to
Cryptoconchus was found by Mr. Roy Bell in a rock pool on the east
coast. Valves of two species of Acanthochites were met with in
dredgings; both were minute, but no complete specimen was procured.
Family ISCHNOCHITONID.
Genus IscHNOCHITON.
Ischnochiton, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, pp. 127, 168.
Type (by subsequent designation, Gray, 1847), Chiton textilis, Gray.
Thiele subdivides this genus in a somewhat conservative manner,
recognizing three sub-genera, Jschnochiton, Stenoplax, and Chondro-
pleura. Under the first he places with sectional rank only
Ischnoradsia, Stenochiton, and Heterozona; the other divisions do not
interest Australasian students. None of these, however, should
admit Stenochiton as of sectional value only, whilst I should prefer
Ischnoradsia given at least sub-generic rank. As, however, the
Kermadee species is referable to /schnochiton, s.str., I will defer
discussion of the Thielean classification until I deal with species of
Ischnoradsia at a later date.
IREDALE: THE CHITONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 35
IscHNOCHITON KERMADECENSIS, n.sp. PI. I, Fig. 3.
Shell small, elongate, slightly elevated; valves faintly keeled;
girdle scaly. Coloration varied: commonly olivaceous of various
shades, sometimes splashed with lghter or darker; commonly
brownish, with a brick wash fading to dirty yellow, sometimes
splashed with lighter or darker markings, rarely with an uniform
dorsal broad light stripe ; frequently with lighter markings down the
back extending on to some valves so as to recall the var. picturatus
of J. smaragdinus ; no specimens with the markings of the var. decoratus
of J. erispus, Reeve, though similar markings occur in the Neozelanic
I. longicymba, Quoy & Gaimard, not Blainville = JZ. maorianus,
n.sp. Other colorations and variations occur more rarely. Anterior
valve faintly but closely radiately ribbed. Median valves with
the lateral areas small, but similarly sculptured; pleural areas
finely quincuncially punctate. Posterior valve with the posterior
area sculptured as the anterior valve, the anterior area as the pleural
areas of the median valves. Internal coloration generally greenish-
blue, but varying somewhat according to the external coloration.
Anterior valve has the smooth insertion-plate variously slit, apparently
the number of slits varying with age; at least, I am unable to separate
the shells specifically, though dissections give the following results :
anterior 138 slits, posterior 12 slits; ant. 9, post. 8; ant. 12, post.
12; ant. 11, post. 10; ant. 12, post. 9; ant. 12, post. 11 slits.
The shells with the /argest number of slits are the smallest, whilst the
shells with the fewest slits are the largest. This is exactly the opposite
to my anticipations regarding insertion-plate slitting. I am still
engaged in the study of this variation in the slitting, and have made
many dissections with no definite result as yet. Median valves have
the sutural lamin short, broad, and placed far apart, the insertion-
plate with one slit, the posterior tooth quite unlike either that of
I. crispus (Reeve) or I. maorianus ( = I. longicymba, auct.). In some
cases it is longer than in others, but in all cases it is shorter than in
the former, though longer than in the latter. Posterior valve with
insertion-plate very short, and variously slit as above noted. Girdle
covered with very minute regularly striated scales. Juvenile shells
show a completely punctate surface, no radial ribbing being observed
either on the anterior and posterior valves, or on the lateral areas
of the median valves. As above noted, the slits in the anterior and
posterior insertion-plates seem to be more numerous in this stage and
decrease with age. Length of type 18, breadth 9 mm.
- Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadee Group.
Station.—On the underside of clean smooth stones below low tide
marks. ‘On smooth stones just below low-water lived species . . .
of Ischnochiton, of the crispus, Reeve, group.”
Remarks.—When Hedley & Hull described their Jschnochiton
intermedius from Norfolk Island they observed: ‘‘This shell is
extremely common, and appears to occupy a position intermediate
between J. crispus, Reeve, of Australia, and JZ. longicymba, Quoy, of
New Zealand. Compared with J. erispus, the novelty is more elevated,
36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
has more definitely sculptured lateral areas, and is especially dis-
tinguishable from both J. ervspus and J. longicymba by the extremely
minute girdle-scales. A similar, if not identical, species was found
by Mr. T. Iredale on Raoul or Sunday Island, Kermadec Group.”
I regret that I cannot coincide with my friends’ views in regarding
the Kermadee shell as identical with the Norfolk Island species.
The differences in this group are slight, but I fortunately have scores
of each shell for comparison, and I find the Norfolk Island to be more
strongly sculptured, to be a longer, narrower, and higher shell, with
the back rounded and no keeling present. ‘The girdle is also broader,
whilst the scales on the girdle of the Kermadec shell are even smaller
than those on the Norfolk Island one. The posterior valve in
I. intermedius has the mucro more central and more elevated, the
posterior slope being therefore shorter and steeper. Upon dissection
I find the posterior tooth of the insertion-plate of the median valves
to be very short, at once recalling that of Z. maorianus (= J. longicymba,
auct.), and shorter, noticeably, than that of Z. kermadecensis. I purpose
to have drawings of these valves made and published later.
A species, somewhat familiar to me, with which Hedley & Hull
made no comparison, is Jsehnochiton gryet, Filhol (= fulvus, Suter).
This shell is less elevated, has a less prominent posterior valve, and
larger girdle-scales.
When Pilsbry separated the New Zealand and Australian species
of Ischnochiton, which had been previously confused under the
name J. longicymba, he restricted that name to the New Zealand
species, calling it J. longicymba (Quoy & Gaimard), and ignoring
Blainville’s prior C. longicymba as indeterminable. Under the present
nomenclatural laws such action is inadmissible. Blainville’s
C. longicymba was described from King Island, Bass Strait, and is
certainly not the New Zealand shell. Quoy & Gaimard simply used
Blainville’s name, and did not separate the New Zealand species.
For this species, which is well described and figured in Pilsbry’s
monograph (Man. Conch., vol. xiv, p. 87, pl. xxi, figs. 58-66, 1892),
I propose the name
IscHNOCHITON MAORIANUS, N.Sp.
This species differs from J. crzspus (Reeve) in its larger size, more
rounded back, less distinctly striated girdle-scales, and the short
posterior tooth of the insertion-plates of the median valves.
Hab.—Throughout New Zealand.
Type from Otago Peninsula,
IscHNOCHITON KERMADECENSIS, Var. EXQUISILUS, var. nov. PI. I, Fig. 2.
After much consideration I have concluded to introduce this shell
with varietal rank only. I collected a number of these shells and
found them to be fairly constant, but here accept their identity with
the common Kermadec species. This variation seems unique in
Australasian Jschnochiton, as it does not occur in any other species to
my knowledge, and I have seen nothing like it from Norfolk Island.
IREDALE: THE CHITONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 37
The general coloration of the valves is cream, splashed longitudinally,
but irregularly, with very pale orange, the girdle being uniformly
black. The whole shell seems less elevated and less sculptured, and
the girdle-scales are smaller, but I have decided to disregard these
points in view of the known variation of the common darker shells.
The internal coloration is whitish, the insertion-plates seem shorter
and more delicate, whilst the slits are twelve in the anterior valve and
twelve or more in the posterior. The continual recurrence of this
peculiarly coloured shell suggests that in time this ‘ sport’ might
become fixed. The peculiar coloration met with in many species of
Ischnochiton and Chiton seems to support this theory. Length of type
14, breadth 8 mm.
Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadec Group.
Station.—With L. kermadecensis.
Family CHITONID &.
Genus Curton.
Chiton, Linné, Syst. Nat., 10th ed., p. 667, 1758.
Type (by monotypy !), Chiton tuberculatus, Linné.
Four species only were included by Linné in his genus Chiton, and
as three are unrecognizable the genus must be considered to be based
upon the second species only. Following Pilsbry, Australasian students
have referred various distinct styles of shell to the genus Chiton. In
the Manual of Conchology, vol. xiv, p. 149, he wrote: ‘‘ The most
natural primary division of Chiton is into two groups; one to include
all American and some Old World species, in which the mucro is
anterior and the scales smooth ; the other to include Old World species
having the mucro subcentral and the scales striated. As this division
is based upon characters not always easy to see, the following divisions
into sections is more convenient.
Section Chiton (restricted).
Median valves having a single slit in each insertion-plate; sinus
generally denticulate; scales closely imbricating.
Section Radsia, Gray.
Median valves having two or more slits in each insertion-plate.
Section Sclerochiton, Cpr.
Median valves having a single slit in each insertion-plate ; teeth of
tail valve tending forward ; sinus smooth, scales of girdle separated.”
This arrangement appears to have been accepted without comment
until Thiele (Revision, p. 117) stated his conclusions thus :—
‘Genus Chiton, Linné.
Section Radsia, Gray.
Sub-gen. Clathropleura, Tiberi.
Genus Sclerochiton, Cpr.”
When Pilsbry introduced Sclerochiton he wrote: ‘This section or
sub-genus represents a further development of the Acanthoplenroid
»
o PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
characters which some Australasian species of the restricted genus
Chiton assume. In Ch. pellis-serpentis, for example, the mucro is
median, the posterior teeth tend forward somewhat, the sinus is
smooth or only very obsoletely denticulate, and the girdle-scales are
striated and rather separated. In Sclerochiton the mucro is slightly
more posterior, the teeth slightly more tilted forward; the sinus is
smooth, and the girdle-scales still more separated. Ch. pells-serpentis
could be placed ‘almost as well in Selerochiton as in Chiton s ; the
necessity of reducing Sclerochiton to the rank of a scodl ‘under
Chiton will therefore be apparent.” It must be remembered that
Pilsbry was only conversant with Sclerochiton from a study of
Pewee notes and figures. Since his time the genus has become
fairly well known, and “the species have never been confused with
Chiton. Selerochiton is nearly allied to Acanthopleura and Liolophura.
In New Zealand the two commonest Chitons are Ch. pellis-serpentis,
Quoy & Gaimard, and Ch. quoyt, Deshayes'; two more dissimilar
species, as referable to the same genus, can scarcely be imagined.
A third Chiton I not uncommonly obtained was Ch. ereus, Reeve.
Three distinct types of shell seemed confused under one generic name.
At the Kermadecs I found two species of ‘Chiton’ which greatly
differed ; one recalling Ch, pellis-serpentis, Quoy & Gaimard, the other
vaguely resembling Ch. @reus, Reeve. Critical examination proves
their only resemblance to be the possession of a scaly girdle, and that
the teeth of the insertion-plates are pectinated, but in this latter
character they are very different. The dissection of many species of
‘Chiton’ provided much of interest with regard to many details of
their structure, and one point worthy of consideration in the present
place (I purpose to deal in much detail in this matter elsewhere) 1s
the number of slits in the anterior insertion-plate. When Pilsbry
was discussing Plaxiphora (Man. Conch., vol. xiv, p. 318, 1893) he
wrote: ‘“‘It must be understood that although in many groups of
Chitons, such as all Ischnochitonine and Chitonine, the number
of anterior slits is a character of merely specific importance, the case
is far otherwise in those groups in which the slits correspond in
number and position with external ribs such as Muttallina and its
allies, and the Mopaliide, Acanthochitide, etc. In these groups the
number of slits in the anterior insertion-plate is a highly constant
generic character, apparent exceptions being readily traceable to the
splitting of one or more primary teeth.’
I now suggest that when the genera ‘ Chiton’ and ‘ Ischnochiton’
are better known, the slitting of the anterior insertion- plate will be
found of as much importance as in the genera Pilsbry named. The
species similar to Ch. @reus, Reeve, have been separated by Thiele as
a sub-genus of Chiton, his conclusions being based on anatomical study.
1 The correct name of this species is Amaurochiton glaucus, Gray (Spicilegia
Zoologica, pt. i, p. 5, 1828): this name was rejected by Pilsbry as he
concluded the description was inadequate and the type lost. I find the
type is preserved in the British Museum, and, moreover, that it was
recognized by Carpenter as well as other investigators, notes to this effect
being inscribed upon the back of the type tablet.
IREDALE: THE CHITONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 39
The name chosen by Thiele was Clathropleura, Tiberi, the type of
which is given as Ch. siculus, Gray. It might be noted that at one
time Ch. ereus, Reeve, was considered synonymous with that species.
The sub-genus ‘ Clathropleura’ is well represented in Australasian
waters, and the dissection of many species shows that the anterior
insertion-plate is normally eight-slit; this is very constant, any
variation obviously being due to intersplitting. It is assuredly of no
import that the external sculpture of the anterior valve is more or
less than eight-ribbed. For these I propose (¢n/ra) to use Lhyssoplax
generically, and would state that whether the species is heavily
sculptured like Ch. canaliculatus, Quoy & Gaimard, and Ch. vaw-
elusensis, Hedley & Hull, or practically smooth, as Ch. translucens,
Hedley & Hull, the internal structure is exactly comparable.
If Ch. pellis-serpentis, Quoy & Gaimard, be now examined, it will
be found to differ in every detail. The shell is quite differently
sculptured; the scales are more solid and of a different character and
more loosely placed on the girdle ; the insertion-plates are coarsely
pectinate, of quite unlike appearance, the sinus scarcely appreciably
denticulate, and the anterior insertion-plate is never eight-slit, twelve
slits probably being the normal number.
The reference of Ch. pellis-serpentis, Quoy & Gaimard, to a distinct
genus is the only course consistent with accuracy. It cannot be
considered congeneric with the species of Rhyssoplax, and it cannot
be ranked as a sub-genus of Chiton, as it is too different in every way.
Pilsbry’s comparison of this species with Acanthopleura is much nearer
the truth, but the intervention of Sclerochiton disconnects it rather
widely from that genus. For this species alone Thiele introduced
Sypharochiton, and therefore in this place the generic names
Rhyssoplax and Sypharochiton will displace the familiar ‘Chiton’.
Genus Ruyssoprax, Thiele.
Rhyssoplax, Thiele, ‘Das Gebiss der Schnecken, vol. ii, p. 368, 1893.
Type (by monotypy), Rhyssoplax janetrensis = Chiton affinis, Issel.
In the Revision, Thiele admits the shells associated with, as regards
shell characters, Ch. olivaceus, Spengler, as constituting a sub-generic
group, and for these he uses Clathropleura. The group is well
defined, and I would recognize it as a distinct genus, and would have
used Thiele’s name, but upon investigation this usage is found
impossible. Olathropleura was introduced by Tiberi in the Bull.
Soc. Malac. Ital., vol. ili, p. 136, 1877, as a sub-genus of Chiton.
No diagnosis is given, but three species are cited, Ch. levis,
Ch. corallinus, and Ch. sulcatus. No authorities are given for these
specific names, and in Das Gebiss der Schnecken, vol. ii, p. 367, 1893,
Thiele used this name and selected Ch. sieulus, Gray, as type.
Upon reference to the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) copy of the Bull.
Soc. Malac. Ital., 1877, a peculiar complication is seen to occur.
Tiberi’s sub-genus, as above noted, contained three species. On p. 148
Ch. levis, Pennant, is noted, and on the same page Ch. corallinus
(Lepidopleurus), Risso, is discussed. Then, on p. 145, Ch. sulcatus
40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
(Lepidopleurus), Risso, 1826, is recorded, and asa synonym CA. steulus,
Gray, 1881, is included. The wrappers of the parts of the Bull. Soc.
Malac. Ital. are preserved and bound in, and it appears that p. 145
was the first page of a new part, which did not appear until 1878.
That is, that the original introduction of Clathropleura did not include
-Chiton steulus, Gray, as a recognizable constituent. According to the
International Rules of Nomenclature, this could not therefore be
lawfully designated as type. I here designate Ch. /evis (Pennant)
Tiberi, as type of Clathropleura, and that generic name must fall
as a synonym of Callochiton, Gray.
There is almost as much difficulty in finding a substitute for
Clathropleura, Yhiele (not Tiberi), and 1 would use Ahyssoplaz,
Thiele. In Das Gebiss der Schnecken, vol. ii, 1893, Thiele carefully
described the radule of species of Chiton, and, magnifying the
differences observed, introduced many new genera. Having accepted
Clathropleura for Ch. siculus, Gray, and Ch. affinis, Issel, he proposed
on the next page (p. 368) Rhyssoplax for two species identified as
Chiton janeirensis, Gray, and Ch. segmentata, Reeve. On p. 377
he proposed Anthochiton for Ch. tulipa, Quoy & Gaimard. Sixteen
years afterwards in the Revision Thiele explained that the species
identifications were mostly wrong, having been made when the study
of Chitons was in the dark ages before Pilsbry’s monograph so clearly
illuminated it. On pp. 2-4 he correlates the names used in 1893 with
the correct name as determined by means of his own work based on
Pilsbry’s monograph. It is there stated that Rhyssoplax janeirensis
(Gray), Thiele, 1893, and Rh. segmentata (Reeve), Thiele, 1893, both
refer to the same species, which is none other than Chiton affints,
Issel. Further, it is noted that Anthochiton tulipa (Quoy and
Gaimard), Thiele, 1893, is really Chiton tulipa, Quoy & Gaimard.
Both these he would class under Clathropleura as synonyms, and
as that name is untenable I conclude “hyssoplax must be used.
It may be argued that Rhyssoplax, 1893, is indeterminable, and
should date from 1909. I quite agree with Thiele that Rhyssoplax
cannot be used for janetrensis, Gray. If Rhyssoplax be post-
dated to 1909, the question of the usage of Anthochiton at once
occurs. That name must be considered as dating from 1893,
but since the radular characters given by Thiele for his genus
Rhyssoplax are peculiar, I am regarding Rhyssoplax as dating from
1893, and having priority over Anthochiton. It is unfortunate that
such a delightful and distinct genus should not be in possession of
a name without so many complications. I have noted that Chiton
@reus, Reeve, from New Zealand, was at one time synonymized with
Ch. siculus, Gray, and as Ch. affinis, Issel, was also so considered, the
close relationship of the Austro-Neozelanic species to the genotype
is obvious. As noted previously, species referable to the genus
Rhyssoplax vary from very heavily sculptured forms to absolutely
smooth species. I examined a series of Chiton @reus, Reeve, and
found that the most juvenile specimens were unsculptured, then the
sulcations on the pleural areas appeared before the lateral radial
ribbing was formed. The following species shows the same method
IREDALE: THE CHITONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 41
of growth. This implies that the primitive form was unsculptured,
and the sculptured forms are more recent.
It is most interesting from this point of view to study the Austra-
lasian Rhyssoplax when we find this primitive form surviving
unchanged in the species Chiton translucens, Hedley & Hull. The
next stage is well known by means of Ch. gugosus, Gould, Ch. coxt,
Pilsbry, etc., and the third stage by such species as the succeeding
one and Ch. @reus, Reeve. A further development of stronger and
more pronounced sculpture still is seen in Ch. canaliculatus, Quoy and
Gaimard, and C. vauclusensis, Hedley & Hull. A still more com-
plicated stage is exemplified by Ch. dimans, Pilsbry, where, in addition
to the production of strong sculpture, the girdle-scales develop, from
ordinary convex scales, into abnormal mucronate ones. I have traced
this species through the stages noted. Anextraordinary and different
mode of procedure is that adopted by Ch. howensts, Hedley & Hull.
This species commences as a normal unsculptured shell, but no pleural
sculpture is formed, and, instead of radial ribbing on the end valves
and lateral areas of the median valves, concentric ridges are produced.
The only other species yet known to be equally aberrant is Ch. platez,
Thiele (Revision, p. 92, pl. ix, figs. 46-8, 1909), described from the
Red Sea, whose radula Thiele has shown to be normal to this group.
RayssopLax EXASPERATA, n.sp. Pl. II, Fig. 13.
Shell of medium size, broadly elongate oval, elevated, not definitely
keeled, side slopes nearly straight, girdle scaly. Colour variable,
green splashed with lighter or darker being the predominant tints;
the green may be very pale or dark ; white prevails in a few specimens,
but no absolutely uniformly coloured shell was obtained, though
practically a white one and a black-brown one were noted. Anterior
valve rayed with twenty raised ribs, slightly nodulous; at the outer
edge intercalating riblets occur in adult specimens. Median valves
have their lateral areas similarly four- or five-ribbed ; the pleural areas
are sculptured with slanting very closely packed sulci, twelve or more
in number, none of which reach the anterior edge of the valve, and
vanish before the dorsal area is reached, thus leaving the jugal tract
smooth and polished. Posterior valve has the mucro elevated, before
the centre, the anterior portion sculptured as the pleural areas of the
median valves, the posterior portion as the anterior valve, the ribs
being fifteen or sixteen and more nodulous in character. Inside
coloration greenish, but varying a little, according to the external
coloration. Anterior valve has a slightly projecting insertion-plate
regularly cut by eight slits, the teeth beautifully pectinated. Median
valves with the insertion-plate one-slit, the sutural lamine low and
broad, the sinus narrow and finely denticulate. Posterior plate less
projecting than anterior, but more developed at sides than centre; the
shits number eleven, but one is disproportionate, whilst the others are
fairly equal, thereby suggesting twelve to be the normal number.
Girdle covered with small oval scales, very closely imbricating, and
regularly finely grooved.
42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
The above description is drawn up from anormal specimen selected
as type. Some specimens are almost keeled, with fewer sulci, less
slanting, on the pleural areas, whilst sometimes the anterior valve-
raying lacks nodulosity altogether, and in other cases it is well
pronounced. A very juvenile specimen, 5mm. long, is smooth
throughout, the surface minutely quincuncially granulose. It recalls
Chiton translucens, Hedley & Hull. Specimens, 6°5 to 7mm. long,
are still smooth, but there now appear five or six sulci on the pleural
areas. In some concentric growth-lines can be observed. ‘These
suggest the Ch. jugosus, Gould, group, especially Ch. torrianus,
Hedley & Hull. An older shell, though only 6mm. long, shows
the ribbing on the anterior valve to commence on the outside, fourteen
being counted, which extend less than one-third the distance to the
apex; the lateral areas are more strongly marked than in the preceding
stage, a slight depression indicating the differentiation into ribbing ;
at the edge of the posterior valve nine nodules mark the beginning of
the radial ribs; the pleural areas are sculptured with six clean-cut
sulei, which extend across the valve. Specimens, 10mm. long, in
some cases show little advancement on the previous stage, whilst
in others they show almost perfectiy developed adult sculpture.
Length of type 18, breadth 10°5 mm.
Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadee Group.
Station.—On the underside of clean, smooth stones below low tides.
‘‘On smooth stones just below low-water lived species of Chiton,
of the @reus, Reeve, group. . . . I have written species as I have so
far failed to realize how many or how few I have collected. The
shells can be separated into three forms of Chiton. . .. If these
forms could be classed as variations of one species, that would seem
best, but then we are confronted with the fact that C. @reus, Reeve,
and its relations are very constant. . . . Then how should a species
of such group commence varying under such restricted conditions as
is offered them on such a small area. These forms were all living
under absolutely the same conditions, so that I have been forced to
suggest that they present convergence of species through the action
of identical external conditions.”
Somewhat against my will I here admit only one form, as though
when collecting differences easily observable were noted, the dried
shells show to me at present no constant characters whereby forms
can be diagnosed. Under the heading Ch. corypheus, Hedley and
Hull, from Norfolk Island, the authors write: ‘‘ This shell appears
to approach C. discolor, Souverbie, of New Caledonia, but differs
from that species in the fewer radial ribs on the end valves, and the
fewer and less anteriorly prolonged sulci in the central areas. Chiton
canaliculatus, Quoy & Gaimard, from New Zealand, is also related,
but is more elevated, and sharper keeled, and has a harsher sculpture.
A similar, if not identical, species was found by Mr. T. Iredale on
Raoul or Sunday Island, Kermadec Group.” I fully agree with the
relationship of Ch. corypheus, Hedley & Hull, in Ch. discolor,
Souverbie, but cannot see any close resemblance in that species to
Ch. canaliculatus, Quoy & Gaimard, whereas it has a great likeness to
IREDALE: THE CHITONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 45
Ch. ereus, Reeve, from New Zealand. Hedley & Hull (Ree. Austr.
Mus., vol. vil, p. 261, 1909) described Ch. vauclusensis from Port
Jackson, which, though they did not note it, might have been com-
pared with Ch. canaliculatus, Quoy & Gaimard, but neither much recall
the present species or Ch. corypheus, Hedley & Hull.
The Kermadec species I have called exasperata on account of the
variability of the shells, and my inability to account for it. It is
very close indeed to Ch. corypheus, Hedley & Hull, but superficially
the Kermadec shell has the ribbing on the anterior and posterior
valves less nodulous, which is also the case with the lateral area
sculpture of the median valves. Closer examination shows the scales
on the girdle to be smaller in the Kermadec species, whilst the sulci
on the pleural areas of the median valves are weaker. Internally, as
was anticipated, little distinction can be seen, but the sinus in the
Kermadec shells is noticeably narrower. I should consider that very
probably these two are only subspecifically distinct, but, as I am
continuing my investigations into this group, I am introducing my
Kermadec shell as a species. From Ch. @reus, Reeve, my Kermadec
species is easily separated by its much less size, much smaller
girdle-scales, more closely spaced sulci on the pleural areas of the
median valves, etc. Ch. discolor, Souverbie, is also a large species,
whilst Ch. suteri, Iredale, from New Zealand, has widely spaced
sulci and glossy girdle-scales.
Genus SyYPHAROCHITON.
Sypharochiton, Thiele, Das Gebiss der Schnecken, vol. ii, p. 365, 1893.
Type (by monotypy), Chiton pellis-serpentis, Quoy & Gaimard.
SYPHAROCHITON THEMEROPIS, n.sp. PI. II, Fig. 14.
Shell small, oval, elevated, keeled, side slopes almost straight,
valves beaked, girdle scaly. Colour black; majority of specimens
considerably eroded. Anterior valve with sixteen to twenty strictly
radial rows of separated tubercles, the intervals minutely pustulose,
the pustules being flat-topped and circular. Median valves with their
lateral areas showing three or four separated tuberculose radial rows,
the intervals pustulose; the pleural areas regularly pustulose, with
no arrangement whatever into longitudinal rows. Posterior valve with
the mucro elevate, sub-central, slightly anterior, the posterior slope
faintly convex. ‘The anterior portion is sculptured as the pleural
areas of the median valves, the posterior as the anterior valve with
few strictly radial rows of separated tubercles. Inside coloration
dark blue-green. Insertion-plate of anterior valve with ten to twelve
slits, the teeth coarsely pectinated and thick; the plate short, but
somewhat projecting, and the slits irregular. Teeth pale green.
Median valves have the insertion-plate one-slit, the posterior tooth
short and stopping very abruptly before reaching the lateral edge of
the valve. The sutural lamine are pale green, rounded, low, and
widely separated; the tegmentum generally approaches between, but,
when the plate is recognizable, it is seen to be strongly denticulate.
44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY
Posterior valve with the plate very short and somewhat thrown
backward; the slits, ten to twelve in number, are very irregular,
while the teeth are thick and coarsely pectinate. The girdle is covered
with medium size, rounded, a little separated, deeply grooved scales.
The grooves number five to seven on a scale. This description is
drawn up from a young shell, as old shells are too much eroded for
any sculpture to be determined, save the ends of the radial rows of
tubercles; such are more elevated than younger shells. Length
of type 9, breadth 5mm. Length of largest specimen 17°5, breadth
10°5 mm.
Hab.—Suniday Island, Kermadee Group.
Station.—In crevices of rocks between tides. ‘‘A Chiton was
procured which had developed most peculiar habits; it lived in
crevices of rock between tide-marks, huddling together, half a dozen
being found one upon another, so that some did not touch the rock
at all. This species was entirely black, and allied to pellis-serpentis,
Q.&G.”
Hedley & Hull, having described Chiton funereus from Lord Howe
Island and Norfolk Island, write: ‘‘ A similar, if not identical, species
was found by Mr. T. Tredale on Raoul or Sunday Island, Kermadee
Group.” I think thatin this case the words ‘‘if not identical” have
slipped in by accident, as my friends had my shell for comparison,
and there is only a slight superficial resemblance between the two.
Sypharochiton themeropis differs from Oh. funereus in colour, shape,
sculpture, girdle-scales, and internal structure. S. themeropis is
a heavy crass shell, whilst Ch. funereus is a delicately formed species ;
the former is always dead black, the latter varies from black to light
brown, green, striped forms, etc.; the former is a somewhat elongate
oval, the latter is a very broad oval ; in the former the anterior valve
is radially rowed with tubercles, the rows very distinct and widely
separated; in the latter the tubercles are smaller, much more closely
packed, and no distinct rows appear; in the former the pustules on
the pleural areas of the median valves never show lineal arrange-
ment; in the latter this is generally the case. The girdle-scales in
S. themer opis are deeply erooved with a few grooves; in Ch. funereus
the girdle-scales are finely striate.
The dissected specimens compared show that in this state no
confusion is possible; in the Kermadec shell the insertion-plates are
comparatively long, with thick coarsely pectinated teeth, whilst in
Ch. funereus the insertion-plates are very degraded, with the teeth
very minute, and bearing very fine strie. The differences are so
pronounced as to suggest that Ch. funereus can scarcely rank in typical
Sypharochiton, whilst S. themeropis needs comparison with the type
of that genus. S. themeropis can be readily distinguished from
S. pellis-serpentis (Quoy & Gaimard) by its smaller size, grooved girdle-
seales, and lack of longitudinal sculpture on the pleural areas of the
median valves. SS. senclaird (Gray) differs in its smooth pleural areas
and glossy girdle-seales of larger size. I always found this diagnostic
of this species when collecting, but have not seen it noted; even when
the shell is eroded the glossy girdle-scales will distinguish it.
Fe ee Se
IREDALE: THE CHITONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 45
Genus Lucinina.
Lucilina, Dall, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1881, p. 290.
Type (by monotypy), Chiton confossus, Gould.
Pilsbry for the Tonicioid Chitons accepted two genera Jonicia and
Onithochiton, but separated these into two distinct sub-families, an
altogether artificial and obviously imperfect classification. Thiele has
so far amended the case that his conclusions read—
Genus Tonicia, Gray.
Sub-genus Luctlina, Dall.
Sub-genus Onithochiton, Gray.
Section Onithoplax, Vhiele.
I have no hesitation in accepting the very close affinity of Zonzeva,
Lueilina, and Onithochiton, but 1 think that it is best expressed by
accepting each as of generic rank. There can be no doubt that Thiele’s
action in associating these forms is an improvement on Pilsbry’s, and
it has the additional advantage of being based on examination of the
radule of the Chitons. As, however, Onzthochiton is well differentiated
by means of its posterior valve lacking teeth, I consider the usage
of this as generic should be maintained. I include the genus Zueczlina
to note that it lived at the Kermadecs, small valves being not
uncommonly met with in shallow water dredgings. One specimen
was obtained from a piece of coral pulled out of 6 feet of water at
low tide, but I refrain from describing it; too many immature
specimens have been lately described, and I do not think that many
writers have studied the long series of juveniles that is necessary
to understand the great changes that take place between the juvenile
and adult in many species.
Genus Onirnocuiton, Gray.
Onithochiton, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 65.
Type (by subsequent désignation, Gray, 1847), Chiton undulatus =
Onithochiton filholi, Rochebrune.
It seems worthy of record that at the place cited, Gray introduced
the genus Onithochiton with the diagnosis: ‘‘ The hinder valve with
a produced terminal apex; plate of insertion entire, rounded; valves
thick; mantle covered with spines, bristles, or chaff-like scales.”’
On p. 67 is noted: ‘‘This genus (Acanthopleura) gradually passes
to Onithochiton,” and on p. 68 we have given—
‘“* ONITHOCHITON.
O. gaimardi . : Chiton gaimardi, Blainv., 546.
O. hirtosus. : Chiton hirtosus, Blainv., 546.
O. undulatus . ; Ch. undulatus, Van Diemen’s Land.”
Later, typifying the genera of Mollusca, Gray (same Proceedings,
p. 169) wrote :—
“* Onythochiton, Gray, 1847 : : Ch. undulatus.”
46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Since that date it has been generally accepted that Onithochiton was
introduced for Ch. undulatus, Quoy & Gaimard. Two points are
noticeable ; throughout the paper quoted Gray constantly referred to
Quoy & Gaimard, and always noted them as authors save in this
case; also Quoy & Gaimard described their shell from New Zealand,
and it is not known from Tasmania, though Gray recorded it as
collected there, and, at the time Gray wrote, four species had been
proposed bearing the name Ch. undulatus, and it is impossible at this
time to know which one Gray intended. ‘To retain the generic
Onithochiton in the sense now used, we must make use of the argument
that Ch. gaimardi and Ch. hirtosus, Blainville, were species unknown
to Gray, save from literature, whereas apparently he had a specimen
of Ch. ‘undulatus before him as he notes a locality, ‘‘ Van Diemen’s
Land.” When H. & A. Adams prepared the Genera of Recent
Mollusca they restricted Onithochiton to the Ch. undulatus, Quov
and Gaimard, group, and rejected from it Ch. gaimardi and
Ch. hirtosus, Blainville.
In the Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ix, pp. 153-4, 1910, I made some
comments on New Zealand Onithochitons, and, accepting Pilsbry’s
dictum regarding preoccupied names, which is now known to be in-
correct, I admitted Quoy & Gaimard’s specific name undulatus for the
common species. As, however, that name is preoccupied, the common
New Zealand Onithochiton must be now known as Onithochiton
filholi, Rochebrune. The synonymy and species will remain as given
in my paper quoted.
ONITHOCHITON OLIVERI, n.sp. Pl. II, Fig. 11.
Shell of medium size, rather broadly oval, slightly keeled, girdle
densely spiculose. Coloration variable ; dark green with lghter
marblings being normal; one small shell is dark chocolate varied with
cream and pine whilst another is bright vermilion with cream
markings. ‘The whole shell is absolutely smooth and glossy, a few
growth-lines only showing, the lateral areas of the median valves
being indicated by a slight elevation. On the anterior valve twenty
to twenty-five irregular radiating rows of eyes, about ten eyes to a row,
can be counted. On the lateral areas one row, often doubled and
trebled, can be noted. Inside coloration pinkish-white ; the anterior
valve with two reddish-brown marks on posterior edge; the first
median valve with a large red-brown blotch similarly placed, which
is more or less extensive on the succeeding valves, but absent from
the posterior valve. Anterior valve with projecting plate regularly
eight-slit, the teeth beautifully pectinate. Median valves with large
sutural lamine, higher near the sinus, which is cleanly denticulate.
Insertion-plate one-slit and pectinate. Posterior valve with the
insertion-plate reduced to a callus, beyond which the tegmentum
extends. Girdle covered with long sharp-pointed, glassy spikes.
Length of type 24, breadth 15 mm.
Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadec Group.
Station.— Living in crevices of rocks between tide-marks.
IREDALE: THE CHITONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS, 47
This species is named after Mr. W. R. B. Oliver, one of the
members of the expedition, who collected most of the living specimens
on Meyer Island.
Remarks.—This species is closely related to Onithochiton filholt,
Rochebrune (= undulatus, auct.), from which it is at sight separable
by the girdle characters. Every specimen found was perfectly
smooth, and showed no approach to the ribbing which caused the
‘semisculptus’ confusion in the case of the Neozelanic species.
The types, which have been figured, are to be deposited in the
Canterbury Museum, Christchurch. The figures here given show
these shells which have not been dissected; I am having detail
figures prepared which will be published later in conjunction with
others covering the comparative questions raised.
9. Comparative Review.
My remarks in the Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ix, p. 160, 1910, read:
‘‘The noticeable features [of the Neozelanic Chiton fauna] are
the poverty of species of Jschnochiton, the large size of the
Acanthochites, the distinct nature of the Plaxiphora and Onithochiton,
and the presence of the genus Hudoxochiton. The Chitons collected
at Sunday Island agree in the majority of these items, yet possess so
many peculiarities that they deserve some little notice.’ When
making this statement I had been contrasting the Chiton faunas of
the marine biological divisions of Australia, and I afterwards noted
the nature of the Lord Howe and Norfolk Island Chitons from my
examination of my friend Mr. Hull’s collection. These have now
been fully reported upon, and I propose to make comparisons with
those, and show their essential distinction, though some apparent
close relationship is at first noted. A tabulation of the species
recorded from each group will aid in following my remarks.
KERMADECS. LorRD HOWE ISLAND. NORFOLK ISLAND.
Parachiton mestayer@ = —
Lepidopleurus subtropicalis L. catenatus L. norfolciensis
Hudoxochiton perplexus = =
Eudoxochiton vmitator = —
Plaxiphora mata _- —
(Acanthochites sp.) A. leuconotus —
(Acanthochites sp.) A. approximans A. approximans
(Cryptoconchus sp.) — —
Ischnochiton kermadecensis,
var. exquisitus I. intermedius
Sypharochiton themeropis Ch. (? S.) funereus Ch. (? 8.) funereus
Rhyssoplax exasperata Ch. (R.) howensis Ch. (R.) corypheus
(Lucilina sp.) — —
Onithochiton oliveri O. discrepans —
The merest glance will show that whereas from Lord Howe Island
six species are recorded, from Norfolk Island there are only five.
I make the Kermadec Chiton fauna to total nine species and one
variety, with evidence of four others. Further study will show that
in the nine species three additional genera are represented, whilst in
48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
the four recognized, but unnamed, two further additional genera
occur. When, however, the species are separately contrasted, the
differences become more marked still. I will take them in the order
of the tables above given, and this will conduce to facile reference.
Parachiton mestayere, Iredale, cannot be compared, as it is more
than probable that this genus extends all over this part of the Pacific
Ocean, the only other species of the genus, P. acuminatus, Thiele,
having been described from Duke of York Island. There is a small
species of Lepidopleurus found on each group, and, though they seem
closely allied, very little stress can be laid upon this, as the small
species of Lepidopleurus vary little over large areas. The Kermadec
species is very distinc’, as is that from Lord Howe Island. Hedley
and Hull compare the Norfolk Island species with the New South
Wales form, whilst it clearly recalls to me the Kermadec shell.
1 have differentiated two forms of Hudoxochiton from the Kermadecs,
and this genus is otherwise restricted to New Zealand with two species,
and nothing nearly related occurs on Norfolk Island, Lord Howe
Island, or the Australian continent. In consequence I lay great
stress on this occurrence. A species of Plaxiphora was also found at
the Kermadecs, whilst no form referable to the family was obtained
at Lord Howe Island or Norfolk Island. The Kermadec species was,
moreover, referable to the sub-genus J/aorzehiton, which 1s common
throughout New Zealand, but which does not occur in Australia.
This seems of great import to me.
From Norfolk Island a species of Acanthochites was recorded, which
is considered by Hedley & Hull close to the Australian A. grano-
striatus, Pilsbry. The species also occurred on Lord Howe Island,
where it was accompanied by another species which Hedley & Hull
compare with the Australian 4. costatus, Adams & Angas. It should
be noted that we do not yet know the small species of Acanthochites
from New Caledonia and Fiji, and the New Caledonian 4. tridaena,
Rochebrune, would seem to belong to the A. costatus group, whilst we
know species not unlike A. granostriatus, Pilsbry, from North of
Australia. Two small species of Acanthochites were noted as valves
in dredgings at the Kermadecs, but no complete specimen was obtained.
Of peculiar interest, however, was the collection of a valve which
I refer to Cryptoconchus, a genus almost peculiar to New Zealand.
The genus Jechnochiton was not represented at Lord Howe Island,
though a species was found at Norfolk Island, and I have separated
the Kermadec form, which, looks’so similar, that Hedley & Hull
considered it identical. The’ characters in this group, however, are
so slight, that I do not feel justified in advocating their identity.
The absence of the genus Jschnochiton from Lord Howe Island cannot
be explained at present, but it may be that this genus is also absent
or ill-represented in New Caledonia.
The Neozelanic Sypharochiton is represented at the Kermadecs by
the form I have called S. themeropis. A species which recalls this
occurs both at Lord Howe Island and Norfolk Island. Hedley and
Hull remarked that the Kermadee species might be identical, but the
internal features are very different, and I feel very doubtful whether
Roland Green del.
ISLANDS.
CHITONS FROM THE KERMADEC
IREDALE: THE CHITONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 49
the Lord Howe and Norfolk Island species is strictly referable to
Sypharochiton. In any case it differs so much from the Kermadec
species as to discount any value it might seem to have with regard to
the zoological relations of the groups.
The genus Rhyssoplax is well developed in Australasia, but we do
not know enough about it to gauge the value of the occurrence of
a single species. Thus at the Kermadecs was found a variable species
which is undoubtedly closely related to a species found at Norfolk
Island, but which does not occur at Lord Howe Island. My species
recalled to me Ch. e@reus, Reeve, from New Zealand, whilst Hedley
and Hull noted the relationship of theirs to the New Caledonian
Ch. discolor, Souverbie. In each case the relationship is somewhat
distant, and we cannot make any good comparison until the species
of this genus are better known. ‘Thus the genus is represented on
Lord Howe Island by a species ‘‘not closely allied to any other
Australasian Chiton”’, as Hedley & Hull remark.
A small species of Zwezlina was observed at the Kermadecs, though
not yet recorded from either of the other groups.
At the Kermadecs occurred a species of Onithochiton undoubtedly
nearly related to the common Neozelanic species, whilst none was
observed at Norfolk Island. Hedley & Hull contrast the species
found at Lord Howe Island with the Australian species, but probably
a nearer relative will be found in New Caledonia.
My own conclusions regarding these Chiton faunas is that they are
each peculiarly distinct from each other, and, as 1 have advocated the
extreme value of this group as a factor in solving zoogeographical
problems, I would conclude as follows:—The Kermadec Chiton fauna
leaves no doubt whatever that its source is Neozelanic, the Polynesian
element being almost negligible. The genera Hudoxochiton, Plaxiphora,
Cryptoconchus, mark the fauna in an unmistakable manner. ‘The
facts that the species of Plaxiphora must be classed in the Neozelanic
sub-genus Maorichiton, that the species of Onithochiton is unquestion-
ably only related to the Neozelanic species O. filholi, Rochebrune,
whilst the species of Sypharochiton must also be considered of Neozelanic
origin, confirm the preceding unequivocably.
The Norfolk Island Chiton fauna shows no characteristic forms,
but a slight relationship with the Kermadee and with the Lord Howe
species. Only five small species live there: the first, a Lepedopleurus,
of no value in this discussion; the second, an Acanthochites which is
considered identical with a Lord Howe species and its near affinity
indeterminable ; the third, an /schnochiton very close to the Kermadec
species, but on account of the great resemblance of the species in
this group may prove less nearly related than is at present considered ;
the fourth, a Chiton, questionably a Sypharochiton, which is merged
with the Lord Howe species. At present its nearest ally may be the
Kermadee Sypharochiton, but it is very different from that ; the fifth,
a Rhyssoplax, is nearest to the Kermadec species, but the value of
this affinity I cannot caleulate with the available data. It is, however,
remarkable that, omitting the Zepcdopleurus, two Norfolk Island
species are considered identical with two Lord Howe forms, the
VOL. XI-—MARCH, 1914. 4
50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIELY
remaining two with two Kermadec forms, and that the Lord Howe
forms do not occur at the Kermadecs, nor the Kermadec species at
Lord Howe. The result is that Norfolk Island has no peculiar or
remarkable species, and that the species occurring there are in no
way characteristic forms of the Neozelanic, Australian, or New
Caledonian Chiton faunas, but merely referable to non-characteristic
types. We have no knowledge of the Chiton fauna of the Fiji
group, and little of the New Caledonian fauna, so that as regards
Norfolk Island the Chiton fauna gives little clue to its zoogeographical
position, but strongly negatives its association with New Zealand. The
Lord Howe Chiton fauna, though only six species are as yet known,
differs remarkably from the preceding two. Zhe Neozelanie element is
completely absent, whilst the peculiar species Acanthochites leuconotus,
Hedley & Hull, Ch. howensis, Hedley & Hull, and Onithoehiton
diserepans, Hedley & Hull, again omitting the Lepidopleurus, which,
however, is peculiar, completely differentiate this fauna from anything
else. I have suggested that it is more nearly related to that of
New Caledonia, and I still feel that in that fauna the nearest relations
to the peculiar forms will be found. It is in no way related to the
Chiton fauna of New Zealand.
Hedley & Hull, from their criticism of the Polyplacophora of
Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands, conclude ‘The islands composing
the Lord Howe, Norfolk, and Kermadee groups are small in size.
Considering this, and the great distance of sea which intervenes
between them, it is remarkable how much their fauna has in common.
And here the Polyplacophora repeat conclusions drawn not only from
the marine fauna in general, but also from the terrestrial fauna and
flora. Beyond this interisland affinity the fauna and flora next
express a kinship with those of New Zealand and New Caledonia.
Lastly, the neighbourhood of the Australian continent has made an
impression, especially on the nearer island”. I deeply regret that
I must disagree with some of my friends’ conclusions, but having
given prolonged study to this problem, and with more material than
my friends, the results are different.
The Kermadec Islands as regards their fauna and flora must be
relegated to the New Zealand Biological Region, but they claim full
recognition as a separate prov ince on account of the strong Polynesian
element present in both the land and marine fauna and the flora.
The relationship of the group to Norfolk Island is not marked as
regards either the fauna or flora when full consideration is given to
every detail. Thus, the marine faunas are very different in character,
whilst I have in another place dilated upon the extraordinary
dissimilarity of the terrestrial mollusca, which is borne out by the
study of other groups.
Norfolk Island has little affinity with either Lord Howe or the
Kermadecs, and the presence of the (extinct) avian genera Nestor and
Hemiphaga is the most remarkable zoological item. The value of
the existence of these two Neozelanic genera cannot be yet accurately
determined, but a criticism of the land molluscs shows that the
nearest land connexion of Norfolk Island seems to have been with
IREDALE: THE CHITONS OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 51
Fiji, and not with New Zealand. The Chiton fauna would confirm
the non-existence of a Neozelanic land connexion, such as must have
been between the Kermadecs and New Zealand.
Lord Howe Island again shows little direct kinship with either of
the other two groups. The terrestrial fauna, the marine fauna, and
the flora all agree in indicating this group as an outlier of New
Caledonia. The Neozelanie element is entirely missing in every branch,
but ‘‘the neighbourhood of the Australian continent has made an
impression .. . on the... island’”’. In making this statement
the facts are in hand confirming such and will be fully given in
a succeeding paper. New Caledonian Chitons are now being collected,
and when these come to hand a comparison will be made with the
Lord Howe forms.
Since the preceding was written Mr. Roy Bell has discovered the
existence of a species of Cryptoplax at Lord Howe Island. This
unexpected discovery remarkably confirms my conclusions regarding
the relationships of this Chiton fauna, since with the scant material
yet available I am unable to distinguish the Lord Howe shells from
the New Caledonian Cryptoplax huerteli, Rochebrune.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES I AND II.
PLATE I.
Fla.
1. Parachiton mestayer@, n.sp.
2. Ischnochiton kermadecensis, var. exquisitus.
3. 55 55 n.sp.
4. Hudoxochiton perplexus, n.sp.
6. a re side view.
8. a us front view of median valve.
os As amitator, n.sp.
fe oe a side view.
9: - BS front view of median valve.
PLATE II.
10. Lepidopleurus subtropicalis, n.sp.
le nO an side view.
il. Onithochiton oliweri, n.sp.
12. Plaxiphora mixta, n.sp.
sy, ee ,, exterior of posterior valve.
16. < a interior of posterior valve.
18. es ,, exterior of median valve of immature specimen
showing sculpture.
13. Rhyssoplax exasperata, n.sp.
14. Sypharochiton themeropis, n.sp.
on
to
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF HELICOIDS FROM THE
INDIAN REGION.
By G. Ke Gunn; Z:s-
Read 9th January, 1914.
Havine been entrusted with the task of compiling the next volume
of Land Mollusca for the Fauna of British India, I have had occasion
to examine various public and private collections. In the course of
this examination some shells proved to have been wrongly identified
and to pertain to undescribed forms. A number of shells of
Plectopylis, forming part of the Godwin-Austen Collection in the
British Museum, and handed to me for identification, also comprised
three specimens of an unknown species.
The object of the present paper is to publish the descriptions of
these, which will ultimately be incorporated with the Fauna of
British India.
PHILALANKA QUINQUELIRATA, N.Sp.
Shell dextral, pyramidal, narrowly perforate, pale yellowish-
corneous, semi-translucent, covered with a deciduous cuticle; finely
and closely striated, the striz being flexuous on the base, where there
are also traces of excessively minute spirals. Spire convex, apex
obtuse, suture deep. Whorls 6, tumid above, inflated below, increasing
slowly and regularly, with five fine spiral lire, one at the periphery,
the other four between it and the suture; the last whorl not descending
in front. Aperture nearly vertical, semi-lunate ; peristome thin, the
lower margin slightly, the columellar margin strongly reflected, and
partly overhanging the narrow perforation. Diam. 5°26, alt. 4°25mm,
Hab.—India: Anamullay Hills (Beddome).
Type in the British Museum, presented by Mr. J. H. Ponsonby.
Five specimens, labelled ¢ricarinata, Blanford, received by
Mr. Ponsonby from the late Colonel Beddome, proved upon
examination to be quite distinct, and as they also differ from all
other known forms [ venture to base a new species upon them.
My own collection contains two specimens from the same source.
‘Philalanka quinquelirata is much larger than P. tricarinata, which
measures less than 2 mm., and possesses, moreover, only three revolving
lire, the lowest of which is below the periphery, whereas in the new
species it is peripheral. The perforation of P. trivarinata is pro-
portionately wider, and the columellar margin is not reflected, whilst
the aperture is higher in proportion to its width than is the case in
P. quinquelirata.
eee
GUDE: NEW HELICOIDS FROM THE INDIAN REGION. 53
THYSANOTA FLAVIDA, 0.Sp.
Shell narrowly umbilicate, depressed trochiform, finely plicate-
striate, pale yellowish-corneous; spire sub-convex, suture impressed,
apex obtuse. Whorls 63, increasing slowly and regularly, convex
above and below, carinated, the carina exserted, except in the
protoconch, with a raised spiral thread a short distance above
the carina, and densely crowded with impressed spiral lines, more
distinct on the under than on the upper side; the carina and spiral
thread fringed with deciduous coarse cuticular processes, resembling
flattened hairs. Aperture oblique, securiform ; peristome acute, the
outer margin sub-convex, basal arcuate, columellar almost vertical,
slightly dilated. Diam, maj. 12, min. 11°5mm.; alt. 7mm.
Hab.—India: Nilgiries (Beddome).
‘T'ype in my collection.
A specimen received from the late Colonel Beddome as 7’ crinigera
proved upon examination to differ from that species in being more
convex, and more elevated in the spire, in the whorls being more
convex and in the narrow umbilicus; the keel is also more exserted,
while the plicate transverse strize are much less pronounced, those in
erinigera being almost lamellate. Mr. Ponsonby possesses two
immature specimens, which I refer to the new species. They were
likewise received from Colonel Beddome as erinigera, and, although
labelled only South India, are probably from the same locality.
PLecropyLis (CHERSACIA) KENGTUNGENSIS, N.sp.
Shell sinistral, widely umbilicated, discoid, corneous. Whorls 63,
narrow, increasing slowly and regularly, somewhat flattened above,
rounded below, the last abruptly and shortly descending in front, and
slightly dilated at the mouth. Spire a little raised, suture impressed.
Aperture obovate, peristome slightly thickened and reflected ; upper
margin nearly straight, outer rounded, columellar ascending ; parietal
eallus with a raised flexuous ridge slightly notched at the junctions
above und below.
Parietal armature (Fig. 6) composed of a vertical plate, deflected
posteriorly above, with a short obliquely ascending ridge below,
projecting on both sides; a long horizontal fold rises a short distance
from the vertical plate, running parallel with the whorl and joining
the raised ridge at the aperture; below this occurs a second, but
very short fold, 2mm. long, also rising close to the vertical plate, and
in a line with its lower extremity; below the vertical plate runs
a third, but very thin and slight horizontal fold close to the lower
suture, and joining the ridge at the aperture. The palatal armature
o4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
(Fig. @) consists of : first a thin bilobed horizontal fold near the upper
suture; next, two horizontal rather thin elevated folds, followed by
two stouter and rather less elevated folds, obliquely ascending
towards the mouth; and lastly, a thin horizontal fold near the lower
suture, longer than the others and gradually attenuated anteriorly ;
all, except the first fold, are provided posteriorly with a slight
denticle, while a low transverse ridge unites their posterior
terminations. Fig. ¢ gives the posterior view of the parietal and
palatal barriers. Diam. maj. 12, min. 10 mm. ; alt. 4°75 mm.
Hab.—F. Burma: Kengtung (Woodthorpe).
Type in the British Museum, presented by Lieut.-Col. H. H.
Godwin-Austen.
Three specimens in the Godwin-Austen Collection, British Museum,
were found upon examination to be closely allied to P. nagaensis, G.-A.
The new species, however, is more depressed, and lacks the spiral
sculpture of its ally, which also has the barriers placed nearer the
aperture, and the third, fourth, and fifth palatal folds more oblique,
while kengtungensis possesses a short horizontal median fold which is
absent in nagaensis. It also resembles P. muspratti, Gude, in having
the palatal folds united posteriorly by a low ridge and in having the
barriers at the same distance from the aperture, but in the latter
species the palatal folds are much shorter and stouter, and it lacks the
long horizontal parietal fold as well as the short median fold, being
only provided with a short fold at the aperture.
Curoritis (‘T'RicHOCHLORITIS) LEILHI, N.sp.
Shell rather widely umbilicated, depressed-conoid, thin, transparent,
corneous, with a narrow chestnut supra-peripheral band, finely
plicate-striate, somewhat sparsely covered with soft hairs placed in
pits and arranged in quincunx. Spire low, apex sunken, suture deep.
Whorls 4, convex above, tumid below, increasing rapidly, the last
exceeding in width the total of the other three, dilated at the mouth,
not constricted behind the peristome, shortly but deeply descending
in front, sub-angulated around the umbilicus, which is rather wide
GUDE: NEW HELICOIDS FROM THE INDIAN REGION. BY)
at first, showing the greater part of the penultimate whorl, when it
suddenly contracts, leaving only a very narrow perforation. Aperture
sub-circular, margins approaching; peristome scarcely thickened,
expanded, but not reflexed; the columellar margin triangularly dilated
and slightly overhanging the umbilicus. Diam. maj. 14°5, min.
11°5 mm. ; alt. 7 mm.
Hab.—India: Bombay (Dr. Leith).
Type in the British Museum. The type was labelled ‘ H. helferc’,
but upon comparison with Benson’s type, kindly lent to me for the
purpose by Dr. L. Doncaster, of the University Museum of Zoology,
Cambridge, I was able to satisfy myself that it was quite distinct.
From that Andaman species, it differs in being much thinner in
texture, in having the hairs, which are larger and softer, much
more crowded, and in being coiled differently, as it has the
last whorl proportionately wider. It also bears some superficial
resemblance to Chloritis propinqua, but that species is a much
stouter shell, with a more elevated spire, while in C. leithi the
umbilicus, although wider at first, becomes more contracted.
Two other specimens in the Museum, also from Bombay and
received from Dr. Leith, are like the type, but they are slightly
damaged. Mr. Ponsonby possesses a specimen which, like the Museum
shells, was labelled H. helfer’. It is a trifle smaller than the type,
measuring 14: 10°75 : 6°75 mm., and is labelled Unjunera. I have
been unable to trace any such locality, the nearest approach to it
being Anjar, a district of Cutch, likewise, therefore, in the Bombay
Presidency.
Cutoriris (TRIcHOCHLORITIS) THEOBALDI, n.sp.
Shell moderately umbilicated, depressed-conoid, pale corneous, with
a very faint supra-peripheral band, finely striated transversely, and
densely covered with hair-scars arranged in quincunx. Spire conoid,
apex prominent, suture rather deep. Whorls 53, convex, increasing
slowly and regularly, the last widening towards the mouth, not
constricted behind the peristome, slightly angulated at the periphery
-at first, the angulation disappearing near the mouth; angulated
around the deep umbilicus, which shows nearly the whole of the
penultimate whorl. Aperture sub-circular, margins distant, united
by a thin sinuous callus on the parietal whorl; peristome white,
thickened and shortly reflexed; margins regularly curved, columellar
ascending, triangularly dilated, and slightly overhanging the umbilicus.
Diam. maj. 24:5, min. 21 mm.; alt. 16 mm. Aperture: width 10,
height 9°5 mm.
Hab.—Shan States.
56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Type in the British Museum.
‘This new species is based on a specimen found with C. ansertna in
the Theobald Collection of the British Museum. It differs from that
species in having a more conical spire and a wider umbilicus, the base
is less inflated, and consequently the aperture 1s more dilated laterally.
It is also differently coiled, for, while measuring one-fifth less in
diameter, it possesses half a whorl more, and the hair-scars, moreover,
are much finer and more crowded, while the presence of a supra-
peripheral band unfortunately omitted in the above figure still
further differentiates it from C. anserina.
NERF
C. theobaldi bears a striking resemblance to C. franciscanorum,
Gredler, a Chinese shell, but it has the umbilicus a little more con-
tracted, the spire is relatively higher, and the aperture is less dilated
laterally, while the columellar margin ascends less obliquely; the
hair-sears are also finer.
I have much pleasure in associating the late Mr. W. Theobald’s
name with this new species.
PLECTOTROPIS NUTANS, D.sp.
Shell depressed-conoid, rather widely and perspectively umbilicated,
thin, light corneous under a pale-yellowish corneous deciduous cuticle,
tinely and somewhat irregularly striated, very minutely spirally
striated above, the base covered with much coarser incised, slightly
wavy spirals. Spire low, suture linear, apex acute. Whorls 5}-53,
increasing slowly and regularly at first, the last rather suddenly ;
flattened above, the last convex below, keeled at the periphery, the
keel being rather pinched above and below, angulated around the
umbilicus, not dilated at the mouth, very shortly and slightly de-
scending in front. Aperture oblique, sub-hastate, margins approaching,
united by a very thin callus on the parietal wall; peristome rather
thin, scarcely thickened, but distinctly expanded, slightly reflexed ;
upper margin slightly curved, forming an obtuse angle with the outer
margin, which is also slightly curved, the basal margin strongly
GUDE: NEW HELICOIDS FROM THE INDIAN REGION. 57
curved, slightly angulated at the junction with the columellar
margin, which is almost straight, ascending obliquely, triangularly
dilated, but not overhanging the umbilicus. Diam. maj. 16°5-17,
min. 14-14°5mm.; alt. 8mm.
Hab.—India: Habiang, Garo Hills, Assam (Blanford); also West
Khasia, Assam.
Type in the British Museum, presented by the late Dr. W. T.
Blanford.
In shape the new species somewhat resembles the var. theobaldi
of P. tapetna, but the shell is much thinner, the whorls are more
flattened above and less tumid below, the keel is more pronounced
and pinched, and the aperture quite different. The principal character,
however, separating it from P. ¢apeina and its varieties lies in the
absence of cuticular granules or squamee and in the deciduous cuticle.
I found specimens in Mr. Leman’s collection and in the British Museum
—both the Blanford and the general collection—with the MS. name
Trachia nutans, Bf. The specimen in the general collection of the
British Museum is a trifle larger, measuring 18 mm. in diameter, and
more solid, while the last whorl descends for a considerable distance.
Mr. Ponsonby possesses two specimens, received from [ieut.-Colonel
Godwin-Austen, labelled ‘‘ Habiang, Garo”. One of these measures
18mm. in diameter and has the aperture more dilated and the
basal and columellar margin more curved than the other specimens
I have seen.
A SYNOPSIS OF THE FAMILY VENERID®. PART I.
By A. J. Juxes-Browne, F.R.S., F.G.S.
Read 12th December, 1918.
Durine the course of the past eight years I have collected and studied
the members of this family, both recent and fossil, and the results of
my studies of some of the generic groups have been communicated
to this Society from time to time. I have now prepared a general
synopsis of the whole family in order to record my final views on the
affinities and taxonomic values of the numerous groups, generic and
sub-generic, which have been recognized by different writers at
various times.
The family is a large one, and has generally been divided into three
or four tribes or sub-families. ‘Thus Deshayes, in 1853, made four
such divisions which he called Dosiniana, Meretriciana, Venusina, and
Tapesina.' Fischer, in 1887,? only recognized three such tribes,
viz. Meretricine, Venerine, and Tapetine ; but Dr. Dall, in 1902,
again proposed to make four sub-families, viz. Dosinine, Meretricine,
Venerine, and Gemmine. He rightly considered that the distinction
between Venerine and Tapetine could not be maintained; but in my
opinion the same must be said of the supposed distinction between
Dosinine and Meretricine, for the difference between the shells of
Dosinia and Pitarva is very small, and there is probably quite as little
difference between the animals. The two genera are linked together
by the sub-genera which have been described by M. Cossmann and
myself under the names of Sinodia and Cordiopsis.
With respect to the Gemmine, they are separated by Dr. Dall
because their embryos are incubated by retention within the mantle-
cavity, as in the case of Spherium and Pisidium. He calls this
viviparous reproduction, but the term is hardly correct, for, as
Professor Pelseneer has remarked, ‘‘ there are no viviparous Lamelli-
branchs, though a certain number of them appear to be so because
they are incubators.”” The fact that Gemma, Parastarte, and Psephidia
protect their young in this way is interesting, but it does not follow
that they are closely related in other respects, and we know so little
about the developmental arrangements of other genera that it seems
unnecessary at present to separate these groups from those which
seem to be their nearest allies. For instance, the shell of Psephedia
closely resembles that of Gomphina, and it is quite possible that
Gomphina incubates its embryos: we simply do not know. Con-
sequently I do not propose to recognize the Gemmine as a distinct
sub-family, believing that it is at present not convenient to make
more than two such divisions, viz. the Meretricinee and the Venerine.
I had hoped that the nomenclature of the various genera and sub-
genera would have been settled before I set myself to draw up this
! Catalogue of the Conchifera in the British Museum, London, 1853.
2 P. Fischer, Man. de Conch., Paris, 1887.
JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERIDZ. 59
synopsis, but unfortunately this is not the case. The strict application
of the rule of priority has created many difficulties and absurdities
which were not foreseen by those who drew up the International
Code of Rules. A notable instance of such an irrational consequence
of the existing rule is that of Callista, for if this name is abandoned
the well-known group of shells which it connotes will have to take
a subordinate place, the name Macrocallista, which was proposed for
a small section of the genus, becoming the generic name, while the
really typical group would receive the name of Chionella, with an
Eocene fossil for its type instead of the well-known recent Venus
chione, which has always been regarded as its typical example.
Again, if Bolten’s Museum Catalogue is recognized as a scientific
publication, and is not excluded from the law of priority, his names
would supplant those of Lamarck, which have been in general use for
a century or more. Moreover, Bolten’s Catalogue gives no definitions
of genera or sub-genera, and is absolutely devoid of any scientific
value; while Lamarck’s genera were properly discriminated and
defined. I hold, therefore, that such a displacement of names is
unjust, unnecessary; and inconvenient, and as the Zoological
Congress has now resolved that exceptions may be made to the rule
of priority I hope that Bolten’s Catalogue may soon be declared an
exception.
Meantime I refuse to be bound by the trammels of this rule in
the strict fashion which some still advocate. I shall therefore retain
the name Callista as used by Moérch in 1858 and by the Adams in 1857,
ignoring its use by Leach in 1852 with a different signification which
can never become operative. Similarly, I shall not accept the revived
use of the names Cytherea and Paphia, as proposed by Dr. Dall, who
adopts and adapts them from Bolten.
As I have described most of the fossil groups in previous papers it
will suffice for my present purpose if I mention them in their proper
places, with only brief notices of their chief characteristics. The most
ancient genera appear to be Callista, Dosiniopsis, Cyprimeria, Flaventia,
and Saroda, all of which are found in the Cretaceous deposits of
Europe and India. Pitarva appears in the Eocene, and is probably
the ancestor of Dostnia, which does not make its appearance till the
Oligocene, and then only in America, the earliest European Dosinia
being of Miocene date, though the sub-genus Cordiopsts occurs in the
Oligocene.
Dosiniopsis does not seem to me to have any closer affinity to
Dosinia than to Callista, but it is certainly related to Sunetta through
‘the Eocene Meroena; the latter, indeed, might be regarded as a
Dosiniopsis in which the posterior lateral teeth have been obliterated
by the extreme depression of the posterior border.
With regard to the shells to which I gave the name of Flaventia
in 1908, I am still of opinion that Clementia is their nearest living
representative, but the group is really a comprehensive or less
differentiated type, combining characters now found in Clementia and
Samarangia. It may also have been the ancestor of Venus and Chione,
but if so the links have not yet been discovered.
60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Sub-family MERETRICINA.
Genus Cattista, Morch (after Poli).
The shells of this genus were included under Meretrix (= Cytherea)
by Lamarck, but were recognized as a sub-genus by Morch in 18538,
and as a genus by the Adams in 1857. Hae fully described this
group of shells in a recent paper,' and having therein given my reasons
for attaching to it as sub-genera the recent and fossil groups known
as Aphrodina, Tivelina, Transenella, and Lepidocardia, 1 need hardly
reprint all the descriptions there set forth, but shall merely give
a generic description and enumerate the subordinate groups.
Type, Venus chione, Linn. (fixed by Meek in 1876).
Synonyms: Chione, Gray, 1838 (not Megerle); Dione, Gray, 1847
(not Hubner); Chionella, Cossmann, 1886.
Shell oval or elongate, smooth, striate or concentrically ridged.
Lunule circumscribed, but escutcheon not defined. Hinge of left valve
with a strong anterior lateral and three cardinals, of which the two
anterior are united at the top, and the posterior is confluent with the
nymph ; in the right valve are two anterior laterals and three cardinals,
of which the two anterior are near together. Right posterior margin
always, and left anterior margin generally, grooved, the opposite
margins being bevelled to fit into these grooves. Ventral margins
smooth (except in Zransenella). Pedal scar connected with. that of
adductor by a long narrow canal.
Section Callista, s.s. Type, Venus ehione, Linn.
Surface glossy and vernicose, with minute discontinuous ingrained
radial striz. Pallial sinus wide, horizontal, and pointed in front.
Right posterior cardinal narrow and superficially grooved.
Section Macrocallista, Meek (1876). Type, V. nimbosa, Sol.
Section Callistina, J.-Br. (1908). Type, Cytherea plana, Sow.
(Cret.).
Sub-genera.
Lepidocardia, Dall, 1902. Type, Venus africana, Phil.
Shell small, compressed, and posteriorly attenuated. Hinge short
and teeth crowded.
Transenella, Dall, 1883. ‘Type, Cytherea conradiana, Dall.
Pallial sinus rounded. Valve-margins tangentially grooved.
Tivelina, Cossmann, 1887. Type, Cytherea tellinaria, Lam.
Small and compressed. Cardinal teeth all short. Pallial sinus
small, rounded, and ascending (Kocene).
Aphrodina, Conrad, 1868. Type, Meretrix tippana, Conr.
Cardinal teeth widely divergent. Pallial sinus deep, ascending.
Cretaceous and Eocene fossils.
Genus Amrantis, Carpenter, 1865.
Synonyms: Dione, Gray, 1847 (not 1851); Drone, Romer, 1862 ;
Dione, Fischer, 1887 ; Hyster oconcha is pre- lana
1 Proce. Malac. Soc., vol. x, p. 335, 1913.
JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERIDA. 61
Shell oval, concentrically ridged. Lunule impressed and circum-
scribed. Escutcheon generally defined, but narrow. Hinge like that
of Callista, but the pit between the laterals of the right valve is
continued into a channel which passes under the anterior cardinal.
Pallial sinus deep and horizontal. Right posterior margin grooved,
but not the left anterior. Pedal scar opening freely or by a short
channel into that of the adductor.
Section Amzantis, s.s. Type, Cytherea callosa, Conrad.
Shell thick, glossy, and broadly ribbed over whole or part of surface.
Hinge strong, with rugose nymphs. Pallial sinus generally pointed.
This includes only three species, A. callosa, A. wmbonella, Lam., and
A. purpurata, Lam.
Section Lamelliconcha, Dall. Type, Cytherea coneinna, Sow.
Shell concentrically ridged. Huinge-plate excavated and attenuated
behind. Nymphs longitudinally striated. Pallial sinus obtuse or
-regularly rounded. The shells known as Dione dione, D. lupanaria,
D. rosea, D. cireinata, D. unicolor, and D. cor (Hanley) belong to this
section.
Venus dione, Linn., ought to have been taken as the type of the
Lamelliconcha section, but Dr. Dall was under the erroneous
impression that Fischer had proposed the name Hysteroconcha with
V. dione as its type, whereas he merely mentioned it as a synonym of
Gray’s Dione. Dall’s Lamelliconcha only ditfers in the absence of
spines, which I regurd asa specific and not a sectional character.
Genus Prrarta, Romer, 1857, em.
This genus was also fully discussed in the article above-mentioned,
and reasons were given for establishing the two sub-genera to which
I gave the names of Callizona and Leucothea, but it has been pointed
out to me that both these names are preoccupied and I am consequently
obliged to propose substitutes. For the former I propose Z%netora
(from ¢imeta and ora, a border), and for the latter Aphrodora (from
appos, foam, and éwpa, a gift). I also separated a section under the
name of Pitarina. By an oversight, however, the section Agriopoma
was placed under Amzantis, instead of under Pitaria, where it properly
belongs. The following is an amended synopsis of the genus :—
Synonym : Caryatis, “Romer, 1862.
Shell oval or sub-trigonal, smooth or finely striate; lunule super-
ficial; escutcheon not defined. Teeth of the left valve like those of
Amiantis, but the posterior cardinal generally more or less separate
from the nymph; in the right valve the two outer cardinals often
united to form an arch over the median. Pallial sinus short and
rounded. Right posterior and left anterior dorsal margins grooved as
in Callista. Pedal scar confluent with that of adductor.
Section Pitaria, s.s. Type, Venus tumens, Gmel.
Nymphs longitudinally striated. Left posterior cardinal confluent
with the nymph, median triangular; right cardinals separate. Pallial
sinus deep and pointed.
Section Ca/pitaria, J.-Br., 1908. Type, Cytherea suleataria, Lam.
62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Nymphs striated. Left posterior cardinal partly free and extending
across the hinge-plate; left median triangular. Right cardinals
separate. Pallial sinus short and rounded (Eocene to Recent).
Section Prtarina, J.-Br., 1913. Type, Cytherea citrina, Lam.
Nymphs smooth ; left posterior cardinal wholly free and oblique ;
outer cardinals of right valve united at top to form an arch; pallial
sinus short, rounded, and ascending.
Section Agriopoma, Dall, 1902. Type, Cytherea texasiana, Dall.
Shell dull white; nvmphs smooth; left posterior cardinal long and
partly free ; outer cardinals of right valve forming a complete arch;
pallial sinus sharply angular.
Sub-genera.
Tinctora, n.n., J.-Br., 1914. Type, Cytherea vulnerata, Brod.
Synonym: Callizona, J.-Br., 19138.
Shell thick, sub-orbicular, glossy ; valve-margins crenulated ; left
posterior cardinal long and partly free from nymph; median very
thick ; pallial sinus short and rounded. Pedal scar as in Callista.
Callocardia, A. Adams, 1864. Type, C. guttata, A. Adams.
Shell very thin. Hinge-plate narrow and excavated between the
teeth. Two cardinals in each valve, united to form complete curved
arches. Left posterior cardinal long and free. Right posterior formed
of two narrow plates. Pallial line believed to be entire.
Aphrodora, n.n., J.-Br., 1914. Type, Callocardia birtsi, Preston.
Synonym : Leucothea, J.-Br., 1918.
Shell thin, white. Hinge-plate short, curved, and narrowed
posteriorly. Teeth thin and weak; left posterior short and confluent
with the nymph, right outer cardinals forming a complete arch.
Pallial sinus short and rounded.
Atopodonta, Cossm., 1886. Type, Venus conformis, Desh.
Shell small, but not thin. In the right valve the posterior cardinal
consists of two separate plates, one of which is united to the anterior
tooth, forming an arch over the median, which is bifid and A-shaped.
Pallial line entire.
Genus Lioconcua, Morch.
This genus was separated from Circe by Morch in 1853 and was
placed as a sub-genus of Meretrix by Fischer in 1887, but was adopted
as a genus by Dr. Dall (1902). I agree with Dr. Dall’s view of its
taxonomic importance, for it is undoubtedly more nearly related to
Callista than to Circe, and yet it differs from the former in several
important particulars, as will be seen from the following definition.
Type, Venus castrensis, Linn.
Shell oval or sub-trigonal; smooth or concentrically ridged. Lunule
superficial. Escutcheon not defined. Hinge-plate thick; teeth lke
those of Callista, but left posterior long and partly free from the
nymph. Right posterior entire or feebly grooved. Dorsal margins
grooved as in Callista. Pallial line entire. Pedal scar confluent with
that of the adductor.
The genus includes two slightly different groups of shells; the
one typified by castrensis is nearly smooth, the other typified by
JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERIDA., 63
trimaculata is finely striated or grooved, and more oblique in form,
the posterior end being somewhat produced ; the latter group includes
L. sulcatina, Lam., and Dione philippiana, Hanley.
Genus Saxrpomus, Conrad, 1857.
The true position of this genus as a member of the Meretricine
was established by Dr. Dall in1902.' The anterior laterals are placed
so near the anterior cardinals that they have been mistaken for
supernumerary cardinals, and the shell has consequently been located
near Zupes and Venerupis. It is, however, more nearly related to
Callista than to any other genus, and is to some extent linked with
Callista by the Japanese species C. chishumana, which has a corrugated
shell and oblique anterior lateral teeth. The dentition of Saxidomus
differs from that of Cadlista much in the same way as the hinge of
Dosinia differs from that of Pitarva. The animal is said to have long
and closely united siphons.
Only three living species of Saxidomus are known, namely,
S. nuttalli, Conrad (=aratus, Gould, and maximus, Anton), S. giganteus,
Desh., and S. purpuratus, Sow. ‘They all come from the North
Pacific, ranging from California northwards to Alaska and Japan.
In time they go back to the Eocene of California.
Type, S. nuttall, Conrad.
Shell oval, concentrically corrugated; without defined lunule or
escutcheon; slightly gaping posteriorly. Ligament large and con-
spicuous. Hinge-plate curved and narrow, with irregular teeth;
left valve with an oblique anterior lateral and three cardinals, which
are narrow and near together, the posterior being separate from the
nymph; right valve with two small anterior laterals and three
cardinals, of which only the posterior is grooved. Valve-margins
smooth and without any groove in either valve. Pallial sinus deep
and horizontal. Muscular impressions large; pedal scar opening
irregularly into that of the adductor.
Genus Dosrnta, Scopoli, 1777.
This genus and its subdivisions have also been fully discussed in
a previous paper, to which the reader is referred.* Here, therefore,
I need only give a generic definition and an abbreviated synopsis of
the sections and sub-genera which I think worth recognition. The
Dosinorbis of Dall was based on D. bilunulata, which has a defined
area outside the true lunule; similar areas exist in Chione roborata
and Ch. calophylla, and are only of specific importance. The sub-
genera Sinodia and Cordivpsis may be regarded as links between the
genera Dosinia and Pitaria.
Synonyms: Orbiculus, Megerle (1811); Artemis, Poli in Oken
(1815); Asa, Leach in Basterot (1825); Arctoe, Risso (1826) ;
Exoleta, Brown, 1827. Not Dosina, Gray (1838).
Shell sub-orbicular, more or less compressed, concentrically striated
1 Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, vol. xxvi, p. 356.
2 Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. x, p. 95, 1912.
64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
or corrugated. Lunule generally small and impressed. Escutcheon
seldom well defined; ligament generally deeply sunk. Hinge-plate
deep and strong; cardinal teeth 3-8, with one anterior lateral in the
left and two small ones in the right valve; mght posterior cardinal
bifid, and often a supplementary tooth-like ridge at the base of the
right nymph. Left posterior cardinal long and extending obliquely
across the hinge-plate. Right posterior margin generally grooved for
a short distance, but the left anterior only in Stnodia and Cordiopsis.
Pedal sear confluent with that of the adductor.
Dosinia, s.s. Type, D. africana, Gray.
Escutcheon depressed. Anterior lateral large and strong. Left
middle cardinal broadly bifid. Pallial sinus long, narrow, ascending.
Section Dosinella, Dall, 1902. Type, D. angulosa, Phil.
Lunule shallow. Escutcheon ill-defined. Anterior lateral small
or obsolete; left middle cardinal broad and bifid. Pallal sinus very
deep, ascending and rounded at the end.
Section Austrodosinia, Dall. Type, D. anus, Phil.
Escutcheon ill-defined. Anterior lateral strong and rugose. Left
middle cardinal entire and solid. Pallial sinus short, horizontal.
Section Phacosoma, J.-Br., 1912. Type, D. gaponica, Reeve.
Escutcheon well-defined by lamellose ridges, and the inner edges
turned up on each side of the ligament. Anterior lateral strong and
left median cardinal oblique, rugosely striated, but not bifid. Pallial
sinus deep and angular.
Section Pectunculus, Da Costa (= Orbiculus, Megerle). Type,
D. exoleta, Linn.
Escutcheon not defined. Anterior lateral small, and left middle
cardinal obscurely and unequally bifid. Pallial sinus deep, ascending,
rounded or obtusely angular.
Section Dosinedia, Dall, 1902. Type, D. concentrica, Born.
Escutcheon not defined and lunule very little impressed. Anterior
lateral small and pustular. Left middle cardinal broad and obscurely
bifid. Pallial sinus deep, angular, and ascending. Dorsal margins
not grooved.
Sub-genera.
Sinodia, J.-Br. Type, Dostnea trigona, Reeve.
Shell convex. Lunule superficial, not impressed. Escutcheon not
defined. Anterior lateral strong and distant. Middle left cardinal
solid and central. Both left anterior and right posterior margins
grooved for some distance. Pallial sinus rather short and rounded.
Since the publication of my paper on Dosinia I have discovered
that Cytherea gouldi, Reeve, belongs to this sub-genus. ‘The type 1s
in the British Museum, and Mr. E. A. Smith writes that ‘‘it is
certainly a Scnodia, the hinge being exactly the same as in trzgona”’.
Cordiopsis, Cossmann. Type, Cytherea incrassata, Sow.
Shell thick, sub-orbicular, convex and cordiform, with prominent
incurved umbones. No lunule or escutcheon. Left anterior lateral
small and becoming obsolete with age ; middle cardinal thick, rugose,
and central. Left anterior and right posterior dorsal margins grooved.
Pallial sinus short, sub-angular, ascending.
JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERIDZ. 65
Pelecyora, Dall, 1902. Type, Cytherea hatchetigbeensis, Aldrich.
This shell seems to be distinguished by its rugose nymphs and
narrow angular pallial sinus. It is a fossil from the Eocene of the
United States.
Genus Dosrnropsts, Conrad, 1864.
Synonym, ora, Conrad, 1870.
Type, Cytherea lenticular vs, Rogers.
Shell sub-orbicular or rounded oval. Lunule indistinct. Escutcheon
often defined and depressed. Cardinal teeth three in each valve,
separate, divergent, and entire, except the right posterior, which is
bifid. Left median strong, central, and triangular. Anterior lateral
elongate, rugose, and a simple pit for its reception in the right valve ;
a single posterior lateral in each valve. Nymphs finely granulated.
Dorsal margins not grooved. Pallial sinus rather short, ascending,
rounded or sub-angular,
This genus is extinct, and is only known from fossil representatives
in the Cretaceous and Eocene deposits. The Cretaceous species
D. subrotunda and the Kocene D. orbicularis have sharply depressed
escutcheons, and it is from them that Jleroena and Sunetta have been
derived.
Genus Sunerra, Link, 1807.
At the present day this genus is specially characteristic of the
Indo-Pacific region, but it extends round the Cape to the west coast
of Africa, as far north as Senegal. In Eocene and Miocene times
it lived in European seas, but no species has survived in the
Mediterranean area. In eastern seas it ranges from Japan on the
north to the coast of South Australia. The animal is unknown.
Synonyms: Cuneus, Megerle, 1811 (not Da Costa); Jferoe,
Schumacher, 1817.
Shell oval or sub- orbicular, sub-equilateral, rather thick, smooth
or concentrically grooved, with obseure radial riblets. Lunule
impressed and circumscribed; escutcheon narrow and deeply depressed.
Cardinal teeth 3-3, straight, separate, and touching dorsal border;
the medians fairly stout, the others narrow, and all generally entire ;
the left posterior ‘confluent w ith thenymph. Anterior laterals strong,
one in left and two in right valve. Right posterior and left anterior
marginal grooves short or obsolete. Nymphs finely denticulate.
Pallial sinus short, sub-angular, and horizontal. Ventral and lateral
margins crenulated (except in Ifroina). Pedal scar under hinge-plate
and confluent with that of the adductor.
Sunetta, s.s. Type, Donax seripta, Linn.
Shell elongate-oval, compressed or inflated, either equilateral or
posterior side the shorter. Left posterior cardinal short, right one
smooth and entire.
Sunettina, Jousseaume, 1901. Type, S. sunettina, Jouss.
Shell sub-orbicular, compressed ; posterior side expanded and rather
longer than the anterior. Left posterior cardinal long and thin, the
right one grooved at the top.
VOL. XI.—MARCH, 1914. 5
66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
I have not recognized the section Solanderina, created by Dr. Dall
in 1902 for S. solandri (Gray) with the brief defiintion that it is
‘‘inflated, smooth, and sub-equilateral”, because the convexity of the
valves is really the only point of difference. WS. sceripfa is just as
smooth, S. truncata and S. karachiensis just as equilateral, and yet
both are compressed. ‘The internal characters of solandri are the
same as those of the type: the only other species which could be
classed with it is S. neglecta, Smith, but that is less inflated and is
more nearly allied to S. vaginalis, which I should refer to the section
Sunettina.
Sub-genus.
Meroina, J.-Br.,1908. Type, Cytherea trigonula, Desh.
Shell oval or sub-trigonal, but posterior side the longer. Escutcheon
less deeply sunk, and borders less acute than in recent forms. Right
posterior cardinal grooved. Anterior laterals short and distant from
cardinals. Ventral and lateral margins smooth.
Genus Circe, Schumacher, 1817
This genus dates from Eocene times through the sub-genera Gouldia
and Circenita, but no representative of the typical section has yet
been found earler than the Oligocene. At the present day this group
of shells is widely distributed over the whole world, but the typical
section of Circe (s.s.) and the sub-genus Crista are only found in the
tropical parts of the Indo-Pacific region.
Synonyms: Paphia, Oken, 1815 (not Lamarck); Gafrarium, Dall
after Bolten, 1902.
Shell oval or sub-orbicular, with concentric or radiate sculpture or
a combination of both. Lunule flat, long, and narrow ; the escutcheon
when defined is very narrow. Hinge-plate deep and triangular,
with three straight, separate, and slightly divergent cardinal teeth in
each valve. Right posterior dorsal margin always grooved, but on
the left anterior “side only the lunular margin is narrowly erooved.
Lower margins smooth or crenulated. Pallial line entire or ‘slightly
sinuated. Pedal scar small, round, and separate from the adductor
(except in Gouldia).
Circe, s.s. Type, Venus scripta, Linn.
Shell compressed and flattened at the umbones, with dominant
concentric sculpture, but often divaricately mbbed on the dorsal
margins or umbonal disk. Escutcheon very narrow, and ligament
deeply sunk. Valve-margins smooth. Left posterior tooth long, the
median bifid and rugose, the others entire. Pallial line entire. This
typical section includes plicatina, rwularis, undatina, and var., orbica,
tumefacta, nummulina, aud lirata, Rom., but not suleata, which belongs
to Gouldia.
Parmulina, Dall, 1902. Type, Circe corrugata, Chem.
Shell thick, sub-orbicular, much flattened on the umbonal area,
which is rugosely ribbed, the rest of the surface being concentrically
suleated or striated. Teeth generally more divergent. Ventral
margins crenulated. Pallial line entire. So far as I can ascertain
JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERIDZ. 67
only three species belong to this section, viz. C. corrugata, Chem.,
C. crocea, Gray, and C. intermedia, Rve. All of these live on the
Arabian coasts from the Red Sea to the Gulf of Oman, and crocea
ranges down the African coasts as far as Zanzibar, but I cannot
learn that any of them have been recorded from India.
Sub-genera.
Crista, Romer, 1847. Type, Venus pectinata, Linneus.
Synonyms: Paphia, Oken, 1815 (not Lam.); Gafrarium, Dall
after Bolten.
Shell not flattened at the umbones, convex or compressed, with
radial and concentric sculpture, the radials divaricate. Escutcheon
narrow and impressed, and the hgament sunken. Hinge-plate short
and triangular. In the left valve the median cardinal is grooved,
and the posterior is short. The margins of the valves are generally
but not always crenulated. This group includes C. gibdia, Lam.,
C. divaricata, Chem., C. equivoca, Chem., C. dispar, Chem., C. euneata,
Lam., C. australis, Sow., and C. transversaria, Desh. 'l'ypical dispar
has smooth margins, while those of cuneata are crenulate; similarly,
those of transversaria are smooth and of @guiveca, which it much
resembles, are crenulate.
Circenita, Jousseaume, 1888. Type, Circe arabica, Chem.
Shell oval, convex, concentrically ribbed or striated, and without
radial sculpture. Escutcheon not defined, and ligament exposed.
Cardinal teeth small, near together, and entire; the anterior laterals
comparatively large. Ventral margins always smooth. Pallial line
slightly sinuated. This is a very small group, including only three
well-marked species, viz. arabica, Chem., lentiginosa, Chem., and
callipyga, Born, but several varieties have been given names, such as
adenensis, Phil., pulehra, Desh., splendens, Sow., semiarata, Dkr., and
funiculata, Romer.
Gouldia, C. B. Adams, 1847. Type, Circe cerina, Adams.
Shell rather small, oval, convex, with dominant concentric sculpture,
but sometimes having fine radial striation at the sides. Escutcheon
not defined. Teeth more widely divergent; right posterior cardinal
grooved, but the rest entire. Posterior dorsal margins of both valves
strongly grooved, each generally having a ridge and a groove.
Ventral margins smooth or irregularly rugose (not crenulate). Pallial
line slightly inflected. Pedal scar confluent with that of the adductor.
This group includes C. minima, Mont. (Atlantic and Mediterranean),
C. bermudensis, Smith (Bermuda and West Indies), C. sulcata, Gray
(Red Sea to Philippines and Fiji), C. nana, Mely. (Persian Gulf to
Siam), C. melvilli, Lynge (Siam), and C. amica, Smith (Pacific
Islands).
Meretrissa, Jukes-Browne, 1908. ‘Type, Zivelina depressa, Desh.
(fossil).
In 1908 I separated two species of small shells occurring in the
Oligocene of the Paris Basin under the name of Jlretrissa, and
regarded them as a link between Zivelina and Meretriz. More recent
scrutiny of the specimens then sent me by M. Cossmann, and the
68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
removal of some adherent sand in order to expose their pedal scars,
has induced me to change my opinion so far as the relationship to
Meretriz is concerned.
I find that in both species the pedal scar is small and separate
from that of the adductor, a feature which is not found in any
Meretricine genus except Circe. The cardinal teeth, being straight,
separate, and nearly equally divergent, also resemble those of Circe
(especially of Gouldia) quite as much as they do those of Meretriz ;
but Meretrissa differs from both in exhibiting a small pallial sinus
which is more than a mere inflection of the pallial line, though it is
not deep.
Further, since Circe, in the forms of Circenita and Gouldia, co-
existed with Zvvelina, while Meretrix has not been found in any of
the European Tertiaries, I now consider Meretrissa to be more closely
allied to Circe than to Meretriz. It may be regarded as a link
between Zvvelina and Circenita, but, as the internal features resemble
the latter more than the former, I group it here as a sub-genus
of Circe.
Shell small, sub-trigonal, nearly smooth, compressed. Hinge weak
with three divergent cardinals, the anterior of the right valve
pointing to the anterior lateral pit, the median grooved, and the
posterior entire. Pallial line with a short rounded sinus. Pedal scar
separate from adductor.
Genus Mererrix, Lamarck, 1799.
This genus is very distinct both in general form and in dentition
from all the preceding genera, and it is, therefore, far from being
a good type of the sub-family to which it gives its name. The species
of which it consists are few, and they are restricted to the Indian and
Chinese seas, extending from Aden and the Gulf of Oman to Timor
and the Philippines, and as far north as Japan; but I have not been
able to find any record of its occurrence in Australian waters, nor in
the Pacific Ocean, nor have I been able to ascertain how far it reaches
southward along the east coast of Africa, but it does not exist in
Natal or Cape Colony.?
Moreover, it appears to be of comparatively recent origin, for it
does not occur in any of the Tertiary faunas of Europe, neither can
I find that any ancestral form has been described from those of India
or Burmah. At present, therefore, it seems impossible to say when
or where it originated, but its distribution suggests that its centre of
dispersal was either from Siam or the Malay Archipelago, for most
of the species are found in that region.
1 Meretrix lusoria has been recorded from Natal by Mr. G. B. Sowerby (Journ.
Conch., 1894, p. 377), but he subsequently found that it was really
a species of Tiwela, and in his Appendix to Marine Shells of South
Africa, published in 1897, he described the species under the name of
Tivela alucinans. In 1903 (Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. v) Mr. E. A. Smith
identified it with Tivela natalensis of Dunker, and he informs me that
it was by mistake that the name of Meretrix zonaria was included in the
same list, the shell being really 7’. natalensis.
JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERID®. 69
I hope that paleontologists will give heed to the facts above
mentioned, and will not continue to record Weretrix from Cretaceous
or Tertiary deposits when they only mean some species of ‘ Cytherea’
in its widest sense, which they cannot determine more precisely from
the external characters. In most cases it would be better to record
it as Ca/lista(?), or else to continue the use of the name Cytherea for
indeterminate fossil forms.
Synonyms: Cytherea, Lam., 1805; Nympha, Morch, 18538.
Type, Venus meretrix, Linn.
Shell oval or trigonal, sub-equilateral, thick, generally smooth, but
sometimes concentrically lrate, with a vernicose periostracum and
a minute oblique striation on the posterior slope. Neither lunule
nor escutcheon is clearly defined. Ligament rather short and very
prominent on strong elevated nymphs. Hinge-plate thick, with
three separate cardinals in each valve diverging from a point beneath
the umbo; left posterior confluent with the nymph, right posterior
narrow and superficially grooved, others entire. Lateral teeth strong.
Both nymphs are corrugated. Ventral margins smooth. Pallial line
with a small and shallow sinus. Pedal scar confluent with that of
adductor.
The species are not very numerous, as most of those which have
received distinctive names are only colour varieties of JL meretriz,
but I should recognize the following as distinct species—pe/echialis,
Lam., dusoria, Chem. (= formosa, Sow.), lamarcki, Hanley, lyrata,
Sow., and exdis, Desh.
Genus Tivera, Link, 1807.
Synonyms: Zrigona, Megerle, 1811; Zrigonel/a, Conrad, 1837.
Shell trigonal, sub-equilateral, solid, smooth, with a more or less
deciduous periostracum. Lunule long, but faintly circumscribed.
Escutcheon not defined. Ligament very short, prominent, based on
thick nymphal plates. Cardinal part of the hinge short and triangular,
anterior part elongated. Cardinal teeth 3-38, all narrow and entire,
except the left median, which is sometimes grooved; the left anterior
points to the elongate anterior lateral, and the right anterior is close
to the lunular margin. Nymphs strongly corrugated, and sometimes
divided into a series of ridges which occupy part of the hinge-plate,
and simulate supplementary teeth. Dorsal margins grooved as in
Callista, ete. Ventral margins smooth. Pedal scar very long and
confluent with that of the adductor.
Tivela, s.s. Type, Venus corbicula, Gmel. (= V. mactroides, Born).
Ventral margins smooth.
Eutivela, Dall, 1891. Type, 7. perplexa, Stearns.
Ventral margins crenulated. Only known from Brazil.
Sub-genus.
Grateloupia, Desmoulins, 1828. Type, Donax irregularis, Bast.
Synonym: Cytheriopsis, Conrad, 1833.
Shell like Ziveda, but with a number of oblique parallel ridges on
the nymphs, and sometimes a thickening on the posterior dorsal
70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
margin which simulates a posterior lateral tooth. Species occur in
the Kocene of America and the Miocene of Europe, and in the latter
they are associated with a true Zivela.
The hinge of 7%vela has been fully described by me in a previous
communication,! in which I showed that the normal teeth are always
present, though they are often crowded into the anterior half of the
hinge-plate by the great development of the nymphal plates. The
relationship of Grateloupia was discussed in the same paper.
Genus Anrigona, Schumacher, 1817.
This genus comprises the shells which Gray regarded as the typical
group of the Venus of Lamarck, taking the type to be Venus verrucosa,
but not himself designating it as such.* In this view he was followed
by Deshayes (1853) and the Adams (1857), and they all included the
genus in the sub-family which possesses an anterior lateral tooth.
Romer, however, in 1867 introduced confusion by regarding the
group as part of the genus Chione, not even distinguishing it as
a separate section, but grouping the species in the same section as the
typical Chione under the name of Omphaloclathrum. Paul Fischer
(in 1887) adopted Romer’s method of classification, and most French
geologists have followed in his footsteps, so that even such con-
chologists as Cossmann and Peyrot include the Antigona group
under a comprehensive Chione genus, though they do separate it as
a section under Morch’s name.
In America Dr. Dall has followed the English view of complete
generic distinction, and has placed the two genera in separate sub-
families. Unfortunately, however, he has revived the abandoned
name of Cytherea from Bolten’s catalogue, and has applied it to this
genus with V’. puerpera asa type. Hence, though agreeing with his
recognition of the genus, I cannot accept his nomenclature.
Of course, the whole question of generic difference depends upon
the structural importance of the small tooth on the front part of the
hinge-plate. Romer must have regarded it as a mere excrescence,
and not as a definite anterior lateral, though how he could possibly
hold such a view with regard to Ant. lamellaris (=A. lamarehki, Gray)
is really incomprehensible. ‘The fact is that different species of
Antigona show every gradation between the well-developed laterals
of A. lamellaris (in both valves) and the little pustular tooth in the
left valve of A. reticulata, which looks like an outgrowth from the
anterior cardinal and has no corresponding pit in the right valve.
Yet comparison with other species shows that the pustule is
undoubtedly an atrophied anterior lateral, apparently in process of
being crowded out by a shortening of the hinge-plate and the greater
development of the anterior cardinal.
It may, of course, be argued that the Chvone group has been evolved
! Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. x, p. 266, 1913.
See my discussion of the name Venus in Proc. Malac. Soe., vol. ix,
p. 242, 1911.
i]
JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERIDZ, 71
from Antigona by the gradual elimination of the anterior laterals,
and I am quite disposed to think that such has been its origin; but
our genera are established for the sake of convenience in classification,
and not for the purpose of expressing a theory. There is no difficulty
in distinguishing the two groups and in recognizing them as genera,
and they have certainly had a separate existence ever since the
Miocene period. In the recent forms the anterior lateral is persistent
from youth to full age, and if there are fossil forms in which it
disappears with growth, they must be allocated on the sum of their
other characters, but I do not know of any.
Here I must correct an error into which I fell in 1908 when
describing the Veneride of the Eocene and Oligocene deposits. An
Oligocene shell described by M. St. Meunier under the name of Venus
loewyi ! was then ascribed to the genus Chione, because M. Cossmann
had referred it to that genus, and because reference to the published
figures seemed to show that such reference was correct. Recently,
however, by the publication of MM. Cossmann & Peyrot’s Conchylio-
logie Néogénique de l’ Aquitaine, I became aware that their genus
Chione was the antiquated conception of Romer, and that it included
the groups of Clausina, Omphaloclathrum, ete. In reply to inquiry
M. Cossmann informs me that his valves of Venus loewyt show
a distinct anterior lateral tooth in the left valve and a pit for its
reception in the right. It is clear, therefore, that the shell is a species
of Antigona, and dves not belong to Chione; it follows, moreover,
that Antigona dates from the Oligocene period, and that Chione does
not, so far as we yet know.
It may also be stated that the Ventricoloidea of Sacco (1900)?
appears to be a synonym of Artena, Conrad (1870).° The type of the
former is Cytherea multilamella, Lam., and having compared specimens
of this shell, which I owe to the kindness of Professor Peyrot, with
the descriptions and figures of Artena given by Dr. Dall, I have no
hesitation in saying that it accords with Artena in all essential
particulars. As Dr. Dall remarks, Artena bears the same relation to
the typical Antigona (A. lamellaris) as Ventricola does to the group
which he calls Cytherea (i.e. A. puerpera), and this I understand to
be exactly the idea which Professor Sacco wished to express.
It is unfortunate that the genotype of Antigona (V. lamellaris,
Schum.) is so different from all the other recent members of the
genus that it stands by itself. It is one of the absurd results created
by the plan of fixing genera by ‘types’, and by the rigid rule of
priority that the so-called typical section of a large genus may
include only one species! This, however, makes no difference to the
definition of the genus as a whole, and I therefore give such
a description before indicating the various divisions of it.
1 Nouy. Arch. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, sér. 1, tom. iii, p. 235, pl. xiii,
figs. 11, 12.
I Moll. Terz. Piem., pt. xxviii, p. 80, 1900.
Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. vi, p. 76.
eo bw
12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Antigona, Schum., 1817.
Synonyms: Dosina, Gray, 1838; Venus, s.s., Gray, 1847, and
Deshayes, 1853; Omphaloclathrum, Morch, 1853; Venus (Antigona),
E. A. Smith, 1885 (Challenger Report); Cytherea, Dall (after
Bolten), 1902.
Shell convex and generally globose, with prominent concentric
lamellae and sometimes with radial sculpture. Lunule and escutcheon
both clearly defined. Umbones prominent and incurved. Inner
margins crenate. Hinge thick and teeth strong; each valve with
three divergent cardinals, of which three are grooved, and the posterior
of the left valve is confluent in the nymph. The anterior lateral of
the left valve is often small and papillose, and those of the right are
obsolete. Pallial sinus short, either angular or rounded. Pedal scar
generally separate from that of the adductor.
Antigona, s.s. Type, Cytherea lamellaris, Schum.
Shell oval, with strong concentric lamelle, crossed by radial riblets.
Lunule impressed, and escutcheon defined in both valves. Ligament
exposed. Teeth widely divergent, and both anterior cardinals
directed forward ; a strong anterior lateral in the left, and two small
ones in the right valve. Nymphs long and striated. Palhal sinus
small and acutely angular.
Artena, Conrad, 1870 (= Ventricoloidea, Sacco, 1900). Type,
Venus straminea, Conrad, 1842 (not of Conrad, 1837).
Shell oval, globose, with sharp concentric lamelle, and striated
interspaces, but no radial ribs. Left anterior lateral well developed,
and two strong laterals in the right valve with a long, deep pit
between them. Other teeth normal. Pallial sinus small and angular.
The type is an American Miocene fossil. European species are
Venus loewyi, Meun. (Oligocene), Cytherea multilamella, Lam.
(Miocene and Pliocene), Venus burdigulensis, Mayer (Miocene).
Sub genera.
Periglypta’ J.-Br., 1914 (= Cytherea, s.s., Bolten in Dall).
Type, Venus puerpera, Linn.
Shell cancellated by strong concentric ridges crossed by radial riblets
which crenulate the ridges. Escutcheon narrow, and the right half
overlapping the left. Ligament deeply sunk. Nymphs usually
having a finely rugose area. Anterior lateral very small and close to
the anterior cardinal. Pallial sinus usually wide and rounded.
This group includes the tollowing species which are currently
known as ‘ Venus’: V. reticulata, Linn., V. crispata, Desh., V. lastert,
Gray (W. Indies), V. e/athrata, Desh., V. sowerbyt, Desh. (K. Indies),
V. multicostata, Sow., and V. monilifera, Sow. The forms known as
lacerata, Hanley, magnifica, Hanley, and reticulata, Sow., are probably
only varieties of puerpera. ‘Two other species, V. daqueata, Sow., and
V. chemnitzi, Hanley, differ from all the rest in the following
1 From mept, very much; yAumtos, carved.
JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERIDZ. 73
particulars: they have smooth nymphs, a small angular sinus, and
the pedal scar is confluent with that of the adductor.
Clausina, Brown, 1827. Type, Venus verrucosa, Linn.
Shell oval or rotund, globose or compressed, with dominant
concentric structure. Lunule and escutcheon well defined, the latter
being unequally divided between the valves. Teeth less widely
divergent than in Periglypta, but normal, except that the anterior
lateral is small. Nymphs smooth. Pallial sinus always small and
angular.
Clausina, s.s. Inflated and often globose, concentric ridges
crossed by irregular radial riblets which sometimes become nodular
prominences. Left anterior lateral very small and pustular; right
laterals and pit often becoming obsolete. Pedal scar large, oval and
separate from adductor scar.
Only afew species can be included in this group, viz., V. verrucosa,
Linn. (with the vars. canariensis and rosalina), V. nodulosa, Sow.,
V. toreuma, Gould, V. gukesi, Desh., and V. fordi, Dall.
Ventricola, Romer, 1857. Type, Venus rigida, Dillw. (=rugosa,
Chem.).
Shell globose or merely convex, ornamented with numerous regular
concentric lamelle with striated interspaces and sometimes weak
radial strize on the posterior slope. Anterior denticle and its corre-
sponding pit both persistent. Pedal scar confluent or opening by
a channel into the adductor scar.
This group includes V. casina, Linn., V. foveolata, Sow., V. oblonga,
Hanley, V. declivis, Sow., V. lyra, Sow., V. effossa, Phil., V. strigillina,
Dall, V. magdalena, Dall, V. rugatina, Heilprin (if not vars. of rigeda).
Circomphalus, Morch, 1853. Type, V. plicata, Gmel. (fixed by
Sacco, 1900).
Shell compressed with flattened umbones, encircled by distinct
concentric lamella swhich pass posteriorly into expanded elevations.
Hinge-plate much curved and attenuated posteriorly. Anterior
lateral very small and often impersistent; pit in the right valve
obsolete. Pedal scar rather small, nearly separate, but connected
with the adductor scar by a narrow channel. Valve-margins very
finely crenate.
The name Circomphalus was adopted by Morch from Klein, and
apphed to the following small group of shells: V. peruriana, Sow.,
V. dysera, Linn. (= plieata, Gmel.), V. calophylla, Phil., V. tiara,
Dillw., and V. berryi, Gray. In 1857 the Messrs. Adams also
adopted it for the same group, and included many other species allied
‘to V. tiara, but without indicating any one as a type. In the same
year Romer proposed the name Anaztis for what was practically the
same group, but this name was preoccupied by Duponchel in 1829,
and cannot therefore be used.
No one seems to have selected a type for Circomphalus until 1900,
when Professor Sacco definitely indicated V. plicata, Gmelin, as the
type of a small group including V. lamellata and V. calophylla, but
without giving any diagnosis, merely remarking that its members
were species which could not be referred to other sub-genera such as
74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Chione, Clausinella, and Anaitis.' In 1902 Dr. Dall gave V. plicata
as the type of Circomphalus, but without reference to Sacco or to
anyone else in explanation of such a selection.’
It is much to be regretted that the name should thus come to be
attached to V. plicata instead of to some member of the tara group,
for which it was evidently intended both by Morch and by H. & A.
Adams. They only included V. plicata in that group because they
supposed it to resemble the rest in having no lateral teeth, or
because they did not regard the small anterior tubercle as a normal
tooth.
Neither V. damellata nor V. calophylla can be grouped with V. plicata,
for neither of them shows any trace of an anterior lateral even in very
young shells, and through the kindness of Dr. J. C. Verco, of Adelaide
(S.A.), I have been able to examine young shells of both these species.
Another shell which much resembles V. plicata in external characters
is V. yatest, but the specimens which I have seen show no trace of
an anterior denticle. Indeed, so far as I can ascertain there is no
other recent species which can be associated with the type of
Circomphalus. There are, however, several species in the Miocene
and Pliocene deposits of France, Italy, and Austria which certainly
belong to it; these are V. subplicata, @Orb., V. basteroti, Desh.,
V. dertoparva, Sacco, and V. scalaris, Bronn. By Messrs. Cossmann
and Peyrot these species have been referred to the Clausinedla section
of Chione, but that must be reserved for the shells which have no
rudiment of a lateral tooth, as there is none in C. faseiata which is
the type. The other species which they associate with V. plicata
I should refer to Ventricola; these are V. casinoides, V. fasciculata,
and V. haidingert. Professor Sacco has figured many varieties of the
above-mentioned species, but I do not think he has correctly referred
all his specimens to their proper species, for he evidently regards the
anterior denticle as of no importance even in the distinction of
species.
I am quite prepared to admit that the fascrata and tiara group has
probably been derived from the plicata group by the elimination of
this anterior lateral, but I regard the retention of the lateral tooth
as a feature of generic importance. This question will be further
discussed in the sequel.
1 I Moll. Terz. Piem., pt. xxviii, 1900.
2 Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxvi, p. 356, 1902.
MWalacological Soctety of London.
(Founded 27th February, 1893.)
Officers and Council—elected 18th February, 1914.
President :—Rev. A. H. Cooks, M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.S.
Vice-Presidents :—A. 8S. Kennarp, F.G.S.; R. Bunten Newron, F.G.S.;
H. B. Preston, F.Z.8. ; E. R. Syxus, B.A., F.L.S.
Treasurer :—J. H. Ponsonsy, F.Z.S., 15 Chesham Place, London, S.W.
Secretary :—G. K. Gupr, F.Z.8., 9 Wimbledon Park Road, Wandsworth,
London, S.W.
Editor :—-E. A. Smiru, 1.S.0., 22 Heathfield Road, Acton, London, W.
Other Members of Council:—G. C. Crick, F.G.S.; T. IREDALE; C.
OupHamM ; G. C. Rosson, B.A. ; J. R. pe B. Tomuin, M.A., F.E.S.;
B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S.
By kind permission of the Council of the Linnwan Sociwry, the
MEETINGS are held in their apartments at BurtLinaron Housz,
Piccapinty, W., on the seconp FriDay in each month from NoveMBER
to JUNE.
The OBJECT of the Society is to promote the study of the Mollusca,
both recent and fossil.
MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident
without the British Islands), are elected by ballot on a certificate of
recommendation signed by two or more Members.
LADIES are eligible for election.
The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per aunum
or £7 7s. for Life, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per anuum or
£5 5s. for Life. All Members on election pay an Entrance Fee of 10s. 6d.
The PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each
Member is entitled to receive a copy of those numbers issued during
“membership.
[Vols. I-VIII and Vol. IX, Parts I-III, consisting of 52 Parts,
price 5s. net per Part. Parts IV-VI of Vol. IX, and all
succeeding Parts, price 7s. 6d. each. A discount of 20 per
cent upon the above prices is allowed to Members purchasing
these Volumes or Parts through the Secretary. |
Further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may be
obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent
at his private address, as given above.
NOW _ READY.
The International Directory
OF
Malacologists and Conchologists.
ONE DOLLAR PER COPY.
MAXWELL SMITH, Hartsdale, New York, U.S.A.
NEW CATALOGUE OF
European-Palaearctic
and Exotic Helices.
One of the largest catalogues of the Helices
ever published. Containing about 400 genera and
3,400 species, with localities and prices. Arranged
according to the systems of Dr. H. A. Pilsbry and
Professor Dr. W. Kobelt. Price 1s., can be paid
in stamps.
KOSMOS NATURHISTOR. INSTITUT,
Speyerstr. 8, Berlin W. 30, Germany.
STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS, LTD., PRINTERS, HERTFORD.
Wol’ XL Part IT. JUNE, 1914.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
Price 7s. 6d. net.
EDITED BY
Bi A SMITHS TS.0., 175
Under the direction of the Publication Committee.
AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE
PAPERS.
GOA sta Sy aS
PROCEEDINGS :— PAGE | PAPERS continued :— PAGE
Annual Meeting : | Diagnosis of four new species
February 13th, 1914 ......... 96 | of Land Shells from German
: New Guinea. By Cmsar R.
Ordinary Meetings : BOETTGER. (Plate III.) ... 118
caer 1914 ........, a The genus-name Martensia,
‘Galejn(ole/alate/o.aialeleial Sialic cle 2 T D)
Neri ob Us Bemper wl oe nea, ie
sya 3 ome more notes on Polyplaco-
Obituary Notices.............000.. 98 | phora. Part I. By Tom
NotTES :-— JEP OVAL eg eae 123
Pisidium vincentianum living
in Turkestan. By B. B.
WoopwarD, F.L.S. ......... 99
PAPERS :—
A Synopsis of the Venerida.
Part II. By A. J. Juxss-
BROWNE, F.R.S., F.G.S. ... 75
Presidential Address: Some
Points and Problems of Geo-
graphical Distribution. By
the Rey. A. H. COOKE, M.A.,
DESC.) MU Sane eee ae 100
LONDON:
DULAU & CO., LTp.,
37 SoHo Square, W.
Description of a new Recent
Pholadomya(Ph. tasmanica),
By C. HEDLEY and W. L.
REA ren (Mae: )i. ocean ne: 132
Characters of three new species
of EHnnea from Southern
Nigeria. By H.B. PRESTON,
Bez See (Bigss)) ane 134
A list of Australian Mactride,
with a description of a new
Species. By E. A. SMITH,
1.8.0. (Figs.)
BERLIN:
R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN,
11 KARLSTRASSE, N.W.
For information concerning the
MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON
See page iii of this wrapper.
CHARGES FOR ADVERTTSENMLA TS
OUTSIDE COVER. Each insertion—
Whole page . : ; 30s.
Half page 2 : : 15s.
Quarter page . ‘ ‘ 7s. 6d.
INSIDE COVER. Each insertion—
Whole page . ; : 20s.
Half page : : 10s.
Quarter page . : ‘ 5s.
~I
on
A SYNOPSIS OF THE FAMILY VENERIDH. PART ILI.
By A. J. Juxes-Browne, F.R.S., F.G.S.
Read 13th March, 1914.
I wave followed Gray and Deshayes in dividing the Veneride into
sub-families, but into two only, the Meretricine and the Venerine,
according to the presence or absence of an anterior lateral tooth. By
this criterion the genus Antigona is separated from the genera Venus
and Chione, but I do not wish it to be supposed that I regard these
two sub-families as two distinct lines of evolution. On the contrary,
I think each series includes several stirpes or branches of development,
and I think that the Chione group has been developed directly from
the Antigona stock by suppression and elimination of the anterior
lateral tooth.
On this point I again find myself in disagreement with Dr. Dall,
who imagines that there are important anatomical differences between
the animals of Chione and Antigona, and thinks that the possession of
an anterior lateral is correlated with such differences. In his own
words, ‘‘there is not @ priort any very good reason why the presence
or absence of a minute pustule of shelly matter in front of the cardinal
teeth shou!d count for much in the classification of species (or) genera,
or still less be the criterion for determination of the sub-family to
which a species belongs. Yetin making comparisons of the anatomical
features of these animals this little tooth or pustule is found an
excellent index to important anatomical differences. So, whether
it has any intrinsic value or not its correlation with important
characters must be admitted.” ?
Dr. Dall, however, does not state what these characters are or how
the animal of Antigona, which he calls Cytherea, differs from that
of Venus and Chione. He only states under the head of Meretricinee
that they have ‘‘siphons of moderate length with papillose orifices,
the tubes united for a great part of their length, the margin of the
mantle largely free, more or less papillose, the foot large, hatchet-
shaped, not byssiferous”?; and that in the Venerine ‘‘the siphons
are usually comparatively short and more or less separate from one
another. The foot is hatchet-shaped, and in the adult not byssiferous
except among the nestlers”. He might also have added that the
mantle-margins are free and generally fringed, and that the orifices
of the siphons are often cirrhose; and he should have said that the
length of the siphons varies much in different genera.
It will be seen, therefore, that in the characters which are generally
considered to be of importance for the purposes of comparison there
is no essential difference between the animals of the Meretricinze and
Venerine, unless he intended to signify that the siphons of the latter
are always more separate than those of the former. On this peut
1 Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Science, vol. iii, pt. vi, p. 1281, 1903.
VOL. XI.—JUNE, 1914. 6
76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
I have made inquiries, more particularly in regard to the Antigona
and Ventricola group, with the following results : in Clausina verrucosa
the siphons are said to be completely separate, but there is no record
about those of Ventricola casina; I therefore applied to Professor
Herdman, who kindly informs me that in this species the siphons are
united for a great portion of their length, i.e. for about half their
extension outside the shell. Again, to Mr. H. Suter, of New Zealand,
I owe the information that Ventricola oblonga has ‘short and rather
small siphons which are united to their tips”. There is, therefore,
ereat variation with regard to the union of the siphons in this genus.
There seems to be an equal lack of uniformity in the Venus and
Chione group, though they are usually united for about half their
external length. This 3 is the case in Venus mercenaria as figured by
Dr. Dall himself;! also in Chione gallina and Ch. fasciata, but in
Timoclea ovata fe are united for three parts of their length, and
it is stated that the sameis the case with some varieties of Ch. gallina.
In the case of Ch. grus, moreover, a West Indian species, Dr, Dall
himself states that ‘‘the animal has two subequal closely united
fringed siphons”, so that his own statements are inconsistent with
one another.
The facts above are sufficient to dispose of the theory, stated by
Dr. Dall as if it were a proved fact, that there is any correlation
between the anatomical characters of the animals and the presence or
absence of an anterior lateral tooth on the shell. On the other hand
I am decidedly of opinion that this anterior pustule or ‘dentelon’
has an intrinsic value of its own, for if it is the vestigial relic of an
anterior lateral tooth, then it represents an important structural
element in the dental armature of the hinge-plate.
It may of course be argued that if Venws and Chione may be
descended from species of Antigona they should not be placed in
different sub-families, and to this there is no answer except that no
sub-families could then be recognized, and that it does seem useful
to emphasize the importance of looking for this little tooth, and of
using it as a basis of classification.
Among the Venerineé the groups which I recognize as having the
rank of genera are—Venus, Protothaca, Samarangia, Gomphina,
Gemma, Clementia, Cyclina, Cyprimeria, Mareia, Tapes, Paratapes,
Baroda, and Venerupis. A few remarks on the taxonomic values of
certain groups may be useful to explain the connotation of these
genera and some of their divisions.
In the first place I do not find any differences of real generic
importance between Venus (= Iercenaria) and Chione, so that I rank
the latter as a sub-genus of the former; nor is there any good reason
for the generic separation of Anomalocardia, which combines some
characters of Mercenaria with some of Chione. As a matter of fact
it would be more reasonable to separate those Chione which are
destitute of radial sculpture, such as roborata and tiara. It seems
more natural and convenient, however, to regard all these three
1 Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 37, pl. lv, 1889.
JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERID. Ct
groups Chione, Anomalocardia, and Clausinella as sub-genera of
a comprehensive genus Venus.
With regard to Timoclea, of which the type is Venus ovata, Pennant,
I am convinced that it cannot be separated from the typical section
of Chione either solely or principally on the ground of its external
sculpture. There is every gradation between the cancellated forms
of Chione and the Zimoclea type, in which the concentric ridges are
reduced to scales or nodes on the radial ribs. The distinction must
be found in other points of difference, and Venus ovata can be grouped
with other species which have a similar ovate sub-equilateral shape,
the same widely divergent teeth, with an obtuse or rounded pallial
sinus ; I also find that in all these species the pedal scars are separate
from those of the adductors, while in the typical section of Chione
there is almost always an open connexion between the two scars,
which means of course a more or less complete union of the pedal and
adductor muscles.
In this connexion it is curious to find that M. Cossmann has
proposed to make Zimoclea a separate genus, but this estimate of its
importance is partly due to his confusion of Chione with Antigona.
Moreover, he relies entirely on the characters of Z. ovata, and con-
sequently he does not give such a comprehensive definition of Zimoclea
as would make it comprise such species as V. marica, V. striatissima,
V. subnodulosa, and V. arakanensis. It may be noted also that the
straight imner border of the hinge-plate, which he mentions as
distinctive, is largely a function of the sub-equilateral shape of the
shell, for an oblique curvature of the shell naturally produces
a curvature of the hinge-line.
Again, the differences between the Clausinella of Gray and the
Lirophora of Conrad (which should have been written Lirifera) seem
to me so small and unimportant that no good purpose can be served
by laying much stress on them. ‘The real fact is that these names,
through the types attached to them, belong to exceptional forms of
a large natural group. Thus Venus fasciata is a European form,
which, in its compressed shape and its sculpture of broad flattened
ridges, stands quite by itself, while Conrad’s type was a fossil nearly
allied to the West Indian Venus paphia, Linn., a species in which the
ridges pass into erect posterior expansions, and also exhibit an obscure
radial striation.
Now the natural group to which these species belong is that
typified by Venus tiara, Dillwyn, V. berry?, Gray, and V. roborata,
Hanley. It was this group for which Morch, in 1853, used Klein’s
name of Circomphalus, and if subsequent writers had only taken note
of this (Tryon, Sacco, and Dall) they would not have chosen V. plicata
as the type (see ante, p. 73). The name Clausinella, however, was
published in 1851, and has priority, so that obviously the best course
to pursue is to adopt it for the whole natural group, though Lzrophora
may be used for the few recent American shells which conform to
Dr. Dall’s definition, and for their fossil representatives.
Venus gallina, the type of Moérch’s Chamelea, is another exceptional
form which is allied to the V. tiara group, and seems to be connected
78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL. SOCIETY.
with it by some fossil species, both in Europe and America. It may
therefore be regarded as a section of Clausinella, which will thus
become a sub-genus of as much importance as Chione. In this apprecia-
tion of Clausinella I find myself in accord with Messrs. Cossmann and
Peyrot, but they have made the mistake of including V. plicata in
the group and several fossil species which do not belong to it.
My reasons for the elevation of the group named Protothaca by
Dr. Dall to the rank of a genus will be given in the sequel, but,
briefly stated, they are that when one species included in the group
by that author has been restored to Chione, and another one to Zapes,
the remainder form a small genus which can be satisfactorily defined,
and which seems to be intermediate between Chione and Zapes.
Under the head of Clementia it will be found that I have separated
certain recent species as a new section with the name of Zerentia, and
I desire to thank Mr. MacAndrew for giving me the opportunity of
examining his specimens of these rare species. ‘The Cretaceous
fossils, for which I created the sub- -genus Flaventia in 1908, have
again occupied my attention, and the examination of the interior of
a left valve of FV. ovalis, preserved in the Royal Albert Museum at
Exeter, has confirmed my opinion of the relationship between
Flaventia and Clementia.
I have included Clementia and Cyciina in this sub-family because of
their conchological characters, which, in the Lamellibranchs and for
the purposes of classification, I consider to be of more importance
than the small differences which are observable in the animals within
the limits of a family. I am aware that Deshayes described the
animal of Clementia papyracea as resembling that of Dosinia, and as
having completely united siphons and a compressed hatchet-shaped
foot; so that if we trusted to the characters presented by the
animal of this species we might place Clementia in the Meretricinee
near Dosinia or Pitaria, which latter, according to Adanson, has an
animal of similar structure.
But we have no detailed information about other species of
Clementia, except that Dr. Dall has recently stated! that the animal
of Cl. subdiaphana (an American species) is ‘veneroid’. He does
not explain what he means by this term, but it can only mean that
ve siphons are wholly or partially free and that its foot is tongue-
shaped, and he has consequently referred this species to his genus
Noe (i.e. Sumarangia). There can be no doubt, however, that the
shell and dentition of C. subdiaphana is more like that of Clementia
than that of Samarangia, and that it is still more different from the
fossils called Veneredla by Cossmann. Hence I agree with Carpenter
in regarding subdiaphana as a species of Clementia, akin to C. vatheleti
and C. cumingt, and, if their animals differ from that of C. papyracea,
it may be convenient to establish them as a section or sub-genus.
Probably, however, the differences are no greater than those which
exist between different species of Zapes, as will be made manifest in
the sequel.
1 Nautilus for January, 1914, p. 103.
JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERIDZ. 79
I have made a careful investigation of the shells which have
hitherto been included in the genus Tapes, with the result that
I propose its division into two genera and the transference of the
T. pullastra group to the genus Venerupis. The reasons for this are
discussed under the head of Zapes.
Genus Venus, Linneus.
Animal with frilled or fringed mantle-margins. Siphons rather
short and united for half their external length or more. Foot
linguiform, thick or compressed, often extensile.
Shell oval or sub-trigonal, more or less inequivalve. Lunule and
escutcheon generally well defined. Sculpture concentric or cancellate.
Hinge-plate thick, with three divergent teeth in each valve, the left
posterior being long, narrow, and adherent, or adjacent to the
nymph. Pallial sinus small. In the right valve the posterior dorsal
margin is always grooved, but in the left there is seldom any groove.
Ventral margins crenulated.
Sub-genera.
Venus (s.s.), Lamarck, 1799. Type, V. mercenaria, Linn. Synonym:
Mercenaria, Schumacher, 1817.
Shell ovate, convex, solid. Sometimes nearly smooth, sometimes
ornamented with thin, concentric lamelle and by faint radial striation
on the posterior side. Teeth not widely divergent, not occupying
more than a right angle; left anterior straight, right posterior and
both medians generally "grooved. Pedal scar separate from the
adductor, with a thread- like channel between them. Pallial sinus
triangular.
This group is restricted to the coasts of North America and Japan ;
it includes V. campechiensis, Gmelin (= mortont, Conrad, and
Julgurans, Tryon), V. kennicotti, Dall, V. apodema, Dall, and
V. stimpsont, Gould. Geologically it dates from the Oligocene,
and several species have been described by Conrad and Dall from
the Miocene and Pliocene of the United States.
Chione, Megerle, 1811. Type, Venus cancellata, Lam.
Shell oval or sub-trigonal, oblique or sub-equilateral. Sculpture
always comprising concentric and radial elements. Hinge-plate
short, teeth becoming solid and entire with growth, but both medians
grooved when young, each set generally widely divergent.
Section Chione (s.s.). Shell oblong or obliquely trigonal, inequi-
lateral, umbones prominent. Sculpture cancellate. Lunule and
escutcheon always well defined. Pallial sinus small and angular.
Pedal scar confluent with that of adductor. Marginal crenulation
sometimes obsolete posteriorly.
This section includes granulata, Gmelin, pectorina, Lam., sub-
rostrata, Lam., crenulata, Sow. (= pubera, Val.), grata, Say
= histrionica, Sow.), undatella, Sow., succincta, Val., pulicaria,
Brod., amathusia, Phil., gnidia, Brod. & Sow., asperrima, Sow.,
columbiensis, Sow., subrostrata, Lam., compta, Sow., and stutchbury?,
80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Gray. These are all American species except the last, which is
a New Zealand shell.
Section Zimoclea, Brown. Type, Venus ovata, Pennant.
Shell oval and nearly equilateral, the umbones being generally
sub-central and not prominent. Sculpture cancellate, and the radials
sometimes stronger than the concentric ribs. Hinge-plate straight,
and the anterior teeth directed forward so that there is a wide
divergence. Nymphs high and rather short. Pallial sinus obtuse or
rounded. Pedal scar separate from the adductor. Valve-margins
strongly crenulated all round.
This section includes the following species—lagopus, Lam., gallinula,
Lam., australis, Sow., costellifera, Ad. & RKve., scabra, Wood,
striatissima, Sow., marica, Linn., recognita, Smith, arakanensis, Sow.,
subnodulosa, Sow., stamensis, Lynge, micra, Pilsbry, ¢mbricata, Sow.,
lionata. Smith, pygme@a, Lam. The only American species known to
me which can be referred to Z’moclea (as above defined) is pygmea,
which has an obtuse sinus and a separate pedal scar, though it is far
from being equilateral.
Anomalocardia, Schum., 1817. Type, Venus flexuosa, Linn.
Synonyms: Zriquetra, Anton after Blainville, 1818; Cryptogramma,
Morch, 1853.
Shell trigonal, convex, posteriorly attenuated and angulated.
Sculpture mainly concentric, in broad rounded ribs crossed by finer
radial riblets. Teeth solid and widely divergent. Nymphs rugose.
Pallial sinus very small and sometimes obsolete. Pedal scar opening
narrowly into that of adductor.
This is a small section only, including the species flexuosa (Linn.),
brasiliana, Gmelin (= macrodon, Hanley), cuneimeris, Conrad (=rostrata,
Sow.), subimbricata (Sow.), subrugosa (Sow.), puella (Pfeiffer), and
leptalea (Dall). All these, except the type, are American species.
Dr. Dall regards Venus squamosa, Linn., as an Anomalocardia, and
separates it as a section under the name of Anomalodiscus, but in my
opinion both it and swbrostrata, Lam., belong to the typical section of
Chione, for I see no difference except in shape. On the other hand,
Venus impressa, Hanley, has smooth ventral margins as well as smooth
nymphs, and is consequently a remarkable exception to the crenulated
margins of the genus. It might be regarded as a section with the
name of Cryptonema, in allusion to the concealment of the radial
striation along the margins.
Clausinella, Gray, 1851.
Synonyms: Ctrcomphalus, Mirch, 1853 (no type specified) ; Anaztzs,
Romer, 1857 (in part), not of Duponchel, 1829.
Shell with dominant concentric sculpture of strong ribs or ridges,
radial striation being absent or obscure. Teeth widely divergent and
solid in the adult, though the medians are often feebly erooved in
young shells. Lunule and escutcheon well defined, but the latter
more marked in the left valve. Nymphs striated and sometimes
rugose. Pallial sinus very smali, angular or rounded. Pedal scar
very narrowly connected with that of adductor.
Clausinella, s.s. Type, Venus fasciata, Da Costa.
JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERID. 81
Shell sculptured in regular concentric ridges, which do not rise
into erect lamelle, and seldom show any radial striation. Inter-
spaces finely concentrically striated. Nymphs with one or two
longitudinal strie.
The majority of the species belonging to this section occur in the
Indian, Australian, and Pacific regions. They include fara, Dillw.,
foliacea, Phil., roborata, Hanley, isabellina, Phil., berry?, Gray, an
roseotincta, Sow. In Kurope it dates back to the Helvetian stage
of the Miocene (V. dertoparva).'
Lirophora, Conrad, 1864. Type, Venus athleta, Conrad.
Shell sculptured in thick concentric ridges, which are rounded in
the centre, but pass into erect lamelle posteriorly, and often show
radial strie on their ventral sides. ‘The interspaces are concentrically
striated. Nymphs more or less rugose.
This group is chiefly American, and includes V. paphia, Linn.,
V. maria, VOrb., V. peruviana, Sow. , and V. kellettii, Hinds. In
Florida it appears to date back to the Oligocene, and there are many
Miocene species.
Chamelea, Morch, 18538. ‘Type, Venus gallina, Linn.
Synonyms: Ortygia, Brown, 1827 (not of Boie, 1826); Hermione,
Leach, 1852 (not of Blainville, 1828); Chamelea, Adams, 1857.
Shell sculptured in narrow close-set concentric rounded riblets,
which are often oblique and irregular; the radial strize are sometimes
faintly visible. Nymphs nearly smooth. Pallial sinus angular.
V. interpurpurea, Conrad, of the Caribbean Sea, and V. crassa,
Q. & G., of New Zealand, may be referred to Chamelea, and the group
dates back to the Miocene epoch in Europe (V. cothurnie, Dujardin),
and to the Oligocene in the United States.
Salacia, Jukes-Browne, 1914. Type, Venus Jamellata, Lam.
Etym.: Salacia, the wife of Neptune.
Shell oblong or oval, flattened at the umbones, with distant, thin,
erect, or recurved concentric lamelle. Lunule small and lanceolate.
Escutcheon only defined in left valve. Median teeth always bifid.
Nymphs smooth. Margins feebly crenulate. Pallial sinus moderately
deep. Pedal scar long, narrowly confluent with adductor.
This group seems to be restricted to Australia and New Zealand.
It comprises Chione yatesi, Gray, and Ch. jackson’, Smith, and perhaps
C. calophylla, which links it with Clausinella.
Bassina, J.-Br., 1914. Type, Venus paucilamellata, Sow. (= V. alata,
Reeve). Dedicated to Lieut. Bass, after whom Bass’ Straits were
named.
Shell sub-trigonal, thick, convex, brownish, concentrically striated
with only a few erect scales on the anterior slope. Escutcheon not
defined. Both dorsal margins of the right valve grooved, and those
of the left bevelled to fit.
The only species known occurs along the south coast of Australia
and round Tasmania.
1 Tt was by mistake that this species was referred to Circomphalus on p. 74.
82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY
Genus Prororwaca, Dall, 1902.,
Type, Chama thaca, Molina (= Venus dombeyt, VOrb.).
This group of shells was separated by Dr. Dall in his ‘‘ Synopsis of
the Veneride ”’,’ and placed as a sub-genus of Zapes. I have protested
against this rillochion on two previous oceasions, holding that the
species which he took as his type, i.e. that usually known as Venus
dombeyti, is much more closely allied to Venus and Chione than to
Tapes. A careful examination of all the species which Dr. Dall then
included under the name Protothaca has convinced me that they do
not form a homogeneous natural group, but a heterogeneous assemblage.
One of the species belongs to the typical section of Chione, another is
an abnormal form of Zapes; but the rest (including the type) do
present peculiarities which distinguish them both from Chione and
Tapes, and possess characters which make it inconvenient to class
them as a sub-genus of either.
The fact is that Dr. Dall’s diagnosis only records some of the
differences between Protothaca and Chione, and those are chiefly
superficial differences. He dwells chiefly on the external sculpture,
and does not say a word about the disposition of the teeth, nor does
he sufficiently distinguish the group from Zupes. The sculpture,
being partly concentric and partly radial, differs little from that
possessed by the typical section of Chione, and would not entitle the
shells to more than sectional value, but there are points of much
more importance, and one of these is the closer approximation of the
teeth. No doubt this was perceived by Dr. Dall, and was the chief
reason for his placing the shells under Zapes, although he does not
say so, nor does he distinguish Zapes from Chione by the divergence
of the teeth.
It is a fact, however, that in Protothaca both the posterior cardinals
are shorter than in Chione, the left posterior being a short oblique
tooth crossing the hinge-plate on a line nearly parallel to the hinder
side of the median, while in Chione it is a long tooth, parallel to the
base of the ligament. Protothaca resembles Chione in having a strong
hinge-plate, and consequently there is a space between the left
posterior cardinal and the base of the ligament. The ligament itself
is very long, extending nearly to the end of the posterior dorsal slope,
the consequence being that the groove, which is usually found on this
margin of the right valve, is in Protothaca merely a short indentation
for the reception of an equally short projection on the left valve.
In this respect it differs from Chione, and resembles some forms of
Tapes, such as 7. decussatus and 7. pullastra.
The following is a list of the recent species which are referred to
Protothaca and its section Callithaca by Dr. Dall:—
Chione grata, Say (= Venus discors, Sow., and V. histrioncca,
Sow.).
Chama thaca, Molina (= Venus dombey?, VOrb.).
Chione ruderata, Desh.
1 Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxvi, p. 364, 1902.
JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERID. 83
Ch. petiti, Desh. (as Saxidomus; = Venus rigida, Gould, and
Tapes diversa, Sow.).
Ch. staminea, Conrad (= Venus mundulus, Reeve).
Tapes orbella, Carpenter.
T. laciniata, Carp.
T. tenerrima, Carp. (the type of Callithaca, Dall).
Of these eight species I consider the first to be a typical Chione, for
it has the teeth of Chione with the left posterior parallel to the
nymph, and it may be regarded as the Pacific analogue of the
Caribbean Ch. granulata, which Dr. Dall himself classes as a Chione.
The last species on the list is very different from all the others, and
I regard it as a form of Zapes. The remaining six species do form
a special group with characters of their own; they differ from Chione
in the features already mentioned, as well as in the greater depth of
the pallial sinus. The sub-genus of Zapes which they most nearly
resemble is Ruditapes (7. decussata), but from this they differ in the
following particulars, i.e. in having—
A stronger hinge-plate with a broader anterior expansion.
. Longer and stronger teeth.
Smooth nymphs, never corrugated.
Left anterior tooth entire, not grooved.
Crenulated valve-margins.
Pedal scar confluent with adductor.
Dork oo to
The fact is that the Protothaca group has characters which make
it inconvenient to include it either under Venus or under Tapes, and
I therefore propose to consider it a genus, especially as I believe the
following species may also be referred to it, Chione jedoensis, Lischke,
Ch. hiraset, Pilsbry, Ch. costata, Q. & G., and possibly the shell known
as Petricola elliptica, Sow. (from Peru). ‘The group is essentially
a Pacifie one, and may be defined as follows :—
Sheil oblong, of dull white, yellow, or brownish colouring, sculpture
more or less cancellate, but the radial ribs often becoming dominant.
Lunule defined, but escutcheon absent, or only defined in the left
valve. Ligament very long and prominent. Hinge-plate strong and
deep; teeth separate and rather near together, both medians bifid,
and both posteriors more oblique than in Chione. Nymphs smooth.
Pallial sinus fairly deep and rounded in Californian species, short and
subangular in others. Pedal scar confluent at top with that of the
adductor. Ventral margin crenulated, but often becoming smooth
‘posteriorly. Ridge and groove on dorsal margins very short.
Dr. Dall describes the animal of the type as having short siphons
which are united to their tips, the foot hatchet-shaped (? hnguitorm),
and not byssiferous nor exhibiting even a byssal groove.
There is another shell which I am inclined to place under Protothaca
in spite of the fact that its margins are entirely smooth, and that it
was placed under ‘ Marcia’ by Dr. Dall. This is the Venus rufa,
Lam., a large, thick, oval shell which has a curiously curved hinge-
plate and teeth, which are quite different from those of Samarangra.
84 PROCKEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
I propose to make it a sub-genus of Protothaca with the name of
Rhomalea, from pouareos, strong. It can be defined thus :—
Sub-genus.
Rhomalea, J.-Br., 1914. Type, Venus rufa, Lamarck. Habitat,
Peru.
Shell similar to Protothaca, but nearly smooth; showing faint
radial strie all over the surface, obscured on the anterior side by
stronger concentric strie. Ligament very large and prominent.
Hinge- plate curved and both posterior teeth very short. Interior
margins smooth, pallial sinus sharply pointed. Pedal scar small and
separate from that of adductor. Venus kennerlyi may perhaps be
associated with rufa, as its dentition and sinus are similar.
Genus Samaranaia, Dall, 1902.
Shell oval or sub-quadrate, concentrically striated or minutely
reticulated. Inner margins of valves smooth. Lunule flat, cireum-
scribed. Escutcheon not defined. Hinge-plate short, with a flat or
concave anterior expansion. ‘Teeth divergent, three in each valve,
the left anterior and median united at top, and fitting over the right
anterior ; left posterior generally long and partly confluent with the
nymph. Pallial sinus fairly deep. Pedal scar more or less confluent
with that of the adductor.
Samarangia, s.s. Type, Venus quadrangularis, Ad. & Rve.
Shell solid, sub-quadrate, dull white. Ligament long. Valve-
margins smooth. Pallial sinus horizontal, linguiform, and pointed.
Pedal scar oval, very narrowly confluent with that of adductor.
So far as my own knowledge goes, this section only includes
quadrangularis, lenticularis, Sow., and exalbida, Chem.
Sub-genera.
Mercimonia, Dall, 1902. Type, Venus bernay?, Cossmann (Eocene
fossil).
Shell sub-orbicular, substantial, convex, concentrically striated.
Lunule feebly defined, ligament sunk. Hinge-plate deep, and
anterior concavity well developed. Right posterior tooth widely
bifid, and both posteriors curved. Left median and oe united
at top and both entire. Posterior marginal groove long. [Pedal scar
confluent with that of adductor. Pallial sinus variable in depth and
shape.
A perusal of the description given by Messrs. Cossmann and
Peyrot of V. dyyardini of the Bordeaux Miocene, and the examination
of a left valve, for which I am indebted to Professor Peyrot, have
convinced me that it belongs to the same group as the Eocene shells
described by M. Cossmann and mentioned by me in a_ previous
volume of these Proceedings (vol. viii, p. 169).
Textivenus, Cossmann, 1886. Type, Venus texta, Lam. (Eocene).
Shell small, oval, ornamented with raised obliquely reticulate
strie. Valve-margins smooth. Only right posterior margin grooved.
Pallial sinus ascending. Pedal scar narrow, and confluent with that
of adductor.
JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERID. 85
Genus Gomputna, Morch, 18538.
The isolation of Gomphina as a genus was discussed and maintained
by me in 1909,' and at the same time it was pointed out that the
small group of shells now known as Liocyma seemed to stand in the
relation of a sub-genus. Since then I have ventured to affiliate
the small American shells called Psephis by Carpenter in 1864, but
renamed Psephidia by Dr. Dall in 1902, and I have also described
a new sub-genus under the name of Acolus, based on a species from
the Falkland Islands which was referred to Psephis by Messrs. Preston
and Cooper in 1910.* The species of Gomphina proper are only
found on the western side of the Pacifie Ocean from Australia north-
ward to Japan, and the other groups are entirely American.
Generic characters: Shell trigonal or oval, solid, smooth or con-
centrically striated. Lunule flat, circumscribed. Escutcheon not
defined. Valve-margins smooth or tangentially grooved. Right
posterior and left anterior dorsal margins grooved to receive the
opposite bevelled margins. Hinge-plate short and triangular; teeth
equally divergent, and both medians generally grooved. Pallial
sinus small. Pedal scar separate from that of the adductor.
Gomphina, s.s. Type, Venus donacina, Chem.
Shell trigonal, smooth, and near equilateral. Three teeth in each
valve, the left posterior confluent with the nymph, and sometimes
rugose, as also the right nymph. Pallial sinus short and rounded.
Sub-genera.
Psephidia, Dall. Type, Psephis lord’, Baird.
Shell small, smooth, sub-equilateral. Left posterior tooth free.
Inner margins tangentially grooved and microscopically crenulated.
Pallial sinus short, triangular.
Acolus, Jukes-Browne. Type, Psephis foveolata, Preston & Cooper.
Shell small, trigonal, equilateral. Teeth 3 in the left valve, 2 in
the right. Ventral margins smooth, but dorsal margins striated.
Pallial line very slightly inflected.
Liocyma, Dall. Type, Venus fluctuosa, Gould.
Shell oval, inequilateral, oblique, concentrically striated. Three
teeth in each valve. Pallial sinus short and rounded. Valve-margins
smooth.
Genus Crementia, Gray, 1842.
Animal having long siphons, united for their whole length, with
plain orifices. Foot compressed and sub-quadrate (or hatchet-shaped)
_ like that of Dosenta. Mantle-margins plain.
Shell oval or oblong, convex, thin or substantial, sculpture
generally concentric and feeble, but sometimes reticulate. Lunule
indefinite or feebly defined. Escutcheon generally depressed, but
not defined. Valve-margins smooth, and right posterior dorsal
margin grooved. Hinge-plate weak or strong in relation to the
thickness of the shell, with a concave expansion in front of the teeth ;
1 See Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. viii, p. 233.
2 See Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xii, p. 479, 1913.
86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
three divergent teeth in each valve, the right posterior being
generally bifid or composed of two lamine; the left posterior is
a short tooth crossing the hinge-plate. Pallial sinus variable.
Clementia, s.s. Type, Venus papyracea, Gray.
Shell thin, oval, concentrically undulated and striated. Hinge
weak, teeth separate, right posterior bifid or composed of two
compressed plates, median and anterior near together, left median
sometimes bifid. Pallial sinus generally subangular and ascending.
Pedal scar large, oval, and opening narrowly into that of the adductor.
Terentia, Jukes-Browne, 1914. Type, Clementia granifera, Sow.
Shell thin, oblong, very inequilateral, ornamented with irregular
divaricate or reticulate strie. No escutcheon. Hinge narrow, teeth
short, and anterior concavity small; all the teeth entire, the mght
posterior being tall and narrow, the left very slight and feeble.
Pallial sinus very large and deep, and partly confluent with the
pallial line. Pedal scar large and confluent with that of adductor.
Sub-genera.
Flaventia, Jukes- Browne, 1908. ‘'ype, Venus ovalis, Sow.
(a Cretaceous fossil).
Shell elongate-oval, fairly strong, with a defined lunule. Teeth
all entire, except the right posterior, which is widely bifid, the
hinder lamina being much ‘longer than the other; left median narrow
and oblique, anterior triangular. Pallial sinus deep, ascending and
rounded.
Psathura, Deshayes. Type, Venus fragilis, Lam. (an Eocene fossil).
Shell thin. Teeth small; right posterior bifid, median grooved ;
all in left valve entire. Pallial line without inflection.
Genus Cycrina, Deshayes, 1849.
Type, Venus sinensis, Gmelin.
Shell orbicular, convex, concentrically striated with subordinate
radial striz in the typical section. No defined lunule or escutcheon.
Hinge-plate well developed, with a short anterior and long posterior
extension, so that the teeth only occupy a small space. Both posterior
teeth are short, and traverse the plate obliquely. Right posterior and
sometimes left median bifid. Pallial sinus deep and ascending. Pedal
sear small and confluent with that of adductor.
Cyclina, s.s. Valve-margins crenulated. Pallial sinus angular in
sinensis, but rounded in flavida, and subangular in orientalis.
Sub-genus.
Cyclinella, Dall, 1902. Type, Dosinia tenuis, Récluz.
Hinge-plate and teeth like that of Cyclina, but valve-margins smooth.
Pallial sinus sharply angular, ascending.
Genus Gemma, Deshayes, 1853.
As I have recently described this genus in the Annals and Magazine
of Natural History! and have given a corrected description of it with
1 Ser. VIII, vol. xii, p. 473, 1913.
JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERIDA. 87
reasons for regarding Parastarte as a sub-genus, I need only here
quote the definitions there printed. It is a small group of small
American shells which seems to stand by itself, though, by the
characters of the hinge and the crenulation of the margins, it
resembles Chione more than any other.
Shell small, oval or sub-trigonal, smooth or concentrically striated.
Lunule large, superficially defined. No escutcheon. Hinge-plate
short. Teeth widely divergent, the left posterior inconspicuous or
obsolete, but, when present, parallel to the nymph; left median and
right posterior bifid, all the rest entire. Right postero-dorsal and left
antero-dorsal margins grooved to receive ridges on the opposite margins.
Ventral margins finely crenulated.
Gemma, s.s. Type, Venus gemma, Totten.
Shell oval, striate. Three teeth in each valve. Marginal grooves
long and deep. Pallial sinus generally rounded, ascending.
Sub-genus.
Parastarte, Dall. Shell thick, smooth, equilateral, and sub-
trigonal. Three teeth in the right valve and only two in the left.
Marginal grooves narrow. Pallial line only slightly inflected.
Genus CyprimertaA, Conrad, 1864.
Fossil shells of Cretaceous age, and represented by one small species
in the Hocene of the Paris Basin.
Shell more or less orbieular, smooth or concentrically striated.
Umbones small. Lunule superficial and feebly defined. No escutcheon.
Hinge-plate prolonged anteriorly to form a concave space. ‘Teeth
widely divergent, the right posterior being so broadly bifid that its
components form two separate teeth, while the median and anterior
are directed forward. Left median thiek and sometimes bifid.
Cyprimeria, s.s. Type, Cytherea excavata, Morton.
Shell sub-orbicular, compressed. Left median tooth thick, triangular
and bifid; left posterior long and nearly parallel to the nymph. Pallial
line with a very slight inflection.
Cyclorisma, Dall, 1902. Type, C. carolinensis, Conrad.
Shell oval or sub-orbicular, convex. Left median tooth entire, left
posterior short and crossing the plate obliquely. Pallial sinus fairly
deep, ascending and subangular.
Genus Marcia, H. & A. Adams, 1857.
This genus and its separation from Zapes have been fully discussed
in a previous paper.! The name was proposed by the Messrs. Adams
in their Genera of Recent Mollusca in 1857 for a group of shells which
they regarded as a sub-genus of Chione. By Romer, however, these
species were included in his Hemitapes and Katelysia groups, the
former being regarded as a section of Zapes; and in 1887 Fischer
recognized DMareia, as well as Hemitapes and Matelysia, placing them
1 Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. viii, p. 233, 1909.
88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
all under Zapes. It was Dr. Dall in 1902 who first proposed to
separate this assemblage as a genus under the name of Mareia, but he
was mistaken in supposing that a type had been properly indic: ated,
so that it was not until 1909 that Venus pingwis was definitely
selected as its typical species, and that Samarangia was excluded
from the genus. The following i is an abstract of the generic definition
then given by me :—
Shell oval or oblong, inequilateral and oblique, smooth or con-
centrically strated. Lunule well defined, but escutcheon only
defined by absence of sculpture. Valve-margins smooth. Hinge-
plate short, with three fairly strong, divergent, and nearly equidistant
teeth; the right posterior and median, as well as the left median, are
bifid or srooved, and frequently all the teeth are rugose. The right
nymph and the left posterior tooth are striated with linear riblets ;
the posterior right and anterior left dorsal margins are grooved.
Pallial sinus of moderate depth and rounded. Pedal scar separate
from that of the adductor.
Mareia, s.s. Type, Venus pinguis, Chem.
Shell oval or oblong, convex, smooth or obscurely waved, often
attenuated posteriorly. Lunule distinct and impressed. ‘Teeth rather
small and widely divergent, the left posterior rugose and confluent
with the nymph, left anterior and median both grooved.
This group ineludes V. nebulosa, Chem., paupercula, Chem. (with
the varieties fhochi, Phil., ambigua, Desh., and krauss’, Desh.),
2 interrupta, Koch., and fumigata, Sow. (= levigata, Sow.). It
inhabits the Indian Ocean from the east coast of Africa to Australia
and the Philippine Islands.
Sub-genera.
Hemitapes, Romer, 1864. Type, Venus rimular’s, Lam.
Shell oval or sub-trigonal, convex, and generally tumid. Sculpture
of narrow irregular concentric ribs. Teeth short, the left posterior
oblique and only in part adherent to the nymph; both the anterior
teeth are tall and entire. Pallial sinus fairly deep.
This group is also East Indian and Australian, including fammiculata,
Lam., striata, Chem., cor, Sow. (non Hanley), philippit, Desh.,
marmorata, Lam., variabilis, Phil. (with its varieties Jaterisulca,
Sow., orventalis, Desh., ustulata, Desh., and recens, Sow.), flammea,
Gmelin (= radiata, Chem.), and recens, Chem. (not Sow.).
Katelysia, Romer, 1857. Type, Venus scalarina, Lamarck.
Shell obliquely oval, compressed or convex, anterior side very
short; sculpture of strong concentric ridges which are sometimes
corrugated by radial ribs. Teeth nearly straight, but divergent, and
all more or less rugose. Pallial sinus small, obtuse, or rounded.
This is a small group of Australian shells comprising Venus strigosa,
Lam., V. corrugata, Lam., V. peronti, Lam., V. aphrodina, Lam., and
V. regularis, Desh. To these may, I think, be added the shell
described by Deshayes as Saxidomus decussatus and said to come from
South America, but of which I have specimens from Japan.
JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERIDZ. 89
The genus Tapzs.
Even after the separation of J/arcia and its allies, the shells which
have been grouped under the head of Zapes form a heterogenous
assemblage which is difficult to define in terms that would be
applicable to all of them. If we neglect the variations in shape
and external sculpture, and confine our attention to the internal
characters, we find that the group typified by Zapes litteratus differs
considerably from that which was called Zextriz by Romer, and still
more from the shell which is commonly known as Zapes pullastra,
which last is in many respects more closely allied to Venerupis than
to Tapes proper. So great is this resemblance that the cavicolar
variety of 7. pullastra. was supposed to be a distinct species by
Lamarck, and was by him classed as a Venerupis under the name of
V. perforans.
After a careful examination of the two assemblages which have
gone under the names of Zapes and Venerupis I have come to the
conclusion that they really form a connected series with Zapes
litteratus at one end and Venerupis trus at the other; and further
that it is almost impossible to frame a definition of the one that
would exclude the other. Consequently I would either make one
genus of them under the name of Zapes with Venerupis as a sub-genus,
or divide the series into three genera which could then be more easily
defined and distinguished. On the whole, and having special regard
to the characters of the hinge, I prefer the latter arrangement, and
find it more convenient to create a new genus for the shells which
occupy an intermediate position between the two extremes.
Here, however, we are brought up against the thorny fence of
priority in the selection of a name and type for this intermediate
genus. The groups of which it can be formed are those for which
the following names have been proposed: Textriz, Paratapes, Pullastra,
Polititapes, Callistotapes, and Protapes. Of these, Pullastra is the
oldest, having been proposed by Sowerby in 1826, while the Zewtrix
of Romer only dates from 1857, and was, moreover, preoccupied b
Sundeval in 18338, so that the next name was Paratapes (Stoliczka,
1871). Pullastra, however, can only be recognized as a subsidiary
group, whereas the type of Paratapes is the first species on Romer’s
list of Zextriz, so that the one name could stand for the other, and
could be defined so as to include the same species.
Under the International Rules, however, the oldest name in any
assemblage of groups must be taken as the generic name, and, if we
submit to this ruling, Pud/astra would be the name of the genus, and
' Paratapes would have to rank as a sub-genus. The only other way
out of the difficulty is to detach Pullastra from the intermediate
genus, and to consider it as a sub-genus of Venerupis. This indeed
I regard as the most convenient and most natural arrangement of the
several groups, for Pullastra is intimately connected w vith Venerupis
through the species which were separated by the Messrs. Adams
under the name of J/yrsus. Some of these species have since been
referred to Zapes and some to Venerupis by different authors, but
they are best united under the head of Pudlastra.
90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
It must here be remarked that a genus Pullastra was first
proposed by Sowerby in 1826,' and it included most of the species
which Megerle and Lamarck had respectively allotted to their genera
Tapes and Venerupis. One can only suppose that Sowerby was
ignorant of Megerle’s name, and did not agree with Lamarck’s
separation of Venerupis. Anyway, the name might have been
dropped as a synonym of Zupes if it had not been revived by
subsequent authors for a section of that genus. The Messrs. Adams
used it in 1857 for a group of species which did not include V. pullastra,
a group which was in the same year called Paratapes by Romer.
Under the International Rules a genus which contains a species
bearing the same name must take that species as a type; consequently
Fischer was right in giving Zupes pullastra as the typical example
of his section Pullastra, and Dr. Dall was right in definitely
indicating that species as the type of a sub-genus Pudlastra.
Lastly, with regard to the animals of the different forms of Zapes,
the differences which exist between them are not in very close
correlation with the differences of the shells, and would not lead
us to the same generic grouping. If, for instance, we were to group
them in genera according ie the partial union or the total separation
of the siphons, we should get a different classification from that based
on the characters of the Bik,
Thus Zapes litteratus has long and nearly equal siphons which are
entirely separate from one another. In Paratapes euglyptus, for
a specimen of which I am indebted to Mr. Hirase of Kyoto, the
siphons are also quite free and separate from one another, but in
Polititapes (both riombordes and fetus) the siphons are united for
about half their length. Again, in Zupes decussatus, the type of
Amygdala, the siphons are free and separate, but in Zapes philippi-
narum (sent me by Mr. Hirase) they are united for three-quarters
of their length.
The differences in the foot also show the same want of correlation.
In 7. litteratus the foot is long and tongue-shaped, but does not
possess a byssus, nor even a byssal groove, so far as I could see in
the spirit-preserved specimens sent me by Mr. J. Banfield of Dunk
Island, Queensland. In Paratapes the foot is very large, thick,
and elongated, and there is no trace of a groove at its base,
while in P. rhombovdes, and in the aureus group, the foot is rather
small, with a byssal groove, and castrensis is said to have a small
byssus. Zupes decussatus has a small byssus, while Z. philippi-
narum, or, at any rate, the specimen examined by me, has only
a groove; both have a broad lanceolate foot, not thick, but rather
compressed.
The distribution of these Tapesine genera at the present day is
interesting, for the restricted section of Zupes is essentially tropical,
being only found in the Indian Ocean and in the western Pacific from
Japan to the northern parts of Australia.
1 Genera of Shells, Zool. Journ., vol. iii, p. 134.
JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERIDZ. 91
Amygdala has a wider range, extending from the west coast of
Europe through the Mediterranean and the Indian Ocean to the
Philippines, Australia, and New Zealand. Callithaca is the only
American representative.
The typical section of Paratapes, again, is Indo-Pacific, the type
being quoted from Natal, India, Tasmania, but Polititapes is
restricted to the Mediterranean and the western coasts of the
Old World.
It has been supposed that the name Amygdala could not be used
for a molluse because it was preoccupied for an Echinoderm. This
idea was based on a statement of Agassiz, who referred to ‘‘ Amygdala,
Van Phelsum, 1774”, but Mr. Sherborn found that this was a mistake,
and that the name did not occur in Van Phelsum’s work on KEchino-
derms (see Index Animalium, p. 46). Neither can the name be
rejected on account of the Amygdalum of Megerle (1811); con-
sequently it can be accepted from Romer (1857), and since his first
species was Zapes decussatus, and this has been givenin textbooks as
the typical example of Amygdala, that species should be regarded
as the type.
The several groups above-mentioned are distributed in the three
genera Tapes, Paratapes, and Venerupis as follows.
Genus Tarrs, Megerle, 1811.
Shell oblong, inequilateral, and generally expanded posteriorly ;
concentrically striated or radiately ribbed. Lunule defined, but
escutcheon often obscure. Ligament long and prominent. Hinge
with three divergent teeth in each valve, only three of the six being
bifid; the left posterior directed backward so as to be nearly parallel
to the nvmph. Valve-margins smooth. Pallial sinus fairly deep,
horizontal, and rounded.
Tapes, s.s. Type, Venus litterata, Linn.
Shell rather compressed, with small flattish umbones, concentrically
striated or grooved. Escutcheon defined, but narrow. Left median
tooth broad, triangular, and deeply bifid. Pedal scar separate from
adductor.
Besides the varieties of 7. ditteratus this group includes 7. turgida,
Lam., 7. sulearia, Lam., 7. deshayest, Hanley, 7. similis, Desh., and
T. phenax, Pilsbry.
Sub-genera.
Amygdala, Romer, 1857. Synonym: Luditapes, Chiamenti, 1900.
Shell convex, bearing radiate ribs which are more or less decussated
by concentric ridges. Escutcheon not defined. Hinge-plate narrow
and curtailed behind, so that the posterior teeth are both very short.
Pallial sinus deep. Pedal scar small and narrowly confluent with
that of the adductor.
This group includes Zapes indicus, Sow., ZT. vartegatus, Sow.,
a plilippinarum, Ad. & Rve., 7. bruguiert, Hanley, and 7. intermedia,
eG.
VOL. XI.—JUNE, 1914. i
92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY
Callithaca, Dall, 1900. Type, Zapes tenerrima, Carpenter.
Shell broadly oblong, sculptured, with fine radial nblets, crossed
by distant concentric ridges. Hinge-plate long with a space in front
of the teeth. Dorsal margins not grooved; ventral margin feebly
crenulated when young, but smooth in adult. Pallial sinus very
long and turned up at the end. Pedal scar elongate, separate, with
a connecting canal.
‘This species appears to stand by itself, and its dentition is very
different from that of Protothaca, with which Dr. Dall placed it.
Genus Pararapes, Stoliczka, 1871.
Synonyms: Pullastra, Adams; Textriz, Romer, 1857 (not of
Sundey ral) ; Eutapes, Chiamenti, 1900; Paphia, Dall after Bolten,
1902; Protapes, Dall, 1902.
Shell smooth or concentrically ribbed; generally coloured with
a glistening brownish periostracum. Lunule defined, but not the
escutcheon. Hinge-plate narrow, teeth short, near together, s shightly
divergent, and of nearly equal length. Right dorsal margin grooved.
Pallial sinus moderate and rounded. Pedal scar always separate from
that of adductor.
Paratapes, s.s. Type, Venus textilis, Linn. (= textus, Chem.).
Shell oblong-elongate. ‘Two of the teeth in each valve bifid or
grooved, and the posteriors curved. Pallal sinus obtuse and ascending.
This section includes undulatus, Born, rotundatus, Linn., sulcosus,
Sow., amabilis, Phil., semirugatus, Phil., politus, Sow., graffet, Dunker,
schnellianus, Dunker, inflatus, Desh., meroeformis, Sow., liratus, Phil.,
euglyptus, Phil., malabaricus, Chem., and declivis, Sow.
Polititapes, Chiamenti, February, 1900. Type, Venus aurea, Gmelin.
Synonym: Callistotapes, Sacco, April, 1900 (type, Zapes vetulus).
Shell oval or oblong, concentrically grooved, with sometimes obscure
radial striation. Pallial sinus nearly horizontal.
This is a small group of European and West African shells which
seems to take the place of Paratapes in those regions. There are
a number of Mediterranean forms which Saree regard as varieties
of aureus, but Jletus, Poli, texturatus, Lam. (= = petalina), and
castrensis, Desh., seem good species. Other species are rhombordes,
Penn. (=virgineus, auctorum), British, and durus, Sow., from West
Africa. It has fossil representatives in the Miocene and Pliocene
deposits.
Genus Vrenervurpis, Lamarck, 1818.
Type, Venus rus, Linnzeus.
Shell oblong, often irregular from its nesting habit. Sculpture of
radial lines or riblets, crossed by concentric ridges or strize. Lunule
indefinite. Escutcheon not defined, or only on left valve. Hinge-
plate very short and narrow, excavated and curtailed posteriorly, so
that all the teeth are very short, near together, and nearly parallel
to one another. Two of them in each valve are bifid or grooved,
but the teeth are often irregular and malformed. Groove on the
posterior dorsal margin obsolete. Ventral margin smooth. Pedal
scar separate from adductor.
JUKES-BROWNE: SYNOPSIS OF THE VENERIDZ. 93
Venerupis, s.s. Type as above. Shell with radial riblets crossed
by distant concentric ridges. Escutcheon defined by a ridge in the
left valve. Pallial sinus ‘generally short, subangular, and ascending.
Claudiconcha, Fischer, 1887. Type, V. monstrosa, Chem.
Shell very irregular and inequivalve, the posterior margin of the
right valve so expanded as to overlap that of the left. Escutcheon
not defined. Pallial sinus variable.
The typical section of Venerupis includes V. elegans, Desh., V. exotica,
Lam., V. lamellifera, Conrad, V. crenata, Lam., V. carditordes, Lam.,
V. planicosta, Desh., V. mitis, Desh., V. pulcherrima, Desh., and
possibly V. diemenensis, Q. & G.
Claudiconcha includes V. cumingt, Desh., and V. madreporica, Jonas.
Sub-genus.
Pullastra, Sowerby, 1826. Type, Venus pullastra, Mont.
Shell with shallow radial or corrugated concentric sculpture.
Escutcheon not defined. Pallial sinus large and deep, sometimes
touching the pallial line below. Pedal scar separate.
The other species are P. geographica, Lam., P. fabagella, Desh.,
P. galactites, Lam., P. corrugata, Chem., P. cumingi, Sow., P. disrupta,
Sow., and ? P. dactyloides. I see no reason for separating the four
last as a distinct section under the name of J/yrsus (Adams); some
specimens ol 2: pullastra are nearly as rough as corrugata, and the
pallial sinus varies both in depth and width. Moreover, two species
generally assigned to Venerupis, viz. V. rugosa and V. siliqua, have
a deep rounded pallial sinus, and are better placed under Pudlastra
than under Venerupis.
Genus Baropa, Stoliczka, 1871.
The separation of this genus from Zapes was advocated by me in
1908,’ and at the same time I pointed out the close resemblance
between the hinges of Baroda and Venerella, the former being
a Cretaceous fossil “and the latter being small oval shells found in the
Eocene of the Paris Basin. I see no reason to alter the opinion then
formed, because the similarity of the dentition is to my mind of more
importance than the dissimilarity of shape; but those who think
otherwise will doubtless agree with M. Cossmann in placing Veneredla
near Mercimonia. On my view the following is a comprehensive
generic description.
Shell oblong or oval, concentrically striated, and sometimes also
radiately ribbed. Lunule superficial. Escutcheon not defined. Hinge
with three entire teeth in each valve, even the right posterior being
entire and very narrow. In the right valve the anterior and median
are placed under the umbo and directed forward, while the posterior
is directed backward, so that there is a wide space between it and the
median with an excavated border. In the left valve the teeth are
more equally divergent, and the plate is excavated between each of
them. Valve-margins smooth.
1 Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. viii, p. 171.
94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Baroda, s.s. Type, Venus fragilis, d’Orbigny.
Shell oblong and much elongated posteriorly. Sculpture concentric
only. Pallial sinus ample, horizontal, and rounded. Posterior teeth
very long and parallel to the nymphs.
Lcanotia, Stoliczka, 1871. Type, Psammobia impar, Zittel.
Shell similar to Baroda, but having well-marked radial sculpture.
Sub-genus.
Venerella, Cossmann, 1886. Type, Venus hermonvillensis, Desh.
Shell small, oval, short, concentrically striated. Hinge as above.
Pallial sinus fairly deep, ascending, rounded. Pedal scar small, but
apparently confluent with that of the adductor.
In the preparation of this account of the Venerids I have received
much valuable assistance from Mr. J. C. Melvill and Mr. J. J.
MacAndrew, who have most kindly lent me specimens in their
collections for examination, and also from Mr. E. A. Smith, to whom
I am indebted for much information, not only about shells in the
British Museum but about matters which required reference to various
publications. I have also to thank Mons. M. Cossmann, of Paris,
and Professor Peyrot, of Bordeaux, for specimens of Eocene and
Miocene species, and for information respecting other species from
those formations.
Ven}
for)
THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
PROCEEDINGS OF
GCUVNNAM S V FIGL ‘Lg Aepnuve
XTIONNOO ‘W ‘IOINSVIIT, “UOT ‘AANOSNO "F{ NuOL
"4091109 9q 0} JUIIUO}BYS BAOGB
ay puy OM pus ‘uopuo'y jo Aya100g [BoLsopoorye yy ayy jo TIIMSBILT, ayy jo SZJUNODIB’ ayy poululVxs Arp STUY DAVY OM
"sIOJIPNY
OOS 0G:
Or Ged "+ + qunosoy [vtouay Wolf aajsuvay, ‘
0 0 OCF ° ° * Stel ‘Savnuve puvy Ut souryeg oF, | 0 ZL GI " + + + + + geod 4sv] WOIT GOULTYG OF,
‘UNAT T¥IOWdS
¢ @ &&ls G¢ G@ Sele
(0 € IT yooqg °/, §% urppodosqoyy OGF wo puoprarq *
| C 219 ° ° ° °* [090 ‘suoIzVIysn{]]T to; suotywuog *°
= . : : ; A ‘ ; 6 ate) a, Se GG
_s eee ere Pelt oO Sage _SHUIPINOOL,, JO avg
6 0 Gz SE A Se IO. “GaP OL ee ee anoty uorypisodmuoy ‘
(enh 2a: puny petoadg 0} LaysuUAy, equ aes suena hens - + + goog oounrquop “
eg¢ °° °° * * * sosuodxg s,Arejoroeg “| 9 OL F a
OS er aaa : | 0 & PT *. stoquopy Surpuodsatoy
0 OL G SPUBPU94} Y OF SOTFINYCIY) | 9 81 eF ° *° * stoquoayy ArvuIpsC
OMcmeccrme ne nee Gs LOOT ETO | oouvape ur suorydriosqng jenuuay *
asu AQ poddnout sosuodxop | eS ee ae : ioe
°, 5 ie || & ’ e
—Ayoroog Uvouul’y | O21 * saoquioyy Sutpuodsoa109
920 °°: ' * + + + + * yooq-anbeyg “ | o 1s as ea Arvurpag :
063 °° °° * * + + savpnoatg Suyquug “ | — vote ut suorzdiiosqng jenuuy
fee ce ae
Pies 6 —— | G L FG ° Stloqmoyy sutpuodsar1o(y
CT 2) SUOTFVAYSN] TT 9 | ee7F °° * SdOqmO ATvUTPIC
I 61 6L7 ° ° as8uysog pue suyUug —suoydiiosqnug jenuuy
—,,ssuipovoorg ,, Joysog AG) 1] OL FB °° ttt avod Gsuy Woaz sounpeg oO,
Ye St) Ft “2(9) “p sigs F aq
"SIGE ‘IS UAINAONd AHUNY UVAA THLE UOX AXALIGNAdTXA UNV AWOONI
‘NOGNOT JO ALHLIOOS TVOIDOTOOV'IVIN
96
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING.
Fripay, 13ra Fresrouary, 1914.
The Rey. A. H. Cooks, M.A., D.Sce., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair.
Mr. F. W. Reader and Mr. F. H. Sikes were appointed scrutineers.
The following report was read :—
‘‘Your Council, in presenting their twenty-first Annual Report,
refer with pleasure to the fact that the Society has now attained its
majority, and may look back with extreme satisfaction on the amount
of useful work accomplished during the period of its existence and
published in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Society.
‘The papers printed during the preceding year, details of which
are given below, have maintained their usual standard of excellence.
‘It is with great regret your Council have to record the loss by
death of two members, Mr. R. Bruce Foote, F.G.S., and Mr. W. Moss,
while, owing to resignation and other causes, four more names have
been removed from the Society’s roll.
‘During the year nine new members have been elected, so that
the membership of the Society on December 31st, 1918, stood as
follows :—
Ordinary members . : : : : ; é 71
Corresponding members. : 5 é : 5 94
Total . . 165
‘“As regards finance, the position of the Society shows an improve-
ment on last year’s figures. The current account shows a balance of
£22 Os. 9d., while the special fund has £20 standing to its credit,
one composition fee of £5 5s. having been added and £2 8s.
transferred from current account. The Society, moreover, still holds
the sum of £50 invested in Metropolitan 23 per cent stock.
‘‘'Three parts of the ‘ Proceedings’, forming the last half of Vol. X,
have been issued during the year 1915. They consist of 154 pages
of text, illustrated with 5 plates and 30 text-figures. A portrait of
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen, President of the Society 1898-9,
was issued with Part V as a frontispiece to the volume.
‘The following authors have very kindly contributed towards the
cost of illustrations, or have furnished drawings or photographs for
the plates or text-figures: C. R. Boettger, Rev. A. H. Cooke,
T. Iredale, A. J. Jukes-Browne, Marquis de Monterosato, H. Bb.
Preston, G. C. Robson, and H. Suter.
“The thanks of the Society are again especially due to the Council
of the Linnean Society for permitting the meetings to be held in
Burlington House as in previous years.”
On the motion of Mr. F. W. Reader, seconded by Mr. E. A. Smith,
the above was adopted as the Annual Report of the Society.
The following were elected Officers and Council for the year 1914:—
President. —Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.S.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 97
Vice- Presidents —A.S. Kennard, F.G.S., R. Bullen Newton, F.G.S.,
iM, B. Preston, H.Z.S:, Hak. Sykes, B-A., FL-S., E.Z.8.
Treasurer.—J. H. Ponsonby, F.Z.S.
Secretary.—G. K. Gude, F.Z.S.
Editor.—E. A. Smith, 1.8.0.
Other Members of Couneil.—G. C. Crick, F.G.S., T. Iredale,
©. Oldham, G. C. Robson, B.A., J. R. Le B. Tomlin, M.A., B. B.
Woodward, F.L.S.
On the motion of Mr. H. Fulton, seconded by Mr. C. Oldham,
a vote of thanks was passed to the Retiring Officers and Members of
the Council and to the Auditors and Scrutineers.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 13rmH Fresrvary, 1914.
The Rey. A. H. Cooks, M.A., D.Sce., F.Z.8., President, in the Chair.
The President delivered his Annual Address, entitled ‘‘ Some Points
and Problems in Geographical Distribution ”’.
On the motion of Mr. B. B. Woodward, seconded by Mr. R. H.
Burne, a vote of thanks was passed to Mr. Cooke for his interesting
address, which it was resolved should be printed an extenso.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 138ta Marca, 1914.
The Rey. A. H. Cooks, M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair.
The following communications were read :—
1. ‘* Diagnoses of four new species of Land Shells from German
New Guinea.”? By Cesar R. Boettger.
2. ‘*Characters of three new species of Lnnea from Southern
Nigeria.” By H. B. Preston, F.Z.8.
3. “A Synopsis of the Veneride.” Part Il. By A. J. Jukes-
Browne, F.R.S. |
ORDINARY MERTING.
Fripay, 177TH Apri, 1914.
R. BULLEN NEWTON, F.G.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The following communications were read :—
1. “A list of Australian Mactride, with a description of a new
species.” By E. A. Smith, 1.8.0.
2. ‘On the generic name J/artensia, Semper.” By Tom Iredale.
3. ‘Some more notes on Polyplacophora.” Part I. By Tom Iredale.
4. ‘“‘ Description of a new recent Pholadomya (P. tasmanica).” By
C. Hedley and W. L. May.
Mr. B. B. Woodward exhibited a large specimen of Helix
desertorum, with an abnormally high spire, and specimens of Pesediwm
vincentianum from Turkestan.
98
OBITUARY NOTICES.
Ir is with much regret that we have to record the death on the
17th June last of William Moss in his 70th year.
He was one of the original members of the Society, but being
a resident in the North of England he was scarcely ever able to be
present at the meetings. He, however, contributed, in conjunction
with Mr. W. M. Webb, one paper to the “Proceedings ” . Altogether he
was responsible between the years 1892 and 1912 for nine different
papers, issued in various journals, either entirely his own writing or
in collaboration with W. M. Webb, F. Paulden, and A. E. Boycott.
His work in connexion with the Mollusca chiefly treated upon
some points in the anatomy of certain Helicoid forms, and with special
reference to the radule and genitalia. It is curious that the last
paper from his pen was an obituary notice of his old friend Robert
Cairns, published in 1912 in the Journal of Conchology, and in part vi
of that publication issued in April this year some further information
respecting himself is given by Mr. R. Standen.
For twenty-three years he was a member of the Conchological
Society, where, as a regular attendant, his genial presence was
greatly appreciated.
E. A. Sirsa.
Rosert Bruce Foorr, F.G.8., a member of the Society since 1894,
died in India on the 29th December, 1912, aged 78 years. He was
formerly senior Superintendent of the Geological Survey of India,
having joined the staff of that institution in 1858, retiring in 1891
after a service of thirty-three years.
On leaving the Survey he became Geologist to the State of Baroda,
issuing a valuable report on that area of India in 1898, which was
published in Madras under the auspices of His Highness the Gaekwar
of Baroda. His geological researches were mainly restricted to the
Madras and Bombay Presidencies, most of his results appearing in the
‘Records’ and ‘ Memoirs’ of the Geological Survey of India. He
was also a great authority on the Paleolithic period of India, being
specially interested in the history of flint implements.
His malacological work was chiefly in connexion with the fossils
he collected during the various surveys in which he was engaged,
consisting of lists of genera characterizing the various formations.
One of the lists thus issued dealt with the Cretaceous fossils of
Trichinopoli in Southern India, which contained references to some
Cephalopod remains under the genera Rhyncholites, Belemnites,
Ammonites, and Baculites, mention being also made of the Gastropoda
and Pelecypoda met with in the same series of deposits (Records
Geol. Survey India, vol. x11, pp. 159-61, 1879). Although a member
of the Society for eighteen years, he never contributed a paper to its
‘« Proceedings”
R. B. Newton.
39
NOTE.
PISIDIUM VINCENTIANUM Livine IN Turkestan. (Read 17th April,
1914.)—Amongst a number of Pisidia from Russian localities forwarded for
determination by Herr W. A. Lindholm was one gathering from Tschatyr-
Kul on the Thian-schan range, Turkestan, obtained in 1906 by D. D.
Pedaschekon, that proved to be the first living examples of Pisidiwm
vincentianum, B. B. Woodw. The species was originally described from
specimens coming from the Pleistocene (Campinien) at Soignies, Belgium
(Cat. Brit. Pisidium, Brit. Mus., p. 127), and it was noted at the time
that the only species at all resembling it was the living P. stewartz,
Preston, from Tibet. Its discovery, therefore, in Turkestan is both ot
interest and significance.
B. B. Woopwarp.
100
PRESIDENTIAL ADDRES Ss
(Delivered 18th February, 1914.)
SOME POINTS AND PROBLEMS OF GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.
By the Rev. A. H. Cooxnr, M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.8
I rise to address you to-night, in accordance with the custom—
desirable perhaps from your point of view, quite the reverse from
mine—which imposes upon your President for the time being the
task of delivering an annual disquisition on some branch of
malacological science. You will not expect from me, and you
will certainly not receive, an address that will bear any comparison
with those of my predecessors, in respect either of encyclopedic
knowledge or powers of exposition. You must have been well
aware, when you placed me in the position which I have the honour
to occupy, that my hours of scientific leisure were but few, and that
I was of necessity, though not of choice, in respect of the objects of
our common worship, ‘‘ pareus deorum cultor et infrequens.”
I propose for your consideration a few points and problems of
Geographical Distribution, relating wholly to the Marine Mollusca.
My endeavour will be, not so much to solve these problems as to
raise them, perhaps to propose difficulties rather than to suggest
explanations. One of the soundest ways of learning is, and has
been from the time of Socrates till now, by grasping the fact of our
own ignorance. And one has little fear that nature will have, even
for our children’s children, no secrets still to be revealed.
Geographical b PaLAtortitone if one may so put it, forms a kind of
background or setting to ‘Te whole study of zoology. The subject of
our investigation, whatever it may be, lives its life within a certain
definite area or areas of the earth’s surface, to the exclusion of the
rest—it is ‘here’ and not ‘there’. ‘To state the fact is to invite the
demand: Why are certain forms of life found in some localities and
other forms in other localities ? Modern science answers the question
by pointing out a certain correspondence between the organism and
its environment, between the circumstances of life and the power to
live. When we find an organism living under surroundings,
whether of food, light, temperature, soil, ete., which enable it
to attain, so far as we can judge, the maximum of its efficiency, and
produce descendants equally efficient, we speak of it as enjoying the
optimum of environment, and, so long as this optimum of environ-
ment is maintained, so long, other things being equal, will the
organism continue to live and flourish. On the other hand, if certain
of its surroundings become continuously and considerably modified,
if, in other words, the environment begins to decline from the
optimum, the organism may and probably will be modified also in
a manner adverse to its perfect development. And if this process of
change in the environment becomes emphasized and prolonged, it may
COOKE: ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. 101
be that surroundings are produced which are wholly unfavourable to
the organism under consideration—in other words, it may be unable
to sustain existence any longer.
So far as our present knowledge extends, we are unable to
determine, with any approach to demonstration, what amount of
modification in surroundings becomes unfavourable to the life of
a particular species. Changes apparently insignificant on the one
side produce, at times, profound modifications on the other, and it is
seldom an easy matter to refer with certainty the production of
a definite change in form to its causa causans, or, conversely, to
predict with accuracy what particular modification of form will result
from a known environmental change. For instance, specimens of
LInttorina rudis, Mat., from the coast ‘of Labr ador, are habitually much
eroded,! and our common Z. obtusata, L., as we follow it northwards
in Norway tends more and more to assume the form known as
palliata, Say; but no precise explanation of these modifications is
forthcoming. Conversely, we cannot predict what particular change
of form will occur when ZLimnea pereger is found living in hot
water, nor would it be reasonable to assume that all Zimnea living
in hot springs were similarly modified. One thing is plain, that
violent and rapid changes of condition destroy life, while gradual
changes are readily tolerated. Even this rule would seem to have its
apparent exceptions, for nothing is more striking than to note how
certain common littoral marine species begin to die out or become
rare on the coasts of South-West Sweden and East Denmark, where
the water is not yet brackish. The water of the Kattegat can be but
slightly affected by the diminished salinity of the Baltic, and yet we
find that such species as Purpura lapillus, Patella vulgata, Ostrea
edulis, and all the littoral Trochide, which are entirely wanting in
the Baltic, are but feebly represented in that broad strait.
Science has long been accustomed to distinguish various areas or
zones of distribution, the littoral, the laminarian, the nullipore, or
coralline, and the benthal, abyssal, or deep-sea zone, each
characterized by its own peculiar groups of Mollusca. Scientific
expeditions, from those of the Lightning and Porcupine in 1868-70,
and of the Chadlenger in 1873-6, down to the most recent dredgings
of the Prince of Monaco in the Wirondelle and Princesse Alice in 1912,
have established the fact that an increasing number of species are
found to live at very distant points on the ocean floor, the uniformity
of environment, the absence of sharp breaks in the conditions of life
in the great depths, offering only slight barriers to dispersal, and
admitting of the widely extended range both of genera and species.
Thus Seaphander punctostriatus has been found off Spitzbergen, in
the West of Ireland, the Azores, and off Culebra Island, West Indies ;
Philine aperta not only i in the seas of Norway, the w hole of W estern
Europe, and the Mediterranean, but also off the Canaries, the Cape
Verde, the Cape of Good Hope, East Africa, and the Philippines.’
Bush, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. vi, pp. 236-47, 1883.
WT de
2 Ne Odhner, Kungl. Svensk. Vetensk. Hand. , vol. xli (4), pp. 46, 55, 1907.
102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
The Challenger dredged Arca corpulenta off North-East Australia in
1,400 fathoms, in mid-Pacific in 2,425 fathoms, and near Juan
Fernandez in 1,375 fathoms; Zima goliath off South Japan in
775 fathoms, and off South Patagonia in 245 fathoms.
It is obvious, however, that our ability to study the vital
conditions which govern the existence of the Mollusca, not only in
these great depths, but even in comparatively shallow water, is
infinitesimal as compared with our opportunities of studying the
life conditions of Mollusca which live habitually between or not far
below tide-marks. In the one case we can only do a little scraping
of the bottom here and there, in the other we have the coastline of
all the seas in the world to work upon. It seems possible that in the
zeal for deep-sea exploration, which has been prosecuted with such
signal success in every branch of marine zoology for more than forty
years, we may have lost sight of the rich harvest of knowledge which
must assuredly be reaped by a further study of the habits, “mode of
life, and distribution of the shore fauna, using the term to include
the shallow-water fauna as well.
Let me indicate a few problems of distribution which may be said
to be waiting for solution.
How does it come about that Scphonaria, a littoral genus which
occurs in a profusion of individuals wherever it is found, is common
throughout the Tropics, and ranges as far south as Cape Horn, the
Falklands, St. Paul’s Island, and Kerguelen Island, in an area of cold
water, whose surface temperature in winter barely exceeds 40° F.,
and even in summer does not exceed 50° F., while at the same time,
in Kuropean seas, it only reaches a point on the Spanish coast, some-
where north of Cadiz, where the summer surface temperature is
68° F. and the winter temperature is scarcely less than 60° F.?
The same phenomenon is repeated on the south-east coast of North
America, where Siphonarva lineolata, Orb., reaches its extreme northern
range in Georgia, and S. alternata, Say, in East Florida and in
Bermuda. On the other hand, on the west coast of North America,
a species (S. thersites, Carp.) is reported from Vancouver and up to
° N. lat.! Is it possible that at the present moment Siphonaria
is spreading northward along the western shores of Europe and the
eastern shores of America? If not, special investigation might throw
light on the anomalies of its distribution.
The geographical range of Patella forms another subject of interest.
Itisa remarkable fact that, although many of our own littoral mollusca
occur on the eastern and some also on the western coasts of North
America, both East and West America, north of the Tropics, are
destitute of Patella proper altogether. If we may assume that the
focus of distribution of a genus is the area, be it great or small, within
which the genus attains its largest number of species and its ‘general
maximum of development, the foci of the distribution of Patella are
South A and to a much less considerable extent Southern
' P. P. Carpenter, Report, 1863, p. 133 (647); G. W. Taylor, Trans. Roy. Soc.
Canada, ser. II, vol. i (4), pp. 17-100, 1895.
COOKE: ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. 103
Australia and New Zealand. Krauss' enumerates no less than
twenty-one species of Cape Patella, which more modern investigation
only reduces to seventeen. Patella proper occurs almost all over the
world, but is not characteristic of the cold boreal or Antarctic waters.
In the latter, as well as in the Californian region, it is largely replaced
by the Wacella group, while in North Europe and the north-east coast
of Asia it becomes rare in species. Our own Patella vulgata, G3
finds its northern limit in the Faroe and Lofoden Islands; it does
not occur in Iceland or in Greenland, and thus took no part in the
spread of those littoral Mollusca which are conveniently described as
‘circumpolar’. The Heletoniseus group of Patella spreads all over
the Kastern Hemisphere and touches the Western at Chili, Juan
Fernandez, and the Sandwich Islands, but is absent from West
Africa, where Patella proper is strongly represented. On the western
shores of North and South America Patella is replaced by Acmea,
except within the Tropics, where a few species of true Patella occur,
amongst them the giant P. mexicana, Brod., ranging from Mazatlan
and Acapulco to Paita, and occasionally measuring 14 ‘inches i in length.
The fact is significant that Acmea is entirely absent from all African
waters, where Patella is so abundant, while it occurs liberally in
certain districts, i.e. Western North America, from which Patella
proper is absent. Yet it would not be safe to assume that the genera
are mutually exclusive, or that shores not occupied by the one
genus have been appropriated by the other. Further study of their
distribution would probably throw light on these points. ‘The scarcity
of Patellide on the coast of East America may perhaps be due to the
want of rocky surface to which they could attach themselves, the
coast being, in the main, low-lying and sandy.
Haliotis i is another genus, belonging in the main to shallow water,
whose distribution would repay further investigation. Certain facts
are plain: that Australia and the adjoining seas are the focus of its
distribution, and that there are two well-marked sub-foci in Japan
and North-West America. ‘‘ Not one species” is found on the eastern
coast of North or South America, and only one (HZ. pourtalesii*) on
the west coast of America south of Lower California.” The northern
range of our own ZZ. tuberculata is, as is well known, the Channel
Islands, 49° N. lat. It would be interesting to know exactly how far
north H. kamschatkana, Jonas, extends on the coasts of British
Columbia and Kamschatka. Nothing definite seems to be known
of the range of the South African species on the east and west coasts
of that continent.
~The distribution of Purpura, a very marked littoral genus, would
amply repay careful study. Especially one would like to know the
Siidafrikanischen Mollusken, pp. 43-57.
H. A. Pilsbry, Manual of Conchology, vol. xii, p. 73.
Dredged in 33 f. sand, at Charles I., Galapagos. Pourtalés dredged one living
Haliotis (the specimen has since been lost) from the bed of the Gulf
Stream, in 200 f., near Florida reefs. No specimens of Haliotis have
since been found in the West Atlantic or Gulf of Mexico.
1
2
3
104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
extreme north and south limits of our own P. lapillus, L., no less in
Europe and Africa than on both sides of North America and in Japan,
and whether Adanson was right or wrong when he enumerated it
among the Mollusca of Senegal.’
Purpura hemastoma, L., has long been known to inhabit both sides
of the tropical Atlantic, from West Africa, the Mediterranean, and
the coasts of Portugal and France on the one hand, to Brazil, the
West Indies, and the southern states of Eastern North America on
the other. But it is only of recent years that we have learned that
P. coronata, Lam., has crossed the Atlantic too, and has appeared in
Demerara*® and Trinidad and in East Guatemala.? The West Indies
have retaliated by sending to West Africa a form (P. eudeli, Sow.)
whose relationship to P. patula, L., is so close as to leave no doubt of
its origin, and scarcely any that it should be counted as a mere
variety.4 Has this process of exchange between the shores of the
Atlantic at its narrowest part, over 1,600 miles, gone any further,
e.g. In any form of Zittorina possessing a free-swimming larva?
The transit of the larval form from one coast to another would be
facilitated by the remarkably equable temperature of the intervening
water (a steady 77°-80° F. all the year round), by the absence of
any strong north or south current, and by the more or less circulatory
drift of water between the two continents.
If larval forms of Purpura can pass from West Africa to South
America, and vice versa, it is easy to understand how P. columedlaris,
Lam., an obvious derivative of P. patula, L., became established at
the Galapagos, only 600 miles from the nearest mainland. ‘The
heated water of the Bay of Panama follows the coast southward until
it reaches Cape San Lorenzo, in lat. 1° S., where it is deflected
westward, straight for the islands. ‘Trees from the mainland, with
the leaves still upon them, have been found cast up on the island
shores. The mollusean fauna of the Galapagos thus exhibits large
contributions from the Panamic and Peruvian regions, with a very
slight admixture of the Indo-Pacific element.°
Again, P. neritoidea, L., is a common West African littoral shell.
It is also found in the Cape Verde, 300 miles from the coast, and, as
a variety scarcely distinguishable from the type, on Ascension Island,
nearly 900 miles from the nearest African land.
Further research on the relationships of adjacent groups of Purpura
would probably bring out valuable results, for the genus is almost
worldwide and abundant in species and in individuals. Some light
might be thrown on the remarkable way in which it is replaced, on
the coasts of Chil and of the Magellanic and part of the Patagonian
1M. Adanson, Hist. nat. Sénegal: Coquillages; Paris, 1757, pp. 106-7,
pl. vii, fig. 4.
2 INo Vale Cooke, Journ. Malac., vol. iv, p. 69, 1895.
HLA: Pilsbry, Nautilus, vol. xiii, p. 130, 1900.
+ The species was described by Sowerby in Journ. Conch., vol. x, p. 74, 1903.
° These facts are due to W. H. Dall, Report on a Collection of Shells from
Peru, etc.: Smiths. Inst. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxxvii, pp. 147-294,
1909.
COOKE: ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. 105
province, by the singular toothed Acanthina ( Calear) and by Concholepas,
both of which genera appear to have a wide but as yet undetermined
range on the coasts of West America.
Similar attention might be paid to Werzta and also to Littorina, due
regard being had to the fact! that, in the latter case, some species
which live in the neighbourhood of high-water mark are viviparous,
while others, which live at a lower tide-level, produce a trochosphere
or veliger embryo. The exact distribution and economic habits of
such widely spread species as mauritiana, Lam., aspera, Phil., the
eroup which centres round Ania, ns aR. Quoy, and malaccana
Phil., would repay investigation and might bring out some interesting
facts.
We still continue to speak of the distribution of marine Mollusca
under the headings of ‘districts’ or ‘provinces’ or ‘regions’, or
whatever name we choose to employ, and indicate the fact that
certain wide areas or stretches of adjacent coast-land are characterized
by the’ occurrence of certain genera and species, as contrasted with
the phenomena observed in the case of other geographical areas.
This method of subdivision is convenient, but it needs careful
handling. The results of deep-sea dredging during the past few
decades have accentuated the fact that these subdivisions apply
solely to the Mollusca of the shore or of shallow water. And we
must be careful to recollect that in scarcely any instance is it
possible to draw a hard and fast line between one ‘region’ and
another. On the contrary, adjacent regions seldom fail to overlap.
On the west coast of America, for instance, the Magellanic region
overlaps the Peruvian, and the Peruvian the Panamic, and the same
is the case with the regions further north, the Californian and the
Aleutian, while the Aleutian in its turn graduates into the north
circumpolar region. All that we can allow ourselves to mean, when
speaking of the limits of a region, is that at a certain point on the
map we are able to say that the characteristic fauna of that region
occurs infrequently, or is beginning to be sensibly replaced by a tauna
characteristic of another region.
Some regions, owing to special geographical facts, may be more
sharply defined than others, at one or at both extremes. If we were
asked to cite the sharpest break in existence between one marine
fauna and another we should lay our finger on Cape Hatteras, at
which point a vast number of pace tropical species find their
northern limit. But how can we name a point of separation between,
say, the Californian and Panamic, or between the Panamic and
Peruvian regions? The main but not the only factor in determining
the limits of a region is the surface temperature of the sea-water,
as distributed by ocean currents.
The truth is that the present state of our knowledge, as regards
the geographical limits of this or that fauna, is singularly defective.
Large portions of coastline remain at present unexplored, and it is
1 W. M. Tattersall, quoted by B. B. Woodward in Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. viii,
p. 282, 1909.
106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
only necessary to point to the map of Africa, from Morocco and the
mouth of the Orange River, and from Lorenzo Marques to Cape
Guardafui, or to the coast of China from the mouth of the Mekong
to Korea, to show that at present our knowledge is limited to the
species which have been collected at a few isolated spots, while no
systematic exploration worth the name has as yet taken place. One
is not without the hope that before long expeditions will be equipped
with the sole object of exploring the fauna of certain definite pieces
of coastline, more particularly those where geographical and faunistic
regions, as at present understood, tend to merge into one another—
the marchlands of adjacent kingdoms.
P. Fischer defines! the Lusitanian region as comprising the
Atlantic coasts of France, Spain, and Portugal, the Mediterranean,
the North-West African coast from Tangier to Cape Juby, and the
Azores, Madeira, and Canary groups. Paul Pallary, after remarking ”
that recent researches tend to show that even the Mediterranean
fauna is not yet completely known, continues as follows: ‘‘Si done
la faune d’une mer entourée de pays civilisés et d’une étendre
relativement restreinte est encore incomplétement étudiée, quoi de
surprenant que nous ne sachions que bien peu de chose sur celle
des cdtes occidentales de Afrique?’ And he goes on to say that
he found, between Cape Spartel and Mogador, Patella compressa,
three species of Yetus, four of Marginella, including glabella, monilis,
and cornea, and a Pustonella, all species characteristic of the Senegalian
fauna, and never before recorded from so high a latitude. Already
in the Canaries a considerable proportion of equatorial species occur,
and he thinks that the tropical fauna comes up very high on the
west coast of Africa, even reaching the Algerian coast, so that the
limits of the old Lusitanian province or region must be modified
and made to lie much further north, at least as far as the Straits
of Gibraltar. And when one adds that the proposal imphes the
addition of at least 800 miles of coastline to the Senegalian region,
it is quite clear that further exploration of obscure and remote
coast-lands promises to provide us with plenty of material for
discussion.
Conversely, M. Ph. Dautzenberg, remarking*® on the molluscan
fauna of the inhospitable coast between the bay of Lévrier and Senegal
(N. lat. 21°-16°), says that the proportion of ‘ Mediterranean’ species
which spread along ‘the western coast of Africa is greater than has
been supposed. ‘Thus, in the collection under review, of ninety-eight
Mediterranean species which occur, fifty-eight live in the Cape ‘Blanco
seas and thirty-four on the coasts of Mauretania and Senegal.
The problems involved are not of a simple nature, and may be
complicated by all manner of interferences on Nature’s side. As an
1 Man. de Conch., p. 143.
2 Bull. Sci. France Belgique, vol. xli, pp. 421-5, 1907.
’ **Sur les Mollusques marins provenant des campagnes scientifiques de
M. A. Gruvel en Afrique occidentale, 1906-9 ’’: Comp. Rend. Acad. Sci.,
vol. exlix, pp. 745-6, 1909.
COOKE: ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. 107
example of a district on which we are remarkably destitute of
information we may take the whole South American coastline from
Venezuela to Buenos Aires, and even further south. What little we
know inclines us to believe that the Mollusca of these thousands
of miles of coast is typically Antillean in character; at uny rate
Purpura hemastoma, L., both typical and in varieties, is found as
far south as Rio Grande do Sul (32° 8.) and the mouth of the Rio
de la Plata. That many thoroughly littoral species should be able
to cross the present volume of the discharge of Amazonian fresh-
water, covering some hundreds of square miles, seems so incredible
that it may be held that the existing coast fauna antedates the
existence of that and other streams, at least in their present
immensity.!
Verrill has pointed out* that the entrance of Long Sound and the
bays and sounds lying south of South Massachusetts are inhabited by
two separate molluscan faunas, the shallower waters of the bays being
occupied chiefly by southern forms belonging to what he then calls
the Virginian fauna, while the deeper channels of the central parts
of the sound are inhabited exclusively by a northern fauna. The
cause of this apparently anomalous state of things is that an offshoot
of the cold Arctic current which sweeps round Nova Scotia sets into
the middle of the sound and produces, both at the surface and at the
bottom, a change of temperature, which, within a space of only
2 miles, amounts to as much as 5° F. Thus the littoral fauna is of
a comparatively southern type, while even the shallow-water fauna,
at depths of no more than 18 to 39 fathoms, is strictly northern,
consisting of the following amongst other species: Molgula pilularis,
Glandula mollis, Cardita borealis, C. novanglie, Yoldia sapotilla,
Y. limatula, Nucula proxima, Astarte quadrans, A. castanea, Modiolaria
nigra, ML. corrugata, Chrysodomus pygmea, Margarita obscura, Cylichna
alba, and many others.
Much useful aid in exploration may be gained from geology in
showing that certain modifications of climate and of elevation,
otherwise unsuspected, must have taken place. Thus, to take one
instance out of many, G. Bardason has shown,’ from the evidence of
Pleistocene marine beds in North Iceland, that within comparatively
recent times the sea was at least 4 metres above its present level,
with the effect that the temperature of that particular region must
have been higher than it is at the present epoch, or much as it is now
in South-West Iceland. This is shown by the presence in the
deposits of Purpura lapillus and Zirphea erispata, and by the absence
of Pecten islandicus. As the sea retreats the temperature, in northern
regions, becomes lower, and the conditions assume a more Arctic
character.
lw. H. Dall, ‘‘ Additional Notes from the Coast of Southern Brazil ”’ :
Nautilus, vol. vi, pp. 109-12, 1893. ‘‘List of Shells collected at Bahia,
Brazil, by Dr. H. von Ihering ’’: ibid., vol. x, pp. 121-3, 1897.
2 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. IV, vol. ix, pp. 92-7, 1872.
* “* Maerker efter Klima- og Niveanforandringer ved Huinafléi i Nord-Island ”’ :
Vid. Medd. Copenhagen, 1910 (ii), pp. 35-79.
VOL. XI.—JUNE, 1914. 8
108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Again, certain northern species which are littoral under normal
conditions of life tend to seek deeper water as they move southward,
while exactly the reverse is the case with certain southern species,
which are found in shallower water in northern than in southern
latitudes.!. This seems to emphasize the point that temperature is of
prime importance in determining habitat, northern species finding the
cold they are accustomed to by migrating to somewhat deeper water
in the south, and southern deepish water species finding the low
temperature they need in shallower water as they move north.
Mediterranean species of the coralline and abyssal fauna are found to
live, as a rule, in depths less profound than they do in the Atlantic.
Buecinum undatum, L., which is common at low-water mark at certain
places in Northern and Eastern England, is never found between tide-
marks at Scilly. Meptunea antiqua, L., may be found alive on the
shores of Shetland, but in Southern and Western England it retires
into deeper water. Emarginula crassa, J. Sow., is not rare on the
shore at Oban; in the Gulf of Gascony it has only been dredged at
400-500 metres.
It must not be forgotten that conditions of life in every quarter of
the globe can never be regarded as absolutely permanent. Changes
of environment, some vast and sweeping, others apparently trivial and
scarcely detected, are in operation and must affect, to a greater or less
degree, the life of the organisms which inhabit the different areas.
Collectors who work a particular ground are familiar with the fact
that certain species may be found by the score or by the hundred in
a given locality, and then for years they will be extremely scarce,
and then will reappear again, as numerous as before. Of Aplysia
depilans, L., ‘‘a small fleet arrived in Torbay in 1875 and lingered
for a couple of years . . . previous to that only one specimen had
been found there.’ Of Oscanius membranaceus, Mont., ‘‘in 1874
a large fleet appeared simultaneously at Weymouth and at Torbay,
and again in the latter district in 1877 and 1887.”2 ‘At one time
Nassa fossata, Gld., at another Pertploma discus, Stearns, at another
Lima orientalis, Cpr., or Sealatella striata, Cpr., are found by the
dozen in San Pedro Bay [Cal.], and then for years after only a few
are found at a time.”’* It must be remembered too that certain
Mollusca, notably the Opisthobranchia and Nudibranchia, come ashore
in the breeding season to deposit their eggs and then retire to deep
water.
Occasionally we are able to observe a definite extension of area on
the part of a species, without being able to assign any definite cause.
When Jeffreys wrote his British Conchology (1865 i is the date of vol. 111)
Aemea testudinalis, Mill., had not been observed on our eastern coast
south of Hartlepool; in 1890 it had reached Scarborough, in 1910 it
was south of Bridlington, and is said to be extending its range rapidly
1 See W. H. Dall, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxxvii, pp. 1-221, 1889.
2 J.T. Marshall, Journ. Conch., vol. xiv, pp. 65, 66, 1913.
3-9, P. Monks, Nautilus, vol. vii, p. 75, 1893.
COOKE: ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. 109
still further south.’ Has anyone observed that the surface temperature
of the water on our north-eastern coast has fallen, during the last fifty
years? Cassidaria tyrrhena, L., which was first added to the British
fauna in 1870, and subsequently dredged off the Kerry coast and off
the Scillies, has of late been trawled in considerable numbers in the
deep trough between Milford Haven and the Irish coast, off the
Saltees lightship, and appears to be moving northward.
In the list of the Mollusca of Long Island? published by Sanderson
Smith and Temple Prime in 1870, a list which embodied the results
of eleven years’ collecting, Littorina littorea, L., did not occur. F. N.
Balch, publishing * in 1899 a list of the marine Mollusca of Coldspring
Harbour, Long Island, remarks: ‘‘Ten years ago it might have been
possible to define a spot within 60 miles by saying it was a place
where Purpura lapillus was not, and Litt. littorea was, found, but
now the wave of the conquering European species has spread far down
toward Virginia, and at Coldspring the native competitor (Nassa
obsoleta) begins to yield room.”
When the agency of man gives them a chance of extending their
area the Mollusca are as quick to take advantage of their opportunity
as the rabbit was in Australia. The spread of Mediterranean and
Red Sea species into the waters of the Suez Canal has been commented
upon by Tillier and Bavay, by Faurot and others. No doubt our
American friends will be equally ready to note the results of the
opening of the Panama Canal, and to observe whether the ‘ homo-
logous species’ which, in some numbers, inhabit the two sides of
Central America, show any signs of approximation, as a result of the
mingling of waters which have been separated since the Miocene
epoch.
We have watched the almost meteoric swiftness with which
Petricola pholadiformis, Lam., and Crepidula fornicata, Lam., have
established themselves in European waters. The former, after having
first been noticed in the River Crouch, Essex, in 1890, was at Shellness
and Herne Bay in 1896, in 1901 it had reached Belgium, and was
notified from Ostend in 1908 and Dunkirk in 1906, in 1907 it had
spread all over the Suffolk coast, Denmark notified it in 1906-7, in
1908 it was at Noordwijk, Holland, in 1910 at the mouth of the
Medway, and the same year at Shallinger, Denmark. It will be
interesting to see at what point short of the Baltic it stops. Of
C. fornicata, dead shells of which were first notified at Cleethorpes
in 1887, 10 tons of live specimens were dredged‘ in four weeks in
the Blackwater River twenty years later.
Urosalpinx cinerea, Say, has been transplanted with East American
oysters to the Pacific coast. A quart of specimens of this oyster
scourge has been collected in less than ten minutes at Belmont, near
San Francisco.°®
1 J. A. Hargreaves, Journ. Conch., vol. xiii, p. 89, 1910.
2 Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. York, vol. x, pp. 377-407, 1870.
> Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. (7), vol. xxix, pp. 133-62, 1899.
4 J. Murie, Zoologist, ser. IV, vol. xv, pp. 401-15, 1911.
° R. E. C. Stearns, Nautilus, vol. viii, p. 18, 1894.
110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
The best-studied coastline in the world is, beyond a doubt, that of
Eastern North America, from Texas and Florida to Labrador, thanks
to the work of Dall, of Verrill, Bush, and many others. Let us for
a moment employ some of the material gathered by them,! and fix our
attention on the tropical fauna of the extreme south-east States,
a fauna which is in close alliance with the West Indian. What is the
extreme northern range along that coast of such thoroughly tropical
genera as Conus, Cyprea, Trivia, Strombus, Oliva, Olivella, Fasciolaria,
and the Phyllonotus group of Murex?
Of Conus ten species occur, nine of them on Florida Keys; four
reach Cape Hatteras, none further north.
Of Cyprea there are three species, all West Indian; one only
(C. exanthema, L.) reaches Cape Hatteras, and no further.
Of Trivia there are seven species, all found on Florida Keys, but
only one reaches Cape Hatteras, and no further.
Strombus is represented by five species (four of them West
Indian); all five occur on Florida Keys; three only reach Kast
Florida, one reaches Georgia, one (pugilis, L.) Cape Hatteras, and
no further north.
Oliva has two species; one of these reaches Cape Hatteras, and no
further.
Olivella has six species, all West Indian ; three reach Cape Hatteras,
but no further north.
Of Fasciolaria there are three species, all represented on Florida
Keys; all reach Cape Hatteras, but no further.
Finally, of Phyllonotus there are four species; two of these reach
Cape Hatteras, but no further.
This list might be considerably extended, and it would not be easy
to find a more striking instance of the power of a current of warm
surface-water to carry a tropical fauna northward. Cape Hatteras,
be it remembered, is in about the latitude of the Straits of Gibraltar.
The Gulf Stream, issuing from the Gulf of Mexico, makes a right-
angled turn at Cape Sable, the extreme southern point of Florida,
and hugs the East American coast more or less closely until it reaches
Cape Hatteras, when it parts company with the land and moves
north-east and east across mid-Atlantic. A further factor which
accentuates the sudden break in the range of the tropical fauna, and
makes the northward barrier more effective, is the fact that a cold
current, the remains of the Polar and Labrador drift, running
a westerly and southerly course from the outer banks of Newfoundland?
and the south coast of Nova Scotia, parallel to, but in the reverse
direction to, the Gulf Stream, impinges on the North American coast
! See particularly W. H. Dall, ‘‘ A preliminary Catalogue of the Shell-bearing
Marine Mollusea . .. of the south-east coast of the United States”’:
Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxxvii, pp. 1-221, 1889.
2 “The Grand Banks of Newfoundland . . . are inhabited by an extremely
Arctic fauna, including many species of Mollusca which haye not yet been
found further south’’ (A. EK. Verrill, Trans. Connect. Acad., vol. v,
pp. 447-587, 1878-82).
COOKE: ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. WU
somewhere just north of where the Gulf Stream leaves it, and thus
brings a cold-water fauna down to a point in the latitude of Lisbon,
and effectually prevents the tropical fauna from creeping any further
north. Thus Acmea testudinalis, Mill. (a cold-water species),
ranges as far south as New Jersey, in N. lat. 40°, while on the
European side it has not been found south of abont 54° on the
east coast of England, and about 58° on the Irish coast, while hardy
eircumpolar species like IMacoma balthica, L., Mya arenaria, L.,
and Mytilus edulis, L., creep as far south as Hatteras and even
Georgia.
It is interesting to observe that besides the migrants from the
sub-Arctic fauna southward, and from the tropical fauna northward,
the eastern shores of North America have a temperate fauna of their
own, which appears to be comparatively unaffected by the great change
of temperature which occurs at Cape Hatteras. For we find a large
number of species, corresponding to the temperate element in our own
seas, which occur commonly between Cape Cod and Georgia or even
Florida. Possibly this fauna may be considered to have taken up its
abode on these coasts before the present conditions of current became
fixed. ‘Thus there are five species of Fudgur, all of which occur in
Georgia, which may be regarded as their metropolis; three of these
reach the West Indies and three Cape Hatteras, but two range
northward as far as Cape Cod. Lassa trivittata, Say, extends from
St. Augustine in North Florida to Nova Scotia, WV. vibex, Say, from
Aspinwall to Cape Cod, WV. obsoleta, Say, from Tampa to Nova Scotia.
Two muricidan species, both strongly characteristic of East American
temperate shores, are Urosalpinx cinerea, Say, and Kupleura caudata,
Say. The former ranges from Florida to Nova Scotia, the latter
from Florida to Cape Cod. Similarly, Astyris lunata, Say, ranges
from Turtle Harbour in West Florida to Cape Ann, and Anachis
avara, Say, from Florida Keys to Massachusetts Bay. In all these
cases what may be called the indigenous fauna pass with ease
a barrier which proves so formidable to the northern and southern
migrants.
Now let us compare the position on the western side of North
America. Our information may not be quite so full, but the general
trend of distribution is plain. Here the tropical fauna of the Panamic
region, instead of being carried far northward along the coast by
a warm-water current, is checked by the far-reaching effect of
a stream of cold water. The Kuro Shio current, issuing from the
warm seas to the south of Japan, and crossing the North Pacific, loses
much of its warmth in the passage, and is very possibly reinforced by
cold water from the north. It impinges on the West American coast
about the latitude of Queen Charlotte Island (N. lat. 52°), and breaks
into two branches, the northern of which washes the coasts of North
Canada and Alaska, while the southern moves southward along the
coasts of Oregon and California. ‘The effect of this cool current
sweeping southward must obviously be to keep back the northward
spread of the tropical species. The result is that the same genera,
Strombus, Oliva, Cassis, Conus, etc., which were well represented up
La PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
to lat. 36° N. on the eastern side, are far less numerous at the same
Bae on the western. Santa Barbara, in 35°5° N. lat., shows few
traces of a tropical fauna. The surface temperature of the sea-water
at Cape Hatteras in August is 77° F., in February 68° F. (mean
723° F.); the corresponding temperatures at Sta. Barbara are 66° F.
and 59° F. (mean 624° F.); in other words, the February temperature
on the east coast exceeds the August temperature on the west on the
same parallel.
These special conditions enable the temperate fauna of Upper
California to penetrate far southward; Priene cregonensis, Redf.,
e.g., has been found at ieee several of the Chlorostoma group at
Margarita Bay, in lat. 24° N., Purpura ostrina, Gld., at the same
place. Closer investigation of the fauna of Lower California is much
to be desired, but one interesting fact is plain, that the great Gulf of
California, nearly 900 miles in length, forms a great hot-water basin
and is quite unaffected by the ocean currents. The result is that it
bears a tropical fauna up to its extreme northern point, so that the
Californian peninsula, more particularly in its northern portion, has
a tropical fauna on its eastern side, and a mixed tropical and sub-
tropical fauna on its western, and at certain points these two fauna
are within 50 to 60 miles of one another across the isthmus. The
mean annual surface temperature of the water inside the gulf is
somewhere near 80° F., on the outside it is about 72° F.
It may be remarked parenthetically that the Red Sea and the
Persian Gulf offer similar examples of enclosed seas whose surface
temperature is very high. That of the lower portion of the Red Sea
rises to 90° F. in the summer, and that of the Persian Gulf to the
astonishing figure of 95° F. The heat of the Red Sea explains why
at Suez we have tropical forms such as Pyrula, Strombus, Murex
(typical), and Wertta living on the shore, in a latitude well to the
north of the Canaries. The head of the Persian Gulf is in exactly
the same latitude as Suez.
Now to come a little nearer home. On the eastern shores of the
Atlantic many southern species enjoy a wide range northward, and
many northern species an equally wide range southward. This is
due to the extremely equable temperature of the surface-water of the
sea from Norway to Morocco. Along this vast stretch of coast
there is no pronounced equatorial current moving northwards to bar
back the northern species, still less is there any polar current sweeping
southward along the coast to check the spread of the southern species.
It is quite true “that the Gulf Stream and Antillean Current exercise
a powerful influence upon the temperature of our northern waters,
but that influence is so widely diffused, and the changes it induces
are so gradual, that at no point is there any sudden variation in
temperature, such as is found on the western side of the Atlantic.
Even the south-western shores of Nova Zembla (N. lat. 72°) are
washed in August by water no colder than 40° F.
The isothermal line of 50° in August all but touches the North
Cape; the isotherm of 60° in the same month is not reached till
south of the Wash, on the east of England, and Lough Swilly, to
COOKE! ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. Wale
the west. Southward of these points the temperature of the surface-
water continues singularly equable, for the August isotherm of 70° F.
is not reached till Cadiz, and that of 77° F. not till N. lat. 20°, far to
the south of the Tropic. And the February surface temperatures are
equally striking. Water from 40°-49° F. tempers the Norwegian
coasts as far north as the Arctic Circle, and encloses the whole of the
British Isles and the French coast as far south as La Rochelle.
Here begins the isotherm of 50° F., coming down from a point off
North-West Ireland; water at 60° F. is not reached on the Portuguese
coast till Lisbon, and the isotherm of 68°F. is attained near the
latitude of the Cape Verde, well to the south of lat. 20° N.
These singularly equable conditions of surface temperature seem to
explain many of the prominent features of the distribution of the
shallow-water and shore Mollusca of Western Europe. We can
understand, on the one hand, how it is that Finmark and the
Mourmane coast have a rich littoral fauna,’ that warm-water genera
such as Pinna and WMeretriz, Ovula and Truneatella, Phastanella,
Triforis, Ocinebra, Haliotis, and Lotorium reach our own coasts.
And we can also understand how northern species have penetrated
southward; how, for instance, Buccinum undatum, L., and Neptunea
antiqua, L., reach South-Western France, how Littorina littorea, L.,
reaches the Straits of Gibraltar, JZ. obtusata, L., the Western
Mediterranean, and Purpura lapillus, L., Algarve and even Mogador.
R. T. Lowe remarks? that of a collection of marine Mollusca picked
up on the shore at Mogador, close upon three-fifths are found
commonly in Britain. R. McAndrew, dredging in 35-40 fathoms off
Mogador, obtained 22 species of shells, 16 of which were British ;
and of 125 species obtained by him at Madeira, 58 are common to our
own shores.®
I should like to see the distribution of the marine Mollusca of
Western Europe, both in its northern and southern extension, and in
range of depth, worked out with the same precision and accuracy
as has been done in the case of the Mollusca of the eastern coast of
North America. At present there is plenty of enthusiasm, but little
organization, plenty of statistics, but no centralized store-room for
their preservation. Britain, in virtue of its central position, looking
as it does both north and south, and possessing an enormous stretch
of coast-land, should take the lead, and I can think of no body better
fitted to undertake the task of collecting material, sifting evidence,
formulating tables of statistics, and keeping them up to date, and
generally of acting as a depository of facts and an authoritative court
of reference, before which all questions bearing on the subject ought
to be brought, than the Society which I am now addressing. The
task would be serious; it ought not to be beyond our powers.
The British marine molluscan fauna—leaving out of consideration
such abyssal species as may be reckoned in the list—is clearly made
1S. Herzenstein, Conegrés intern. Zool., vol. ii, pt. ii, pp. 127-47.
2 Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., vol. v, pp. 169-204, 1861.
3 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 11, vol. x, pp. 100-8, 1852.
114 PROCKEDINGS OF THK MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
up of three elements: (1) a northern element, consisting of species
which may be supposed to have spread southwards from Arctic or
sub-Arctic latitudes; (2) a southern element, consisting of species
which have spread in the reverse direction from more southern
latitudes; (3) an element which is probably indigenous in our own
and neighbouring temperate seas.
Perhaps the most striking way of bringing out this point is to
instance particular genera which happen to include species of both
northern and southern origin. Of Zittorina, for instance, we have
four species on our shores, three of which are northern and one
southern in origin: @ttorea, L., a northern form, ranges from the
White Sea and Mourmane coast to Lisbon and the Straits of Gibraltar ;
yudis, Mat., from the Glacial Ocean to Southern Spain'; obtusata, L.,
extends from the White Sea, Finmark, and Iceland to South Spain
and South France, but not further east in the Mediterranean. All
these three species are found on the east coast of North America.
L. neritoides, Iu., on the other hand, is a markedly southern species,
ranging from the Canaries and Madeira to North Britain. Of Acmea
we have two species, one of markedly southern, the other of equally
clear northern origin; 4. virginea, Mill., ranges from St. Helena, the
Azores, and Madeira to North Norway; A. testudinalis, Mill.
(a thoroughly Arctic form), occurs from Nova Zembla, North Labrador,
Greenland, and all Arctic seas to the Yorkshire coast on this side of
the Atlantic, and to New Jersey on the other. Zmarginula is
represented by three species, each of which appears to belong to
a different fauna; . erassa, J. Sow., is a northern form, curiously,
as it seems, absent from the eastern coasts of Britain, and found in
littoral and shallow waters no further south than Dublin Bay ;
E. fissura (L.), with a range from Finmark to the Canaries, seems
characteristic of the temperate fauna, while #. coniea, Schum., is
a strictly southern form, ranging from the Mediterranean and South
Spain to the Dorset coast, but no further north. The same point
may be illustrated in other of the genera occurring on our shores,
e.g. Modiolaria, Crenella, Rissoa, Scala, Calliostoma, and Lunatia, of
which latter genus pallida, Brod., montagui, Forbes, and affnis,
Gmel., are northern forms, alder?, Forbes, belongs to the temperate
fauna, while catena (da Costa) and sordida, Phil., are of southern
origin,
The following members of the British marine fauna rank as
‘northern’ species (the list has no pretensions to completeness, and
Nudibranchia and Cephalopoda are not included) :—
*4++8Tonicella marmorea (Fabr.).” *++Nuculana tenwis (Phil.).
+7. rubra (Lowe). *Limopsis aurita (Broc.).
*+Craspedochilus albus (L.). tt$ Modiolus modiolus (L.).
1 Unless we unite rudis, Mat., and sawatilis, Oliv., in which case the range
extends all over the Mediterranean, Adriatic, and Black Seas.
2 R. McAndrew is said to have dredged this species at Carthagena in 5-10 f.,
which seems improbable.
COOKE: ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. 115
*++Modiolaria discrepans (Leach).
*+tOrenella decussata (Mont.).
*Lima elliptica, Jeff.
+£L. subauriculata (Mont.).
*Limea sarsti (Lov.).
*+Astarte compressa (Mont.).
+Arctica islandica (L.).
*Cryptodon croulinensis (Jeft.).
*Cuspidaria abbreviata (Forb.).
*Dentalium striolatum, Stimps.
*D. agile, M. Sars.
*+Acmea testudinalis (Miill.).
*+t Lepeta ceca (Miill.).
LL. fulva (Mill.).
*+Puncturella noachina (L.).
tEmarginula crassa, J. Sow.
*Propilidium ancyloide, Forb.
Rissoa albella, Lov.
+Onoba striata (J. Ad.).
+Skenea planorbis (Fabr.).
*+t+Lunatia pallida (Brod. & Sow.).
L. montagui (Forb.).
*+Amauropsis islandica (Gmel.).
+tVelutina levigata (Penn.).
*+§V. flexilis (Mont.).
* Scala grenlandica (Chem.).
Caecum imperforatum (G. Ad.).
*Trichotropis borealis, Brod.&Sow.
+Buccinum undatum, L.
B. humphreysianwm, Benn.
Liomesus dalei (J. Sow.).
*+§ Volutopsis norvegica (Chem.).
* Beringius turtoni (Bean).
+Tritonofusus islandicus (Chem.).
T. gracilis (da Costa).
*T. propinquus (Ald.).
T. fusiformis (Brod.).
Buccinofusus berniciensis (King).
+t§ Purpura lapillus (L.).
*+Admete couthouyt, Jay.
*++§ Humargarita helicina (Fabr.).
“+H. grenlandica (Chem.).
Solariella cincta (Phil.).
*+Calliostoma occidentale (Migh.).
+t$ Lacuna crassior (Mont.).
+Littorina obtusata (L.).1
+tL. rudis (Mat.).
+L. littorea (L.).
+Bela turricula (Mont.).
ttB. trevelyana (Tutrt.).
Typhlomangilia nivalis (Loy.).
Tornatina mtidula (Lov.).
+tBullinella alba (Brown).
+Philine quadrata (S. V. Wood).
* These species have seldom, if ever, been found south of the Wash.
+ Also occurs in East North America.
+ Also occurs in West North America.
§ Also oceurs in Japan and Kamschatka.
The following members of the British molluscan fauna rank as
‘southern species’ (the list is not meant to be complete) :—
Lepidopleurus scabridus (Jeff.).
Acanthochites discrepans (Brown).
Barbatia lactea (L.),
Modiolus barbatus (L.).
Modiolaria costulata (Risso).
Crenella rhombea (Berk.).
Pteria hirundo (L.).
Pinna fragilis, Penn.
Loripes lacteus (L.).
Divaricella commutata (Phil.).
Diplodonta rotundata (Mont.).
Lepton squamosum (Mont.).
L. sulcatulum, Jeff.
~ Galeomma turtoni, Brod. & Sow.
Ervilia castanea (Mont.).
Tellina squalida, Pult.
T. donacina, L.
Donax variegatus (Gmel.).
Mactra glauca, Born.
Lutraria oblonga (Chem.).
Meretrix chione (L.).
Venus verrucosa, L.
Tapes decussatus (L.).
Cardiwm aculeatum, L.
C. tuberculatum, L.
Phasianella pullus (.).
Littorina neritoides (L.).
Rissoa gueruu, Récl., var. costulata,
Ald.
Alwvania cancellata (da Costa).
A. lactea (Mich.).
Ceratia proxima (Ald.).
Setia pulcherrima (Jeff.).
S. fulgida (J. Ad.).
Gallodina carinata (da Costa).
Adeorbis subcarinatus (Mont.).
Truncatella truncata (Mont.).
Calyptrea chinensis (L.).
Simnia patula (Penn.).
Erato levis (Don.).
1 North American, if palliata, Say, is to be regarded as a variety of
obtusata, L.
116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Lunatia catena (da Costa).
L. sordida (Phil.).
Triforis perversa (L.).
Cerithiopsis tubercularis (Mont.).
Scala clathratula (Ad.).
Lotoriwm nodiferwm (Lam.).
L. cutaceum (L.).
Cassidaria rugosa (L.).
C. echinophora (L.).
Cardium papillosum, Poli.
Solecurtus scopula (Turt.).
S. antiquatus (Pult.).
Barnea parva (Penn.).
Thracia pubescens (Pult.).
Dentalium vulgare, da Costa.
Hmargiula conica, Schum.
Fissurella greca (l.).
Haliotis tuberculata, L.
Gibbula magus (L.).
G. umbilicata (Mont.).
Monodonta crassa (Montf.).
Calliostoma montagui (W. Wood).
C. exasperatum (Penn.).
C. striatum (L.).
C. granulatum (Born).
Donovania minima (Mont.).
Ocinebra erinaceus (L.).
O. corallina (Seac.).
Hedropleura ecostata (da Costa).
Mangilia attenuata (Mont.).
M. rugulosa (Phil.).
M. brachystoma (Phil.).
Bellardiella gracilis (Mont.).
Clathurella reticulata (Ren.).
C. purpurea (Mont.).
Haminea hydatis (L.).
Philine catena (Mont.).
Aplysia depilans, L.
Pleurobranchus plumula (Mont.).
Oscanius membranaceus (Mont.).
The following species occur in the Channel Islands, but have not
yet been met with in waters on the north side of the English
Channel :—
? Teredo pedicellata, Quat.
Setia pulcherrima (Jett.).
Haliotis tuberculata, L.
Lotorium nodiferum (L.).
LL. cutacewm (L.).
Ocinebra corallina (Seac.).
Of the above, Z. nodiferum has not again been found in British
waters since three living specimens were trawled off Guernsey
between 1825 and 1832. LZ. cutaceus is probably still an inhabitant,
though rarely, of this station. I have myself picked up two worn
shells at Herm, and Mr. Marshall dredged a living specimen off
Guernsey, in 22 fathoms, in 1885.' Purpura hemastoma, L., has
probably not lived on these shores in recent years. There isa record ?
of the discovery of three specimens at Guernsey, but they were
probably due to the refuse of French trawlers. Brest is the most
northern authentic recorded habitat of the species.
P. Fischer remarks * that the English Channel ‘‘ est une véritable
barriére qui limite l’expansion vers le nord de 81 espéces de la céte
francaise et de la Méditérranée”. I do not feel quite clear whether
Fischer meant that all the eighty-one species inhabit the southern
coast of the English Channel. If they do not—and a consideration
of the list makes it seem very unlikely that they do—the effectiveness
of the ‘ véritable barriére’ tends to disappear. Certainly, of forty-nine
species which he cites specifically, six at least have been found on the
northern side of the Channel since he wrote. A juster view of the
case would appear to be, that not more of the Lusitanian fauna ‘ drop
off’ on the northern, as compared with the southern, side of the
English Channel than one would naturally expect.
1 Journ. Conch., vol. xiii, p. 202, 1911.
2 J. T. Marshall, ibid., p. 197.
3 Man. de Conch., 1887, p. 145.
COOKE: ON GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. Lyi
The following species just reach the western coasts of the Channel
and South and West Ireland :—
Lepidopleurus scabridus (Jeft.).
Acanthochites discrepans (Bronn).
Pteria hirundo (L.).
Crenella rhombea (Berk.).
Dwaricella commutata (Phil.).
Lepton squamosum (Mont.).
L. suleatulum, Jeff.
Galeomma turtoni, Brod. & Sow.
Cardium tuberculatum, L.
C. papillosum, Poli.
Thracia pubescens (Pult.).
Mactra glauca, Born.
Donazx variegatus (Gmel.).
Emarginula conica, Schum.
Calliostoma exasperatum (Penn.).
C. striatum (L.).
Truncatella truncata (Mont.).
Calyptrea chinensis (L.).
Cassidaria tyrrhena (L.).
C. echinophora (L.).
Donovania minima (Mont.).
Mangilia rugulosa (Phil.).
Aplysia depilans, L.
118
DIAGNOSES OF FOUR NEW SPECIES OF LAND SHELLS FROM
GERMAN NEW GUINEA.
By Czsar R. Borerterr.
Read 18th March, 1914.
PLATE III.
Tue following four new species of pulmonate land shells were
collected, together with other well-known species, at Sattelberg,
near Finschhafen, German New Guinea, and presented to me by
the late U. Stahlberg of Schwerin, Mecklenburg. The types are
preserved in my private collection.
1. HetLicarion NovHGvuINEX, n.sp. Pl. III, Figs. 1-2.
Testa imperforata, tenuis, cornea, nitens, lineis accrescentibus
indistinctis anguste striata. Anfractus 5, convexiusculi, celeriter
accrescentes, sutura subplana, linea impressa comittata separati ;
ultimus non descendens. Apertura ovata, obliqua; peristoma simplex,
acutum. Alt. 9, diam. maj. 15, min. 12mm. ; apertura, alt. 8,
lat. 9 mm.
Hab.—Sattelberg, near Finschhafen, German New Guinea.
Shell imperforate, thin, corneous, shining, striated by indistinct
lines of increment. Whorls 5, moderately convex, quickly increasing
in size, separated by an almost flat suture, which is provided with an
impressed line; the last whorl not descending in front. Aperture
ovate, oblique ; peristome simple, acute.
2. Hemiptecra PapuaNa, n.sp. Pl. III, Figs. 3-5.
Testa umbilicata, applanata, carinata, supra corneo-fusca, infra
pallidior, sericea, striis spiralibus minutissimis et costulis transversis
angustis minutissime cancellata, sub carina linea castanea basim
versus evanescente ornata. Anfractus 6, subplani, regulariter
accrescentes, sutura plana separati; ultimus non descendens. Apertura
angulato-ovata, obliqua, intus colore et pictura externa translucentibus ;
peristoma simplex, acutum. Alt. 14, diam. maj. 29, min. 24 mm.;
apertura, alt. 113, lat. 15 mm.
Hab.—Sattelberg, near Finschhafen, German New Guinea.
Shell umbilicate, flattened, keeled, corneous brown above and
lighter below, with a silky lustre, surface finely cancellated by very
minute spiral lines and narrow transverse riblets, under the keel
ornamented with a chestnut band, which becomes indistinct on the
underside. Whorls 6, almost flat, regularly increasing in size,
separated by a flat suture; the last whorl not descending in front.
Aperture angulate-ovate, oblique, displaying the external ‘colour and
painting ; peristome simple, acute.
Proc. Malac. Soc. Vol. XI, Pl. III,
NEW SPECIES OF LAND SHELLS FROM NEW GUINEA,
BOEITGER: LAND SHELLS FROM NEW GUINEA. 119
3. Hemiptecta sericea, n.sp. Pl. ILI, Figs. 6-8.
Testa anguste umbilicata, solida, carinatula, sericea, costulis
angustis et striis spiralibus angustissimis minutissime cancellata,
supra brunnea, ad carinam linea flavescente supra non definita, infra
sub carina nigrescente brunnea, basim versus in colorem olivaceo-
brunneum clarescente. Anfractus 53, convexiusculi, regulariter
accrescentes, sutura subplana, antice profundiore, separati; ultimus
non descendens. Apertura ovata, obtusissime angulata, obliqua,
intus albida, colore et pictura externa translucentibus ; peristoma
simplex, subacutum, basi incrassatum, marginibus callo tenuissimo
junctis. Alt. 163, diam. maj. 294, min. 244 mm.; apertura, alt. 12,
lat. 15 mm.
Hab.—Sattelberg, near Finschhafen, German New Guinea.
Shell narrowly umbilicate, solid, very faintly keeled, with a silky
lustre, cancellated by fine riblets and very fine spiral lines,
brown above, with a yellowish band on the keel, which is not well
defined above, blackish-brown under the keel, becoming by and by
olive-brown towards the base. Whorls 53, moderately convex,
regularly increasing in size, separated by an almost flat suture,
becoming deeper towards the aperture; the last whorl not descending
in front. Aperture ovate, obtusely angulated, oblique, whitish
within, displaying the external colour and painting; peristome simple,
almost acute, incrassated at the base, the margins united by a very
thin callus.
4. CoLioLus sTaHLBERGI, n.sp. Pl. III, Fig
Testa rimata, turrita, distinctissime carinata, luride albida, ad
carinam linea fusco-purpurascente ornata; apex albidus, nitens.
Anfractus 6, superiores inflati, sequentes plani, regulariter accrescentes,
sutura plana separati; ultimus non descendens. Apertura angulato-
ovata, subobliqua, intus colore et pictura externa translucentibus ;
peristoma reflexum. Alt.153, diam. maj. 15, min. 13 mm.; apertura,
alt. 7, lat. 8 mm.
Hab.—Sattelberg, near Finschhafen, German New Guinea.
Shell rimate, turreted, very sharply keeled, dirty whitish, at the
keel ornamented with a purplish-brown band; apex whitish, shining.
Whorls 6, upper whorls inflated, the others flat, regularly increasing
in size, separated by a flat suture; the last whorl not descending in
front. Aperture angulate-ovate, little oblique, displaying the external
colour and painting ; peristome reflexed.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.
Fias. 1-2. Helicarion noveguinee, n.sp.
», 3-5. Hemiplecta papwana, n.sp.
» 6-8. H. sericea, n.sp.
p 9. Coliolus stahlbergi, n.sp.
THE GENUS-NAME MARTENSIA, SEMPER.
By Tom Irepa.e.
Read 17th April, 1914.
At my suggestion Mr. Robin Kemp made the magnificent collections
of East African Land Molluscs which have been studied by Mr. H. B.
Preston. Most of this material was casually examined by myself as
it passed through my hands, and thus a slight’acquaintance was made
with this prolific land molluscan fauna. ‘I'his apology seems necessary
to account for my present incursion into a field quite foreign to my
labours.
An outstanding Zonitoid genus of which a number of species was
collected by Mr. Kemp was that known as J/artensia, Semper. This
name was proposed in the Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen,
vol. li, p. 42, 1870, for the species Helix mozambicensis, Pfeiffer
(Proc. Zool. Soc., 1855, p. 91) alone. It has been continually used,
and I have noted no fewer than ten workers on African molluscs
accepting it without question. Yet upon reference to Scudder’s
Nomenclator Zoologicus a prior Martensia is indicated, and this is
proven upon confirming that work, as Agassiz in the Contr. Nat.
Hist. United States, vol. ii, p. 195, footnote, 1860, had correctly
and lawfully appropriated that name for a genus of his Ctenophore
lobatee.
The only available substitute appears to be
Lepourxra, Bourguignat.
In the Helixarionidées de V Afrique Bourguignat proposed this
name for a series of species, sinking J/artensia as a synonym of
Trochonanina. 1 am quite unable to understand Bourguignat’s
classification, judging the species from a conchological view-point.
Under the genus-name TZyrochonanina he included mozambicensis,
Pfeiffer, yenyns?, Pfeiffer, and some other species, naming as new
(p. 9) a Zr. anceyx. On p. 12 he proposed Ledoulxia, the first
species named being LZ. albopieta, based upon Nanina mossambicensis,
var. albopicta, Mtns., the second pyramidea, Mtns., and five new
species introduced.
Bourguignat contended that the introduction of albopicta as a
variety of mossambicensis was due to a misinterpretation of the latter
species by Von Martens. I cannot, however, generically separate
either this or pyramidea from the type of Jlartensia, and Connolly,
Ref. List South African Non-marine Mollusca, still retains (p. 103)
albopicta, Mtns., as a variety of mozambicensis, and moreover considers
Trochonanina anceyt, Bourguignat, as synonymous.
Tryon maintained Martensia, and conservatively suggested that
Ledoulxia might temporarily be considered a synonym.
Connolly (ibid., p. 101) quotes as synonym of Martensia ‘‘Ledoulxia,
Bet. 1885, pars”. I would designate as type of Ledoulxva the first
species, Z. albopicta, Mtns., and thus make this exactly equivalent to
the invalid DMartensia.
IREDALE: ON THE GENUS-NAME MARTENSIA. 121
T have collated all the apparent species referred to this genus, and
though at first sight the genus appears polyphyletic, no conchological
characters can be grasped for differentiation. The extremes such
as Martensia pereivali, Smith, and TZrochonanina germaini, Cesar
Boettger, seem easily separable, but after careful consideration I feel
that it must be the part of the anatomist to point out the differences.
The names of the species I have brought together may be here
noted as a beginning for some African worker. My ignorance of the
literature of this fauna prohibits the proposition of a complete list.
LepovLrx1a—
mozambicensis, Pfeiffer, P.Z.S., 1855, p. 91.
var. albopicta, Martens, v. d. Decken’s Reise, vol. 111, p.56, 1869.
var. elatior, Martens, Mal. Blatt., vol. xiii, p. 92, 1866.
ibuensis, Pfeiffer, Symb. Hel. viv., iu, p. 66, 1846.
Jjenynsi, Pfeiffer, P.Z.S., 1845, p. 131.
obtusangula, Martens, S.B. Ges. naturf. Berlin, p. 125, 1895.
tumidula, Martens, Monatsbr. wiss. Berl., 1876, p. 256.
leucograpta, Martens, ib., 1878, p. 290.
plicatula, Martens, Nachr. Malak. ges., 1869, p. 149.
pyramidea, Martens, v. d. Decken’s Reise, iii, p. 55, 1869.
mesoged, Martens, Deutsch Ost Afr., vol. iv, p. 50, 1898.
var. bohmz, id., l.c.
livingstoniana (Ancey), id., l.c., p. 48.
subjenynst (Ancey MSS.), id., l.c., p. 49.
episcopalis, Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. vi, p. 152, 1890.
percivalt, Smith, Journ. Conch., vol. x, p. 317, 1903.
permanens, Smith, Journ. Malac., vol. viii, p. 94, 1901.
consociata, Smith, P.Z.S., 1899, p. 584.
nyassana, Smith.
ancey?, Bourguignat, Helix. Afr., 1885, p. 9.
alfieriana, Bourguignat, ib., p. 13.
formosa, Bourguignat, ib., p. 14.
megastoma, Bourguignat, ib., p. 14.
insignis, Bourguignat, ib., p. 15.
unizonata, Bourguignat, ib., p. 15.
smitht, Bourguignat, Moll. Afr. équat., 1889, p. 17.
meruensis, D’ Ailly, Kilim. Meru Exp. 6, p. 18, 1911.
busuensis, Kobelt, Rev. Suisse Zool., vol. xxi, p. 59, 1913.
entebbeana, Pollonera, Torin. Boll. Mus. Zool., No. 561.
germaini, Cesar Boettger, Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. x, p. 348, 1913.
bowkere, Preston, ib., vol. vu, p. 88, 1906.
gwendolene, Preston, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. vi, p. 529, 1910.
martensiana, Preston, ib., p. 529.
monozonata, Preston, ib., p. 580.
? shimbiense, Preston, ib., p. 580.
levistriata, Preston, Rev. Zool. Afr., vol. 111, p. 48, 1913.
nytroensis, Preston, ib., p. 48.
votensis, Preston, ib., p. 49.
inflata, Preston, ib., p. 49.
solida, Preston, ib., p. 49-
122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
This list may not be complete, nor is it critical, but is an
association of the species grouped together as or under the generic
name fartensia.
The species tumzdula, Martens, does not seem congeneric, whilst
others, such as nytroensis, Preston, and shimbiense, Preston, need
further consideration. Another correction may be here noted.
Connolly, in his invaluable Reference List of South African Non-
marine Mollusca (Annals South African Museum, vol. xi, 1912),
introduced a new sub-family Trochonanine, which is represented in
his list by the genera Martensia, Trochomorpha, Trochozonites, and
Thapsiella. 1 do not consider that these African molluscs have
any close relationship with Zrochonanina, the type of which is
schmeltziana, Mousson, a Pacific Ocean shell (cf. Gude, Proc. Malac.
Soc., vol. x, p. 389, 1913). I would suggest that the sub-family
name be altered to Trocnozonitinm, the basis of which is the genus
Trochozonites, proposed for an African shell, and the species of which
closely resemble in conchological features the species of Ledoulxia.
Trochomorpha, used by Connolly (p. 103), following Melvill and
Ponsonby, can have no place in the African list, the type being also
a Pacific Ocean shell.
Thapsiella, at my suggestion, was altered to Gudeella by Preston,
but acknowledgment was accidentally omitted; this genus does not
seem to fall into my sub-family Trochozonitine, and I would suggest
to Connolly reconsideration of this association.
123
SOME MORE NOTES ON POLYPLACOPHORA. PART I.
By Tom Irepate.
Read 17th April, 1914.
Some time ago I contributed to these Proceedings some notes on
Polyplacophora (vol. ix, pp. 90-105 and pp. 153-62, 1910), and in
the last part (vol. xi, pp. 25-51, 1914) I furnished an account of the
Chiton Fauna of the Kermadec Islands. During the intervening years
I have accumulated some interesting notes, mostly on extra-Australian
forms, and a larger number of notes, dealing with Australasian
material, I hope to incorporate in a review of the Australasian
Chiton Fauna I have in preparation. However, Dr. Thiele has
written me that he is now preparing a monograph of the Polyplaco-
phora for Das Tierreich, and | therefore consider it necessary that
my notes should be made available so that they may be criticized in
the production of Dr. Thiele’s work. The succeeding notes are
mainly nomenclatural, but are of more than usual interest, while
some few are suggestive.
Craspepocuiton (‘HAuMAsTocHITON) MOBIUsI, Thiele.
In the Report on the Marine Mollusca obtained by J. Stanley
Gardiner among the Islands of the Indian Ocean (Trans. Linn. Soc.
Lond., vol. xiii, p. 119, 1909) Melvill reeorded—
© 357. Acanthocites (Loboplax) laqueatus (Sowb.).
Loc. Amirantes: Station E18, 20 to 25 fathoms, calcareous rubble.”
The specimen upon which this record is based is now in the
British Museum, and at the first glance it seemed quite distinct from
Sowerby’s daqueatus. The shell is curled, and approximately measures
38mm.xX1li5mm. The girdle is produced in front and narrowed
behind, and could be termed leathery, minutely sandy. Four pores
are clearly observed before the head-valve, and seven at the sutures,
and a peculiar feature is their presence behind the tail-valve. Here,
apparently protected by the curling, the tufts are preserved, as is
also a peripheral fringe, consisting in each case of long opaque-white
spicules. The colour of the girdle is bright puce pink. The head-
valve is sculptured with seven elevated ribs, the outside ones con-
stituting the border. I note this, as in Zoboplax usually only five
‘ribs are indicated, no outside ones being developed. ‘These ribs are
not differentiated in any way, but appear simply as undulating
elevations. The sculpture consists of rounded separated pustules of
varied sizes. ‘The lateral areas of the median valves are well raised,
the sculpture consisting of rounded pustules closely packed; the
median areas are covered with oval flat-topped pustules which become
confused and merged into a continuous flattened rib on the jugum.
The tail-valve is long, the mucro posterior, very much elevated and
recurved, then sloping backward, making a convex lateral area. I have
VOL. XI.—JUNE, 1914. 9
124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
seen no similar tail-valve yet in any other Chiton. The upward
curve of the tail-valve of Plaxiphora (Frembleya) egregia (H. & A.
Adams) is recalled, but this instance much exaggerates it. Besides,
in that case there is no convex lateral area, which is clearly shown in
this. Upon dissection the tail-valve was found to possess, instead
of an insertion-plate, simply a callused ridge showing faint striations.
In his Revision des Systems der Chitonen (Chun’s Zoologica, Heft lvi),
Thiele (p. 34) introduced for a Mauritian shell Craspedochiton
( Thaumastochiton, n.subgen.) mdbiust, usp.
Beautiful figures are given on Taf. iv, figs. 36-48, and the Amirantes
shell certainly falls into the sub-genus Zhaumastochiton, though it
may specifically differ from Thiele’s Mauritian form. The tail-valve
in the latter, judging from Thiele’s figures, does not show such
an upeurved mucro, nor possess such a well-defined, convex,
lateral area.
As the Amirantes would geographically fall into the Mauritius
area, and further, as only one specimen is available, I would minimize
the observed differences and record this shell under Thiele’s species-
name. On account of the interest this sub-generic form must have to
all Chiton students, I have brought forward this alteration, and would
note the rejection of Jaqgueatus, Sow., from the Amirantes fauna.
Thiele (p. 116) under Thaumastochiton made a footnote ‘‘ Dahin
gehort wahrscheinlich ‘ Onithochiton’ isipingoensis, Sykes (P. Malac.
Soc. London, vol. iv, p. 259) von Sud-Afrika”. This induced the
examination of Sykes’ species, the type of which is preserved in the
British Museum. It was obviously no Onithochiton, judging from
the description alone, and was as certainly a Craspedochitonoid shell.
Thiele’s suggestion proved correct, since, though ‘ 0.’ ¢sipingoensis,
Sykes, differed altogether in sculpture from the Amirantes shell, the
tail-valve agreed minutely in structural characters. Sykes’ description
of the tail-valve is here reproduced: ‘ Posterior valve similarly
sculptured, but having a dorsal area; it is concave above and the
mucro is posterior. . . . The insertion plate of the posterior valve is
flattened behind, and appears to be without any slit, the tegmentum
overhanging, and the valve being obtusely beaked behind.”
Curton petasus, Reeve.
This species is described in the Proce. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 25,
and figured in the Conch. Icon. Chiton, and also in the Zoology of the
Samarang. In the Man. Conch., vol. xiv, p. 811, Pilsbry placed
this species in the genus Placiphorella, with the note ‘‘ Referred to
this genus on account of the peculiar girdle”. At that time the genus
Craspedochiton was imperfectly known, and consequently it was
a forgivable error to overlook the undoubted relationship of Reeve’s
species to that genus. However, quite recently Nierstrasz, deter-
mining the Chitons of the Siboga Expedition (p. 48, 1905), has
introduced a new species of Craspedochiton with the name fesselatus,
which, coming from the same locality, seems to be the long-lost
Reevean species. It should be observed that in the same paper
IREDALE: NOTES ON POLYPLACOPHORA. 125
(p.111) Nierstrasz catalogued Placiphorella petasa, Reeve, as being
on record, from the locality, with the remark ‘‘ Placiphorella petasa,
Reeve, von Stroomen Kap, N. W. Celebes stellt ebenso eine isolierte
Form dar”. The recognition of Chiton petasus, Reeve, as referable
to Craspedochiton, and not to Plaeiphorella, removes one of the few
apparent geographical anomalies present when the distribution of the
Polyplacophora is studied.
In this place I might point out that Nierstrasz (p. 23) introduced
a new species of Jschnochiton with the species-name variegatus.
I cannot see that amendment has yet been made, though one of the
commonest Australian Ischnochitons bears that species-name, and has
the prior right. Reverting to geographical anomalies, I would cite
a paper by Nierstrasz in the Tijdschr. der Nederl. Dierk. Vereen,
ser. u, vol. x. In that paper Nierstrasz, through the acceptance of
inaccurate Museum records, has perpetuated some incorrect generic
determinations, and introduced others. These will mostly be dealt
with in their places, but the admission of Cryptoplax to the
Neozelanic Fauna, the reference to DMaugeria of specimens from the
Straits of Magellan and the Cape of Good Hope, as also Zonieva from
New Zealand, will be refused without the slightest hesitation until
perfectly authenticated examples are procured.
Nierstrasz also referred to Heterozona the species Hedley described
(Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. xxiii, p. 100, 1898) under the name
Ischnochiton araucarianus.
Thiele (Revision, p. 96) suggested the reference of this species to
Sclerochiton. Judging from figures I agreed, and it seemed difficult
to separate this from Chiton (Selerochiton) miles, Pilsbry, described
from Torres Straits. With his usual generosity, Mr. Hedley
forwarded me paratypes of his species, and without doubt it is
very close to S. miles. I have received a fair collection of Chitons
made by my friend Mr. Robin Kemp at Cape York, Torres Straits,
and therein was included many specimens of S. curtisianus (Smith),
proving that that species extends from Port Curtis northwards to
Cape York, thus apparently confirming my subjection of Thiele’s
S. aruensis (Proce. Malac. Soc., vol. ix, p. 103, 1910). Nothing like
Pilsbry’s S. miles has yet been seen from Torres Straits, so that
it is quite possible the locality is erroneous, and that the shell
may have come from New Caledonia. I hope to revert to this
matter again soon.
Two other incorrect determinations may be here rectified. In the
Report on the Polyplacophora of Ceylon (Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fisheries
Suppl. Reports, p. 178, 1903) Sykes recorded Callochiton platessa,
Gould? This would seem to be confirmed by the admission by Smith
into the Fauna of the Maldives and Laccadives, p. 619, of the same
species, C. platessa.
This species is fairly familiar to me, as I have collected it both in
New Zealand and Australia, and though both Smith’s and Sykes’
shells, which I have examined, are undoubtedly referable to the genus
Callochiton (sensu lato), they are just as certainty not specifically
identical with Gould’s C. platessa.
126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
CHmToPLEURA NoBILIS, Pilsbry.
In the Man. Conch., vol. xiv, p. 80, 1892, Pilsbry included a species
Chetopleura nobilis, citing it as of Reeve, basing it upon ‘‘ Chiton
nobilis, Gray, Reeve, Conch. Icon., pl. xxi, fig. 189, May, 1847. Not
Chiton nobilis, Gray; Chetopleura nobilis, Rv., Cpr. MS.” Reeve's
figure is reproduced on Pilsbry’s pl. xiv, fig. 80.
The species is included upon Carpenter’s MS. notes which Pilsbry
quotes. Some extraordinary confusion has here occurred, as part of
the note reads: ‘‘ The above is written from the type specimen which
2ve. described as the C. nobilis of Gray, and which Mr. Adams
most kindly submitted to my examination.”? I have been unable to
fathom the connexion of Mr. Adams with the type-specimen, as
Reeve described his Ch. nobilis, Gray, from a specimen in the British
Museum, which is still preserved with the data upon the back of the
tablet. This shell is undoubtedly the New Zealand LEudoxochiton
nobilis (Gray), so that we are confronted with the problem of Adams’
shell. As its whereabouts are unknown, it would seem necessary to
write off, as indeterminable, the species Ch. nobilis, Pilsbry. The
Reevean reference and figure pass correctly into the synonymy of the
New Zealand shell, whilst the citation of Pilsbry’s name in connexion
with the missing Chetopleura keeps the latter in perspective, so that
its rediscovery may be looked for. ‘The unknown locality, of course,
handicaps the investigator.
The genus-name ACANTHOCHITONA.
In the London Medical Repository, vol. xv, 1821, John Edward Gray
published ‘‘A Natural Arrangement of Mollusca, according to their
internal structure’. Dealing with the genus-name Chiton, Pilsbry
(Man. Conch., vol. xiv, p. 150, 1893) quoted the matter dealing with
Chitons, but did not dispose of the questions offered by that excerpt.
Inasmuch as Pilsbry incorrectly quoted that extract, it is possible he
was indebted to second-hand information for his knowledge of the paper.
If the concluding paragraph of Gray’s article (p. 239) be studied,
the procedure is quite simple. This reads: ‘*The genera that are
here given mostly contain many sub-genera, and are what are called
by several modern naturalists natural families; but I prefer to call
them genera, and their subdivisions sub-genera, because then either
name can be used separately, and so suits both opinions, for the
genera may be made into families by changing the termination as
from limax to limacide, and because I think that it is easier to
recollect limax arion hortensis than arion hortensis alone, as genera
are now become so numerous that naturalists really want something
to let them know to what part of natural history they belong.”
With this in front of us we know how to deal with the following
nomination on p. 284—
"Ord. 10. PotypLacoPHora.
(Description of animal, etc.)
a. Plates placed on the back of the mantle.
1. Gymnoplax or gymnoplacide. Acanthochitona, Chiton fascicu-
laris, Lepidochitona, Chiton marginatus.”
IREDALE ; NOTES ON POLYPLACOPHORA. 127
When Pilsbry quoted this extract he wrote Leptochitona, which is
quite a different name. There can be no other conclusion than that
the name Acanthochitona is correctly introduced as a sub-generic
name for the species grouped with Chiton fascieularis. Though never
hitherto used, it claims every right to usage, and fortunately little
confusion will be caused by giving the name its due. The name
commonly in use is Acanthochites, which date from Risso, 1826.
Risso introduced it from Leach’s MS., and it is probable that Gray
was also influenced by Leach’s proposition. It might be noted that
Risso’s spelling has been amended to Acanthochates, Acanthochitus,
and even Acanthochiton, whilst the species are commonly called
Acanthochitons as a vernacular term.
Though not recorded in Scudder’s Nomenclator, Gray’s genus-name
appears 1n the synonymy of Acanthochites, Risso, in H. & A. Adams’
Genera Recent Mollusca, vol. i, p. 482.
The genus-name LeprpocHirona.
The consideration of this name naturally follows the preceding
discussion. However, here rather radical alterations are necessary.
The only species mentioned in conjunction with the name is Chiton
marginatus, and this consequently becomes the type by monotypy.
Pilsbry (Man. Conch., vol. xiv, p. 67, 1892) included this species in
the genus Lsehnochiton, placing it in the sub-genus Zrachydermon,
Carpenter, 1863, citing as a synonym Craspedochilus, G. O. Sars,
LS7s. ) thie succeeding year, however, Pilsbry (Man. Conch., vol. xv,
p. 68, 1893) admitted “that Trachydermon was generically distinct
from Jschnochiton, and named as type 7. flectens, Carpenter. Craspedo-
chilus, G. O. Sars, was proposed for C. marginatus alone, and in the
List of British Marine Mollusca, to by a Committee of the
Conchological Society (Journ. Conch., vol. x, p. 10, 1901), Craspedo-
chilus, probably at Sykes? suggestion, was given generic rank, as
independent of Zrachydermon. ‘Lepidochitona will therefore displace
Craspedochilus, being exactly eae to it.
Thiele (Revision, p. 116, 1909) makes Zrachydermon a genus
of his family Callochitonide, ranking Craspedochilus as subordinate,
with sectional rank; his family Callochitonide is divided into two
sub-families, Trachydermonine and Callochitonine. ’he acceptance
of Thiele’s classification and the recognition of Lepidochitona would
necessitate the following alterations :—
Family Lrprpocuironip2.
vice CALLOCHITONID®,
Sub-family Leprpocurronin &.
vice 'TRACHYDERMONIN®.
Genus Lepidochitona, Gray, 1821 (= Craspedochilus, G. O. Sars,
1878).
vice Trachydermon, Cpr., 1868.
Sub-genus Zrachydermon, Cpr., 1863.
In the Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond., 1847, p. 127, Gray introduced the
new genus Leptochiton with three species, cinereus, hanleyt, and
128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
cajetanus. The first-named was designated, as type, on p. 169.
This cannot be considered the same name as Lepidochitona, the two
roots having entirely different meanings, The grup Ly Uae C5 fra
dpecees wurtl be an tLpaek Ag ng 4 al epifo chil or as,
The genus-name Amicoura.
Pilsbry in the Man. Conch., vol. xv, p. 68, 1898, gives, as the
primary introduction of this genus-name, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1847, pp. 66, 69, 169, and notes the Syn. Brit. Mus., 1840, usage
as earlier, but without diagnosis. In the Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond.,
vol. x, pp. 294-809, 1913, I gave the results of my investigation of
the Synopses British Museum. ‘There I showed that in 1840, on
p- 148, appeared the new generic name Amicula. On p. 302 I showed
that in the 1840 A edition, p. 127, the following note was given:
‘* Acanthochetes is peculiar for having a bundle of bristles placed on
each side of the valves; and Chitonellus and Amicula only differ in
having the valves nearly hidden in the mantle of the animals.”
I would agree with Pilsbry that there can be no determination about
a name introduced in this manner.
In Dieffenbach’s Travels in New Zealand, vol. ii, p. 246, 1848,
Gray included as a New Zealand shell ‘‘ Amécula monticularis.
Chiton monticularis, Quoy et Gaim., Voy. Astrol., iui, 406, t. 78,
f. 30-86”. This is the first time Amzcula is generically used as
a recognizable group, and consequently that name falls as a synonym
of Cryptoconchus.* Cryptoconchus is rejected by Pilsbry as of Burrow,
1815, and dated from Guilding, 1829.
In the Elements of Conchology, 1815, Burrow described a shell
under the name Chiton porosus (p. 189), and figured it, pl. xxvii,
fig. 1, giving ‘‘ Habitat uncertain, probably New South Wales”. On
p- 190 he wrote: ‘‘ They (this and the succeeding species) have been
examined by Dr. Blainville, of Paris, by whom a communication
respecting them has, it is understood, been made to the French
Philomatic Society. The names he has affixed to the two species are
Cryptoconchus porosus and C. larveformis.”’ According to the Opinions
rendered by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature,
Cryptoconchus must be recognized as from this introduction. If it
were not it might be argued that it should fall as a substitute name
for Cryptoplax, Blainville. This genus-name introduced in the Dict.
Sci. Nat. (Levrault), vol. xii, p. 124, 1818, contained the same two
species, but both genus-name and one species-name were changed ;
thus Cryptoplax larviformis, Blainville = Cryptoconchus larveformis,
Burrow, ex Blainville MS., and Cryptoplax depressus, Blainville =
Cryptoconchus porosus, Burrow, ex Blainville MS. Blainville states
that Cryptoplax was ‘‘ Sous-genre de l’ordre des oscabrions, établi par
M. H. de Blainville, dans le Supplément a1’ Encyclopédie a’ Edinbourg”’.
It would appear that Blainville’s articles concerning these molluscs
were too advanced to meet with approval by the powers that were
concerned in the publication, as neither in the Bulletin of the French
Philomatic Society nor in the Supplement to the Eneyclopedia
Britannica are they included.
She orOlarn dhette wheck hace beer eS
Dipaeted ee nee Le ae eae - byw mclio ge-
pheyres( midd) Chena 1587. Tape, fatlara Medel,
IREDALE: NOTES ON POLYPLACOPHORA. 129
Moreover, it would seem that Blainville himself got disgusted at
the treatment of his genus, as in his monumental monograph on the
Chitons in the Dict. Sci. Nat. (Levrault), vol. xxxvi, p. 519 et seq.,
1825, he discarded it, and included the species in the genus Chiton,
but once again changing their names. Here, on p. 553, Chiton
vermiformis, Blainville = Cryptoplax Jlarviformis of seven years
earlier, and Chiton leachi, Blainville = Cryptoplax depressus of seven
years previous. Pilsbry preferred Acanthochites, Risso, 1826, to
Cryptoconchus, Guilding, 1829, and based his family name on that,
separating the Cryptoplax species into a separate family, Cryptoplacide.
Thiele has amalgamated these two families, ranking them as sub-
families only, and using the name Cryptoplacide on account of the
earlier introduction of the genus-name Cryptoplazx.
The conclusion that Cryptoconchus must date from 1815 makes this
the oldest genus-name, and consequently the family name would
become Cryptoconchide. I am at present inclined to agree with
Thiele that Cryptoplax is not able to be considered as separable as
a family.
The genus-name MacanpDRELLvs.
This name was introduced ex Carpenter’s MS. by Dall in the
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. i, p. 299, 1878, where the type is
designated as Muacandrellus costatus, Adams & Angas. Pilsbry
rejected it in the Man. Conch., vol. xv, p. 32, 1893, as Dall’s genus
was not the same as that of Carpenter, and also ‘‘ The first use of the
name (as above) being unaccompanied by a diagnosis must fall”. In
my investigations I constantly meet with such statements by authors,
and Dall wrote (Journ. Conch., vol. xi, p. 294, 1906), “It is an
unfortunate fact that the abrogation of the original rule requiring
a diagnosis to validate a genus.”’ I will admit there may have been
such a rule, but the abrogation appears to have been useful as long
ago as 1847, and probably earlier. For we have Gray in the Proce.
Zool. Soc., 1847, when he drew up his epoch- marking ‘ List
of the Genera of Recent Mollusca, their Synonyma and Types”,
introducing new generic names without a diagnosis. We have the
commonly utilized Catal. Yoldi Collection, 1858, by Morch, and
I note Fischer in his Man. Conch. in 1880-7 also indulging in
the same practice; this is only to quote the very first works that
occur to memory. Judging from Risso’s genera, where the generic
diagnosis disagrees with the identifications of the species named,
it would have been better had the abrogation commenced earlier.
To come back to Macandrellus, there is now no lawful reason for its
non-acceptance, and it must replace the name Loboplax, Pilsbry,
introduced in the Vautilus, vol. vii, p. 82, 1893, with Chiton violaceus,
Quoy & Gaimard, cited as type. This species and Adams and
Angas’ costatus are undoubtedly congeneric in the strictest restriction.
In my paper in these Proceedings (vol. ix, p. 101, 1910) I noted
the extreme difficulty of determining the divisions of Acanthochites.
I showed Thiele had been puzzled, and admitted my own difficulties.
I, from further study, now consider the admission of the following
130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
generic terms will be more helpful in discriminating these difficult
shells when dealing with the Australasian forms: -Acanthochitona,
Cryptoconchus, Cryptoplax, Notoplax, Macandrellus, and Craspedo-
chiton.
The Neozelanic shell commonly known as Acanthochites violaceus
(Quoy & Gaimard) would become Macandrellus violaceus (Quoy and
Gaimard), and the second Neozelanic species If. marie (Webster).
Craspedochiton would also be credited with two New Zealand forms,
C. rubiginosus (Hutton) and C. cuneatus (Suter). It is a somewhat
remarkable coincidence that both these species, at an interval of almost
forty years, should have been described as Zonzeva, a genus without
the slightest resemblance in any way to these species. It is exactly
parallel with Sykes’ reference of a similar shell to Onithochiton, as
previously noted.
Although the genus Zonicia is unknown from New Zealand, I have
recorded the existence of a small species of Lucilina (= Tonicra) at
the Kermadecs.
Some misuseD Speciric Names.
I pointed out in my last paper (these Proceedings, p. 46) that
Pilsbry, in his monograph (Man. Conch., vols. xiv—xv, 1892-3), did
not accept the present usage regarding preoccupied names, and that
consequently some alterations were necessary. ‘l'o those interested
I would suggest the following I have noted :—
On pp. 196-8, vol. xiv, Pilsbry admitted Zoniera elegans, based
upon Chiton elegans, Fremt sly, Zool. Journ., vol. iui, p. 208, 1827 ;
sub-species were included chilensis, Frembly, ibid., and tneolata,
Frembly, ibid. Ch. elegans, Frembly, is unavailable on account of
the prior Ch. elegans, Blainville, 1825, whilst déneolata, Frembly, is
also later than Blainville’s d:meolata, 1825. his would leave the
species-name as chi/ensis, Frembly, 1827, if Pilsbry’s association be
correct.
On p. 280 Nuttallina seabra, based upon Ch. scaber, Reeve, Conch.
Tcon., pl. xvu, fig. 106, Mch., 1847, must be changed, as Blainville
had appropriated that specific name in 1825. There appears to be
a substitute ready in <Acanthopleura fluxa, Carpenter. On p. 283
a Mediterranean shell is called Nuttallina cinerea, Pol, though Poli’s
species is admitted to be both a mixture and also a misinterpretation
of Linné’s Ch. cinereus. There can be no reason urged against the
rejection of Poli’s specific name, but, as Pilsbry pointed out, some
authorities have selected caprearum, Scacchi, 1836, and another
crenulatus, Risso, 1826. Pilsbry regarded both these as indeterminable,
and indicated corrugatus, Reeve, as the earliest certain name.
In these Proceedings (vol. ix, p. 91, 1910) I showed that
Ch. sulcatus, Quoy & Gaimard, from examination of the type, was
the shell commonly known as Jsehnochiton decussatus, Reeve, and, as
it had priority, advocated its use. In this ease also Quoy and
Gaimard’s name is invalid through the prior Ch. sudeatus, Wood, 1811.
I must apologize to my Australian friends who have freely adopted
my nomenclature for thus misleading them, as it is now necessary to
revert to the familiar Reevean decussatus.
IREDALE : NOTES ON POLYPLACOPHORA. 131
A North Queensland shell needs a new name, for Ch. pictus, Reeve,
Conch. Icon., pl. xv, fig. 79, 1847, from Raine’s Island, Torres
Straits, is invalid through the prior Ch. pretus, Blainville, 1825. The
types of Reeve’s species are in the British Museum, but it appears to
be a somewhat rare shell. I propose for this species the new name
LuciLina SHIRLEYI, Nom, NOV.
It is named after Dr. John Shirley to mark my thanks for his
generosity in forwarding me his collection of Chitons for examination.
Whilst checking these notes I find that in the Manual, vol. xiv,
p- 195, Zonicia crenulata is included, based upon Ch. crenulatus,
Broderip, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1832, p.27. But, as above noted, there is
a prior Ch. erenulatus, Risso, 1826. A good substitute is ready in
? Tonicia forbesii, Carpenter, Mazatlan Cat., p. 198, 1856.
132
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW RECENT PHOLADOMYA
(PH. TASMANICA).
By C. Heptey and W. L. May.
Read 17th April, 1914.
Tue antiquity of this genus and the small number of survivors lend
an interest to any new member of Pholadomya, especially when it
appears in a fresh region.
This southern form is readily distinguished from the half-dozen
recent species by the remarkable shortness of the anterior side.
Judging from literature, it approaches nearest to PA. arata, Verrill
and Smith (Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. v, p. 567, pl. lvili, fig. 3, 1882),
from the North-Eastern United States, and Ph. africana, Locard (Zool.
Travailleur & Talisman, Moll., vol. ii, p. 167, pl. vil, figs. 42-5, 1898),
from the North-West of Africa. These were included in a genus
Panacea, proposed by Dr. W. H. Dall (Nautilus, vol. xviii, p. 148,
1905).
In Torres Strait occurs Pholadomya haddoni, Melvill & Standen
(Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., 1899, p. 202, pl. xi, fig. 22), which is perhaps
better ranked as a genus apart, Parilimya. The Australian Tertiary
Ph. australica, Tate (Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, vol. xxii, p. 187,
pl. xii, fig. 2, 1893), is quite unlike the recent Tasmanian shell.
Ph. arenosa, Hedley (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vol. xxix, p. 197,
pl. ix, figs. 26-7, 1904; vol. xxxi, p. 464, 1906), doubtfully referred
to this genus, is smaller, shorter, and more equilateral than
Ph. tasmanica.
PHOLADOMYA TASMANICA, 0.Sp.
Shell faintly nacreous, thin, fragile, semi-translucent, sub-trigonal,
inflated, very inequilateral, the posterior end being four times the
length of the anterior, posteriorly rounded, anteriorly truncate, dorsal
and ventral margins nearly straight. Colour buff. Sculptured by
narrow ridges radiating from the umbo, parted by broad shallow
furrows, growing closer and weaker posteriorly, in number eighteen
on the shell figured, but about thirty on a fragment of a ‘larger
specimen. Anterior side with a single broad radial fold. Entire
surface roughened with fine dense grains, usually packed in lines of
growth. Umbo unbroken, elevated, incurved, directed anteriorly.
A groove on the anterior hinge-margin suggests that the edge of the
unseen left valve is here received as a lateral tooth. Chondrophore
narrow, posterior to the umbo. Interior very glossy ; adductor scars
distinct, low down; pallial sinus well developed, the apex of its
HEDLEY & MAY: ON PHOLADOMYA TASMANICA. 133
angle reaching to the ninth radial from the anterior end. Length 24,
height 19, depth of single valve, 20mm. A second broken specimen
indicates a length of 54mm.
Hab.—One entire right and a portion of a larger left valve were
dredged by W. L. May in 50 fathoms,.3 miles off Port Arthur,
Tasmania. Type in the Australian Museum, Sydney.
ld4
CHARACTERS OF THREE NEW SPECIES OF HNNEA FROM
SOUTHERN NIGERIA.
By H: B. Preston, 2-2-8:
Read 13th March, 1914
THE species described in the present paper have been kindly handed
to the author for examination by Major A. J. Peile, R.A., who writes
that they were ‘‘ found by Lieut. L. Rees, R.A., serving with the
Lower Nigerian Regiment, when clearing a village about 50 feet
above the surrounding swamps; the shells were lying in the open”
The actual locality is Onoha (marked as Lokar on the map), and is
approximately situated in latitude 4° 45’ N. and longitude 7° 10’ E.
Having duly searched all the available, though somewhat scanty,
literature on the region, the author has come to the conclusion that
they have hitherto escaped notice, hence the diagnoses given below.
ENNEA PEILEI, 0.sp.
Shell perforate, cylindrically ovate, yellowish-white ; whorls 8, the
first six regularly increasing in length and breadth, the seventh
increasing in length, but not in breadth, the eighth also increasing in
length, but very “slightly diminishing in breadth, the apical whorls
smooth, the remainder sculptured with moderately closely-set and
rather oblique, transverse costule, the last whorl bistrangulate nearly
throughout its latter half; suture well impressed, umbilicus extrem mely
narrow ; columella- none descending in a curve; labrum white,
outwardly reflexed, eranular in texture, the converging margins
united by an outwardly spreading, but well-defined, granular, parietal
callus; aperture somewhat laterally set, sub-quadrate, armed with a
weak parietal lamella situated near the junction of the outer lip with
the parietal wall, an also somewhat weak projection on the inner
margin of the outer lip, and two very interiorly situate, entering
ridges corresponding to the strangulations visible on the outside of the
shell. Alt. 4°75,diam.maj.25mm. Aperture: alt. 1, diam. °5mm.
Hab.—Onoha or Lokar, Opobo District, S. Nigeria (Lieut. L.
Rees, R.A.).
PRESTON : ON ENNEAS FROM 8S. NIGERIA. 155
ENNEA OPOBOENSIS, D.Sp.
Shell perforate, ovate (in dead condition grayish-white), whorls 6,
the first four regularly increasing, the fifth increasing in length, but
not so much in breadth, the sixth also increasing regularly in length
but diminishing in breadth, the upper whorls smooth, the remainder
sculptured with moderately, closely-set, oblique costule, which
become rather more distant on the last convolution; suture impressed ;
umbilicus very narrow, deep; columella-margin a little obliquely
descending; labrum pure white, narrowly outwardly expanded ;
aperture taking the form of an inv erte .d and truncated Be ereles armed
with a large, broad, projecting, somewhat claviform, parietal tooth,
a broad and bifurcated tooth on the inner margin of the labrum, of
which the lower furcation is the weaker, a small, slightly interiorly
situate, basal denticle, a well-marked, upwardly tending lamella on
the median part of the columella, and, above this, a minute denticle
at the point of its junction with the parietal wall. Alt. 3°75, diam.
maj. 2°25mm. Aperture: alt. ‘75, diam. °5 mm.
Hab.—Onoha or Lokar, Opobo District, 8. Nigeria (Lieut. L.
Rees, R.A.).
ENNEA REESI, N.sp.
Shell perforate, cylindrically claviform, rather thin and vitreous,
pale yellowish-green; whorls 73, the first four and a half regularly
increasing, the fifth increasing in length, but earn less in
breadth, the last two also increasing in length, but decreasing in
136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
breadth, the upper whorls sculptured with transverse and distant,
spiral, scratch-like strie, the lower obliquely, transversely costulate,
the costule being much more marked in the sub-sutural region,
except on the last whorl, where they become finer, more closely
set and well marked throughout its whole length; suture
impressed; umbilicus moderately narrow; columella-margin obliquely
descending; labrum white, narrowly expanded, the converging
margins joined by a thickish and well-defined parietal callus;
aperture obliquely sub-triangular, armed with a projecting,
parietal, lamella-like tooth, two denticles on the inner margin of
the columella lip, the lower in each case being the stronger. Alt.
6:25, diam. maj. 3mm. Aperture: alt. 1°75, diam. 1 mm.
Hab.—Onoha or Lokar, Opobo District, 8. Nigeria (Lieut. L.
Rees, R.A.).
A LIST OF AUSTRALIAN MACTRID®, WITH A DESCRIPTION OF
A NEW SPECIES.
By Envear A. Surru, 1.8.0.
Read 17th April, 1914.
Mr. H. H. Broomer recently very kindly sent to the British Museum
a few specimens of a Mactra from Queensland, asking me to give him
the name of the species, or, if unnamed, to publish a description of it.
Not finding it in the collection in the British Museum, it became
necessary to study the literature bearing upon this group of Mollusca,
and more particularly that portion of it relating to the Australian
fauna. In doing this it seemed advisable to get together and publish
a list of the known Mactride of Australia, which it is hoped may
prove of some use to authors and collectors on that continent. Forty
different species are now recorded, but some of these, namely, decora,
Desh., olorina, Phil., ornata, Gray, and sericea, Desh., require con-
firmation as being Australian.
A few other species described or quoted as Australian are beyond
recognition, such as antiquata, Spengler (=chemnitzii, Gray), australis,
Sow., decussata, Menke, and rotundata, Gmelin.
The last-named (Syst. nat., vol. vi, p. 3257) was founded upon
two figures representing totally different species, and consequently
had better be regarded as unrecognizable. Its habitat was unknown
to Gmelin, but in Paetel’s Catalogue (vol. iii, p. 38, 1890) Australia
is given.
No attempt has been made to give complete synonymy and
references, but only those are quoted which seemed necessary or of
special importance.
The species are arranged in alphabetical order for easy reference,
the sectional names, where present, being placed in brackets, and
I would here observe that some of the sub-genera and divisions
which have been proposed appear to be of little or no use. Reeve’s
monograph in the Conchologia Iconica, vol. vill, 1854, and that by
Weinkauff in the Conchylien Cabinet (1880-4) are referred to in the
following list, for the sake of brevity, merely under those authors’
names.
1. Macrra aBBREvIATA, Lamarck. B.M.’
Mactra abbreviata, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., vol. v, p. 477, 1818 ;
Mabille in Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vol. xxvii,
p. 597, 1908.
M. obesa, Deshayes, P.Z.S., 1853, p. 16; Reeve, fig. 19; Weinkauff,
p. 48, pl. xvi, figs. 3-4.
var. = I. meretriciformis, Deshayes, l.c., p. 16; Reeve, fig. 18;
Weinkauff, p. 58, pl. xx, figs. 3-84,
Hab.—Torres Straits (Deshayes for odesa), north-east coast of
Australia (J. B. Jukes in Brit. Mus.), Cape York (Brit. Mus.), Port
1 The letters B.M. indicate that the species is in the British Museum.
138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Essington (Deshayes for meretrieiformis), Port Curtis (Brit. Mus. for
meretrictformis).
The locality ‘‘ Port Jackson” given by Lamarck is doubtful, or at
all events requires confirmation. Without the aid of the description
of IL abbreviata given by M. Mabille it was quite impossible to
recognize the species. I believe that Lamarck’s types are merely
half-grown examples of the species named JL obesa by Deshayes.
The form, ‘obtuse trigona, transversim abbreviata,’’ the colour,
‘alba,’ and the character of the dorsal areas, ‘‘ ano vulvaque eleganter
plicatis,” are quite features of obesa. The proportion of height to
length corresponds to the measurements given by Mabille. I agree
with Weinkauft’s suggestion (p. 49) that JL. obesa and IL. meretriciformis
are merely varieties of one and the same species. They agree in every
detail, excepting that the latter is bluish towards the umbones, and
purplish within the valves.
The shell figured by Hedley (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
vol. xxvil, pl. xxix, figs. 1-3) certainly cannot be the true abbreviata,
and I am inclined to think that it belongs to IZ. pura as suggested by
Pritchard & Gatliff (Proc. R. Soc. Victoria, vol. xii, p. 106, 1900).
ML. abbreviata, Lamarck, is quoted by Menke! from West Australia,
and by Gray in P. P .King’s Narrative of a Survey of the Coasts of
Australia, vol. 11, Appendix, p. 474, but it is impossible to say what
species those authors had before them.
Since the foregoing was written I sent a valve of this species to
Dr. E. Lamy, of the Paris Museum, and he has most kindly confirmed
my identification. He writes: ‘‘ Il n’y a pas de doute possible: la
valve est bien conforme aux deux types de JL. abbreviata, Lk. Votre
valve par ses caractéres de forme, de sculpture (ano vulvaque plicatis),
de dent cardinale, de sinus pallial me parait absolument conforme aux
types de I. abbreviata.”’
2. Macrra acaatina, Chemnitz. B.M.
Mactra achatina, Chemnitz, Conch. Cab., vol. xi, p. 218, pl. ee, figs.
1957-8 ; Reeve, fig. 51; Weinkauff, p. 50, pl. xvii, figs. 3-4;
Hedley, Rep. Aust. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 1909, p. 851, 1910.
Hab.—Ceylon or Nicobar Islands (Chemnitz), Philippine Islands
(Reeve), Manila (Hidalgo), Red Sea (?), coast of Bengal, East Africa,
China (Weinkauff), Queensland (Hedley).
Placed in the Australian list on Mr. Hedley’s authority. This
species and JL. ornata (Gray) may have been confounded.
8. Macrra (Spisuta) aDELAIDZ, Angas. B.M.
Spisula adelaide, Angas, MSS., Proc. Zool. Soc., 1865, p. 697.
Hab.—Port Adelaide Creek, South Australia (Angas). Type in
Brit. Mus. Adelaide (C. J. Wigram in B.M.).
In his diagnosis Angas omitted to state that the sculpture consists
merely of the fine lines of growth, and the interior of the shell is not
referred to. The valves are white within, and the pallial line is
' Moll. Novee Hollandiw, 1843, p. 45.
SMITH : ON AUSTRALIAN MACTRIDA. 139
practically without any sinus, a feature which distinguishes it from
the other small species of Mactridee from the Australian coast.
The lateral teeth are long, and smooth within and without, but
the single tooth on each side in the left valve is roughened or
microscopically granular on the edge. There is a single solid
triangular A-shaped cardinal tooth in this valve, in front of the
resilium pit, and a minute denticle above the point of the A. A
similar A tooth is in the right valve, the posterior phlange of the
A forming the boundary of the resilium pit. The triangular resilinm
reaches to the umbones, causing a slight break in the dorsal margin.
The external ligament is feeble, thin, marginal, and scarcely anything
more than a hair-like line.
Tate (Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., vol. ix, p. 84, 1887) united this
species with Jf oralina, Lamarck, but that form is a very different
shell according to Delessert’s figure.
4, Macrra (SranpELta) Heyprraca, Chemnitz. B.M.
Mactra egyptiaca, Chemnitz, Conch. Cab., vol. xi, p. 218, pl. 200,
figs. 1955-6; Dillwyn, Cat., p. 145; Reeve, pl. xx, fig. 112.
Spisula egyptiaca, Gray, Mag. Nat. Hist., 1, p. 378, 1837.
Merope egyptiaca, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1871, p. 100.
Hab.—Port Essington and Port Curtis (Brit. Mus.), North Australia
(Mrs. Ince in Brit. Mus.), Red Sea (Chemnitz), Ceylon (Reeve), Lake
Macquarie, New South Wales (Angas), whole of Queensland coast
(Hedley).
The Port Essington specimens were collected by Mr. John Gould,
the ornithologist, and J. McGillivray, and consequently the locality
may be relied upon as correct. This species may be, as suggested by
some authors, the JZ. nicobariea of Gmelin, founded on a figure in
Chemnitz (vol. vi, pl. xxiv, fig. 237).
5. Macrra atta, Deshayes. B.M.
Mactra alta, Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1854, p. 347; Weinkauff,
p. 113.
Hab.— North-east coast of Australia (Brit. Mus.), Australia
(Weinkauff and Deshayes).
Length 70, height 63, diam. 39 mm.
Allied to AL, abbreviata, but differing somewhat in form, being
more equilateral, less produced posteriorly, and higher in proportion
VOL. XI.—JUNE, 1914. 10
140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY-
to the length. The dorsal margin is regularly curved or arched on
both sides of the umbones. The hinge also offers some differences,
the teeth being rather more delicate, and the posterior lateral passes
into the lower edge of the chondrophore and not upwards towards
the dorsal margin. ‘The hinder adductor scar is rather smaller,
and the pallial sinus a little deeper. here is very little difference
in the external sculpture.
6. Macrra (Sprsvra) amyapara, Crosse & Fischer. B.M.
Maetra amygdala, Crosse & Fischer, Journ. de Conch., vol. xi, p. 349);
vol. xiii, p. 426, pl. xi, fig. 3; Weinkauff, p. 81, pl. xxviii,
one l te
Trigonella amygdala, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1865, p. 648.
Hab.—Spencer’s Gulf, South Australia (Angas).
7. Macrra (Macrrinuza) aspersa, Sowerby. B.M.
Mactra aspersa, Sowerby, Tankerville Catalogue, Appendix, 1825,
p. 11; Reeve, pl. xiv, fig. 65; Weinkauff, p. 77, pl. xxvi, fig. 5.
M. tenera, Wood, Index test. Suppl., p. 4, pl.1, fig. 4.
Spisula tenera, Gray, Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. i, p. 378, 1837.
Hab.—Torres Straits (Mus. Cuming), Attagor Islet, Torres Straits,
(J. B. Jukes in Brit. Mus.), Philippine Islands (Reeve and Hidalgo),
New Caledonia (Weinkauff), Van Diemen’s Land (Wood), Queens-
land (Hedley).
SMITH: ON AUSTRALIAN MACTRIDA, 141
8. Macrra austratis, Lamarck. B.M.
Mactra australis, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., vol. v, p. 475, 1818.
M. polita (Chemnitz), Reeve, pl. x, fig. 89; Weinkauff, p. 14, pl. iv,
figs. 5, 6.
Trigonella polita, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1865, p. 645.
Hab.—Port King George, South-Western Australia (Lamarck),
Spencer’s Gulf and Encounter Bay, South Australia (Angas), Swan
River (Reeve), Port Denison (Weinkauff), Holdfast Bay, South
Australia and Adelaide (Brit. Mus.), St. Vincent and Spencer
Gulfs, Fowler Bay and Head of Great Australian Bight (Tate),
Gellibrand Coast, Cape Bridgewater, Portland, Victoria (Pritchard
and Gatliff).
Mactra australis in Dillwyn, 1817 (Cat., p. 141) is the Mya australis,
Gmelin (Syst. nat., p. 8221) = Mya nove zelandiea, Chemnitz. That
shell, however, is a Dlesodesma.
9. Macrra (Macrrrnvura) compranata, Deshayes. B.M.
Mactra complanata, Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1858, p. 14; Reeve,
pl. xii, fig. 54; Weinkauff, p. 27, pl. ix, fig. 3.
Hab.—Australia (J. B. Jukes in Brit. Mus.), Indian Ocean
(Deshayes and Reeve), Ceylon ( Weinkauff).
10. Macrra conrrarta, Deshayes. B.M.
Mactra contraria, Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854, p. 62; Reeve,
pl. xvii, fig. 86.
Trigonella contraria, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1867, p. 316.
Mactra rugifera, Dunker, Novitat. Abth., u, p. 41, pl. xii, figs. 1-3.
Hab.— ? (Deshayes), Port Jackson (Angas), Richmond River, New
South Wales (J. Brazier in Brit. Mus.), Swan River (Dunker).
11. Macrra (OxyrEras) coppincerI, Smith. B.M.
Mactra (Oxyperas) coppingeri, Smith, Rep. Zool. Coll. Alert, 1884,
p- 100, pl. vil, figs. d—d 2
Hab.—Thursday Island, Mores Straits, 4-6 fathoms (Brit. Mus.),
Queensland (Hedley).
12. Macrra cuviert, Deshayes. B.M.
Mactra cuviert, Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1853, p. 17; Weinkauff,
panties.
Mactra cumingii, Reeve, fig. 24; Weinkauff, pl. xxv, figs. 3, 3a.
Hab.—Moluceas (Deshayes and Reeve), West Australia, Swan River
(Brit. Mus.).
As pointed out by Weinkauff, this species was described by
Deshayes under the name cuviert and not cumingi as stated by
Reeve.
142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
13. Macrra pEcora, Deshayes. B.M.
Mactra decora, Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1854, p. 63; Weinkauff,
p- 39, pl. xu, figs. 8, 9; Reeve, fig. 80.
M. pulchra, Gray, Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. i, p. 372, 1837, name
only; Reeve, sp. 60, fig. 63, 1854; Weinkauff, p. 56, pl. xix,
figs. 5, 6.
M. jickelii, Weinkauff, p. 54, pl. xix, figs. 1, 2.
ITab.—New South Wales (Weinkauff for decora), ? (Deshayes),
Red Sea (Reeve for pulchra), also Weinkauff, Banda Island, Aden
and Muscat (Brit. Mus.), Red Sea (Weinkauff for jzckelz’).
This common species is included in the Australian list merely on
the authority of Weinkauff. I fail to discover any distinguishing
features of importance between JL. pulchra and the present species.
The former may be a trifle more rostrate behind, like olorina, Phil.,
in that respect.
14. Macrra pecussata, Menke.
Mactra decussata, Menke, Moll. Novee Hollandie, 1843, p. 46.
Hab.—West Australia (Menke).
This species is not referred to by Reeve, Weinkauff, or Conrad in
their monographs. It was not figured by Menke, and from his brief
Latin diagnosis I am unable to recognize it among the species since
described.
15. Macrra pissrmitis, Deshayes. B.M.
Mactra dissimilis, Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1854, p. 63; Reeve,
pl. xiii, fig. 59; Weinkauff, p. 113.
Hab.—Australia (Deshayes and Reeve), Cape York (J. B. Jukes
in Brit. Mus.), Inkerman, near ‘Townsville, North Queensland
(W. Stalker in Brit. Mus.), Queensland (Hedley), Port Curtis
(Brit. Mus.)
16. Macrra Fximra, Deshayes. B.M.
Muctra eximia, Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1858, p. 16; Reeve,
pl. viii, fig. 31; Weinkauff, p. 99, pl. xxxiul, fig. 6 (copied
from Reeve).
Hab.—Moreton Bay (Deshayes), Port Curtis, Port Denison, and
north-east coast of Australia (Brit. Mus.), Onecnsiend (Hedley).
This may be the shell quoted by Menke (Moll. Nove Hollandiz,
p. 45) as IL. helvacea, Chemnitz, a European species.
17. Macrra (Macrrinuta) Expnanata, Deshayes. B.M.
Mactra explanata, Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1854, p. 66; Reeve,
pl. xiv, fig. 70; Weinkauff, p. 90, pl. xxxi, fig. 1 (copied from
Reeve).
Hab.—Swan River (Deshayes and Reeve).
SMITH: ON AUSTRALIAN MACYTRIDZ. 1438
18. Macrra 1ncarnata, Deshayes. B.M.
Mactra incarnata, Deshayes MSS.; Reeve, pl. xii, fig. 61; Weinkauff,
p. 108, pl. xxxvi, fig. 5; Smith, Challenger Lamellibranchiata,
. 08,
Trigonella incarnata, Conrad, Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. iii, Appendix,
p- 37.
Hab.—Swan River (Reeve), Philippine Islands (Smith).
19. Macrra JAcKsonENsIs, Smith. B.M.
Mactra gacksonensis, Smith, Challenger Lamellibranchiata, p. 62,
pl. v, figs. 9-98.
Trigonella pusilla, Angas (nee Adams), Proc. Zool. Soc., 1867, p. 916.
Hab.—Port Jackson (Challenger), Port Darwin (Brit. Mus.), Mast
Head Reef, Capricorn Group, Queensland (Hedley), Hog Bay,
Kangaroo Island, and Streaky Bay, Great Australian Bight (Tate),
off Rhyll, Western Port, and off Portsea, Victoria (Pritchard and
Gatliff).
20. Macrra tuzonica, Deshayes. B.M.
Mactra luzonica, Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1854, p. 64; Reeve,
fig. 81; Weinkauff, p. 49, pl. xvii, figs. 1, la, 2, 2a.
Trigonella luzoniea, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1867, p. 916.
Mactra apicina, Deshayes MSS.; Reeve, fig. 111; Hedley, Rep.
Aust. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 1909, p. 3851, 1910.
Hab.—ULuzon, Philippine Islands (Deshayes and Hidalgo), Middle
Harbour and Botany Bay, Sydney (Angas), Queensland (Hedley for
apicina).
M. apiecina is not a white variety of JZ. opposita, Deshayes, as
suggested by Weinkauff, but merely the young of the white variety
of WM. luzonica.
21. Macrra macutata (Chemnitz), Gmelin. B.M.
Mactra maculata, Chemnitz, Conch. Coll., vol. vi, pp. 208, 217,
pl. xxi, figs. 208, 209; Gmelin, vol. vi, p. 3260; Reeve, fig. 56;
Weinkauff, p. 10, pl. iui, figs. 4, 5; pl. xvi, figs. 5, 6.
Hab.—Nicobar Islands (Chemnitz), Philippine Islands (Reeve,
Hidalgo, and Weinkauff), Port Essington, Torres Straits, and
Claremont Island, North Queensland (Brit. Mus.), Goram Island,
Molucca Group (Brit. Mus.), Mast Head Reef, off Queensland
(Hedley).
The single specimen from Torres Straits is entirely white excepting
the characteristic brownish stain within the valves at the hinder end.
22. Macrra matrHeEws!, Tate. B.M.
Mactra matthews, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8S. Aust., vol. xi, p. 60,
pl. x1, fig. 4.
Hab. —Royston Head, Spencer’s Gulf, South Australia (Tate and
Brit. Mus.).
144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
23. Macrra mera, Deshayes. B.M.
Mactra mera, Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1858, p. 16; Reeve, fig. 82;
Weinkauff, pl. xxxvi, fig. 7.
M. antiquata, Reeve (non Spengler), Conch. Icon., sp. 22; Weinkauff,
p. 41, pl. xin, figs. 4, 5.
Hab.—Sydney (J. McGillivray in Brit. Mus.), Bay of Manila
(Reeve), Philippine Islands, several localities (Hidalgo), Singapore
and Australia (Weinkauff), Singapore e and North Borneo (Brit. Mus.),
Chinese Sea (Deshayes for mera).
This species is not, I think, the JZ antiquata of Spengler founded
on a description and figure in Chemnitz (Conch. Cab., vol. xi, p. 217,
pl. ce, fig. 1954). The shell then described was 4 inches in length
and white, both within and without, and purplish at the umbones.
The species now under consideration is more trigonal, and does not
appear to attain such a large size, the largest specimen I have seen
being only 33 inches long. It is invariably of a rich purplish-brown
within, and marked externally with brown radiating lines or stripes.
The I. antiquata of Spengler is probably the same as I. cornea,
Deshayes,! of which JL spectabilis of Lischke* from Japan is a
synonym.
M. cornea was described as coming from the ‘‘ Chinese Sea”’, one
of the localities given by Chemnitz in the original description. The
type is only a half- grown shell, but the species attains a very large
size, a specimen from Japan in the Museum collection being nearly
5 inches long. It is uniformly whitish externally beneath the
thin periostracum, excepting the purple or violet umbones. ‘The
interior also is whitish excepting the upper part, which is a kind of
pale flesh tint.
The type of JL mera is very faintly rayed, but this feature is
not noticed either by Deshayes or Reeve. This, however, is not
surprising, since the x rays are only just traceable when the shell is
carefully examined, and “might otherwise be easily overlooked.
24. Macrra onortna, Philippi. B.M.
Mactra olorina, Philippi, Abbild., vol. ii, p. 72, pl. ii, fig. 2, 1846;
Reeve, fig. 35; Weinkauff, p. 39, pl. xu, figs. 4-6.
M. semisulcata, Deshayes MSS.; Reeve, fig. 48; Weinkauff, p. 59,
pl. xx, figs. 4, 4a.
Hab.—Red Sea (Philippi, Reeve, Weinkauff for olorina), Australia
(Reeve and Weinkauff for semisulcata), Persian Gulf (Fischer, J. de
Conch., 1891, p. 229).
Allied to ‘decsha. but larger, differently coloured within and
without, and with seiner Aner enlet ation on the anterior portion.
Only known as Australian on Reeve’s authority.
~
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1853, p. 16; Reeve, fig. 75.
Japan. Meeres-Conch., Theil ii, p. 120, pl. xi, figs. 1, 2; Weinkauff, pl. xv,
figs. 1, 2
tw
SMITH: ON AUSTRALIAN MACTRID&. 145
25. Macrra ornata, Gray. B.M.
Mactra ornata, Gray, Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. i, p. 8371; Reeve, fig. 58 ;
Weinkautf, p. 37, pl. x11, figs. 1-3.
Hab.—Australia (Weinkauff), China (Gray, Reeve), Ceylon (Brit.
Mus.), Queensland (Hedley).
Recorded as Australian on the authority of Weinkauff and Hedley.
26. Macrra (Macrrinvta) ovALINA Sie B.M.
Mactra ovalina, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., vol. v, p. 477, 1818;
Reeve, fig. 66; Delessert, Recueil, pl. a figs. Ta, b.
M. depressa, Spengler, Skrivt. Naturhist.-Selsk., vol. V5, Hlefts 11;
p. 118, 1802 (?); Reeve, pl. xiv, fig. 67; Weinkauff, p. 98,
pl. xxxiil, fig. 4; Smith, Challenger Lamellibranchiata, p. 57.
Mactrinula angulifera, Smith (non Deshayes), Report Alert Collec-
tions, 1884, p. 101.
Hab.—Middle Port, Melbourne (Brit. Mus.), Australia (Reeve),
Port Curtis (Smith), Port Jackson (Challenger and Angas), Port
Phillip (Angas and Brit. Mus.), Hobson’s Bay, Port Phillip, and
Western Port (Pritchard & Gatliff), Philippine Islands (Hidalgo).
The Australian specimens are sometimes of a pale reddish tint,
especially towards the umbones.
It is deubtful what the unfigured IWactra depressa of Spengler, from
the coast of Guinea, may have been, but the shell figured and
described by Reeve under that name is certainly this Australian
species. ‘The Jf. ovalina of Lamarck, from an unknown locality,
judging by Delessert’s figures (Recueil, pl. ii, figs. 7a, 6), 1s more
equilateral. However, this difference may be due to an inaccuracy
on the part of the artist, for Dr. Gaston Mermod, of the Geneva
Museum, informs me that none of the three Lamarckian shells agrees
exactly with Delessert’s figure, and the form of the pallial sinus,
alike in all three specimens, is not accurately depicted.
He very kindly compared a specimen which | sent him with the
Lamarckian types, and he also sent me plaster casts of two of the
valves from that historic collection. He writes: ‘‘ La coquille que
vous nous avez envoyée ressemble beaucoup aux exemplaires de
Lamarck. Cependant, il existe de petites différences.” As these
slight differences may only be individual, I am inclined, at present,
to accept Reeve’s identification of Jf. ovalina, as figured in the
Conchologia Iconiea.
It is placed by Carpenter in the synonymy of JL fragilis of
Chemnitz, another ill-defined and doubtful species, quoted by
@lemnitz: from the Nicobar Islands, by Reeve from Honduras: and
by other authors from the West Tinie: Brazil, etc. What the
M. ovalina, Lamarck, quoted by Gray (King’s Narrative of a Survey
of the Coast of Australia), may have been, is very doubtful, as I have
not been able to trace the specimens he had before him.
Lamarck in 1818 described a JL depressa from ‘les mers de
VInde”’, quoting Chemnitz (Conch. Cab., vol. vi, pl. xxiv, fig. 234)
as representing it. This figure, however, had already in 1790 been
146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
appropriated by Gmelin as illustrating his Jf. pellucida (Syst.
Nat., vol. vi, p. 3260). Chemnitz gave the locality as coast of
Guinea.
A single specimen from Port Curtis, Queensland, which I named
Mactrinula angulifera, Deshayes, in the Alert Report, I now
regard as belonging to the present species, since it lacks the sculptured
umbones of angulifera, ‘‘tenue et regulariter plicatis’’ (Deshayes,
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1854, p. 70).
The umbones in J/. ovalina are smooth, excepting the delicate
growth-lines. There are other differences between these species
besides the character of the umbones. In angulifera the posterior
oblique carina is more pronounced, and forms a distinct terminal
angle, and the general form is more triangular.
27. Macrra (Macrrinuta) parKestana, Hedley.
Mactra eae Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. xxvii,
Dp: 5, pl. 1, figs: 5-9, 1902.
Hib Bort Tapicon New South Wales, and Queensland (Hedley).
‘* Belongs to the Section Mactrinula”’ (Hedley).
28. Macrra (Sprtsuta) parva, Petit. B.M.
Gnathodon parvum, Petit, Journ. de Conch., 1853, p. 358, pl. xin,
figs. 9, 10; Sowerby, Conch. Icon., vol. xix, pl. i, fig. 6
Synonyms and Varieties.'\—Mactra rostrata, Reeve (non Spengler) ;
M. corbuloides, Deshayes; J. cretacea, Angas; Spisula producta,
Angas ; D7. (Spisula) fluviatilis, Angas.
Hab.—Moreton Bay (Petit, also Reeve for rostrata), Port Jackson
(Angas and Brit. Mus. for producta), Port Stephen (Angas for
cretacea), Hawkesbury River (Angas & Brazier for fluviatilis), Port
Jackson and Moreton Bay (Angas for corbulordes), Victoria (Pritchard
and Gathff and Brit. Mus.).
Notwithstanding the considerable difference in form displayed by
some of the so-called species mentioned in the above synonymy,
IT agree with Hedley * and Pritchard & Gatliff* in considering them
variations of one very variable species. ‘The types of all these forms,
with the exception of that described by Petit, are in the British
Museum, and a careful examination of the hinges shows that they
are essentially the same in all. Presuming the Moreton Bay rostrata
to be full-grown, the species appears to vary much in size, since
specimens from Port Phillip are more than double their dimensions,
being 26 mm. long, 20 in height, and 14 in diameter.
Conrad and Weinkauff have aes placed JL corbuloides of
Deshayes in the synonymy of JL. lateralis, Say, from the east coast of
the United States. In form and general external character they are
' For references see Pritchard & Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. xvi,
p. 108, 1903. .
2 Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. xxvi, p. 707, pl. xxxiv, figs. 2, 3, hinge, 1902.
* Proc. Roy. Soe. Victoria, vol. xvi, p. 108, 1903.
SMITH : ON AUSTRALIAN MACTRID A, 147
very similar, but the lateral teeth of the American shell are not
striated, and the pallial sinus is narrower and deeper.
The true JL rostrata of Spengler’ is altogether a different species,
24 inches long, and said to have come from the coast of Guinea.
29. Macrra (Sprisuna) pineuis, Crosse & Fischer. B.M.
Mactra pinguis, Crosse & Fischer, Journ. de Conch., vol. xii, p. 349;
vol, xiii, p. 427, pl. xi, fig. 2; Weinkauff, p. 80, pl. xxvii,
figs. 5,5a@; Smith, Journ. Linn. Soc., vol. xii, p. 562, pl. xxx,
fie. 25, 1876.
Mulinia pinguis, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1865, p. 645.
Mactra (Mulinia) pinguis, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Australia, vol. ix,
De ote
Hab.—Port Lincoln (Angas), South Australia (Weinkauff),
Tasmania (J. Brazier in Brit. Mus.).
80. Macrra (Macrrinuza) piicararra, Linné. B.M.
Mactra plicataria, Linné, Reeve, fig. 26; Weinkauff, p. 7, pl. u, figs.
4-6,
M. (Mactrinula) plicataria, Smith, Challenger Lamellibranchiata,
Perod.
Hab.—Cape York, North Australia (Challenger), Java, Sumatra,
' Tranquebar, off the Gangetic Delta (Brit. Mus.), Queensland
(Hedley).
I still have some doubt with regard to the identification of the
Challenger specimen, only about half an inch in length.
31. Macrra pura, Deshayes. B.M.
Mactra pura, Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1853, p. 15; Reeve, pl. xu,
fig. 53; Weinkauff, p. 26, pl. ix, figs. 1, la.
Trigonella pura, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1865, p. 645.
M. virgo, Deshayes, op. cit., 1854, p. 66; Reeve, fig. 62; Weinkauff,
p- 91, pl. xxxi, fig. 2 (copy of Reeve).
Hab.—Australia (Deshayes), Spencer's Gulf, Hardwick Bay, South
Australia (Angas), Green Island, off Cairns, Queensland (Hedley),
West Australia and Adelaide (Brit. Mus.), Swan River (Deshayes for
virgo), St. Vincent and Spencer Gulfs, Fowler Bay, Head of the Great
Bight, and Eucla. Also King George Sound and Tasmania (Tate).
MM. virgo, founded on a single shell in the Cuming Collection, differs
only from the type of JZ. pura in being a little more acuminate at the
hinder end. This I regard merely as an individual variation. The
external sculpture, character of the hinge, and the pallial sinus are
exactly similar.
M. australis, Sowerby, from Swan River, has been referred to the
present species by some authors. Judging by the figure (Zool.
Beechey’s Voy., pl. xlix, fig. 6), the anterior end is too acute. I must
1 Skrivt. Naturhist.-Selsk., vol. v, Heft ii, p. 115, 1802.
148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
confess, however, it approaches nearer to Jf, pura than any other of
the known Australian species.
32. Macrra pusitta, A. Adams. B.M.
Mactra pusilla, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soe., 1855, p. 226; Smith,
Challenger Lamellibranchiata, p. 60, pl. v, figs. 8— on
non TZrigonella pusilla, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1867, ‘p. 916=
M. jacksonensis, Smith.
Hab.—Moreton Bay (Adams), Port Jackson (Smith), Brisbane
Water, New South Wales (J. McGillivray in Brit. Mus.), Queensland
(Hedley).
33, Macrra QuEENSLANDICA, n.sp. B.M.
Testa trigono-ovata, ineequilateralis, mediocriter convexa, dilute
griseo-purpurea, apicem versus purpurascens, pallide zonata, postice
anguste hians; valve tenues, lineis incrementi tenuiter striate,
supra umbones fortius striate; margo dorsi utrinque declivis,
anterior leviter incurvatus, posterior leviter vel vix convexus,
ventralis valde arcuatus; latus anticum rotundatum, posticum magis
acuminatum ; umbones paulo ante medium siti, fera contigui; lunula
depressa, cordiformis, linea impressa circumdata; area dorsalis
postica excavata, lanceolata, carina tenui marginata; pagina interna
purpurascens, ad marginem ventralem flavescens, radiatim tenuissime
striata; cicatrices subeequales, antica piriformis, postica ovalis; sinus
palli brevis, rotundatus; dens cardinalis valve sinistraee A-formis,
lamina tenui pone instructus ; dentes laterales tenues, breves, prope
cardinales. Long. 35, alt. 29, diam. 17 mm.
Hab.—Sandgate, near Brisbane, Queensland.
A thin shell of a purplish colour within, excepting the ventral edge,
which is yellowish. Externally it is greyish- purplish, but marked
with lighter zones, but towards the umbones it is more distinctly
purplish. Besides the fine keel marking off the dorsal escutcheon,
there is a second faint angle at the posterior end of the valves
radiating from the umbones to the hinder extremity.
The line circumscribing the lunule is not incised, but merely
faintly impressed, and the marginal ligament, as usual, is distinct
SMITH : ON AUSTRALIAN MACTRID®. 149
from the resilium. The lateral teeth are thin and short, and
conspicuously near the cardinals.
34. Macrra rurescens, Lamarck. B.M.
Mactra rufescens, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., vol. v, p. 476, 1818;
Reeve, pl. iii, fig. 9; Weinkauff, p. 88, pl. xxx, figs. 4, 5;
Pritchard & Gathff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. xvi, p. 106,
1908.
Trigonella rufescens, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1865, p. 644.
Hab.—New Holland (Lamarck), Van Diemen’s Land (Reeve, also
R. Gunn in Brit. Mus.), Encounter Bay, near mouth of the Murray
River, South Australia (Angas), various localities in Victoria
(Pritchard & Gatliff), Shark Bay to Tasmania (Tate), Queensland
(Hedley).
35. Macrra sericea, Deshayes. B.M.
Mactra sericea, Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1854, p.65; Reeve, fig. 10;
Weinkauff, p. 54, pl. xviii, figs. 4, 4a(?); Puaetel, Cat. Conch.,
Samml. Abtheil., 11, p. 338, 1890.
Hab.— ? (Deshayes, Reeve, and Weinkauff); Australia (Paetel).
Quoted as Australian solely on the authority of the Paetel
Catalogue.
I feel rather doubtful whether the shell figured by Weinkauff
really belongs to this species, although his description agrees with it.
36. Macrra (Cycromacrra) rristis, Deshayes. B.M.
Mactra tristis, Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1854, p. 69; Reeve,
pl. xiv, fig. 69; Weinkauff, p. 93, pl. xxxi, fig. 6 (copy of
teeve).
M. (Cyclomactra) tristis, Dall, Trans. Wagner Inst. Sci., vol. in,
p. 876, 1898.
Hab.—Moreton Bay, Queensland (Deshayes, Brit. Mus., and
Reeve), New South Wales (Weinkauff), Queensland (Hedley).
This species attains a larger size than the type shell figured by
Reeve. The largest specimen in the Museum measures 68 mm. in
length, 54 in height, and 28 in diameter. It is much browner
externally than the shells described by Deshayes.
37. Mactra tureipa, Gmelin. B.M.
Mactra tumida seu inflata, Chemnitz, Conch. Cab., vol. vi, pp. 208,
218, pl. xxi, figs. 210-12.
M. turgida, Gmelin, Syst. Nat., 1790, p. 3260; Weinkauff, p. 11,
pl. iu, figs. 6-8.
M. tumida, Spengler, Skrivt. Naturhist.-Selsk., vol. v, Heft ii, p. 108,
1802; Reeve, fig. 21.
jun. = Wl. cordiformis, Deshayes MSS.; Reeve, fig. 6; Weinkauff,
pl? xxn, figs. 1, la (2).
M. (Celomactra) turgida, Dall, Trans. Wagner Inst. Sci., vol. 11,
p. 875, 1898.
150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Hab.—North Australia.
I include this species in the Australian list on the strength of
a remark written on the back of the tablet containing the type of
M. cordiformis. In pencil it is written ‘‘ N. Australia fide specimen
in Sydney Museum”. JL. cordiformis is without any doubt merely
the young of Jf. turgida, since it agrees with it in every detail, even
to the violet umbones, a feature not mentioned by Reeve. The
hinge-dentition is identical, and the sculpture of the dorsal areas
and the rust-red streaks on both are quite similar.
The locality of I. turgida is rather uncertain, since it has been
quoted from Tranquebar (Chemnitz), St. Thomas, West Indies
(Reeve), also Ceylon (Hanley), and Panama (Bernardi), the last two
localities fide Weinkauff.
St. Thomas and Panama certainly must be eliminated.
38. Macrra (Spisuta?) versrcotor, Tate.
Hemimactra versicolor, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., vol. ix, p. 64,
pl. iv, fig. 12, 1887.
Mactra (Hemimactra) versicolor, Tate, op. cit., p. 84.
Hab.—\ake MacDonnell, Great Australian Bight, south coast of
Australia (Tate).
39. Cypricra Grayi, H. Adams. B.M.
Raeta grayt, H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 18, pl. iui, fig. 28.
Labiosa grayt, Hedley, Rep. Aust. Assoc. Adv. Sei. 1909, p. 351,
1910.
Hab.— Borneo (Adams), Queensland (Hedley).
The genus Zadiosa, Schmidt, first appeared in print in an article by
Moller in Oken’s Jsis, 1832, p. 186, and all he states is ‘‘ Labiosa,
Schm., Anatina, Shum.” No description is given, and no species
cited. We can therefore only infer that the shell referred to belonged
to the same genus as the species described and figured by Schumacher
in his Nouv. Syst., p. 126, pl. viii, fig. 1.
On the other hand, Gray in 1853 (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. x1,
p- 48) gives a short description of his genus Cypricia,‘ quoting
C. recurva as a type, Mactra recurva, Wood, Index Test. Suppl.,
p. 4, pl. i, fig. 2, 1828. This species is the same as the well-known
lineata, Say, originally described as a Lutraria in 1821. It becomes
then a question whether the genus Cypricia should not be retained
rather than Labiosa.
I fail to discover any features in aeta which can distinguish it
even sub-generically from Cypriecva.
40. CypriciA MERIDIONALIS, Tate.
Raeta meridionalis, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., vol. xi, p. 61,
pl. x, figs 3:
Hab.—Aldinga Bay, 8. Australia (Tate).
1 Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 185, No. 565.
SMITH: ON AUSTRALIAN MACTRIDZ. 151
REFERENCE List oF SynonyMs.
angulifera, Smith (non Deshayes), see ovalina, Lamarck.
antiquata, Reeve (non Spengler), see mera, Deshayes.
apicina, Reeve, see luzonica, Deshayes.
australis, Sowerby, see pura, Deshayes.
corbuloides, Deshayes, see parva, Petit.
cordiformis, Deshayes, see turgida, Gmelin.
cretacea, Angas, see parva, Petit.
cumingit, Reeve, see euviert, Deshayes.
depressa (Spengler ?), Reeve, see ovalina, Lamarck.
fluviatilis, Angas, see parva, Petit.
helvacea, Menke (non Chemnitz), see eximia, Deshayes.
jickelii, Weinkauff, see decora, Deshayes.
meretriciformis, Deshayes, see abbreviata, Lamarck.
nicobarica, Gmelin, see egyptiaca, Chemnitz.
obesa, Deshayes, see abbreviata, Lamarck.
polita (Chemnitz), Reeve, see australis, Lamarck.
producta, Angas, see parva, Petit.
pulchra, Gray, see decora, Deshayes.
rostrata, Reeve (non Spengler), see parva, Petit.
rugifera, Dunker, see contraria, Deshayes.
semisulcata, Deshayes, see olorina, Philippi.
tenera, Wood, see aspersa, Sowerby.
tumida, Spengler, see turgida, Gmelin.
virgo, Deshayes, see pura, Deshayes.
MWalacologtcal Soctety of London.
(Founded 27th February, 1893.)
Officers and Council—elected 138th February, 1914.
President :—Rev. A. H. Cooxn, M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.S.
Vice-Presidents :—A. S. Kennarp, F.G.S.; R. Butten Newron, F.G.S. ;
H. B. Preston, F.Z.S. ; E. R. Syxes, B.A., F.1.S.
Treasurer :—J. H. Ponsonsy, F.Z.S., 15 Chesham Place, London, S.W.
Secretary :—G. K. Gupr, F.Z.S., 9 Wimbledon Park Road, Wandsworth,
London, 8.W.
Editor :—IE. A. Smrrn, I.8.0., 22 Heathfield Road, Acton, London, W.
Other Members of Council:—G. C. Crick, F.G.S.; T. IrepaLe; C.
OtpHaM ; G. C. Rogson, B.A. ; J. R. pe B. Tomuin, M.A., F.E.S.;
B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S.
By kind permission of the Council of the Linnuan Soctwry, the
MEETINGS are held in their apartments at Buriinaron Hovss,
Piccapiniy, W., on the seEconD Fripay in each month from NovEmMBER
to JUNE.
The OBJECT of the Society is to promote the study of the Mollusca,
both recent and fossil.
MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident
without the British Islands), are elected by ballot on a certificate of
recommendation signed by two or more Members.
LADIES are eligible for election.
The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per annum
or £7 7s. for Life, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per annum or
£5 5s. for Life. All Members on election pay an Entrance Fee of 10s. 6d.
The PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each
Member is entitled to receive a copy of those numbers issued during
membership.
[Vols. I-VIII and Vol. IX, Parts I-III, consisting of 52 Parts,
price 5s. net per Part. Parts IV-VI of Vol. IX, and all
succeeding Parts, price 7s. 6d. each. A discount of 20 per
cent upon the above prices is allowed to Members purchasing
these Volumes or Parts through the Secretary. ]
Further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may be
obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent
at his private address, as given above.
NEW CATALOGUE
OF
European-Palaearctic
and Exotic Helices.
One of the largest catalogues of the Helices
ever published. Containing about 400 genera and
3,400 species, with localities and prices. Arranged
according to the systems of Dr. H. A. Pilsbry and
Professor Dr. W. Kobelt. Price 1s., can be paid
in stamps.
KOSMOS NATURHISTOR. INSTITUT,
Speyerstr. 8, Berlin W. 30, Germany.
STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS, LTD., PRINTERS, HERTFORD.
Vol. XI. Part III. SEPTEMBER, 1914.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
Price 7s. 6d. net.
EDITED BY
E., AV SMITH, LS.0., F.Z.8.
Under the direction of the Publication Committee.
AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE
PAPERS.
Gr @) EIN ae ey Ss SS:
PROCEEDINGS :— PAGE | PAPERS continued :— PAGE
Ordinary Meetings : Descriptions of new species
MavgSthy ul O14 my. .ckcnsesenc 158 of Melania from Yunnan,
UME UZ, be (Ssewooaeeicwsnas sacs » 153 | Java, and the Tsushima
seat Islands. By H.C. FuLToN.
Notes: (iirc: eee ees Oe 163
On a Sinistral Monstrosity of
Purpura lapillus (Linn.).
By the Rey. A. H. Cooxs,
MSA SC sD as Bin Siciieacmecene 154
Occurrence of Chondrula quad-
ridens (Miill.) in Britain.
By B. B. WOODWARD, F.L.S. 154
PAPERS: —
On Helix (Maculdria) ogdeni,
n.sp., from the Pliocene (Red
Crag) of Ramsholt, Suffolk.
By A.S. KENNARD, F.G.S.,
andB.B.WOoODWARD,F.L.S.
(Cl Ao Lee a 155
On the Radule of the British
Helicids. Part IV. By the
Rev. E. W. BOWELL, M.A.
(Brosh) rscocenaimasectun cucostecee 156
On the Radula and Maxilla of
Oxystyla undata (Brug.).
By the Rev. E. W. BOWELL,
MGA e (RI Pe sot cecoe tse! 162
LONDON :
DULAU & CO., LTD.,
37 SOHO SQUARE, W.
Description of a new species of
Strophocheilus (Borus) from
Peru. By H. C. FULTON.
BTCA he Sretcitat erwanicie teatieind 6 165
Description of a new Helicoid
from South Australia. By
G. K. GUDE, F.Z.S. (Figs.) 166
On the relative claim to priority
of the names Helix fruticum,
Miller, and HA. carduelis,
Schulze. By G. K. GupE,
ZI Sirs lebioriaesiaaia sins adaeeeeecenen 168
On some Invalid Molluscan
Generic Names. By Tom
13311 DYNO} Rasnonachobacascadasaacn 170
Description of a new species of
Cassidea. By TOMIREDALE.
(CDT ie th maine oy cata ie 179
On Sulcobasisconcisa (Fér.) and
its nearest allies. By C.R. |
BOETTGER. (Plates IV, V.) 181
BERLIN:
R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN,
11 KARLSTRASSE, N.W.
For information concerning the
MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON
See page iii of this wrapper.
CHARGES FOR ADVERTISEV EVs
OUTSIDE COVER. Each insertion—
Whole page . ‘ 3 30s.
Half page ; A ; 15s.
Quarter page . é : 7s. 6d.
INSIDE COVER. Each insertion—
Whole page . : : 20s.
Half page 3 : : 10s.
Quarter page. ; : 5s.
JUST PUBLISHED. Price 4d., post free 44d.
Mist -OF
British Non=Marine Mollusca
BY
A. S. KENNARD, F.G.S., and B. B. WOODWARD, F.L.S., etc.
TAYLOR & FRANCIS, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Frmoay, 8ra May, 1914.
The Rey. A. H. CookE, M.A., Sc.D., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair.
The following communications were read :-—
1. “On Helix (Macularia) ogdeni, n.sp., from the Pliocene (Red
Crag) of Ramsholt, Suffolk.” By A. S. Kennard, F.G.S., and 13 1b
Woodward, F.L.S.
2. ‘On the Radule of the British Helicids.” Part IV. By the
Rev. E. W. Bowell, M.A.
3. ‘Descriptions of new species of Melania from Yunnan, Java,
and the Tsushima Islands.”’?’ By Hugh C. Fulton.
4. ‘Description of a new species of Strophocheilus (Borus) trom
Peru.” By Hugh C. Fulton.
5. ‘Description of a new Helicoid from South Australia.” By
G. kK. Gude, F.Z:8.
Mr. H. GC. Fulton exhibited an interesting series of Plicatula,
illustrating how the sculpture of other shells to which they attach
themselves is reproduced on the upper or left valve.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 12tra June, 1914.
The Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., Sc.D., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair.
The following communications were read :—
1. “Occurrence of Chondrula quadridens (Miiller) in Britain.”
By B. B. Woodward, F.L.S.
2. “On a Sinistral Monstrosity of Purpura lapillus (Linn.).” By
the Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., Sc.D., F.Z.S.
3. “On Suleobasis concisa (Fér.) and its nearest allies.” By
Cesar R. Boettger.
4. “On the Radula and Maxilla of Oxystyla undata (Brug.).”
By the Rev. E. W. Bowell, M.A.
5. “On some Invalid Molluscan Generic Names.” By Tom Iredale.
6. ‘Description of a new species of Cassidea.”” By Tom Iredale.
7. “On the relative claim to priority of the names Helix fruticum,
“Miiller, and Z. carduelis, Schulze.” By G. K. Gude, F.Z.5.
Mr. B. B. Woodward, F.LS., exhibited living specimens of
Patulastra flavida, Ziegler, taken in Glasnevin Botanic Gardens,
Dublin, by Mr. R. Welch, probably introduced with plants; a photo-
graph of Pisidium zugmayert, Weber, from a lake in the western
confines of Tibet; and Crepidula fornicata, obtained by Mr. Pyecratt
at Birchington, Kent, the first record of the species south of the
Thames.
VOL. XI.—SEPTEMBER, 1914. 11
154
NOTES.
On a SinisrraL Monstrosity or Purpuréa LAPILLUS (Linn.). (Read
12th June, 1914.)—So far as I am aware, there are only two examples of
the sinistral form of Purpura lapillus (Linn.) whose existence in this
country is publicly known. Further examples may occur in private
collections or in museums abroad, but I have not come across any record
of them. The two examples above referred to are, firstly, a specimen in
the collection of the late Mr. Bean, of Scarborough, and now in the
museum of that town. The circumstances under which this specimen
was procured are related in Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., vol. iv, p. 278.
A second occurs in the collection of Dr. A. M. Norman, now in the
British Museum, and the note attached states that it came from
“ Llanfairfechan, N. Wales, 1875 (Mrs. Stebbins)”. The shell is ‘dead’,
but perfect. I have the pleasure to show to the Society a third specimen
which has very recently come into my hands. It was received from
a correspondent at La Rochelle, and occurred, unnoticed by the sender, in
a parcel of between eighty and ninety specimens. It is not quite mature,
the outer lip showing no sign of thickening, but is perfect in all other
respects. It is regularly “spirally ridged, ’ ridges somewhat flattened,
ground colour dirty white, with orange and brown colour-bands. Length
23 mm., breadth 15 mm.
A. H. Cooxe.
OccuRRENCE OF CHONDRULA QUADRIDENS (M@tu.) ty Briratn. (Read
12th June, 1914.)—A few days ago Mr. Lindley H. Jones, of Norwich,
sent me for determination a specimen taken on the outskirts of
Whittingham Wood, near Norwich, that Mr. G. K. Gude kindly identified
as Chondrula quadridens (Miill.). One naturally suspected some box
had been employed when collecting that had previously done service
abroad and had secreted some of its contents in its recesses. Mr. Jones,
however, in reply to inquiries, states that he was using a glass tube, so
that accidental previous inclusion was out of the question, but he adds
the very pregnant suggestion “that as a large number of pheasants are
reared in Whittingham Wood, it [the shell] might possibly have been
introduced with their food. The place where I found it is quite half
a mile from the main road”, This explanation seems to me not only to
elucidate the occurrence in question, but also to clear up the finding in
similar situations at Church and near Stoneyhurst (Lancashire) of Abéda
quinquedentata.
B. B. Woopwarp.
ON HELIX (MACULARIA) OGDENI, N.SP., FROM THE PLIOCENE
(RED CRAG) OF RAMSHOLT, SUFFOLK.
By A. S. Kennarp, F.G.S., and B. B. Woopwarp, LS:
Read 8th May, 1914.
Suit imperforate, depressed conic, showing traces of oblique lines of
growth; whorls 5, convex, regularly increasing ; apex obtuse ; suture
linear, moderately impressed; body-whorl about half the size of the
shell, scarcely dilated, convex below, and impressed in the umbilical
region, deeply deflexed anteriorly ; aperture broadly lunate, margins
distant; outer lip narrowly expanded, having a slight thickening
within; columella margin deflected, with reflected callus concealing
the umbilicus. Diam. max. 16°4, min. 14mm.; altitude 10°8 mm. ;
mouth 6°7 X 8:8 mm.
Formation.— Pliocene (Butleyan Red Crag).
Locality.—Ramsholt, Suffolk.
This unique example was obtained by Mr. W. E. Ogden, of Upper
Clapton, from a small exposure of Red Crag in a low cliff at Ramsholt,
near the River Deben, and was kindly sent to us by Mr. A. Bell for
determination. It is obviously new to the English Pliocene fauna,
and we have failed to identify it with any Continental species, either
recent or fossil. Mr. G. K. Gude informs us that its nearest living
ally is Helix (Macularia) oberndoerferi, Kobelt.
The present is the first record of this sub-genus in these Islands,
and furnishes additional evidence of the ‘Southern’ affinities of the
English Pliocene non-marine Mollusca. We have great pleasure in
associating with this interesting specimen the name of the finder,
who has, by his enthusiastic researches in the Pliocene deposits of
Suffolk, added greatly to our knowledge of the fauna.
156
ON THE RADULZ OF THE BRITISH HELICIDS. PART IV.
By Rev. KE. W. Bowertt, M.A.
Read 8th May, 1914.
Taree parts of this paper appeared in vol. viii of these Proceedings.
Part III, together with the present contribution, will be found to
contain figures of all the species referred by Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys to the
genus Z/elix.' All the larger species, except Zheba cartusiana and
Hygromia fusca, have already been figured and described.
THEBA cARTUSIANA.—The central and admedian unci differ in the
following minor points from those of Zh. cantiana :—
The central uncus is proportionally larger.
The ectocones are less prominent.
The apices are shorter and have less sinuosity of outline. In
the more lateral admedians the apices tend to become pointed. The
ee fossa is not conspicuous.
. The posterior margins are decidedly less prominent.
There is a well-marked indentation of the lacinia.
Al - I ZMASaARaAG
earlasiana
The external unci are remarkably different in appearance. This is,
however, mainly due to their cones being produced into regular
styloid processes. If the average proportion of width to length be
represented as about 2:3 in cantiana, in cartusiana it reaches 1:4,
Also, the apices are markedly triangular. The median part of each
uncus overlaps the lateral part of the next, but there is no fusion.
The diagnosis of cartusiana is therefore easily made, but it is clearly
of the same type as cantiana. The great difference between the
proportions of the external cones furnishes another instance of the
principle that prominence in any given character takes the forms of
excess and defect in allied species. On comparing these two forms
I am disposed to think cartusiana to be the earlier, because there is
a distinct tendency to thickening of the cone elements, especially on
the externals, in the more dey eloped forms. The embryonic cantiana
exhibits externals more nearly resembling those of cartustana.
It may be suggested that habitat and food have played their part
in determining the form of these unci. I have only once found
cartusiana: the animals were feeding upon thistles in an exposed
1 The radula of Vallonia pulchella (Miill.) has not been figured, as I was
unable to obtain specimens from shells which belonged without doubt to
this species.
BOWELL: RADULZ OF BRITISH HELICIDs. 157
place near the seashore. On other plants in the vicinity none was to
be found, though cantiana, virgata, and itala were abundant. But
a reference to Part III will show that all these species have radule
sufficiently distinct.
HELIcELLA Gigaxttr.—l have not yet examined with sufficient
minuteness. Boycott & Standen have given an account of its
radula (Journ. Conch., vol. xiv, p. 165).
HyGromia Fusca is nearer to granulata than to any other of our
species; it differs from granulata in the following respects :—
1. All the unci are relatively wider: centrals and admedians
roughly equal in length and breadth; externals markedly oblong.
The lateral curve of the admedian basal plate is much more
pronounced.
3. The apices are blunter.
4. External ectocones are more nearly equal in length to the
corresponding mesocones. ‘The prevailing number is two, but there
may be three, or the original two may be subdivided to form four.
These external cones, regarded as groups, show less tendency to slant
laterally and anteriorly than those of any allied species.
Sometimes it is quite difficult to see the medial cusp of the
external mesocone, owing to the very regular overlapping which
occurs here. If this cusp is not observed, it may easily be supposed
that the radula belongs to the type found in the commoner Hygromie.
= walla
pny) 4 nn OD Ay nr unl), fusce oon A\ A\S Lal
ROA A IA All I
fe re
It is, however, always present, i.e. this mesocone is undoubtedly
bifid. This radula is very distinct. The very short external cones
are remarkable. A similar type occurs in Helix spirorbis, Lowe, from
Madeira.
The bifid external mesocone is found in pomatia, aspersa, nemoralis,
hortensis, arbustorum, obvoluta, lapicida, caperata, itala, barbara,
granulata, and fusca. It also occurs in Vallonia and Acanthinula.
In the allied groups Clausiiia shows it, and it is present, though less
marked, in Cecilioides. Whether it is really present in the
Pyramidule will be discussed under those species.
Mr. Reynell kindly gave me the remains of an Evora FRUTICUM.
The radula is very similar to that of ZH. hortensis, so that in the
possible event of abnormal specimens of Zh. cantiana being mistaken
for fruticum, a ready and certain means of differentiation exists in
this character of bifid external mesocones.
We have so few described species among the smaller Helices that
comparative descriptions are not required. The Vallonia or
Acanthinula radula can be distinguished at a glance; rotundata,
rupestris, and pygmeum have striking individual peculiarities.
The Vartonim differ from all other Helicids in the marked
diminution of size of the centrals compared with the admedians, and
158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
the concomitant enlargement of the first (or first and second)
admedian. Of the two species most prevalent in this country
excentrica exhibits the large admedian best, and costata the small
central. The first three or four basal plates are sub-quadrate. The
admedians have the shape of a capital L, i.e. there is a diastema
between mesocone and ectocone. This is characteristic of many
Pupide. One or two rows of transitionals are present ; there are
OC
Oy ch SEDAN
4 ——SS eee
three typical admedians in excentrica and four in costata. The
externals (not counting the first or last) have six rounded pectinations
in excentrica and four in costata. They have a strong lateral and
posterior inclination, the basal plates being obtuse-angled parallelo-
grams. The more median cones are considerably larger than the others.
Cecilioides acicula has a somewhat similar radula; but here the
admedians have well-developed endocones, which do not occur in any
YVAN NAN
Hn
UU
aculeata
2 ue aL)
ae wy) ue fA
yey
Helicid, so far as I am aware. The externals also are more numerous,
oblong, and regularly pectinated, if one may use that term in describing
cones so extremely short and rounded. Nevertheless, the resemblance
seems very well worth noting.
In Acantuinvta we also have squared admedian basal plates. The
admedians number six or seven. The most salient character is the
curved combined median and anterior margin of the external
BOWELL: RADULZ OF BRITISH HELICIDS. 159
mesocones and basal plates, for at this margin no line of demarcation
can be drawn between them. In consequence the external pleure
present the appearance of numerous little crescents, sloping away
from the admedian regions, and there is a good deal of overlapping, on
account of the unusual convexity of the radular membrane. There is
apparently a tendency to true longitudinal fusion of these externals.
The externals are highly pectinate, the pectinations being more
frequent and more filiform in Jamedlata.
This genus also shows great variation in the form and proportion of
the central and admedian cones. Zamellata can be known at once by
the presence of an additional small cone between the admedian
mesocone andits ectocone. (Similar structures are found in Punetum ;
they are extremely prevalent in the genus Suceinea.) The mesocones
of the more lateral admedians of both species are long and lancet-
shaped, and have a tendency to slant inwards. Aeuleata has a very
narrow central, that of /amedlata being distinctly wide. They closely
resemble those of Punctum pygmeum and Vertigo moulinsiana
respectively. As in the Vallonia and in Punetum, the actual number
of unci on each side of the central is small—from thirteen to sixteen
in adult specimens.
With regard to rotundata, rupestris, and pygmeum, it may be
repeated that each has a most characteristic radula, and each exhibits
a distinct type. If we examine the basal plates we find that in
Puncrum pyemvum the centrals are like those of a Sucetnea, and this
resemblance is continued as we trace the rows outwards on the pleure.
All the basal plates are sub-triangular, the inner side being slightly
convex and having a tendency to be slightly notched; and the size
of the basal plate of the first admedian and that of the last (sixteenth)
uncus is approximately the same. <A secondary pleural appearance,
probably not indicating a true pleural division, is found after the
ninth row from the centre. The ninth admedian is the last which
has its basal plate pointing straight backwards to the uncus of the
succeeding row; that of the tenth admedian points to the space
between the tenth and eleventh uncus of the row behind it; the
eleventh points straight at the twelfth succeeding uncus, and this
new parallelism is maintained to the end, so that the sides of the
radula acquire a fan-like appearance. Simultaneously the angle of
insertion of the cones is varied so as to increase the illusion. This
arrangement is quite typical in Swecinea. It is also found in
Orthalicus. In the Vertiginide we find some radule quite close
to that of Punctum, closely allied species having the organ developed
160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
very much after the Acanthinula pattern, so that, although these two
are distinct enough as types, yet the intermediate forms are found.
I have figured the Punctum radula as possessing no external unci.
It is, however, possible to find at the extreme margin in some
specimens one or two rows which forsake the oblique direction above
described, and appear to have wider basal plates bearing pectinations.
Pectinated externals are quite commonly found in the embryonic
radule of more highly developed forms; they may be seen, for
example, in the embryonic radula of <Agriolimax levis; thus one
may be sure that the aculeate external is a later development.
PyraMIDULA RUPEsTRIS has a radula which is superficially very
much like that of the young Helicigona lapicida. 'The cones are low
and fairly uniform in length; the external basal plates are long and
narrow ; there is even an indication of the bifid external mesocone so
characteristic of the larger Helices. Also the radula itself is (as in
lapicida) rather abruptly divided into a central and two pleural
regions; consequently it is rather difficult to make it le flat on
a microscope slide. The radule of Punetum and Orthalicus can be
spread out quite easily, although they are very broad relatively
to the size of the head.
ra ANS ~ —~
W har \ ie Ct (
me ae 208, ae = A oe A AY A
The rounding of the cones in the central region of this radula is
perhaps due in some way to the habitat of the species. ‘They are not
rubbed down to this shape ; if a different view be taken of them they
may even appear lanceolate, as in the second row shown in the figure.
This is true of dapieida also. A view of the entire radula shows the
aspect of rounded cones as normal, the lanceolate appearance being
seen in displaced rows.
In the larger Helices the oldest and most anterior part of the radula
is found to taper to a point, so that if the specimen is entire the first
row consists of one central uncus alone, or one central and an admedian
on each side. If great care be taken to dissect them out, one may
oceasionally find one or two surviving pectinate unci beside these.
Now and then (especially in Zh. cantiana) one may find a regular
pectinated row external to the normal externals on one or both sides
of the radula throughout its length. In the small species which
normally have pectinate externals in the adult stage there is little or
no tapering of the anterior end; the first row may contain as many
unci as the last. This is the case with P. rupestris, and therefore
I think it is rightly placed with the Pupiform Helices, though at the
same time I regard it as a very specialized form.
Our last species is PyRAMIDULA RorUNDATA. ‘This certainly does not
belong to the pectinate group. The serrations upen its externals are
very regular and unlike those of any other British Helicid. The
BOWELL: RADULZ OF BRITISH HELICIDS. 161
embryo of Arion hor/ensis shows very similar externals and admedians.
Rotundata appears to show a bifid external mesocone, but I do not
think the structure is homologous with that of the larger Helices.
It is not constant, specimens occurring with this cone (or rather
blade) simple. This radula does not show close affinity with that
of any other of our species, but it is much nearer to that of Hygromia
hispida than P. rupestris. Several of the apparently allied foreign
forms which I have examined have turned out to have radule of the
Hygromia type.
retuntata
The magnification of each of the accompanying figures may be
ascertained from the scale. The two Val/oni@ are drawn to the same
seale; the Acanthinule and P. rupestris may be measured by the
scale shown with the figure of A. aculeata. In every case each
division of the scale represents 10 (one-hundredth part of a
millimetre).
162
ON THE RADULA AND MAXILLA OF OXYSTYLA UNDATA
(BRUG.).
By Rev. E. W. Bowett, M.A.
Read 12th June, 1914.
In a specimen of this species’ placed at my disposal by Mr. B. B.
Woodward the extended radula is 10°2mm. long and 8°5 mm. wide.
It has 162 transverse rows of unci, and the middle row has 120 on
each side of the central. ‘The posterior margin is convex, the sides
parallel, and the anterior margin semicircular. In consequence of
the convexity the rows begin early to take an oblique direction, and
a line of arrested growth in the anterior third of the specimen shows
that all unci in each row become operative at the same time, so that
the part presenting in the oral cavity has the appearance of an
inverted V. The maxilla is sharply arched below in correspondence
with this form; it is composed of imbricated plates in two series,
a fundamental row with vertical direction as in normal Helicids, and
a superimposed oblique row; the central or sub-central lamella of
this row forms the triangular piece described by Binney as
characteristic of Orthalicine.
The fusion in my specimen was very thorough, none of the plates
being separable after maceration in hypochlorite solution. This form
of maxilla is probably secondary to the wide oblique-rowed radula,
and I suggest that this is the essential Orthalicine character. The
radula precedes the maxilla in developmental history.
The appended sketch shows the curious unci of Orthalicus. The
enlargement of the apices seems to have brought about the obliquity
of the rows; enlargement of the ale is found in cases where the
opposite kind of obliquity occurs (e.g. in Suecinea, Punctum). And
this enlargement of apices may be directly occasioned by the breadth
and bluntness of the cones; no apex, but extended ala, is found in the
numerous multicuspid unci of Pectinibranchs and small Pulmonates.
1 Often referred to as Orthalicus zebra (Miiller).
163
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF MHLANIA FROM YUNNAN,
JAVA, AND THE TSUSHIMA ISLANDS.
By Hue C. Furron.
Read 8th May, 1914.
MELANIA INTREPIDA, D.Sp.
Shell elongately conic, solid, pale yellowish-brown, with one or
two oblique brown streaks on the last whorl; spire eroded, 44 whorls
remaining; suture rather deep; first two remaining whorls obliquely
ribbed, lower ones with very fine oblique strie crossed by spirals,
which are more conspicuous on the earlier whorls and at base of the
last ; aperture sub-oval, bluish-white within ; peristome thin, expanded
at columellar margin. Alt. 28, diam. maj. 9mm.
Hab.—Java (Frithstorfer).
This species is of similar form to JZ arctecava, Mouss., but easily
distinguished by its pale colour and smooth appearance.
MELANIA SCRUPEA, D.sp.
Shell elongately conic, rather solid, blackish-brown, apex eroded,
nearly four whorls remaining; spire ornamented by raised noduled
plice, crossed by weaker spirals, lower half of last whorl with three
raised spiral cords; aperture oval, bluish-white within, peristome
simple. Alt. 21, diam. maj. 9mm.
Hab.—Yunnan-fu.
Compared with I. dauta, Fulton, this species is smaller, thicker,
and easily separated by its strongly cancellated sculpture.
164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
MELANIA SCRUPEA, Var. DEBILIS, N.var.
Compared with typical scrupea this variety is somewhat narrower
in form, but chiefly characterized by its much weaker sculpture, the
oblique plications and spiral cords being much weaker, characters which
are constant in the large number of specimens examined by me.
MELANIA VULTUOSA, N.Sp.
Shell ovately conical, smooth, covered by a blackish-brown cuticle
which is minutely roughened by erosion; spire eroded, about
43 whorls remaining; aperture oval, acuminate at upper part, bluish-
white, with some streaks of dark brown in the direction of the lines
of growth; peristome simple, very slightly thickened, and edged
with black, margins joined with a slightly raised callus; operculum
normal. Alt. 16, diam. maj. 8mm.
Hab.—Yunnan-fu.
The Planaxis-like form and absence of sculpture separate this from
any other species known to me.
MELANIA TSUSHIMANA, D.Sp.
Shell sub-oval, solid, dark brown, spire eroded, leaving three
remaining whorls; these are encircled by numerous flat spiral cords
that are somewhat obsolete above the suture, but stronger below, and
at the base of the last whorl; aperture elongately oval, bluish within ;
peristome thin, effuse at base, and slightly expanded at the columellar
margin. Alt. 30, diam. maj. 16mm.
Hab.—Tsushima Islands (Friihstorfer).
Allied to If. glans, Busch, but readily separated by its narrower
form and spiral sculpture.
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF STROPHOCHEILUS
(BORUS) FROM PERU.
By Hee C. Futon.
Read 8th May, 1914.
SrropHocHeEitus (Borvs) INDIGENS, 1.Sp.
Shell ovate-oblong, yellowish-brown, moderately solid ; spire about
13 mm. longer than the aperture; whorls 63, apex smooth, the second
and third whorls with prominent oblique plications, last two volutions
polished and apparently smooth, but under the lens are seen to be
Reduced about $.
finely granulated, the granulation being strong on the middle whorls,
and gradually becoming weaker towards the aperture, the lower
whorls have also some irregular and almost obsolete plications ;
aperture sub-oval, whitish within; peristome thickened and very
slightly expanded, white, margins joined by a moderately thickened
white callus. Alt. 110, diam. maj. 47 mm.
Hab.—Pern.
The nearest species to this is S. (Borus) huascart, Tschudi, which is
broader, has a wider aperture, a rougher and duller surface, and its
apical plications are much finer and closer together than in indigens.
166
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW HELICOID FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
By (GK Gunn aE Zos.
Read 8th May, 1914.
One of our Australian members, Mr. E. H. Matthews, recently
forwarded to Mr. Robson twenty specimens of a small Helicoid, with
the request to submit them to me for examination. He stated that
they had been collected for him by Mr. J. A. Mayer amongst the
Melaleuca swamp of the south-east portion of South Australia, near
Millicent, a place not far from the coast, some 200 miles south-east
from Adelaide. Mr. Matthews was at first inclined to think they had
found ZH. penolensis, Cox, but on comparison he came to the conclusion
that he was unable to identify the specimens.
After a careful scrutiny of all known species from the southern
portion of the Australian Continent, I have satisfied myself that the
shell in question pertains to an undescribed form. It certainly has
no affinity with H. penolensis. I have been considerably exercised
in my mind, moreover, as to its generic position, since I do not know
any Australian form with which to class it, and I was struck with
its general resemblance to the Palearctic species Helieella ( Candidula)
conspurcata (Drap.), recorded from Portugal, the Balearic Islands,
the South of France, Italy, Sicily, Malta, Dalmatia, Greece, ‘Tunisia,
Algeria, and Moroceo. As the members of this genus are noted for
their ability to withstand protracted periods of drought, the possibility
of their having been transported from some Mediterranean port and
introduced into South Australia in this manner is by no means
excluded, especially as the spot where they were taken is only some
20 miles from the nearest seaport. As several of the shells contain
the animal, Mr. Robson has kindly undertaken to examine their
anatomy, and it will be interesting to learn whether my surmise will
be borne out by his investigation. Under these circumstances I
propose tentatively to refer this form to the section Candidula of
Helicella.
While its general resemblance to H. conspurcata possibly affords
a clue as to its generic position, the South Australian shell is
sufficiently distinct to warrant its being regarded as a new species.
It is more elevated in the spire, the whorls are more tumid, the
aperture is higher in proportion to its width, and the bristles are
more crowded and shorter.
I propose to dedicate the new species to its discoverer.
HELIceLta (CANDIDULA) MAYERI, 0.sp.
Shell moderately umbilicated, conoid, dull, pale fuscous, variously
ornamented with darker bands more or less interrupted by pale
ochraceous transverse streaks or blotches, rufous corneous behind the
aperture ; the first whorl shining and smooth, the remainder lustreless,
finely striated, densely covered with short bristles. Spire rather
GUDE: ON HELICELLA (CANDIDULA) MAYERI, N.SP. 167
elevated, apex blunt, suture deep. Whorls 5, rather tumid, evenly
rounded, increasing slowly and regularly ; aperture slightly oblique,
nearly semicircular, margins acute, straight, columellar margin
Magnified about 4 times.
dilated and slightly overhanging the moderate, deep umbilicus. Diam.
maj. 6°5, min. 5°75 mm. ; alt. 4°75 mm.
Hab.—Millicent, South Australia (? introduced).
Type in the Adelaide Museum. Co-types in the British Museum.
168
ON THE RELATIVE CLAIM TO PRIORITY OF THE NAMES
HELIX FRUTICUM, MULLER, AND H. CARDUELIS, SCHULZE.
By G..K. Gupn, FoZ-s.
Read 12th June, 1914.
My attention has been drawn to a paper by Herr Hans Honigmann
in Abh. Ber. Mus. Nat. Heim. Kunde, ii, 1909, in which, on p. 44,
the author once more resuscitates the name Helix carduelis, attributed
to Schulze (1770). According to the rules of nomenclature the
latter in reality dates from 1855, when it was adopted by IT’. Reibisch
in a paper dealing with the Mollusca of the Kingdom of Saxony,
published in Allgem. Deuts. Naturh. Zeit. Ges. Isis, Dresden, Neue
Folge, i, p. 415, 1855, in preference to the name H. fruticum,
described by Miller in Verm. terr. fluv., 11, p. 71, 1774.
Although several German authors have already dealt with the
matter in a somewhat cursory manner, I consider it advisable to
place the facts of the case on record, especially since the serial in
which Schulze’s paper appeared is not accessible to everyone, the
only copy in London apparently being at the British Museum,
Bloomsbury, and as, moreover, Herr Honigmann has not seen the
original. He introduces the subject by stating that Herr Vohland,
of Leipzig, has called his attention to the fact that four years before
Miiller published his description of the species (1774) a paper by
Schulze entitled ‘‘ Nachricht von dem ohneweit Dresden befindlichen
Zschonengrunde, und von den darinnen vorhandenen Seltenheiten der
Natur ’’ appeared in the seventh volume of the Mewes Hamburgischen
Magazin tor 1770, in which a description of the present species is
given, namely under the name of ZH. carduelis, but he admits that
unfortunately this work has been inaccessible to him. He states
nevertheless that in future the species must bear the name proposed
by Schulze.
The copy in the British Museum of the volume of the serial in
question, containing Schulze’s paper, is not marked vol. vi. It
contains six parts, each with a separate title-page, the first one being
numbered thirty-seventh part. The last page, however, is marked as
end of seventh volume. On p. 48 of this volume, under a reference to
““Tabel 2, Fig. 4”, the following paragraph occurs: ‘‘ Die fiinfte Art
kommt in den meisten Stiicken mit der beschriebenen /elice nemorale
iiberein [here follows a comparative description of the species and its
habitat]... Linniius siehet diese Schnecke in der seiner Fn. 8.N. 1294,
beygefiigten Anmerkung fiir cine Art der Helicis nemoralis an, Sie
verdienen aber, wegen der augezeigten Umstiinde, billig eine besondere
Stelle, und man konnte Sie
Cochleam umbilicatum, testa utringue convexa, diaphana, apertura
semreirculari, oder auch
Cochleam carduelem, Die Distelschnecke nennen.”
GUDE: ON HELIX FRUTICUM AND H. CARDUELIS. 169
This may be rendered thus: ‘‘ The fifth species agrees in the majority
of specimens with the description of Helix nemoralis . . . Linné, in
a note appended to his Fn. 8S.N. 1294, regards this shell as a form
of H. nemoralis. It really deserves, however, on account of the
circumstances indicated, special rank, and it might be named Cochleam
umbilicatum, etc., or even C. carduelem, the thistle snail.’ It will be
seen from the foregoing that in no sense can Schulze’s paper be said
to comply with the requirements of the rules of nomenclature. The
name carduelis, consequently, can only be regarded as dating from
1855, and must remain a synonym of //. frutzewm, Miiller (1774).
The German authors alluded to as having previously dealt with the
subject are: Adolph Schmidt, in Zeits. Gesammt. Naturw., viii, p. 121
et seq., 1856, who pronounces against ZZ. ( Cochlea) air duels. Sanne.
unearthed by Reibisch. L. Pfeiffer , 1n Malak. Blatt., iv, p. 78, 1857,
when reviewing the preceding paper, states it is a doubtful case, but
subsequently, in Mon. Helic. Viv., iv, p. 241, 1859, he relegates
carduelis to the synonymy of ZH. fr Wes Von Martens, in Nachr.
Blatt. Deuts. Malak. Ges., ii, p. 51, 1870, in dealing with the
literature of the Mollusca of Germany, enumerates, inter alia,
Reibisch’s paper, and refers to carduelis, Schulze, 1770, adding in
brackets (‘‘the well-known fruticum”’).
VOL. XI.—SEPTEMBER, 1914. 12
170
ON SOME INVALID MOLLUSCAN GENERIC NAMES.
By Tom Inepate.
Read 12th June, 1914.
Wuttsr engaged upon the verification of the generic and specific
names to be used for molluscs from the Kermadec Islands, Lord
Howe Island, Norfolk Island, and New Zealand, I have made quite
a number of interesting notes. I here put on record some of those
that are of more than local interest, and introduce some extra-limital
corrections.
I wish here to draw attention to the very imperfect manner in
which generic names given to Mollusca have been recorded, and, as
I should think that the class in which we are interested does not form
an exception, the grave danger there is in depending upon the usual
Nomenclators when introducing new generic names. I find that
a very large number of comparatively well-known molluscan names
included by Fischer in his Manuel de Conchyhogie do not appear in
Sharp’s Index Zoologicus, Nos. 1 and 11. As a matter of fact,
I conclude that it is due to the general familiarity of malacologists
with Fischer that serious confusion has not been caused. With regard
to Miodon, upon which I give a note, neither of the displacing names
occur in the Index Zoologicus, though both appeared in the period
1880-1900. As an example of this imperfection I think it advisable
to give the following extraordinary case. Referring to Fischer’s
Manuel I note the following names quoted and introduced, but
omitted from the Index Zoologicus :—
p. 850. Zulantodiscus, Fischer, 1885.
fe Pyrgotrochus, Fischer, 1885.
r Perotrochus, Fischer, 1885.
x Chelotia, Bayle, 1885.
ris Entemnotrochus, Fischer, 1885.
Ff Ptychomphalina, Bayle, 1885.
ee Ptychomphalus, De Koninck, 1883.
Gosseletina, Bayle, 1885.
- Gosseletia, De Koninck, 1883.
ie Gosseletia, Barrois, 1881.
Pithodea, De Koninck, 1881.
a Mourlonia, De Koninck, 18838.
a Agnesia, De Koninck, 1883.
p. 851. Worthenia, De Koninck, 1883.
‘ Phanerotrema, Fischer, 1885.
7, Rhineoderma, De Koninck, 18838.
ae Yvrania, Bayle, 1885.
Aa Baylea, De Koninck, 1888.
Luciella, De Koninck, 1883,
That nineteen unrecorded names should appear on two consecutive
pages of Fischer’s Manuel is of course extraordinary, but on almost
9
IREDALE: ON INVALID GENERIC NAMES, bya
every page, wherever many names occur, I note unrecorded examples.
As above stated, through the general usage of malacologists of
Fischer’s Manuel, we have not felt this omission deeply, but it is
probable that other branches will have suffered, and I note Agnesia
included in the Index Zoologicus as having been introduced by
Michaelsen in 1898 for a Tunicate. The reverse case of course affects
us, l.e. that names proposed in other classes of zoology have likewise
been omitted from the Index Zoologicus, and that such may invalidate
apparently unassailable names given by malacologists. I cannot
suggest any remedy to provide for the protection of malacologists in
such instances.
Aprorsis, Searles Wood.
In these Proceedings (vol. ix, p. 259, 1911) I published a note
drawing attention to Sacco’s usage of ‘‘ Zornus, Turton, 1829”, in
place of Adeorbis, Searles Wood, 1842, and asked for confirmation or
otherwise. An immediate result was the receipt from Dr. W. H.
Dall of a reference to British Conchology, vol. iv, p. 231, 1867,
where Jeffreys wrote: ‘‘Searles Wood was anticipated in giving
a name to the present genus. In an ‘ Enumeration of Marine Shells’
found on the South Devon coast, published in 1829 (a copy of which
was presented to me by Dr. Turton ‘from the author’), the genus
Tornus, signifying a turner’s wheel or lathe, was characterized as
follows:—‘ Shell orbicular, depressed, aperture oval or roundish ;
pillar none. Operculum horny. Includes Helix subcarinata.’ This
publication was anonymous, a circumstance which may deprive the
author of the right of precedence according to the laws of scientific
nomenclature. I therefore retain Adeorbis, although the other name
is preferable.”
At that time I could not trace the publication Jeffreys mentions,
so the matter had to be shelved. Consequently Hedley, introducing
the new genus Waricava (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. xxxviul,
p- 294, 1918), commented: ‘It has been indicated by Iredale that
Adeorbis may be replaced by Zornus, but this is not established.”
It is with very great pleasure that I now complete my tale, and
eliminate all doubt concerning the genus-name Zornus.
As long ago as 1903 Mr. B. B. Woodward had seen this name, but,
comparatively uninterested in marine shells, had failed to note its
significance. I obtained my clue from a footnote published by him
in the Journ. Conch., vol. x, p. 359, 1908, with regard to the
genus-name Odontostoma. There will be found details practically as
here given.
A book entitled The Teignmouth, Dawlish, and Torquay Gude, by
N. T. Carrington and others, was published at Teignmouth, and also
sold at Exeter, London, ete. Part ii bears on the title-page ‘‘The |
Natural History | of | the District ; | or, | Lists | of | the different
species | of | animals, vegetables, and | minerals, | and their respective
localities, | scientifically arranged; | with References to the best
Standard Works in which | they are figured and described: | together
with | a Geological Account | of | the rock strata, and the fossils |
contained in them. | By | W. Turton, M.D., and J. F. Kingston.”
172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
There is no pagination to the pages, but conchology occupies about
twenty-five pages, and this is succeeded by an article entitled
‘‘Conchology, arranged on the amended system”. Therein the
families are indicated with succinct diagnostic sentences; then the
genera are also shortly described, whilst species belonging to each
genus are named. In the present instance the matter reads thus :—
““Tourpinacip®. Pillar without plaits—shell conic or elongated ;
aperture roundish or oblong, never expanded, with the lips either
united or separated.
‘‘Tornus. Shell orbicular, depressed; aperture oval or roundish ;
pillar none. Operculum horny.
‘Includes Helix subcarinata.”
It will at once be observed that this is word for word the matter
quoted by Jeffreys, and we can now assume that the ‘‘ Enumeration ”
was identical with the conchology included in the Guide. So far
I have not seen a copy of the ‘‘ Enumeration ’’, but under the present
circumstances this does not matter much. It is seen that Jeffreys
gives the date of the ‘‘ Enumeration” as 1829; the Guide is undated,
but Mr. Sherborn kindly made inquiries, with the result that 1830
can be safely taken as date of publication; this suggests that Turton’s
anonymous ‘‘ Enumeration” was probably printed first. The inevitable
conclusion is that
Tornvs, ‘Turton & Kingston, 1830,
must replace Adecorbis, Searles Wood, 1842.
I carefully studied all the names given in this work, as no
suggestion of novelty is attached to any, with the result that one
other new introduction was noted. In this case, however, no change
is necessary.
Haminea is generally quoted as of the Proe. Zool. Soc., 1847
(November, 1847), but I had noted that it appeared earlier in the
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xx, p. 268, October 1, 1847, where it was
spelt as Haminea. I now trace it back to 1830, as this is included,
thus: ‘‘Haminewa. Shell thin, somewhat globular, without spire;
aperture narrow, as long as the shell. Includes Bulla hydatis.”
We must therefore quote
Haminaa, Turton & Kingston, 1830.
I have now acquired an interesting copy of this work, which shows
that the natural history portion was also published separately.
The title-page and contents are exactly as in the complete work,
but no reference to the principal title-page, of which this is ‘‘ Part I1”’,
is given. It is in the original cloth covers as published, and on the
outside cover exactly the same wording with the exception of the
words ‘Part IL” is printed. Down the back, however, appears
the following wording: ‘‘Guide | to the| Watering| Places. | Vol. II |
The | Natural | History | of the | District | 1830. |”
This is again important, as we have here definite evidence of the
date which was previously missing. There is no connexion here
given with Carrington’s Guide, so that such a copy would be easily
quoted as ‘‘The Natural History of the District, by W. Turton and
IREDALE: ON INVALID GENERIC NAMES. 1738
J. F. Kingston”’. The limits of the ‘‘ District’? would rest in the
imagination of the reader.
Moprotarca, Gray.
This genus-name first appears in the Synopsis of the Contents of
the British Museum, 42nd ed., p. 151, 1840, where, associated with
Crenella, the two genera constitute the family Crenellide. I have
shown in my Collation of these Synopses (these Proceedings, vol. x,
pp. 294-809, 1913) that here the genus-names are all absolutely
nomina nuda. On p. 306 I noted that in the forty-fourth edition short
diagnostic remarks were added, and quoted those referring to this
generic name, which read ‘‘(p. 82) The Crenell@ are suborbicular and
the Modiolari@ ovate elongated shells’, and added a ‘‘ Note: DModiolarea,
1840, is thus a misprint for Jlodiolaria’’.
Further investigation shows this conclusion to have been incorrect,
and that we have here another instance of Gray’s juggling with
names, as in the case of Livona.
In Dieffenbach’s Travels in New Zealand, vol. ii, p. 259, 1843, Gray
included
‘© Modiolarca impacta.
Mytilus cor, Martyn, U.C., t. 77.
Myt. impactus, Hermann, Naturf., xvii, 147, t. 3, f. 5-8, xix, 183;
Wood, Cat., 59, f. 40.
M. discors, Australis, Chemn., viii, f. 768.
Modiola discor, Lam., vi, p. 16.
Myt. lanatus, Calonne, Cat., 43.
Inhab. New Zealand, Dr. Solander; Bay of Islands, Dr. Sinclair ;
East Cape, Dr. Dieffenbach.”
This is the first recognizable introduction of the genus-name
Modiolarea, and as it is associated with zmpacta it must fall as a
synonym of the earlier Modiolaria. It is now obvious that the name
was intended by Gray for the species now called Modiolaria, but that
in 1847 when he drew up his List of the Genera of Recent Mollusca
(Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 129 et seq.), recognizing Beck’s prior
name, he deliberately transferred his genus-name to a different group.
Sentimentally it grieves me to part with the genus-name Jodiolarca,
as it will ever be associated in my memory with my discovery of its
existence on the mainland of New Zealand, and my personal
acquaintance with it and its strange habits (Trans. New Zeal. Inst.,
vol. xl, 1907, pp. 886-7, 1908).
As a delightful recompense, however, I found the available
substitute was none other than
Garmarpia, Gould, U.S. Expl. Exped., vol. xii, p. 459, 1852.
The loss of Modiolarca seems more than balanced by the restoration
to active use of the genus-name given to honour one of the two most
famous shell collectors that have ever visited the shores of New
Zealand. It was my unfortunate lot to consign to synonymy the
genus-name Quoyia (these Proceedings, vol. ix, p. 259, 1911), and I
tried to make amends by the introduction of the genus-name Quoyula
174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
(these Proceedings, vol. x, p. 221, 1912). That I should have the
pleasure of reinstating CHinie ie, even at the loss of Jodiolarca,
seems a fitting reward for my unwilling, but inevitable, rejection of
Quoyia.
I have just observed that Scudder, in his Nomenclator Zoologicus,
pt. i, p. 215, 1882, noted the confusion, but interpreted it in the
contrary manner to my explanation, thus: “ Modiolari ia, Gray., Syn.
Brit. Mus., p. 82 (Err. typ. pro Modiolarca) 1842. Moll. Biv.”
Moreover, as usual, I see that Dr. Dall in his magnificent essay on the
Tertiary Mollusca of Florida, published in the Transactions of the
Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia, comments (vol. iii,
pt. iv, pp. 804-5, 1898-9) on the spelling in Dieffenbach, which,
however, he only knew at second-hand, quoting Hutton’s misspelling
as Modiolacra. Dall concluded that such a spelling could only be
regarded as a typographical error. The facts, however, as now known
and here presented, show, I think conclusively, that Gray really
invented the name Jodiolarca for the Crenelloid molluses. If we
accept the derivation of the name as Modiola and Arca, the name is
quite applicable to these, whilst it as certainly would scarcely be
suggested by the type species of the later-named J/odiolarca, as I see
little resemblance to either Modiola or Arca in this shell. However,
it is little use theorizing as to the origin of any Grayian name, as
I conclude that the systems upon which J. E. Gray made names are
beyond the ken or the imagination of later workers.
Panpa, Albers.
According to Seudder’s Nomenclator, Panda, Albers, is invalid
through preoccupation. It is notorious that Albers introduced names
quite commonly in use in other branches of zoology, and I could
scarcely think such a case as this could have been overlooked.
Panda was introduced as of Albers by Martens in the second edition
of Die Heliceen, 1860, p. 149, the type, by original designation, being
Helix faleonart, Reeve. Scudder noted a prior Panda, “Van Heyden,
1826, and upon reference I find Van Heyden lawfully proposed the
name in the sis (Oken), 1826, col. 612.
In the Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. xxxvii, p. 254, pl. iv, figs. 1-4,
1912, Hedley described a most beautiful molluse as Panda whiter,
mi iking, according to his conclusions, the fourth species of the genus,
his revision of twenty years earlier “having fae the recognizable
species to three only (Rec. Austr. Mus., vol. ii, p. 29, 1892), viz.,
Julconert, Gray, atomata, Gray, and larreyt, eee
No generic synonymy being known to me, I referred to the Man.
Conch., ser. 11, vol. xviii, p. 122 et seq., 1900, where Pilsbry used
Panda, ‘and g gave nosynonyms. Reference to the famous vol. ix, p- 163,
1894, showed that Pilsbry made use of Panda, but extraordinarily
enough he cited the prior usage of the name by Van Heyden, but did
not rectify the error. As the invalidity of the name has thus been on
record for exactly twenty years without action being taken, I propose
to remedy the defect by renaming the genus
HEDLEYELLA.
IREDALE: ON INVALID GENERIC NAMES. 175
The four species above named will constitute the genus, the type
remaining as //. falconeri (Gray). It is not without misgiving that
I thus transgress upon my fellow-worker’s territory, but 1 have long
wished the opportunity of associating the name of my friend
Mr. Charles Hedley with some notable shell, and I do not anticipate
such a splendid chance again. The genus comprises the most
interesting and magnificent ‘land shells of Australia, and I sincerely
hope that my ‘‘industry will not prove abortive”’, to quote my
friend’s remarks on a like occasion.
Penton, Fischer.
In these Proceedings (vol. x, p. 223, 1912) I advocated the usage
of Penton for the Austro-Neozelanic molluscs classed under Siphonalia,
and rejected the transference of Stphonalia maxima, Tryon, to
Megalatractus, declaring that species to be absolutely congeneric with
Fusus dilatatus, Quoy & Gaimard.
Hedley in a paper on Mollusca from the me Australian Bight
(Biol. Rec. Fishing Exp. Endeavour, vol. ii, pt. u, p. 73, 1914) has
accepted my data, and has recorded Penion Pat Tryon, and
P. waite’, Hedley. I further find that Dr. Verco in the Trans. Roy.
Soc. South Austr., vol. xxxvi, p. 221, 1912(1913), has gone so far as
to synonymize Siphonalia maxima, Tryon, with Fusus dilatatus, Quoy
and Gaimard.
It has been decided that errors of transliteration may be amended :
this decision, given by the International Commission on Zoological
Nomenclature, has the effect of causing the rejection of Penzon, as
there is a prior Pentwm’ (Philippi, Verh. Zool.-botan. Gesell. Wien,
vol. xv, p. 741, 1865). These two names are simply the same, one
being wrongly transliterated, and cannot both be maintained. I have
therefore to propose the genus-name
VERCONELLA
to replace Penton, Fischer, and maintain the same type, Pusus dilatatus,
Quoy & Gaimard. The name given is an attempt to express my
appreciation of the work on Australian Marine Mollusca still being
performed by Dr. J. C. Verco.
Monrrovziera, Souverbie.+
Hedley has recently (Rec. Austr. Mus., vol. viii, p. 135, 1912)
recorded the rediscovery of the interesting molluse which Souverbie
(Journ. de Conch., vol. xi, p. 282, pl. xii, fig. 5, 1868) introduced as
- generically and specifically new, under the name Jlontrouziera elathrata.
I would point out that in honouring the brilliant Montrouzier,
Souverbie had been anticipated by Bigot (Ann. Soc. Ent. France,
érd ser., vol. vill, p. 224, 1860), and. consequently the molluscan
genus must be renamed. a1 would ask Mr. Hedley to undertake this
task, as to him belongs the credit of the recognition of this long-lost
form, and it is only fair that he should complete this item, especially
as I have already interfered in his province in the case of Panda.
1 Latinized from mymov.
= ‘ ’ ~~
; aas ; ae
KK Ser ley — {fv ru zt fee lite Gt pil oo
176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Hetiomanes, Moquin-Tandon.
Mr. B. B. Woodward kindly allowed me to see a proof of the List
of British Non-marine Mollusca prepared by A. S. Kennard and
himself. I noticed as a sub-genus of Helicella, Férussac, appeared the
name Heliomanes, Moquin-Tandon, 1855. I pointed out that according
to the Nomenclators this name was invalid.’ It was therefore replaced
by Heliomanes, Férussac, 1821, which appears on p. 6. I had no
interest in the subject, and nothing further would have been heard
from me had the matter not cropped up again in a different direction.
Sonversing with Mr. G. K. Gude, he mentioned the genus-name
Pupoides, Pfeiffer. I remembered Connolly (Revised Reference List
South African Non-marine Mollusca, 1912, p. 176) had commented
upon the validity of this name, whereupon Mr. Gude referred to that
work. Connolly’s remarks are: ‘‘ There is, however, an earlier
Pupoides, proposed by Férussae (Tabl. Syst., pt. 38, p. 61, 1821) as
a section of Cochlodina, but on an equal footing with Clausilia, Pupa,
and Cyclostoma.” Mr. Gude and I then consulted Férussac’s work,
and our conclusions do not agree with Connolly’s, and, moreover,
Heliomanes occurs in the same place. Mr. Edgar A. Smith was then
called in to advise, and I asked permission to put on record our results.
Pupoides occurs as quoted by Connolly on p. 61 of part in of
Férussac’s Tabl. Syst., but on pp. 27-8 a synopsis is given entitled
‘«‘ Tableau Synoptique des subdivisions du genre Hélix, /elix, nobis”.
On p. 28 we have ‘‘ Sixiéme sous-genre Helicelle, Helicella”, which
is divided into
‘« Les Lomastomes, Lomastome,
Les Aplostomes, Aplostome,
Les Hygromanes, [Hygromanes,
Les Hélhiomanes, Heliomanes.”
On the same page ‘‘ Huitiéme sous-genre Cochlostyle, Cochlostyla”’,
is divided into
‘“ Tes Lomastomes, Lomastome,
Les Aplostomes, Aplostome,”
and, further, ‘‘ Quatorziéme sous-genre Cochlodine, Cochlodina,”’ is
divided into
‘“Les Pupoides, Pupoides,
Les Tracheloides, 7racheloides,
Les Anomales, Anomales,
Les Clausilies, Clausili@, Draparn.”
Other sectional names sed are Lamellate, Marginate, Turrite,
Umbilicate, Perforate, ete.
It is obvious that such cannot be regarded as names available for
generic or subgeneric usage. The fact that Heliomanes and Pupordes
are Greek plurals, whereas most of the others are of Latin form,
cannot legitimize these. The only conclusion possible is that
Heliomanes cannot be quoted as of this introduction, and when later
correctly utilized by Moquin-Tandon it had been appropriated
1 Heliomanes, E. Newman, Ann. Nat. Hist., vol. v, p. 17, March, 1840.
IREDALE: ON INVALID GENERIC NAMES. | irare
previously in another sense; also Pupordes of this introduction has no
status, and does not invalidate the later Pupordes, properly proposed by
Pfeiffer (Mal. Blatt., i, p. 192, 1854), as suggested by Connolly, loc. cit.
It is interesting to note that when Pilsbry (Man. Conch., ser. 1,
vol. ix, p. 248, 1894) used Heliomanes, Moquin-Tandon, 1855, as
a sectional name, he wrote ‘‘ Heliomanes (Fér., Tabl. Syst., not used
in a generic or subgeneric sense) ’’, a conclusion with which we agree.
The genus-name Miopon and its substitutes.
Some years ago I noticed the following paragraph in the Wautilus,
vol. xvi, p. 143, April, 1903: ‘‘In the revision of the Carprracza,
lately printed by the Academy of Natural Sciences, I preserved the
name Jfodon tor a form of Venericardia, found on the Pacific coast,
and applied by Carpenter in 1864. For Jfodon, Sandberger, 1870,
given to a fossil form of Cyrena, the name Jhodontopsis was proposed.
In Sharp’s Index Zoologicus, just received, I find Iodon, however,
was used for an Ophidian in 1859 by Duméril, and _ therefore
Carpenter’s shell will have to have a new name also. In this case
I would propose Jfiodontiscus for the Venericardian. W. H. Dall.”
Admittedly uninterested, these remarks remained unwanted in my
mind until a casual reference to Fischer’s Manuel de Conchylologie
brought them -back in connexion with the following sentence
(p. 1187), the last words in the Manuel concerning Pélécypodes:
‘* Coripia, de Gregorio, 1884. Ce genre, qui a pour type le Cardita
corbis, Philippi, du Tertiaire supérieur, passe dans la synonymie de
Miodon, Carpenter, 1864 (p. 1011), genre qwil ne faut pas confondre
avec une section des Cyrena nommée Ifiodon par Sandberger et dont
on devra changer l’appellation en Meomiodon, Fischer, 1887.” This
would indicate that both Dall’s names must be superseded as follows:
Neromiopon, Fischer, Man. de Conch., p. 1187, 1887,
will replace Miodontopsis, Dall, Nautilus, vol. xvi, p. 143, April,
19038, and
Corrpra,' De Gregorio, Bull. Soc. Malac. Ital.,vol. x, 1884, p. 153,1885,"
will displace Dhodontiscus, Dall, Nautilus, vol. xvi, p. 148, April, 1903.
TRITONIDEA, Swainson.
In these Proceedings (vol. x, p. 221, 1912), when introducing the
genus-name Quoyula, I pointed out that Pollia dated from 1834, not
1839, as usually accepted, and that its type, when first proposed, was
by monotypy ‘‘ Zrvton undosus, Lam.” In consequence Pollia was
exactly equivalent to and antedated TZritonidea, Swainson, 1840.
Since that date Zritonidea has still been used, so that I have thought
it necessary to emphasize its invalidity whilst making a further
contribution to this subject.
I have recently acquired a nice copy of Swainson’s Treatise on
Malacology, which is noteworthy in that the purchaser has inscribed
1 A sub-genus of Cardita, for Cardita (Coripia) wnidentata, Basterot=corbis,
Philippi.
? In this work many unrecorded names appear. I have noted Elegantula,
Anjilla, Linga, Pirtus, Timbellus, Aplus, and Algrus.
178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
her name and date, the said date being ‘‘ May, 1840”. This date
gives us the information that the book was published in or before
that month, which is exceedingly valuable, as previously no exact date
had been traced by me. Studying this work, I noted that on p. 74,
when TZritonidea was first mentioned, Swainson added a footnote :
‘‘T have since learned that this genus is the same as Pollia, Gray,
a name I should gladly have adopted, had it not previously been
given to a genus of European Leprdoptera.”” On p. 302, where the
genus is elaborated, a fuller explanatory footnote also appears to the
same effect, Hiibner and Treitsch being quoted as the authors of
the Lepidopteran genus. No such genus occurs in Scudder’s
Nomenclator, though there is a ‘‘ Polia,' Ochsenh. Lep., 1816 A”
given on p. 257. This genus-name would appear to have been
proposed as a dedication of Poli, and would not seem to clash with
Gray’s Pollia, which I would guess to have been suggested by the
feminine name Polly. Gray also proposed Funnya and Emma, but
note my remarks re Gray under Modiolarea.
Vetorira, Gray.
This name, generally quoted as Gray, 1840, is another of the
‘« Synopses B. M. ” names, where it is a nomen nudum. It apparently
dates from the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1847 article. Full details of these
papers have been given by me in these Proceedings (vol. x, pp. 294—
309, 1913).
As a matter of fact, the name must be replaced by
VILLORITA,
as Griffith and Pidgeon, who contributed the molluscan portion of
Griffith’s edition of Cuvier’s Animal Aingdom, vol. xii, had figured,
on pl. xxxi, fig. 5, a shell under the name Vedlorita cyprinoides, and
on p. 601, in an Alphabetical List of the Figures, gave the further
information
‘nl. 381, fig. 5, Villorita cyprinoides, Gray.
( Cyrena cyprinoides, W ood) Olive Green.’
A note is given, which reads: ‘‘ Most of the inedited Fil figured
in this work are from the collection in the British Museum.” The
plate is dated 1833, whilst, as the title-page indicates, the volume
was completed in 1834. We can thus assume that as early as 1833,
Gray, after the custom of his time, had labelled the shell in the
British Museum with the name of Villorita cyprinoides, and that
Griffith and Pidgeon introduced this into literature. Seven years
later Gray apparently altered the spelling to Velortta, by which
name it has since been known. The spelling Vdlorita does not occur
in Scudder’s Nomenclator, nor has it otherwise been recorded, though
LIittoraria, introduced in the same manner and place, is duly
recorded. A peculiar circumstance has been noted, viz. that Fischer
in his Manuel (p. 1092, 1887) dates Velorita of Gray back to 1834,
which suggests that he had an inkling of Griffith and Pidgeon’s usage.
1 Huebner introduced it in 1806 as a nomen nudum, which was taken up by
Ochsenheimer in 1816 and Treitschka in 1825. Polia was also proposed
by Chiaje in 1827 for a member of the Order Vermes.
179
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF CASSIDEA.
By Tom Irepate.
Read 12th June, 1914.
THe circumstances surrounding the discovery of the shell here
described seem worthy of record. Upon arrival at the Kermadecs
inquiry was made of the only settlers on the island as to the shell
fauna known to them. Mr. Roy Bell then brought me the specimen
figured as having been picked up a few weeks before on the north
coast. Ignorant of the Indo-Pacific fauna, it was simply noted as
quite new to me, and was preserved, as, though not quite perfect, it
was a readily determinable shell, and I have always worked upon the
two mottoes, ‘‘A shell in the hand is worth fifty in the sea” and
+ nat. size.
‘‘ An imperfect shell is better than none at all”. It was placed on
a shelf together with other large dead shells, such as pieces of Jhtra
mitra (Linné), Alata aratrum (Martyn), Charona rubicunda (Perry),
etc. During the year a few fragments were cast up on the beach,
but no more perfect specimen was obtained. Therefore I had been
justified in carefully (!) preserving this imperfect shell.
Upon asking Mr. Charles Hedley, in Sydney, what its name might
be, my shock can be imagined when his reply was that it was quite
unknown to him. He advised me to search at the British Museum,
to which place I was bound, but that my Cassid was almost certainly
undescribed. His suggestion proved correct, and the species is such
a magnificent addition to the unarmed group that I can no longer
withhold its nomination.
180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
CASSIDEA ROYANA, Isp.
Shell large, rather solid, smooth, very broadly ovate. Colour fawn
and fawnish-white with broad spiral bands of darker colour, probably
deep chocolate in fresh specimens. In the worn specimen described
four bands can be distinguished on the last whorl, though all are
only obscurely seen, and all placed below the noduled shoulder.
On the outer lip, which is rolled backwards, these are more clearly
marked, whilst a fifth is seen just above the shoulder. Whorls,
three only remain, the apex being missing. No spiral sculpture can
be discerned, but on the last whorl, which is strongly shouldered,
twelve prominent regularly spaced nodules can be counted. No trace
of these appears above the shoulder, but below they more or less
develop into broad longitudinal ridges, much more distinct on the
back than on the face of the shell. On the penultimate sixteen more
obscurely marked nodules can be counted, whilst on the ante-
penultimate whorl, though still present, the shell is too worn to admit
of the recognition of the separate nodules. Outer lip expanded and
reflected backwards, though a narrow deep canal intervenes between
the inrolled outer lip and the whorl itself. Columella smooth, with
one marked plication. Inner lip expanded as a callus, and at the
anterior extremity reflected, so as to leave a minute perforation.
Canal short, broad, little recurved. Length 135, breadth 95 mm.
Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadec Group.
Type to be presented to the Canterbury Museum, Christchurch,
New Zealand.
With this magnificént shell, which needs comparison with none
yet described, I associate the name of my friend Mr. Roy Bell, to
still further mark my gratitude for his ever-ready help in
investigating the molluscan fauna of the Kermadec Group.
Proc. Malac. Soc. Vol. XI, Pl. IV.
SULCOBASIS CONCISA (FER.), SUB-SPECIES RUBRA (ALBERS). FIGS. 112.
181
ON SULCOBASIS CONCISA (FER.) AND ITS NEAREST ALLIES.
By Casar R. Borrrerx.
Read 12th June, 1914.
PT ACE SF Lvs Vic
In working out a collection of shells from the Aru Islands, it became
evident that the Suleobasis of the concisa group from these islands,
hitherto usually referred to rubra, Alb., is quite a different form.
The whole group was therefore critically examined, with the following
results.
The species to be discussed are concisa, Fér., rubra, Alb., and ewming:,
Gude. It has been thought important to examine, as far as possible,
the actual specimens described by the various authors, and thus to
determine their correct status. Indeed, it is surprising how scanty
the material is on which the authors based their descriptions, for the
collectors who visited the habitats of these shells only brought home
single specimens, and consequently they are of the greatest rarity in
collections.. I have been fortunate enough to study and to compare
nearly all the specimens quoted in literature. This investigation
shows that, though subspecifically different, they agree in so many
characters that they must be considered to belong to only one species,
which, according to priority, must be called Swlcobasis coneisa (Fér.).
This species, which is also well defined from a geographical point of
view, may be divided into three sub-species.
The general diagnosis of S. concisa (Fér.), as restricted by me, runs
as follows :—
Testa umbilicata, plus minusve depressa, solida, unicolor rufa aut
rufo-castanea, striis incrementi regulariter striata, fere levis, aut
sulcis numero variis, plus minusve distinctis, obliquis, irregularibus
incisa; spira conoidalis, aut subdepressa aut planiuscula; sutura
impressa. Anfractus 6, convexiusculi aut convexi, regulariter
accrescentes; ultimus rotundatus, antice plus minusve descendens,
ad aperturam dilatatus; umbilicus pervius. Apertura obliqua,
obovalis, intus alba, porcellana, colore externo translucente ; peristoma
vix incrassatum, album, reflexum, marginibus callo albo, arcuato
junctis, columellari dilatato.
The three sub-species of the shell, known up to date, are:
1, S. conetsa rubra (Alb.); 2, S. concisa concisa (Fér.); 38, S. concisa
cuming? (Gude).
1. SuxcoBasis concisa RuBRA (Alb.). Pl. IV, Figs. 1-12.
1857. Helix (Chloritis) rubra, Alb. Albers, Malak. Blatt., Bd. iv,
p. 98, Taf. i, figs 1-38. Arrow Island? (Coll. Mousson).
1859. Helix rubra, Alb. Pfeiffer, Mon. helic. viv., vol. iv, p. 287.
Arrow Island (?).
1860. Helix ( Chloritis) rubra, Alb. Albers, Die Heliceen, 2. Ausgabe
von Eduard von Martens, p. 162. Arrow Island.
182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
1865. Semicornu rubrum, Alb. partim. Wallace, Prov. Zool. Soce.,
p. 410. Mysol (Wallace).
1868. Helix rubra, Alb. partim. Pfeiffer, Mon. helic. viv., vol. v,
p- 374. Mysol (Wallace).
1876. Helix rubra, Alb. partim. Pfeiffer, Mon. helic. viv., vol. iii,
p. 435. Aru Islands, Mysol.
1879. Helix rubra, Alb. partim. Dohrn, Syst. Conch. Cab. von
Martini & Chemnitz, Die Familie der Heliceen, Th. iv,
pp. 569-70. Mysol (Wallace), Aru? (Coll. Mousson).
1880. Helix ( Chloritis) rubra, Alb. partim. Kobelt, Jahrb. Deutsch.
Malak. Ges., Jahrgang vii, p.15. Aru Islands.
1881. Helix (Chloritis) rubra, Alb. partim. Pfeiffer, Nomenclator
Helic. viv., p. 188. Aru Islands, Mysol.
1883. Helix (Sulcobasis) rubra, Alb. 'Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus.
Civ. Storia Nat. Genova, vol. xix, p. 166. Aru Islands
(Albers), Mysol (Wallace), Molucche (L. M. d’Albertis).
1883. Helix (Sulcobasis) rubra, Alb. ‘Tapparone-Canefri, op. cit.,
vol. xx, p. 149. Molucche (L. M. d’Albertis).
1886. Sulcobasis rubra, Alb. Kobelt, Nachrichtsblatt Deutsch.
Malak. Ges., Jahrgang xvii, p. 174. Mysol.
1886. Helix (Sulcobasis) rubra. Tapparone - Canefri, op. cit.,
Ser. Hid wol. 1v,1pal Ou.
1890. Helix (Chloritis { Sulcobasis]) rubra, Alb. partim. — Pilsbry,
Man, Conch., ser. 11, vol. vi, p. 260. Mysol, Aru Islands.
1894. Chloritis (Sulcobasis) rubra, Alb. partim. Pilsbry, op. cit.,
Vol-ax.p. 120;
1897. Chloritis (Sulcobasis) rubra, Alb. Kobelt, Abhandl. Sencken-
berg. naturf. Ges., Bd. xxiv, pp. 75-6. Batjan (Kiikenthal).
1903, Chloritis (Suleobasis) rubra, Alb. partim. Gude, Journ.
Malac., vol. x, pp. 91, 95, 96. Batchian, Aru Islands,
Mysol.
1906. Chloritis (Sulcobasis) rubra, Alb. partim. Gude, Proc. Malac.
Soe., vol. vil, p.118. Mysol, Aru Islands.
The characters of this sub-species separating it from the others are:
Differt ab subspeciebus aliis Sule. coneiseé spira fere omnino plana, et
parte ultima antractus ultimi seepe magis dilatata.
In 1857 Albers published an accurate description and good figures
of this shell, the habitat of which was supposed to be the Aru Islands.
But this statement is, no doubt, erroneous. When several years
later Wallace brought home shells of the coneisa group, both from
the true habitat of rubra, Alb., and from the Aru Islands, he deter-
mined them all as ruéra, Alb. In the first instance Wallace based
his determinations on Albers’ description and figures, and also on the
statement of habitat, erroneously given by Albers. In fact, his shells
from the Aru Islands are not specimens of the true rubra, Alb., but
belong to a different form, described by Gude as cumingi. I have
before me one of Wallace’s specimens from the Aru Islands, handed
over by its collector to the late Dr. H. Dohrn, whose collection now
forms part of the Stettin Museum. It is this specimen which Dohrn
figured in the Conchylien-Cabinet in 1879. Its examination was
Proc. Malac. Soc. Vol. XI, PI. V.
SULCOBASIS CONCISA (FER.). FIGS. 1-6.
SUB-SPECIES CUMINGI (GUDE). FIGS. 7-12.
BOETIGER: ON SULCOBASIS CONCISA. 183
made possible by the kindness of Stadtrat Hahne of Stettin. Part
of the authors, since Wallace, followed Albers’ description and figures,
and others his erroneously given habitat. All the notes referring to
Albers’ type, in the Mousson Collection, now in the Ziirich Museum,
are to be effaced from the fauna of the Aru Islands. But all notes
in literature of rubra, Alb., alluding to Wallace’s specimens from the
Aru Islands are to be referred to cumingi, Gude. My examination of
Albers’ type of rubra, which I figure on pl. iv, figs. 1-3, is due
to the kindness of Professor Dr. O. Stoll of Ziirich. One of Wallace’s
specimens from Mysol, which was accessible to me through the
liberality of the British Museum, and kindly sent by Mr. G. C. Robson,
is figured on pl. iy, figs. 4-6. These Mysol specimens resemble
somewhat in shape the shells of S. concisa concisa (Fér.), but are
nevertheless to be assigned to S. concisa rubra (Alb.). Besides
Wallace’s accurate locality only two more statements of habitat of
the true rubra have been mentioned in literature. These are the
Moluccas (Tapparone-Canefri, 1883) and the island of Batchian
(Kobelt, 1897). In both cases the shells mentioned are true specimens
of rubra, Alb. The adult specimen from Batchian (an imperfect one
was also collected) is figured on pl. iv, figs. 7-9. Besides these
there is in the Berlin Museum, in Paetel’s collection, a shell from
Celebes, which was kindly lent me by Professor Dr. J. Thiele. It
differs not at all from true rubra, Alb., as may be seen from my
figures of it on pl. iv, figs. 10-12. Most probably this shell was
taken in the north of Celebes, where there exist other representatives
of the Moluccan fauna, but it does not occur in Southern Celebes,
which is inhabited by elements of another fauna.
Sulcobasis concisa rubra (Alb.) is thus distributed from the island
of Mysol (and most probably the adjacent islands) over the Halmahira
group of the Moluccas to the north of Celebes. Accurate habitats
are: Mysol (Wallace), Moluccas (Albertis) (probably the Halmahira
group), Batchian (Kiikenthal), Celebes (Coll. Paetel) (north of the
island, no doubt). In any case, this sub-species must be eliminated
from the faunal lists of the Aru Islands.
2. Suxcopasis concisa concisa (Fér.). Pl. V, Figs. 1-6.
1822. Helix concisa, Fér. Férussac, Hist. nat. Moll. terr. et fluv.,
Atlas, tom. u1, pl. Ixxvili, figs. 3, 4.
1824. Helix concisa, Fér. Quoy & Gaimard, Zoologie, vol. iii of
L. de Freycinet, Voy. Uranie et Physicienne, Zool., vol. iii,
p. 470. Rawak Island (Freycinet).
1828. Helix concisa, Fer. Wood, Supplement Index Test., p. 23,
pl. vii, fig. 53.
1846. Helix coneisa, Fér. Pfeiffer, Symbole hist. Helic., sect. iii,
p. 78. Aru Islands (Coll. Cuming).
1848. Helix concisa, Fér. Pteiffer, Mon. helic. viv., vol. i, p. 373.
Rawak Island (Freycinet), Aru Islands (Mus. Cuming).
1850. Helix concisa, Fér. Férussac & Deshayes, Hist. nat. Moll.
terr. et fluv., tom. i, p. 46. Rawak Island (Freycinet).
1906.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Helix (Ampelita) concisa, Fér. Albers, Die Heliceen, p. 128.
Rawak Island (Freycinet).
Helix concisa, Fér. Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. vii, pl. lxxxvi,
species 466. Aru Islands (Mus. Cuming).
Helix concisa, Fér. Pfeiffer, op. cit., vol. ii, p. 238.
Helix ( Ampelita) concisa, Fér. Pfeiffer, Malak. Blatt., Bd. ii,
p. 137.
Maerocyelis (Ampelita) concisa, Fér. H. & A. Adams, Gen.
Rec. Moll., vol. 11, 203.
Helix concisa, Fér. Pfeiffer, Mon. helic. viv., vol. iv, p. 287.
Helix (Chloritis) concisa, Fér. Albers, Die Heliceen, p. 162.
Rawak, Aru.
Semicornu concisum, Fér. Wallace, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 410.
Waigiou (Wallace).
Helix concisa, Fér. partim. Pfeiffer, op. cit., vol. v, p. 374.
Waigiou (Wallace), Aru Islands (Mus. Cuming).
Helix concisa, Fér. partim. Pfeiffer, op. cit., vol. vil, p. 435.
Waigiou.
Helix (Chloritis) coneisa, Fér. Kobelt, Jahrbuch. Deutsch.
Malak. Ges., Jahrgang vii, p. 12. Waigiou.
Helix (Chloritis) concisa, Fér. Pfeiffer, Nomenclator Helic.
viv., p. 183. Rawak, Aru Islands, Waigiou.
Helix (Sulcobasis) concisa, Fér. Tapparone-Canefri, Ann.
Mus. Civ. Storia Nat. Genova, vol. xix, pp. 165-6. Waigiou
(Wallace), Aru Islands (Pfeiffer), Rawak Island (Freycinet).
Sulcobasis concisa, Fér. Kobelt, Nachrichtsblatt Deutsch.
Malak. Ges., Jahrgang xvii, pp. 174, 179. Aru Islands,
Waigiou.
Helix (Sulcobasis) concisa, Fér. Tapparone-Canefri, op. cit.,
WOU ss lols
Helix (Chloritis) concisa, Fér. Paetel, Cat. Conchylen-
Sammlung, 4. Neubearbeitung, 2. Abtheil., p.119. Waigiou
(Wallace).
Helix (Chloritis { Suleobasis|) coneisa, Fér. Pilsbry, Man.
Conch., ser. 11, vol. vi, p. 262, pl. xlix, fig. 15. Waigiou,
Aru Islands, Rawak Island.
Chloritis (Sulcobasis) concisa, Fér. Pilsbry, op. cit., vol. ix,
p- 120.
Chioritis (Sulcobasis) concisa, Fér. Gude, Journ. Malac.,
vol. x, p. 96. Waigiou, Rawak.
Chloritis (Sulcobasis) coneisa, Fér. partim. Gude, Proc. Malac.
Soc., vol. vii, p. 118. Aru Islands.
This sub-species is characterized as follows: Differt ab aliis sub-
speciebus Sule. concise spira subplana, anfractibus supra subplanis,
sutura profunde impressa separatis, et seepius sulcis obliquis distinctis.
In this form special importance has hitherto been attached to the
furrows of the shell, a most unimportant and variable character.
These furrows are found more or less in all specimens of all the
sub-species in question. A shell of conctsa concisa, the same which
Pfeiffer described in 1848, belonging to the collection von dem Busch,
BOETIGER!: ON SULCOBASIS CONCISA. 185
now in the Bremen Museum, and kindly sent me for examination by
Professor Dr. H. H. Schauinsland, exhibits much shallower furrows
than the type figured by Férussac. The depth of furrows is therefore
by no means to be considered as a character of predominant value.
It is possible that on certain islands S. coneisa concisa shows a tendency
to produce furrows in a greater degree than usual. This presumption
could only be proved by a much larger amount of material, which
unhappily i is still wanting. Certainly there are specimens of the true
concisa conersa, the furrows of which are by no means stronger than
in the other sub-species. The type loc: lity of concisa is the little
island of Rawak, near Waigiou (Freycinet); from the island of
Waigiou it was brought home by Wallace. Besides these there have
been mentioned specimens of concisa from Cuming’s collection, which
were said to come from the Aru Islands and from New Guinea.
All quotations in literature refer to these four finds. The shells from
New Guinea, which Cuming placed in concisa concisa, are in fact
very distinct from this sub-species. Gude separated it in 1906 as
a new species, which he named cuming?. Thus all statements of
habitat indicating S. concisa concisa, Fér., from New Guinea are
based on Cuming’s shells, and are to be referred to S. concisa cumingt
(Gude). The statement which Gude made in 1906 of S. concisa concisa
(Feér.) coming from New Guinea (after having separated S. ewmingi
from it) is also to be referred to S. concisa cumingi, for Gude’s
statement was only based on the quotations of literature of conecisa
from New Guinea, mentioned above. The specimens from Cuming’s
collection supposed to come from the Aru Islands and determined as
concisa certainly belong to that sub-species.! One of these shells is
figured in Reeve’s monograph of Helix in 1852. Another shell was
given by Cuming to von dem Busch. It is the specimen mentioned
above, which was described by Pfeiffer in 1848, and which is now in
the Bremen Museum. Its furrows are not so well developed as in the
specimen figured by Reeve. PI. v, figs. 4-6, in my paper represent
this shell. The supposed locality is no doubt erroneous, for no
specimen of S. concisa concisa (Fér.) exists on these islands, but it is
replaced by S. concisa cumingi (Gude), as my treatment of cumingi
will show.
This sub-species is distributed on Waigiou and adjacent islands,
and it seems probable that it will also be found on some part of the
neighbouring coast of New Guinea. Accurate localities of this
sub-species are the islands of Rawak (Freycinet) and Waigiou
(Wallace).
3. SuLcoBAsis concisA cumineI (Gude). Pl. V, Figs. 7-12.
1865. Semicornu rubrum, Alb. partim. Wallace, Proc. Zool. Soc.,
p. 410. Aru Islands (Wallace).
1868. Helix rubra, Alb. partim. Pfeiffer, Mon. helic. viv., vol. v,
p- 374. Aru Islands (Wallace).
1 Messrs. G. K. Gude and G. C. Robson were kind enough to procure me
photographs of one of Cuming’s specimens of true concisa; they are
reproduced on Pl. V, Figs. 1-3.
VOL. XI.—SEPTEMBER, 1914. 13
186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
1868. Helix concisa, Fér. partim. Pfeiffer, op. cit., vol. v, p. 374.
New Guinea (Mus. Cuming).
1876. Helix rubra, Alb. partim. Pfeiffer, op. cit., vol. vii, p. 435.
Aru Islands.
1876. Helix concisa, Fér. partim. Pfeiffer, op. cit., vol. vii, p. 435.
New Guinea.
1879. Helix rubra, Alb. partim. Dohrn, Syst. Conch. Cab. von
Martini & Chemnitz, Die Familie der Heliceen, Abth. iv
pp. 569-70, Taf. 168, figs. 7-9. Aru Islands ( Wallace).
1880. Helix ( Chloritis) rubra, Alb. partim. Kobelt, Jahrb. Deutsch.
Malak. Ges., Jahrgang vil, p. 15. Aru Islands.
1881. Helix (Chloritis) rubra, Alb. partim. Pfeiffer, Nomenclator
Helic. viv., p. 183. Aru Islands.
1883. Helix (Chloritis) rubra, Alb. Paetel, Cat. Conchylien-
Sammlung, p. 1385. Aru Islands.
1889. Helix (Chloritis) rubra, Alb. Paetel, op. cit., 4. Neubear-
beitung, 2. Abtheil., p. 178. Aru Islands.
1890. Helix (Chloritis { Sulcobasis|) rubra, Alb. partim. Pilsbry,
Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. vi, p. 260, pl. xlviii, figs. 1-3.
Aru Islands.
1894. Chloritis (Sulcobasis) rubra, Alb. partim. Pilsbry, op. cit.,
vol. ix, p; 120.
1903. Chloritis (Suleobasis) rubra, Alb. partim. Gude, Journ.
Malac., vol. x, p. 95. Aru Islands.
1906. Chloritis cumingi, Gude. Gude, Proc. Malac. Soe., vol. vii,
p. 48, pl. v, figs. 1, la. New Guinea (Mus. Cuming).
1906. Chloritis (Sulcobasis) rubra, Alb. partim. Gude, op. cit.,
vol, vil, p. 118. Aru Islands.
1906. Chloritis (Sulcobasis) concisa, Fér. partim. Gude, op. cit.,
vol. vil, p. 113. New Guinea.
1906. Chloritis (Sulcobasis) cumingi, Gude. Gude, op. cit., vol. vil,
p. 118. New Guinea.
S. concisa cuming?t (Gude) may be distinguished from the other sub-
species by the following characters: Differt ab aliis subspeciebus
Sule. concisé spira altiore et elevatiore.
The specimens of this sub-species came with Cuming’s collection to
the British Museum, where they were labelled Su/cobasis concisa,
Fér., and it was not before 1906 that Gude recognized them as new,
and described them as Sulcobasis cumingi. All statements in literature
concerning concisa as from New Guinea refer to Cuming’s specimens
quoted above, i.e. to cumingi, Gude. One of the three specimens
of Cuming, a cotype of Gude’s species, was kindly sent me for
examination from the British Museum by Mr. G. C. Robson, and it is
figured on pl. v, figs. 7-9. Comparing this cotype with shells of the
concisa group coming without doubt from the Aru Islands, the curious
fact became evident that there was no subspecific difference between
them. It therefore results that either S. coneisa cumingi (Gude)
occurs on the Aru Islands and in the district of New Guinea opposite
to them—Cuming gave no certain locality in New Guinea—or that
Cuming’s statement, the shell now bearing his name coming from
’
BOETIGER: ON SULCOBASIS CONCISA. 187
New Guinea, is based on an error, and cumingi is confined to the
Aru Islands. As shown above under S. coneisa rubra (Alb.) the
misunderstanding of cumingi from the Aru Islands was caused by
Albers, who quoted his rubra from an erroneous locality, 1.e. the
Aru Islands. Misled by this statement, Wallace (1865), followed by
subsequent authors, treated the shells which really came from the
Aru Islands as belonging to rubra, but these two forms, rubra and
cumingt, are the very extremes of the group of Sulcobasis concisa
(Fér. ), as a glance at my figures clearly shows. I have before me three
specimens of cuming?. The first is one of Gude’s cotypes, mentioned
above (pl. v, figs. 7-9). The second is in Paetel’s collection,
belonging to the Berlin Museum, and was very kindly sent me by
Professor Dr. J. Thiele. It is represented on my pl. v, figs. 10-12.
The other specimen was collected by Wallace and handed over by
him to H. Dohrn, whose collection now belongs to the Stettin
Museum; Stadtrat Huhne of Stettin kindly gave me an opportunity
of studying it. In 1879 Dohrn figured this specimen as rubra, and
in 1890 Pilsbry copied this figure under the same name.
S. concisa cumingi (Gude) thus occurs on the Aru Islands, from
where certain specimens collected by Wallace are at hand. No
certain locality in New Guinea for this sub-species has come to our
knowledge, but, if Cuming’s statement be correct, we may certainly
suppose that it lives in the part of New Guinea opposite to the
Aru Islands.
SuMMARY.
My investigations show that Sulcobasis concisa (Fér.), with its sub-
species, is distributed over a bow formed by the Aru Islands, the
north-western peninsula of New Guinea, Waigiou, Mysol, the
Halmahira group of the Moluccas, and the northern part of Celebes.
On the other hand, the species does not occur on another bow,
the components of which are often situated very close to that of the
bow mentioned above. This second bow, on which our species is
wanting, is formed by the ‘enimber Islands, the Key Islands, the
Amboina group of the Moluccas, and Buru. On the first bow
the sub-species of Suleobasis concisa (Fér.) are distributed as follows:
S. conctsa cumingi inhabits the Aru Islands and possibly New Guinea
(probably in the north-western district northward of the Aru Islands).
S. concisa concisa (Fér.) is found in the island of Waigiou, in the
‘little island of Rawak, and probably also in the neighbouring little
islands. It is also possible that its distribution extends to the
neighbouring coast of New Guinea. S. concisa rubra ( Alb.) oceurs on
the bow westward from the island of Mysol; it lives on Mysol,
on the Halmahira group of the Moluccas, and in the north of Celebes.
A gradual flattening of the shell may be observed in specimens found
on the bow from the Aru Islands to the west. S. concisa cumingi
exhibits the highest, S. concisa rubra the lowest spire. The
other sub-species graduate very conveniently between these two
extremes.
188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE
EXPLANATION OF PLATES
Fics. 1-3.
AT e4—G. Pe se
” 7-9. 9 9
RIGS. 1-3.
” 4-6. ” ”
oy (eh ” ie)
So LOR 2: 35 ie
PLATE IV.
MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Sulcobasis concisa rubra (Albers).
PLATH Vi.
29
Sulcobasis concisa concisa (Fér.).
99
cumingi (Gude).
Vi VANDI W:
From the type in the Ziirich
Museum.
From a specimen in the
British Museum.
From a specimen in the
Senckenberg Museum.
From a specimen in the
Berlin Museum.
From a specimen in the
British Museum.
From a specimen in the
Bremen Museum.
From a cotype in the British
Museum.
From a specimen in the
Berlin Museum.
MWalacological Soctetpy of WondDon.
(Founded 27th February, 1893.)
Officers and Council—elected 18th February, 1914.
President :—Rev. A. H. Coors, M.A., Se.D., F.Z.S.
Vice-Presidents :—A. S. Krennarp, F.G.S.; R. BuLtEn Newton, F.G.S.;
H. B. Preston, F.Z.S. ; E. R. Syxss, B.A., F.L.S.
Treasurer :—J. H. Ponsonpy, I°.Z.S., 15 Chesham Place, London, S.W.
>] ’ >) >]
Secretary :—G. K. Gupn, F.Z.S., 9 Wimbledon Park Road, Wandsworth,
London, 8.W.
Editor: —I. A. Smrrn, I.8.0., 22 Heathfield Road, Acton, London, W.
Other Members of Council:—G. C. Crick, F.G.S.; T. IREDALE; C.
OLpHaM ; G. C. Rosson, B.A. ; J. R. pe B. Tomuin, M.A., F.E.S. ;
B, B,. Woopvwanp, F.L.S.
By kind permission of the Council of the Linnean Sociwry, the
MEETINGS are held in their apartments at Burninaron House,
Piccapinty, W., on the seconp Fripay in each month from NovEMBER
to JUNE.
The OBJECT of the Society is to promote the study of the Mollusca,
both recent and fossil.
MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident
without the British Islands), are elected by ballot on a certificate of
recommendation signed by two or more Members.
LADIES are eligible for election.
The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per annum
or £7 7s. for J.ife, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per annum or
£5 5s. for Life. All Members on election pay an Entrance Fee of 10s. 6d.
The PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each
Member is entitled to receive a copy of those numbers issued during
membership,
[Vols. I-VIII and Vol. IX, Parts I-III, consisting of 52 Parts,
price 5s. net per Part. Parts IV-VI of Vol. IX, and all
succeeding Parts, price 7s. 6d. each. A discount of 20 per
cent upon the above prices is allowed to Members purchasing
these Volumes or Parts through the Secretary. ]
Further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may be
obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent
at his private address, as given above,
NEW CATALOGUE
OF
European-Palaearctic
and Exotic Helices.
One of the largest catalogues of the Helices
ever published. Containing about 400 genera and
3,400 species, with localities and prices. Arranged
according to the systems of Dr. H. A. Pilsbry and
Professor Dr. W. Kobelt. Price 1s., can be paid
in stamps.
KOSMOS NATURHISTOR. INSTITUT,
Speyerstr. 8, Berlin W. 30, Germany.
STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS, LTD., PRINTERS, HERTFORD.
Vol. XI. Part IV. MARCH 29th, 1915.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
Price 7s. 6d. net.
EDITED BY
E. A. SMITH, 1.8.0., F.Z.S.
Under the direction of the Publication Committee.
AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE
PAPERS.
COs aes SIS
PROCEEDINGS :— PAGE — PAPERS continued :— PAGE
Ordinary Meetings : On the Non-marine Mollusca
November 13th, 1914......... 189 | of a Post-Pliocene Deposit
December 11th...............00 189 at Apethorpe, Northampton-
January 8th, 1915 ............ 189 shire. By A. S. KENNARD,
NOTES :—
On the Extension of the Distri-
bution of the American
Slipper - Limpet (Crepidula
fornicata) in the English
Coastal Waters. By J. H.
QuErON; Sosa oa 190
Note on the Land and Fresh-
water Shells of Texel and
Terschelling. By F. H.
SHGES 5 MeARo BL iS cee oe eeceet 191
PAPERS :—
The Geographical Distribution
of Purpura lapillus (L.).
By the Rey. A. H. COOKE,
ME AY Gas, BiaZs Se. cscer. ses 192
Descriptions of Colour Varieties
of Conus quercinus, Hwass,
and Cyprealamarcku, Gray.
By H. O. N. SHaAw, B.Sc.,
EY Zi Sapien cs eseieiachoctecsssscss 210 |
LONDON:
DULAU & CO., LTD.,
37 SOHO SQUARE, W.
F.G.S., and B. B. Woop-
WARD (HICSS 166Cis. <coseeecasic 211
Descriptions of five new species
of Mollusea o; the genera
Drilha, Marginella, Api-
calia, Plesiotrochus, and
Ringicula, all from Ceylon ;
also Notes on the genus
Plesiotrochus. By G. B.
Sowerby, F.L.S. (Figs.)... 213
On some Molluscan Remains
from the Opal Deposits
(Upper Cretaceous) of New
South Wales. By R. B.
NEWTON, F.G.S. (Plate VI,
Man, andy Biggs) isscesceessseene 217
Molluscan Notes. By H. C.
BUMTON: soleus csv dscwiiascseeaeree 236
Description of a supposed new
species of Placostylus. By
EE CP HULTONG) 4 (Hise) eee nod 2
BERLIN:
R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN,
11 KARLSTRASSE, N.W.
CHARGES FOR ADVERTISEMENTS
OUTSIDE COVER. Each insertion—
Whole page . : A 30s.
Half page F : ‘ 15s.
Quarter page. ; ; 7s. 6d.
INSIDE COVER. Each insertion—
Whole page . ; . 20s.
Half page : 3 : 10s.
Quarter page . : ‘ 5s.
189
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 13rm Novemser, 1914.
The Rev. A. H. Cooks, M.A., Sce.D., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair.
The following communications were read :—-
1. ‘‘The Geographical Distribution of Purpura lapillus (L.). Part I:
In Palearctic Waters.” By the Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., Se.D., F.Z.S.
2. ‘On the Extension of the Distribution of the American Slipper
Limpet (Crepidula fornicata) in the English Coastal Waters.” By
J. H. Orton, Sc.D.
8. ‘Descriptions of Colour Varieties of Conus quereinus, Hwass,
and Cyprea lamarckit, Gray.” By H. O. N. Shaw, B.Sc., F.Z.S.
4. ‘““Note on the Land and Freshwater Shells of Texel and
Terschelling.” By F. H. Sikes, M.A., F.L.S.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 11tx Decemperr, 1914.
The Rev. A. H. Cooks, M.A., Sc.D., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair.
Charles Ramsden and the Librarian, University of California,
Berkeley, Cal., were elected members of the Society.
The following communications were read :—
1. ‘The Geographical Distribution of Purpura lapillus (L.).
Part II: In Nearctic Waters.”” By Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., Se.D.,
¥.Z.8.
2. ‘*On the Non-marine Mollusca of a Post-Pliocene Deposit at
Apethorpe, Northamptonshire.” By A. S. Kennard, F.G.S., and
B. B. Woodward, F.L.S.
Mr. J. E. Cooper exhibited some monstrosities of Littorina rudis
from the Fleet near Weymouth.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 8ra January, 1915.
B. B. Woodward, F.L.S., in the Chair.
Messrs. A. 8. Kennard and F. W. Reader were appointed auditors.
The following communications were read :—
1. ‘‘ Descriptions of five new Mollusca of the genera Driilia,
Marginella, Apicalia, Plesiotrochus, and Ringicula, all from Ceylon ;
also Notes on the genus Plesvotrochus.” By G. B. Sowerby, F.L.S.
~ 2. ‘On some Opalized Shells from the Cretaceous Rocks of New
South Wales.” By R. Bullen Newton, F.G.S.
3. ‘* Molluscan Notes.” By H. C. Fulton.
4. ‘Description of a supposed new species of Placostylus.” By
H. C. Fulton.
Mr. A. Reynell exhibited a specimen of Strombus pugilis, remarkable
for being devoid of spines on the spire.
Mr. G. B. Sowerby exhibited a very fine shell of Argonauta
tuberculata, from the coast of Victoria, Australia, measuring 93 x7 in.,
being probably the largest specimen known.
VOL. XI.—MARCH, 1915. 14
190
NODES:
On ten Exrenston or tHE Disrripurion oF THE AMERICAN
Srrpper-Limper (CrerripuLA FORNICATA) IN THE EneuisH Coasrat
Waters. (Read 13th Movember, 1914.)—The introduction and early
spread of the American Slipper-Limpet on the Essex coast since about
the year 1880 has already been described by Orton,! and later by
Murie.? It is now of interest to record the progress of the invasion of
English waters by this animal.
I have been informed by Mr. W. R. Butterfield, Curator of the
Hastings Museum, that a few specimens of Crepidula have been taken in
the Hastings locality, chiefly on shells of the common whelk, Buceinum
undatum, from about the year 1908 or 1909.° Now it is well known that
the tidal streams of the English Channel meet and separate in the
Hastings district, thus this region forms an excellent new centre of
distribution for the further spread of the invading limpet by means of its
free-swimming larve. So far, however, there appear to be only three
additional localities in the English Channel where Crepidula is known
to occur.
At the request of Mr. G. C. Robson of the British Museum,
Miss Florence Jewell in May, 1913, kindly sent me a living specimen of
Crepidula fornicata, which was obtained from the harbour at Emsworth
in Hampshire during the same month. This specimen was the smallest
of a chain of four individuals, the largest of which then measured about
18 inches long. Subsequently fishermen have brought in to Miss Jewell
on five separate occasions fourteen other specimens from the same
district. In Sussex, at Selsey Bill and Shoreham, Mr. Ronald Winckworth
of Brighton has been good enough to inform me that he has found a fresh
specimen in the former locality in December, 1911, and a living one in the
latter, about March, 1912, at low-water mark, discoveries which no doubt
indicate the presence of greater numbers of this animal in the neigh-
bouring deeper waters. Thus there can be no doubt that the slipper-
limpet is gradually extending its distribution westwards down the
English Channel. It has undoubtedly effected a highly successful
invasion of the English coastal waters,* for it is now to be found at
various places between Mersea Island on the coast of Essex—in which
region it was first introduced—to Emsworth in Hampshire. Crepidula
therefore furnishes an excellent example of the efficacy of a free-swimming
1 J. H. Orton, ‘‘On the Occurrence of Protandric Hermaphroditism in
Crepidula fornicata’’: Proce. Roy. Soc., vol. Ixxxi, B, pp. 468-84, text-
figs., 1909.
2 J. Murie, ‘‘ ‘Slipper Limpet’ or ‘Boat Shell’, Crepidula fornicata : its
Introduction and Influence on Kent and Essex Oyster Beds’’: Zoologist,
No. 845, November 15, 1911, pp. 401-15, pls. vi, vii.
3 See also W. Ruskin Butterfield, Handbook to Collections in the Corporation
Museum, Hastings, 1911, p. 36.
I have obtained this year from the Essex coast chains of from two to
nineteen individuals, whereas in 1909 the largest chain met with contained
only thirteen individuals. This fact indicates that Crepidula had not
attained a maximum of virility in 1909, and has since continued to extend
its influence in these excellent feeding-grounds. Whether it has yet
reached its maximum of development is still doubtful.
NOTES. 191
larva in extending the domain of a sea-dwelling animal, for, so far as
I have been able to learn, no adults of this animal have been introduced
into the coastal waters of either Sussex or Hampshire.
J. H. Orton.
Nore on
TERSCHELLING.
YHE Lanp AND FresHwaTeR Sa#etrs or ‘'kXEL AND
(Read 13th November, 1914.)—When paying a visit
to these islands in August, 1913, the following species of land and
freshwater Mollusca were collected.
Texel seemed fairly productive of shells, twenty species being found
there.
I was interested to find a Vertigo, none of which genus had
appeared in my exploration of Friesland some years ago.
Helicella cantiana, too, turned up unexpectedly, and could not, I think,
have been imported, as I found it at Koog on the west side of the island,
far from any harbour or place where boats land.
Whether imported or
not, it seems to have established itself in some numbers.
Talso visited the intermediate island, Vleland, but found no signs of
Mollusca there.
TEXEL.
Helix nemoralis, L.
Pyramidula rotundata (Miill.).
Theba cantiana (Mont.),var. cantiani-
formis, Ancey.
Hygromia hispida (.), var. hispidosa,
Mouss.
Cochlicopa lubrica (Miill.).
Vallonia excentrica, Sterki.
Vertigo antivertigo (Drap.).
Limnea pereger (Mill.).
var. maritima, Jeff.
var. balthica.
var. acuminata, Jeff.
var. ovata, Drap.
Limnea palustris (Miill.).
var. lacunosa (Zgl.).
Limnea truncatula (Miill.).
Planorbis wmbilicatus, Mill.
P. spirorbis (L.).
P. contortus (L.).
P. albus, Mill.
Succinea elegans, Risso, var. longi-
scata, Morelet.
Spheriwm corneum (L.).
Paludestrina ventrosa (Mont.).
Pisidium nitidum, Jenyns.
P. obtusale, Pfr.
P. subtruncatum, Malm.
TERSCHELLING.
Limnea pereger (Miill.).
L. palustris (Miill.).
Planorbis spirorbis (L.).
Spheriwm corneum (L.).
Physa fontinalis (L.).
Succinea putris (L.).
Paludestrina stagnalis, Bast.
Pisidiwm casertanum, Poli.
F. H. Sixes.
THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF PURPURA LAPILLUS (L.).
PART I: IN PALAARCTIC WATERS.
By the Rev. A. H. Cooxz, M.A., Se.D., F.Z.S.
Read 13th November, 1914.
Ir seems possible that investigation into the geographical distribution
of some of our common littoral species may produce results of
scientific value. The present paper on the distribution of Purpura
lapillus (.) is offered as a first contribution towards this kind of
knowledge.
One preliminary remark may be made. The facts of geographical
distribution may be established partly by positive, partly by negative
evidence. Negative evidence as to distribution, in the case of
a common species of wide extent, naturally operates at the extreme
termini of its range, north or south, east or west, as the case may be.
In the range of the species under investigation—and equally in the
case of all littoral species occurring on the west coasts of Kurope—
negative evidence, by establishing the fact that it has not been found
north or south of certain points, will warrant the conclusion that the
northern and southern limits of its distribution have been at least
provisionally arrived at.
No attempt has been made in this paper to deal with questions of
synonymy, or to discuss the causes of variation.
We begin with the far north, in North-West Siberia. P. lapillus
does not occur at the mouth of the Yenesei River, not having been
found there by the Russian expedition sent in 1866 to investigate the
corpse of a mammoth (Schmidt 107), or by Nordenskiold’s Vega
Expedition of 1875-6 (Leche 65). Itis not found in the Kara Sea
(Collin 17, Pfeffer 98, Herzenstein 44, Dautzenberg & Fischer,
Voyage of the Belgica, 1907, 25, Voyages of the Hirondelle and
Princess Alice, 1898-1907, 27), nor did the Andrew Coats cruise of
1898 find it at Kolguev Island (Melvill & Standen 81). It does
not occur in Franz Josef’s Land (Melvill & Standen 81, Jackson
Harmsworth Expedition of 1896-7). Frequent expeditions to
Spitzbergen have failed to detect it (Torell 117, Morch 87, McAndrew,
Phipps, & Leach 76, Jeffreys 54, Friele 87, Higg, Swedish Polar
Expedition of 1900, 41, Krause 61, Pfeffer 99), and Knipovitsch does
not include it in his exhaustive réswmé of the molluscan fauna of the
island (58). Neither Friele (36), dealing with the Mollusca of the
Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition of 1877, nor Becher (9a), nor
Higg (41), record it from Jan Mayen Island. There appears to be no
record of collectors from Bear Island.
The most northern occurrence of the species is in Novaya Zemlya,
where it was ‘‘captured at the shore of the Matotschin-shar”’
(or Matthew Strait, which cuts the great island in two) by the
Willem Barents Dutch Expedition of 1878-9 (van Lidth de Jeude 67).
The specimens, which belonged to the var. imbricata, Lam., were
COOKE: DISTRIBUTION OF PURPURA LAPILLUS. 193
placed in the Leyden Museum, and have since, I am assured by
Dr. J. Vernhout, been unfortunately lost. It was not brought from
the northern part of Novaya Zemlya in the collections made by
Ivanoff (Dautzenberg 24), nor by the Mission Bénard in 1908
(Dautzenberg & Fischer 26), this latter expedition being mainly
concerned with dredging work. Nor was it found by the Jsbjérn
in 1879, which dredged in very shallow water, but did no shore
collecting (Smith 1092). The Belgica (Dautzenberg & Fischer 25)
went through the Matotschin Schar in 1907, but did not stay to do
any shore collecting, and the Vega Expedition of 1875-6 (Leche 65)
dredged near the straits, but did not pass through them. The
Djumphna (Collin 17) in 1882-8 visited several points in South-
West Novaya Zemlya, but does not seem to have done any shore
collecting.
Middendorff (82) states that he brought home specimens of
P. lapillus from the White Sea, and is confirmed by Herzenstein (48),
a much later authority. On the other hand, Professor N. Nasonov,
the Director of the Zoological Museum, Imperial Academy of Sciences,
St. Petersburg, writing to me, quotes the view of Dr. Knipovitsch :
‘Selon son opinion, la Purpura lapillus ne se rencontre nullement. . .
dans la Mer Blanche méme.” Both views are possible. The northern
limits of the White Sea are defined by Herzenstein (48) by a line
drawn from Cape Kanin in the east to Swyatoi Noss (or Holy
Cape) in the west. Within this line falls the most easterly point on
the mainland of Northern Europe and Asia on which P. /apillus has
hitherto been found,’ viz. Trechostrow or Tri Ostrova (Three Islands),
in 67° N. 40° E., near the mouth of the Ponoi River. On the other
hand, it is quite possible to define the White Sea proper by a line
drawn much further south, in the narrow neck, in which case Tri
Ostrova falls outside the limits of the White Sea. Knipovitsch, in
his memoir on the fauna of the Solovetsky Islands (57), does not
mention P. lapillus.
The fact that P. dapillus occurs on the west coast of Novaya Zemlya,
in 78° 20’N., and not in the interior of the White Sea, the main
body of which lies between 66° N. and 64° N., well to the south of
the Arctic Circle, is due to obvious causes. The water on the west
coast of Novaya Zemlya is no doubt affected by the flow of the Gulf
Stream past the northern coast of Norway, which raises its temperature
to about 40°F. in the month of August. The White Sea is un-
influenced by any current of warm water; it is beset with ice for
‘many months of the year, and its temperature, both at the surface,
and at depths of 10, 40, and 75 fathoms, is known to be remarkably
low (Herzenstein 43). Novaya Zemlya acts as an effectual barrier to
the eastward advancement of any warm current, and the fauna of the
Kara Sea, and no doubt of the eastern coast of Novaya Zemlya itself,
is of an Arctic type.
1 My authority is a letter from Professor Nasonov: ‘‘ Le feu M. Herzenstein
n’a rencontré cette forme qu’a Tri-Ostrova, c’est a dire 4 l’entrée-méme de
la Mer Blanche.”’
194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
All along the Mourmane coast as far as the Varanger Fiord,
P. lapillus occurs in suitable localities, where it is quite common.
Specially may be particularized: Gavrilovo (69° 20'N., 36° E.),
Lodenaia, Teriberka (69° 20’ N., 35° 10’ E.), the port and island of
Jekaterinskaia Gavang in the Kola Fiord (all in Coll. A. H. C.).
Pfeffer (99) records it from Ieretik Islands, Port Wladimir (69° 40’ N.),
and the Mourmane coast generally. In East Finmark it is recorded
from Vadso in the Varanger Fiord (Norman 91, de Guerne 29, Coll.
A. H.C.), with the var. ¢mbricata, Lam., and in North Finmark from
the Porsanger Fiord (Friele 38, Coll. A. H. C.).
The general facies of many specimens from the extreme north is
very characteristic, and would amply warrant those who are fond of
naming varieties in applying to them the name of var. borealis. ‘The
shell is comparatively thin, long and rather narrow, spire elevated,
mouth very long oval, outer lip scarcely at all thickened, sculpture
anumber of raised concentric rings, which in some cases tend to
disappear altogether, colour light to very dark brown. ‘The extreme
form of this variety occurs in the Kola Fiord and on the Mourmane
coast; specimens from Vadso and the Porsanger Fiord are similar in
shape and more compact in structure. The same form of shell occurs
in North-West Norway at Tromsé (Coll. A. H. C.) and at least as far
south as Lodingen (68° 30’ N.), where it is much more massive and
solid, one specimen measuring over 1°625 in. in length.
P. lapillus is common on the Norwegian coasts from the North
Cape (M. Sars 106, Lovén 72) to the Naze, and exhibits many of the
same variations of form which are to be observed on our own coasts.
Specimens from Trondhjem recall a form from Newquay or South
Wales, from Aalesund a form common on the West of Scotland, from
Finsnes a form from Loch Swilly. It is noted from the Lofoden Islands
(G. O. Sars 105) and from Bergen (Lamy 64), and is found in every
suitable locality on the northern shores of the Skager Rak up to the
outer waters of the Christiania Fiord, becoming more scarce as we
move north. Asbjornsen (8) distinctly states that it is not found in
the narrow waters of the fiord, but only in the open sea, naming such
places as Randoer, Bollaererne, and Faerder Islands, where it occurs,
seldom living, at a depth of 10-20 fathoms. Jeffreys (52), for
instance, did not get it at Drobak. On the south-west coast of
Sweden, Malm (79) records it from the Vaderé Islands, and, with Théel
(116), also from Christineberg, on the western shore of Blabergsholm,
in Bohuslin. But a very short distance further south it becomes
scarce, and Malm (80) records that near Goteborg it occurs only on
the outer side of Vinga Islands, where it was so rare that he was only
able to collect one single living specimen, but in the trawl he got a few
dead shells. The British Museum possesses two specimens labelled
‘Coast of Sweden”’, which were dredged by Dr. Thuden and
presented by him on October 13th, 1863. The shells are small, not
quite mature, the largest measuring ‘875 inch in length, surface
slightly imbricate, concentrically corded with raised lines, spire
prominent, colour dirty white.
In the Southern Kattegat, Lilljeborg (68) recorded P. lapillus from
COOKE: DISTRIBUTION OF PURPURA LAPILLUS. 195
the Kullen Peninsula. It may be doubted whether the record can
stand. Professor Ad. 8. Jensen, after remarking that Helsingborg and
Kullen were named as localities by Lovén and Oersted, says, in
a letter to me: ‘‘In all probability the statements refer to semi-fossil
specimens from the (query ?) Zupes or Littorina period. It does not
live in the inner Danish seas (the Great and Little Belt and the
Baltic).”” No writer on Baltic Mollusca has ever recorded it.
On all the mainland coasts of Denmark P. lapillus scarcely occurs.
Christensen (5) says: ‘‘ P. lapillus is very rare, and apparently only
locally in the north; thus it appears at Hirtsals, where the bottom
is full of stones.’”? Morch (88) mentions the following localities:
Hornaes, Skagen, and between Skagen and Hirtschals, common at
Hirtschals (Majborg); Frederikshayn (Steenstrup). To quote again
from Professor Jensen’s letter: ‘‘The only place in which it has been
found with certainty living is the northern part of the west coast of
Jutland (Hirshals, Blockhus). From old time there isin our museum
[at Copenhagen | a specimen (with animal) which is said to have been
taken at Frederikshavn (east coast of Jutland), but in modern time
no living specimen has been found there. C. G. Johs. Petersen records
a ‘recently dead’ shell at Gerrild Klint, near Grenaa, on the east
coast of Jutland.” By the courtesy of the Professor I possess two
specimens from Hirtschals. hey are labelled ‘‘from the mole:
C.G. Johs. Petersen leg. 1889”, and represent a short stout type of
shell common in Britain. I have also a specimen labelled ‘‘ fossil
from the Dosinia beds (the last stage of the warm Litorina-time), near
Frederikshavn, Jutland; V. Nordman leg. 1904”.
Collin (16) reports that P. /apillus does not now live in the Lim
Fiord, which runs through Denmark, from the Kattegat to the North
Sea. He found two dead but recent specimens in Odde Sound, but
they were probably introduced from the North Sea by fishing gear.
The species occurs sub-fossil at several places on the fiord. The sandy
west coast of Denmark does not offer many suitable localities for the
species.
Frey and Leuckart (35) record it from Heligoland. From Holland
I have specimens, in no way remarkable, from Domberg, Walcheren
Island, at the mouth of the Scheldt.
On the Belgian coast the species no doubt occurs in all suitable
localities. Lameere (63) and Gilson (89) both place it in their list of
the marine fauna of Belgium, and Pelseneer (96) has it from
Blankenberghe.
The range of P. dapillus in Iceland is strictly confined to the warm
west and south coasts; on the colder east and north it is not found
living, though Bardason records it in a fossil state from some of the
northern fiords, deducing from the fact a higher temperature for those
shores during the corresponding geological period (Odhner 92). No
better illustration could be found of the fact that the absence of
a current of warm water tends to cut off the range of certain species.
P. lapillus occurs all round the North Cape and Mourmane coast,
many miles north of the Arctic Circle, and even as far north as
Novaya Zemlya, and yet cannot exist in the cold area of the coasts of
196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Iceland, practically all of which island lies south of the Arctic Circle.
The surface temperature of the water on the north coast of Iceland
appears never to rise above 41° F., while in winter it sinks to 32°;
the water on the south-west of Iceland is never colder than about 40°,
and in summer rises to between 50° and 60° F.
Mohr (89), G. O. Sars (105), Verkriizen (119), Johansen (55), all
record the occurrence of the species in Iceland. My collection
contains specimens from Reykjavik, the Islands of Vithey, Hafnafiord,
Stykkisholmr, and Flatey Island in the Breidifiord, Dyrafiord in the
extreme north-west, as well as from two places not marked in my
maps, Skerjafiord (14 to 2 fathoms, sandy bottom, A. C. Johansen)
and Heymaey (A. C. J.). In form the specimens vary greatly, some
being stout and thick-lipped, and recalling forms from our own coasts,
some (from Reykjavik) thin-lipped and rather degenerate, colour
a peculiar slaty-grey, interior strongly iridescent, others, from the
Breidifiord, resemble a form from Vadso, while those from the
Dyrafiord, the furthest north, closely recall a form described above
from the Mourmane coast.
Specimens from the Faroe are large and very solid: the broadly
banded form also occurs there (Coll. A. H. C.). The species is in
Morch’s catalogue (86).
In the British Islands, which appear to be the metropolis of this
species, it occurs in abundance in every form of coast on which it can
find a lodgment.
Locard (71) gives the following comprehensive list of French
localities :—Knglish Channel: Dunquerque (Le Nord); Wimereux, le
Boulonnais (Pas de Calais) ; Dieppe, Fécamp (Seine Inf.) ; Normandy ;
Langrune, Granville (Calvados); Cherbourg, Valogne (La Manche) ;
St. Malo, Cancale (Ille et Vilaine). Atlantic Ocean: Armorican and
Aquitanian regions: Brest, Roscoff (Finistére); Impairs, Pouliquen,
Ker Cabalec, Pornichet (Loire Inf.) ; He d’ Yen, Sables d’Olonne (La
Vendée) ; La Rochelle, Royan, Ile de Ré (Charente Inf.) ; Cordouan,
Vieux Soulac (Gironde); St. Jean de Luz (Basses Pyrénées). The
var. imbricata, Lam., is given by the same author as occurring at
many places from Dunkirk to Royan. In reviewing a collection from
French localities one is struck by the marked declination in size of
shell as compared with specimens from our own shores, and this is
particularly the case with specimens from the Atlantic coasts. Shells
are massive and well formed, but they do not appear to approach ours
in length. The var. imbricata seems to be relatively abundant.
On the northern coasts of Spain, P. dapillus is recorded from
Santander, San Vincente de la Barquera, and Gijon (Hidalgo 45, 47),
from Asturias and Galicia generally (McAndrew 74), from Rio de
Betanzos and Corunna (Hidalgo 45 and McAndrew and Woodward
78), from Vigo (Hidalgo 45 and McAndrew 74, 75), from Caramelas,
Bayona, and all Galicia from the frontier of Portugal to Rivadeo
(Hidalgo 46).
In Portugal P. Japillus is fairly abundant on the rocks of the
northern coast. In the west, it is common only on the rocks of
Vianna do Castello, at the mouth of the River Limia in Minho, and
COOKE: DISTRIBUTION OF PURPURA LAPILLUS. 197
northward as far as the frontier. It is rather rare on the coast of
Oporto, and becomes scarce towards the south (Nobre 90). here are
specimens in the Oporto Museum from Foz do Douro and Lega da
Palmeira (Anon. 3), Nobre found one worn example at Portimao,
25 miles K.N.E. of Cape St. Vincent, in Algarve, N. lat. 37° 10’. In
my collection, from the same spot, are included a number of specimens
collected by Dr. H. Gadow ‘at a small rock near the harbour
entrance”. ‘Thence eastward,” continues Dr. Gadow in a private
letter, ‘“‘e.g. Faro and Oldhio, the coast is sandy, flat, and with
lagoons of muddy bottom, or protected by sandbanks; the same
unsuitable conditions extend right up to Cadiz. West of Portimio,
round Cape St. Vincent, the coast is rocky and suitable.”
At Cadiz the species does not occur. It is not found in the lists of
Cadiz Mollusca by Hidalgo (48) and Maxwell Smith (110), and I have
collected there myself without finding it. Nor does it appear to occur
at Tangier, where the shore conditions are wholly suitable. It seems
reasonable, therefore, to conclude that Portimao in Algarve is the
southern limit of the distribution of this species. Specimens from
this locality are dwarfed but compact, mostly rich chocolate to brown,
or blue-grey throughout, sometimes banded with white, mouth large,
last whorl very large in proportion to rest of shell, sculpture none, or
a few indistinct concentric rings. My largest specimen measures no
more than ‘8 in. in length.
P. lapillus has been occasionally, but, it would appear, mistakenly
reported from the Mediterranean. Locard (71) remarks: ‘‘ Le
P. lapillus est indiqué dans la Méditerrannée a Nice par Risso et
a& Cannes par M. Dautzenberg. Mais M. de Monterosato (Conch.
Medit., art. prin., p. 4) met en doute cette assertion.” Hidalgo (45)
notes: ‘*? Minorca (Ramis).” Weinkauff (123) does not include it
in his list. Kobelt (59) and G. O. Sars (105) omit the Mediterranean
in their list of localities.
k. T. Lowe (78) includes P. lapillus in ‘‘A list of the shells
observed . ... at Mogador... in April, 1859”. After referring
to the fact that Adanson (2) in his History of Senegal includes
P. lapillus in his list, Lowe continues: ‘‘ The abundant occurrence of
a dwarf state or variety of this shell at Mogador renders it not at all
improbable that it may be also found still further down the coast, and
therefore possibly in Senegal. Fresh observations to decide this point
would therefore be extremely interesting.”” M. Paul Pallary has the
credit of resolving what would otherwise have been the inexplicable
difficulty, that P. dapillus should occur at Mogador, more than
400 miles south of its southernmost European locality, without at the
same time occurring on the intervening coasts. No search along
the Moroccan shores has revealed the presence of P. Jdapzllus,
although they are in many places favourable for its occurrence.
There can be little doubt that the shell described by M. Pallary (95)
as Ocinebrina purpuroidea is the so-called dwarf form of P. lapiillus,
said by Mr. Lowe to be common at Mogador. ‘he species, which
might easily be mistaken for a small Purpura, occurs also at Rabat
and Tangier. I noticed a single specimen in the McAndrew Collection
198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
in the British Museum, from Santa Cruz, Canaries, ona tablet labelled
‘“Purpura?”, at the back of which Jeffreys had written in pencil ‘‘ Not
Purpura” >
Adanson’s ‘‘Le Sadot’’ is P. lapillus. He not only figures the
species himself, but makes reference to figures of Lister’s ‘‘ Buccinum
Anglicum’’. ‘J’ai observé,’’ he continues, ‘‘ce coquillage dans le
port de l’Orient, a I’fle de Ténérif des Canaries, a celle de Fayal, Pune
des Asores; et je scai qu'elle se trouve fréquemment sur toutes les
cotes de la Bretagne.’’ It is curious that he never definitely states
that he has seen specimens from Senegal. But there can be no
reasonable doubt that he was mistaken in regarding it as an
inhabitant of that coast, or of the Canaries or Azores.
Mr. Tomlin has kindly given me two specimens of P. lapillus ex
Coll. Watson, taken at Grand Canary. I have seldom seen shells
more beach-worn. ‘They must be considered as ‘ ballast’ specimens.
No writer for 150 years has recorded the species as living in the
Atlantic islands.
I owe to Mr. Tomlin three other specimens, also ex Coll. Watson,
from Madeira, no doubt the actual specimens to which Watson (122)
refers when he places P. dapillus in a list of species ‘‘ dredged by me
or brought to me as Madeiran, but which I reject’.
On the strength of two specimens of unknown locality from the
Cape, Krauss (62) allowed himself to include 2. /apillus in his list of
South African marine Mollusca. G. B. Sowerby (112) has ‘“‘ received
no confirmation of its living there’’.
M. Sars (106), G. O. Sars (105), and Pfeffer (98) give Behring’s
Sea as a locality for P. dapdllus, but not on the authority of their own
collecting. Crosse (19), cataloguing (after Dall 20) the Mollusca of
Behring’s Strait and the neighbouring parts of the Arctic Ocean,
records no other Purpura but canaliculata, Ducl., from Plover Bay,
Norton Sound, and the Aleutian Islands. Krause (60), whose
collecting was chiefly done on the T'schuktschen Peninsula, in the far
north of the Gulf of Anadyr, found no Purpura in Behring’s Sea.
In the Pribiloff and Commander Islands, Behring’s Sea, Dall (28)
found only P. lima, Mart., a form with which canaliculata, Ducl., is
identical.
Middendorff, both in his Beitrige and Reise (82, 83), gives
P. lapilius from the Sea of Ochotsk, and mentions the islands of
Sitcha and Urup (in the Kuriles) as further localities. He says that
in the Sea of Ochotsk it is rare, the majority of examples being rather
thin, and he describes a form intermediate between Japillus and
Sreycinetir, Desh.
1 Search among Lowe’s Mogador shells in the Natural History Museum
failed to reveal his specimens of ‘ P. lapillus’. But Mr. Tomlin has
placed in my hands a box labelled in R. B. Watson’s hand ‘‘ Pisanta,
Mogador’’. It contains numerous examples of Ocinebrina purpuroidea,
Pallary. When one knows that many, if not most, of Lowe’s marine
shells passed into Watson’s possession, it appears extremely probable that
we have here the actual specimens which Lowe took at Mogador, and
mistook for a ‘‘ dwarf state of P. lapillus’’.
COOKE: DISTRIBUTION OF PURPURA LAPILLUS. 199
When we come to detailed investigation of the Japanese seas, there
is still less evidence for the occurrence of P. dapilius in Far Eastern
waters. Schrenck, Reisen in Amur Lande (108), omits it from his
list ; Lischke (70) does the same. Pilsbry’s (100) catalogue admits it
only on the authority of Stearns from Hakodate, and of E. A. Smith
(below). A. Adams (1) mentions P. /apillus from different points in
Japanese seas, from Saghalien southward, but when we find that he
includes in his synonymy /freycineti, Desh., attenuata, Reeve (?),
analoga, Forbes, and sguamosa, Lam., his evidence ceases to possess
value. E. A. Smith (109) included P. dapiilus in a list of Gastropoda
brought from Japan by Commander St. John, R.N., remarking that
‘the Japanese forms of this Protean shell are as varied as those in
European seas”. The actual specimens are in the British Museum,
and undoubtedly belong to freycinetiz, Desh.
The truth appears to be that there is no reason to believe that the
species which we call dapillus, L., occurs in any part of Eastern Asia
or North-West America. All the specimens from these seas hitherto
referred to lapillus belong either to freycinetiz, Desh., or to one or
other of the West American Purpure which will be mentioned below.
It is quite conceivable that a relationship, more or less close, exists
between these groups and /apillus. When Northern Asia enjoyed
a milder climate, opportunity would be given for the passage of
littoral forms from the North Atlantic to the North Pacific, and vice
versa. This may be held sufficient to account for the presence of
closely allied, or even of identical species, in both these areas at the
present day. Even as it is, experts find it no easy matter to
distinguish between /apil/us and certain forms of freyctnetii, and
between certain forms of saxicola, Val., and lapillus. Middendorft
goes so far as to remark: ‘It can hardly fail to be the case that on
the coasts of the North American Ice Sea passage-forms between
P. lapiilus and P. freycinetii will be found in the future.” But
a sufficient time seems to have elapsed since the passage via Northern
Asia was closed for the forms on both sides to harden into what we
agree to call species, just as we find a number of ‘ homologous
forms’ on the two sides of the Isthmus of Panama.
Aurivillius (6) distinguishes freycinetii from Jlapillus by the
prominence of the last whorl and the great size of the mouth, but
remarks on the similarity between certain forms of the two species.
Middendorff speaks of the long aperture, short spire, and more
impressed sculpture. Lischke particularizes, as points of difference,
- the narrowing of the mouth in front, running into a long canal, the
strongly marked spiral ridges, the irregular longitudinal foldings on
the upper part of the whorls. He thinks Adams’ lapillus is freycinetit.
Dunker (32) remarks that the description and figures of the type of
Sreycinetii are so different from certain Japanese specimens which are
before him, that he cannot believe they are freycimetii. Among the
specimens are several which he cannot separate from certain varieties
of dapillus, and accordingly he refers all his specimens to that species,
confessing himself still ignorant what freycineti? is. The truth is,
that, as Lischke has pointed out, Deshayes’ type of freyeinetid was
200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
described from an extreme variety of this very variable shell.
Mr. G. Hirase, in whose catalogue of Japanese marine Mollusca
lapillus finds no place, has supplied me with a sufficient number of
specimens of freycinetii to illustrate the fact that freyeinetii is nearly
as variable as dapilius itself, and at the same time to establish the
complete distinctness of the two species. Dunker’s P. leysiana is
a form of freycinetic in which the spiral ridges are deeply cut by
longitudinal lamine or foliations.
The geographical range of freyeinetit appears to be as follows:
Behring’s Sea, Aleutian Islands, and Sea of Ochotsk (Middendorff) ;
Kamschatka (Deshayes, Chiron, Schrenck) ; West Saghalien, Castries
Bay, at Wjachtu and Dui, East Saghalien, at Manué (Schrenck) ;
Urup (Middendorff, as dapillus, L.); Etrup or Etoro, and Kunashiri in
the Kurile Islands (Coll. A. H.C.); N. Yesso, at Teshiwo (as saxicola,
Val., ¢este Pilsbry), Kushiro and Hidaka (Coll. A. H. C.); 8S. Yesso,
Hakodate (Schrenck); N.E. Nippon, the southernmost locality I know
(Stimpson). For some unexplained reason, freycinetid does not occur
in Pilsbry’s catalogue of Japanese marine Mollusca.
No satisfactory record exists of the occurrence of P. lapillus on any
part of the west coast of North America. Cooper’s P. lapillus is
emarginata, Desh. (see p. 208).
Part II. In Nearcric Waters.
P. lapillus is recorded as an inhabitant of Greenland by Fabricius
(33), Gould (40), Morch (85), Moller (85), G. O. Sars (105), and
others, the majority only repeating Fabricius’ statement. According
to Fabricius, ‘* Zritontum lapillus habitat in littoribus arenosis : in
Sinu Nerrutiksok dicto e regione boreali colonize Friderichshaab
copiosum ”’? (Friederikshavn is in about the latitude of South
Iceland). Posselt (101) remarks that it appears to be found fairly
locally, and that its possible range is from the extreme south to about
69°N. lat., at Jacobshavn, where he found one specimen. The
majority of examples belong to the var. ¢mbricata, Lam.
Drygalski (31), cataloguing the Mollusca of the Berlin expedition of
1891-3, did not find it at Karajak and Umanak Fiords, N. lat. 71°,
nor was it found by H.M.S. Vadorous in 1875 at Godhavn on Disco
Island (Jeffreys). Professor Jensen writes to me: ‘‘The few speci-
mens in our [Copenhagen] Museum have no distinct locality, only
the collective name ‘Greenland’, and they are all from old days; in
modern times the species has not been brought to us, and the last
expeditions have seen nothing of this species, nor have I found it
myself on my three journeys to Greenland. I have therefore some
doubts regarding this species as an inhabitant of the present
Greenlandic shores.” It has never been recorded from East
Greenland.
By the courtesy of Dr. J. Vernhout, I have had the opportunity
of examining the Greenlandic specimens belonging to the ’sRijks
1 Deshayes, in his description (Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 360; Mag. Zool., ser. I,
i (Moll.), pl. xxvi, 2 figs., 1839), specially mentions the arched columella.
His locality is Kamschatka.
COOKE: DISTRIBUTION OF PURPURA LAPILLUS. 201
Museum of Natural History, Leiden. The shell is fairly solid, well
developed, not dwarfed; length 1:25 inch, breadth -75; mouth °75
long (to front end of canal), shape long oval; canal broad, well
marked; outer lip simple, not denticled; sculpture, a number of
strong transverse cords or blunt ridges, about eleven on the body-
whorl, suddenly ceasing, to form a sort of shoulder, some way below
the suture ; colour dirty white.
The British Museum has three specimens, dated 28rd June, 1843,
labelled ‘‘ Greenland”’, purchased from Dr. Moller, and with a label
attached in his handwriting. The shell is solid, strongly corded,
spire prolonged, aperture orange-coloured, outer lip simple, scarcely
thickened, specimens heavier and more solid than the Leiden shells.
They closely resemble specimens from various parts of Scotland.
Considerable uncertainty appears to prevail with regard to the
extreme northern range of P. lJapillus on the east coast of North
America. It is certainly not found in Northern Labrador ; it does not
occur in a list of Mollusca from Ungava Bay and the adjacent Arctic
seas (Dall 21). Hancock (42) did not find it on the west coast of
Davis Strait. A catalogue of Mollusca dredged on the Labrador coast
in 1882 (Bush 18) does not contain it, though such common species
as Littorina rudis, Mat., and Z. littorea, L., are included. The coast
referred to lies between N. lat. 52° 48’ and 51° 33’, and thus includes
part of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Nor does it occur in a list by
Packard (94) of shells obtained while coasting from Little Meccatura
Island, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, to Hopedale (in N. lat. 55° 25’ on
the East Labrador coast), and the same author (Packard 93), publishing
a list of dredgings, etc., near Caribou Island, at the entrance of the
Straits of Belle Isle, remarks that the ‘‘entire absence of any
specimens of Purpura lapillus was inexplicable, though I searched for
that shell”. In the more sheltered waters of the western portion of
the Gulf of St. Lawrence, P. dapillus occurs e.g. at Gaspé, in New
Brunswick, on stones near the shore (Dawson 28), ‘‘on the whole
coast below Little Metis, extremely common” (Bell 10), and at
Anticosti, not very common (Packard 93), while Whiteaves (125)
gives it in his list of marine Mollusca of East Canada, no doubt from
this part of the gulf. It would thus appear that the whole of the
Kast Labrador coast, and even the Canadian shores for some distance
within the Straits of Belle Isle, offer no habitat for this species.
Verkriizen (121) records a var. ponderosa from Notre Dame Bay in
North Newfoundland (N. lat. 50°). If this approximates to the most
northern point of its occurrence on the east coast of America, no
better illustration could be afforded of the power of very cold water
to bar back a species, for on the other side of the Atlantic the
latitude of 50° just touches the Lizard. Accordingly Gould’s (40)
statement that P. /apillus ‘‘ occurs on rocks everywhere from Green-
land all through New England” will need some modification.
P. lapilius is extremely abundant on the northern coasts of Nova
Scotia (Jones 56); at Grand Manan, New Brunswick, a large
chocolate-coloured form occurs (Dr. Gratacap). Verkriizen (120)
records it from Annapolis, and Nova Scotia in general. On the coasts
202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
of Maine it is abundant (Stimpson 114), e.g. at Eastport (Roper 103),
at Frenchman Bay (Blaney 12), at North Haven (Jackson 50), at
Boston (Stearns 113), where the var. ¢mbricata, Lam., occurs.
Ap-gar’s (4) statement, that P. /apillus is abundant north of Cape
Cod, local south of the cape, represents the facts exactly. At the
point of Cape Cod it is found on the wharves at Provincetown
(Winckley 127, Rathburn 102).
I am permitted to quote from a forthcoming work by Dr. Gratacap,
curator of the Brooklyn Museum, the following localities south of
Cape Cod: Nabsca Point, shores of Vineyard Sound, Cuttyhunk
Island, and Watch Hill, Rhode Island. On the Connecticut coast the
species becomes local at certain points only, and does not occur east
of Stonington (Linsley 69), which les close to long. 72° W. and in
N. lat. 41° 30’. On Long Island it is abundant only in the extreme
north-east, at Montauk Point (Wheat 124, Smith & Prime 111),
and is not recorded from any other place. This is its extreme
southern range. Balch (8) does not give it in his list of the Mollusca
of Coldspring Harbor, nor does Perkins (97) in his catalogue of New
Haven Mollusca, and it does not even occur in Sanderson Smith’s
(104) catalogue of the Mollusca of Little Gull Island, which les off
Oyster Point, close to Montauk.
Through the courtesy of Mr. Wheat, I am informed that a dead
specimen was once found at the Narrows on Staten Island, but this
was probably introduced among “ oyster seed”? from Connecticut.
Hubbard & Sanderson (49) do not include it in their catalogue of
the Mollusca of Staten Island. Dall’s locality ‘‘New Jersey”
(Dall 22) is not to be taken as implying that P. /apillus occurs on the
shores of that State; ‘‘ New Jersey”? is merely his label, in the
particular paper referred to, for a stretch of coast from New Jersey
to Delaware and Long Island. Ford (34) does not include it in his
list of the shells of the New Jersey coast. Letson (66) gives
P. lapiilus a place in his check-list of the Mollusca of New York,
avowedly on the authority of De Kay (80). De Kay’s authority
becomes questionable when we observe his remark that P. lapillus
‘occurs along our coast from Cape Cod to Florida”’.
In conclusion, it will perhaps be interesting to direct attention to
the extremely limited range of the species on the American coast, as
compared with its extremely wide range on the eastern shores of the
Atlantic. Leaving Greenland out of the question, the range of
P. lapillus on the American mainland is no more than 10 degrees of
latitude, from about N. lat. 51° to 41° 30’. In Europe, on the other
hand, it extends from N. lat. 71° to 37°, or 34 degrees of latitude.
Stated in miles, the range is in the one case about 690, in the other
above 2,340. If we take in Greenland on the one hand and Novaya
Zemlya on the other, the range in miles becomes 1,890 as compared
with 2,480. On the American shore the northward range of the
species is clearly restricted by the Labrador current, which flows
steadily southward from the Polar basin throughout the year, and
lowers the temperature of the water off East Canada, while the
estuary of the St. Lawrence is blocked with ice for four or five
COOKE: DIS'RIBUTION OF PURPURA LAPILLUS. 203
months. Its southward range is equally restricted by the influence
of warm-water currents flowing northward from the Gulf of Mexico,
and possibly also by the fact that south of Long Island the shore
appears not very suitable for species requiring rocky lodgment.
That P. lapillus should be able to exist up to N. lat. 69° in
Greenland, and unable to exist further north than about 51° in
Labrador, is at first sight very remarkable, for, in other words, it
occurs on the east of Davis Strait more than 1,200 miles north of its
most northerly point on the west of that strait. But the western
coast of Greenland has its climate softened by the influence of a warm
southern drift from the Atlantic, which makes itself felt as far north
as Baffin’s Bay, and renders human habitation possible. The eastern
shores of Greenland are swept by the ice-bearing Greenland current,
flowing direct from the Polar basin.
Nore on tHe Norraern Group oF West AMERICAN PuRPURS.
This group exhibits, perhaps more than any other section of the
genus, the tendency of Purpura to vary in shape, size, and sculpture.
Some writers, e.g. Hemphill (Williamson 126), regard all these forms
as mere varieties of P. dapillus. But P. P. Carpenter (14, p. 148)
long ago sufficiently distinguished the three species under which the
different forms must fall, and more recent authors, e.g. Taylor (115)
and Vanatta (118), agree with him in essentials.
Thus we have (only a selection from the synonymy is given )—
1. lima, Martyn, 1784, Univ. Conch., 11, fig. 46 ( Buccinum).
= canaliculata, Ducl., 1832, Ann. Sci. Nat., xxvi, p. 104,
pli, fig. 1:
p. 116, pl. ix, figs. 1-3.
+ var. attenuata, Reeve, 1846, Conch. Icon., sp. 49, pl. x, fig. 49.
+ var. analoga, Forbes, 1850, P.Z.S., xviii, p. 273, pl. xi, fig. 12.
2. plicata, Martyn, 1784, Univ. Conch., ii, fig. 44 (Buecinum).
= lamellosa, Gmelin, 1790, Systema, p. 3498, No. 178
(Buccinum).
=crispata, Chem., 1795, Conch. Cab., xi, pp. 84-5,
pl. elxxxvil, figs. 1802-3 (Buecinum).
= ferruginea, Esch., 1829, Zool. Atlas, pt. ii, p. 10, pl. ix,
fig. 2a—b (Murex).
+ var. lactuca, Esch., 1829, Zool. Atlas, pt. 11, pl. ix, fig. 3a-b
(Murex).
+ var. septentrionalis, Reeve, 1846, Conch. Icon., sp. 50, pl. x,
fig. 50.
3. emarginata, Desh., 1839, Rev. Zool., p. 360; Mag. Zool., ser. 11, 1
(Moll.’, pl. xxv, 2 figs., 1839.
= conradi, Nutt. MSS.
= lapillus, Cooper (non Linné).
+ var. fuscata, Forbes, 1850, P.Z.S., xviil, p. 274, pl. xi, fig. 13.
= saxicola, auctt. (non Val.).
+ var. ostrina, Gould, 1852, Otia, p. 225 = Moll. U.S. Expl.
Exped., Wilkes, xi, p. 244, fig. 310.
204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
One of three specimens in the British Museum no doubt represents
the type of attenuata, Reeve; no locality is marked, the shells are
Cuming’s. The form is closely allied to canaliculata (= lima), but is
larger, broader, somewhat less solid, sculpture more conspicuously
laminated, spiral ridges more numerous and smaller, shell without
the deep ‘channel’ below the suture, which gives the name to
canaliculata. No type of analoga, Forbes, seems to be preserved.
The type of septentrionalis, Reeve, is similarly represented in the
British Museum by one of several specimens; the shell is massive,
without flounces, and there is a variety with one broad white band
on the body-whorl.
Vanatta (118) has pointed out—and he is undoubtedly right—that
P. saxicola of Valenciennes (Voy. Vénus, Atlas, pl. viii, figs. 4, 4@) is
a form of freycinetii, Desh. In the case of the Vénus Mollusca, there
is no description to accompany the pictures in the Atlas. “marginata,
Desh., therefore becomes the type of the species, and the form
hitherto represented by the name saxicola, Val., will become fuscata,
Forbes. The type of fuscata is the larger of two specimens in the
British Museum, collected by Captain Kellett and Lieutenant Wood,
R.N., and erroneously said to come from the Sandwich Islands. The
spire is elevated, and the spiral ridges well marked. The form
ostrina has a low spire, with whorls almost or altogether destitute of
spiral ridges.
Deshayes must have named his emarginata from a malformed
specimen with a marked indentation in the outer lip, hence his name.
He lays stress on this ‘échanernre’, which ‘corresponds to the
second row of tubercles on the last whorl, and is comparable to the
impression which the finger-nail might have left on the edge, had it
been softened”. His locality is ‘‘ New Zealand’’, but there can be
little doubt that his shell is the form which has been commonly
recognized as emarginata.
As regards distribution, the J¢ma group is found, in the far north,
in Plover Bay, North-East Siberia, and Norton Sound, North-West
Alaska (Dall 20, as canaliculata), in the Pribiloff and Commander
Islands, Behring’s Sea (Dall 23), and southward to Monterey
(Berry 11).
The plicata group extends from Sitcha and Kandjak Islands,
Konyagen (Middendorff, as Murex lactuca) and Alaska (Coll. A. H. C.),
through all British Columbia (Taylor 115), to the neighbourhood of
San Francisco, but apparently not so far south as Monterey (Berry 11).
I have a specimen from Hidaka, Yesso (Hirase).
The emarginata group extends from Ounalaska (Cooper 18, as
saxicola) to Margarita Bay, Lower California (Pease in Carpenter 14,
p. 152), in the form ostrzna.
LIST OF AUTHORS QUOTED.
1. ApAms, A. ‘‘On some species of Proboscidiferous Gasteropoda which
inhabit the Seas of Japan’’: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. Iv, v, 418-
30, 1870.
2. ADANSON, M. Histoire Naturelle du Sénégal: Coquillages ; Paris, 1757.
a oo PF &
COOKE: DISTRIBUTION OF PURPURA LAPILLUS. 205
ANON. ‘‘ Gabinete de Zoologia: Fauna de Portugal’’: Ann. Acad. Porto,
1895-6, 54; 1900-1, 84.
. ApP-GAR, A.C. ‘‘ Mollusks of the Atlantic Coast south to Cape Hatteras’? :
Journ. Trenton, N.J., Nat. Hist. Soc., ii, 75-163, 1889.
. ASBJORNSEN, P. C. ‘‘Bidrag till Christianiafjordens Litoralfauna ’’ :
Nyt. Mag., vi, iv, 307-66, 1853.
. AURIVILLIUS, C.W.S. ‘‘ Oversigt dfver deaf Vega-Expeditionen insamlade
Arktiska Hafsmollusker,’’ ii: Vega-Expeditionens Vetensk. Iakttag., iv,
311-83, 1885.
. BAKER, F. ‘‘ Shell Collecting in Puget Sound and Alaska ’’: Nautilus,
xxiv, 25-31, 1910.
. Baucu, F. N. ‘‘List of Marine Mollusca of Coldspring Harbor, Long
Island’’: Proc. Boston Soc. N.H., xxix (7), 1383-62, 1899.
9. BarpARSON, G. ‘‘ Maerker efter Klima- og Niveanforandringer ved
Hiinafldi i Nord-Island’’: Vid. Medd. Kjobenh., ii, 35-79, 1910.
9a. BECHER; E. ‘‘ Mollusken von Jan Mayen’’: Internat. Polarforschung,
1882-3, iii, 1886.
10. BeLu, R. ‘‘On the Natural History of the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the
Distribution of the Mollusca of Eastern Canada’’: Canad. Nat., iv,
197-220, 1859.
11. Berry, S. S. ‘‘Molluscan Fauna of Monterey Bay, California’’:
Nautilus, xxi, 39-47, 1907.
12. BuaNEy, D. ‘‘ List of Shell-bearing Mollusca of Frenchman’s Bay,
Maine ’’: Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xxxii, 23-41, 1904.
18. Busy, K. J. ‘‘ Catalogue of Mollusca ... dredged on the Coast of
Labrador . . . in 1882’’: Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vi, 236-47, 1883.
14, CARPENTER, P. P. ‘‘ Supplementary Report on the present state of our
Knowledge with regard to the Mollusca of the West Coast of North
America’’: Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1863, 517-686. (Reprinted Smiths.
Misc. Coll., 252, 1872.)
15. CHRISTENSEN, S. ‘‘Om den jydske Vestkysts Molluskenfauna’’: Vid.
Medd. Kjobenh., ser. VI, ix, 11-18, 1907.
16. CoLuin, J. Om Limfjordens . . . Marine Fauna; Kjébenhavn, 1884,
1-169.
Lie ‘‘Brachiopoder, Muslinger, og Snegle fra Kara-Havet’’ (Expedition
of the Dijmphna in the Kara Sea): Extr. Dijmphna-Togtets zool.-bot.
Udbytte ; Copenhagen, 1886.
18. Cooper, J. G. Notes on Mollusca of Monterey Bay, California: Amer.
Journ. Conch., vi, 42-70, 1871.
19. CRrossE, H. ‘‘Catalogue des Mollusques qui vivent dans le détroit de
Behring, et dans les parties voisines de l’Océan Arctique’’: Journ. de
Conch., xxv, 101-28, 1877.
20. DaLL, W. H. ‘‘ Catalogue of Shells from Bering Strait and the adjacent
portions of the Arctic Ocean . .. ’’: Proc. Acad. Calif., v, 246-53,
1873-4.
21. Report on the Mollusks obtained by L. M. Turner at Ungava Bay,
North Labrador, and from the adjacent Arctic Seas: Proc. U.S. Mus.,
1886, 202-28.
22. ‘*A preliminary Catalogue of the Shell-bearing Marine Mollusca. . .
of the South-East Coast of the United States’’: Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
No. 37, 1889, 1-221.
23. Mollusca in Report of Fur-Seal Investigations of the North Pacific
Area, pt. iii, 539-46 ; Washington, 1899.
24. DAUTZENBERG, Ph. ‘‘ Liste des Mollusques rapportées de la Nouvelle
Zemble par M. Serge Ivanoff’’: Journ. de Conch., lix, 297-310, 1911.
25 and FiscHER, H. Duc d’Orléans Campagne Arctique de 1907
(voyage of Belgica) : Mollusca; Brussels, 1910, 7-25.
26. ‘* Mollusques et Brachiopodes recueillis en 1908 par la Mission
Bénard dans les Mers du Nord (Nouvelle Zemble, Mer de Barents, Mer
VOL. XI.—MARCH, 1915. 15
206
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Blanche, Océan Glacial, Norvége, Mer du Nord)’’?: Journ. de Conch.,
lix, 1-51; Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Paris, xvii, 143-6, 1911.
. DAUTZENBERG, Ph. and FiscHER, H. Hirondelle and Princess Alice :
Résultats des Campagnes Scientifiques . . . Albert I. . . . de Monaco,
fase. xxxvii, Mollusques, Monaco, 1912, 1-629.
. Dawson, J. W. ‘‘A Week in Gaspé’’: Canad. Nat., ili, 321-31, 1858.
. DE GUERNE, J. ‘‘ Catalogue des Mollusques testacés recueillis dans le
Varangerfiord pendant la Mission de Laponie’’: Ann. Soc. Roy. Malac.
Belg., xxi, 106-16, 1886.
. DE Kay, J. E. Zoology of New York, pt. v, Mollusca; Albany, 1843,
MPA
. DRYGALSKI, E. von. Grinland Expedition der Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde
zu Berlin, 1891-3 ; Berlin, 1897, Mollusca, ii, 185-93.
. DuNKER, G. ‘‘Index Molluscorum maris Japonici’?: Noy. Conch.,
Suppl. vii, Kassel, 1882.
. Fasricius, O. Fauna Groenlandica (Mollusca, 398-9); Copenhagen,
1780.
Forp, J. ‘‘ List of Shells of the New Jersey Coast south of Brigantine
Island ’’: Nautilus, iii, 27, 1889.
. Frey, H. and LEucKArRT, R. Beitrdge zur Kenntniss wirbelloser Thiere
. .: Heligoland; Brunswick, 1840.
. FRIELE, H. ‘‘Jan Mayen Mollusca from the Norwegian North Atlantic
Expedition in 1877’: Nyt Mag. Naturv. Christiania, xxiv, 221-6,
1879.
. — ‘‘Catalog der auf der norwegischen Nordmeer-Expedition bei
Spitzbergen gefundenen Mollusken’’: Jahrb. deut. Malak. Ges., vi,
264-86, 1879.
‘*Mollusken der ersten Nordmeerfahrt des Fischereidampfen
Michael Sars, 1900 .. .’’: Bergens Mus. Aarbog, 1902, No. 3, 1-19.
. Gipson, G. ‘‘ Exploration de la mer sur les cétes de la Belgique en
1899’’: Mém. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique, i, 1901.
. GouLtpD, A. A. Report on the Invertebrata of Massachusetts, ed.
W. G. Binney, Boston, 1870.
. HAae, R. ‘ Mollusken und Brachiopoden gesammelt von der schwedischen
zoologischen Polarexpedition nach Spitzbergen, dem nordéstlichen
Grénland und Jan Mayen I. (1900) ’’: Arkiv. Zool., ii, No. 13, 1-136,
1905.
. Hancock, A. ‘‘A List of Shells dredged on the West Coast of Davis’s
Strait ’’: Ann. Nat. Hist., xviii, 323-38, 1846.
. HERZENSTEIN, 8. ‘‘ Materials for the Fauna of the Murman Coast and
White Sea’’ (trans.): Trudui Sankt-Peterb. Obsht. Estest. (Trans.
St. Petersb. Nat. Soc.), xvi, 635-808, 1885.
44. ‘* Apercu sur la faune malacologique de l’Océan Glacial Russe ”’ :
Conegrés internat. Zool., ii, pt. ii, 127-47, 1892-3.
45. HrpaueGo, J.G. ‘‘ Catalogue des mollusques testacés marins des cétes de
l’Espagne et des Iles Baleares’’?: Journ. de Conch., 1867, 115-75,
258-90, 357-426.
46. “* Catalogo de los moluscos recogidos en Bayona de Galicia’’: Rev.
Prog. Cienc. Madrid, xxi, 373-414, 1886.
47. ‘* Moluseos marinos testdceos de Santander y de otros puntos de la
provincia’’: Rey. Real Acad. Cienc. Madrid, ii, 313-30, 1905.
48. ‘“Moluscos marinos testaceos de la costa y bahia de Cadiz ’’: Rev.
Acad. Cienc. Madrid, ix, 776-803, 865-86, 1911.
49. HUBBARD, J. W. and SANDERSON SMITH. ‘‘ Catalogue of the Mollusca
of Staten Island, New York’’: Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, viii,
151-4, 1867.
50.
51,
JACKSON, H. ‘‘ The Mollusca of North Haven, Maine ’’:. Nautilus, xxi,
142-4, 1908. .
JEFFREYS, J. G. British Conchology, iv ; London, 1867.
COOKE: DISTRIBUTION OF PURPURA LAPILLUS. 207
52, JEFFREYS, J.G. ‘‘ Norwegian Mollusca’’: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. Iv,
v, 438-48, 1870.
53. “Preliminary Report of the Biological Results of a Cruise in
H.M.S. Valorous to Davis Strait in 1875’: Proc. Roy. Soc., xxv, 177,
1876.
54. ‘“A List of Mollusca collected by the Rev. A. E. Eaton at Spitz-
bergen ’’: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. IV, xvili, 499, 1876.
55. JOHANSEN, A. C. ‘‘ On the Mollusca between Tide-marks at the Coasts
of Iceland’’: Vid. Medd., 1902, 385-92.
56. JONES, J. M. ‘‘ Mollusca of Nova Scotia ’’: Proc. Nova Scotia Inst., lv,
321-30 (as rightly numbered), 1877.
57. KnipovirscH, N. ‘‘ Etude sur la répartition verticale des animaux le long
du littoral des Iles Solovetsky’’: Congr. Intern. Zool., ii, pt. ii, 58-72.
58 ‘* Zoologische Ergebnisse der Russischen Expeditionen nach Spitz-
bergen ’’; Mollusca und Brachiopoda, i: Ann. Mus. St. Petersb., vi,
435-558, 1901; vii, 355-459, 1902.
59. KOBELT, W. JIconographie der schalentragenden europaischen Meeres-
conchylien, i, 36-9; Cassel, 1887.
60. Krause, A. ‘‘ Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Mollusken-Fauna des
Beringmeeres ’’: Arch. f. Naturgesch., Ixi, i, 256-302, 1885.
61. **Mollusken von Ostspitzbergen ’’?: Zool. Jahrb. Syst., vi, 339-76,
1892.
62. Krauss, F. Die siidafrikanischen Mollusken, Stuttgart, 1848, 1-140.
63. LAMEERE, A. Manuel de la Faune de Belgique, Bruxelles, i, 241, 1895.
64. Lamy, E. ‘‘Liste des Mollusques recueillis par M. Ch. Gravier
a Bergen’’: Bull. Mus. Paris, 1908, 380-83.
65. LECHE, W. ‘‘ Ofversigt éfver de af Svenska Expeditionerna till Novaya
Semlya och Jenissej} 1875 och 1876 insamlade Hafs-Mollusker’’ :
K. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., xvi, No. 2, 1878-9.
66. Letson, E. J. ‘‘ Check List of the Mollusca of New York’’: Albany,
N.Y., State Educ. Dep. Mus. Bull. No. 88, 1905.
67, LipTH DE JEUDE, Th. W. van. ‘‘ List of the Mollusca collected during
the Cruises of the Willem Barents in 1878 and 1879’: Niederl. Arch.
Zool., Suppl. i, Mem. 11, 1881-2.
68. LILJEBORG, W. ‘‘ Malacologiska Bidrag’’: Oefv. k. Vet. Akad. Forh.,
Stockholm, 1851, 280, with addendum, 1854.
. LINSLEY, J. H. ‘‘ Catalogue of the Shells of Connecticut’’: Amer.
Journ. Sci., ser. I, xlviii, 271-86, 1845.
. LISCHKE, C. E. ‘‘ Japanische Meeres-Conchylien ’’ : Noy. Conch. Suppl.,
iv, Cassel, 1869.
. LocarD, A. Catalogue général des Mollusques vivants de France:
Mollusques marins ; Lyon—Paris, 1886, 146-7 (P. lapillus).
. Lovin, S. Index Molluscorum litora Scandinavia occidentalia habi-
tantium : Oefv. k. Vet. Akad. Férh., Stockholm, 1846, 14.
. Lowe, R. T. “A List of the Shells observed . . . at Mogador... in
April, 1859”’ : Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., v, 169-204, 1861.
. McANDREW, R. ‘‘ Notes on the Distribution... of Mollusca...
observed on the Coasts of Spain, Portugal, etc.’’: Rep. Brit. Assoc.,
1850, 264-304.
. —— On the Geographical Distribution of Testaceous Mollusca in the
North Atlantic and neighbouring seas ; Liverpool, 1854, 1-51.
. — ‘‘List of Species of Mollusca obtained by Professor Goodsir from
Spitzbergen ’’: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 11, xvi, 465-6, 1855.
. —— ‘Report on the Marine Testaceous Mollusca of the North-East
Atlantic and neighbouring seas ’’: Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1856, 101-58.
and WOODWARD, H. ‘‘ Species of Mollusca obtained in Corunna
Bay’’: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. III, xiv, 232-5, 1864.
. Maum, A. W. “ Zoologiska Observationer,’’. ii: K. Vet. Gdtheborg,
Handl., 1853.
208
80.
81.
82.
83.
84,
85.
86.
87.
88.
89.
90.
91.
92.
93.
94.
95.
96.
97.
98.
99.
100.
101.
102.
103.
104.
105.
106.
107.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Maum, A.W. ‘‘ Om Hafs-Mollusker i Gétteborgs skargard och i Gétaelfs
mynning’’: Gétheb. k. Vet. Vitt. Samh. Handl., xxvi, No. 122, 1858.
MELVILL, J. C. and STANDEN, R. ‘‘ Report on the Mollusca of the
Jackson Harmsworth Expedition to Franz Josef Land (1896-7) and
Andrew Coats Cruise (1898) to Kolguev, ete.’?: Manchester Lit. Phil.
Soc., xliv, No. 4, 1900.
MIDDENDORFF, A. T. von. ‘‘Beitrage zu einer Malacozoologia Rossica”’ :
Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb., 1847-9, Abt. ii, iii, 113-15.
Reise in den Aeuessersten Norden und Orten Sibiriens ; Band ii,
Zoologie; Theil i; St. Petersburg, 1851, 219 22.
MOuueR, H. P. C. Index Molluscorum Groenlandie; Copenhagen, 1842.
Morcu, O. A. L. Fortegnelse over Grinlands Bléddyr ; Copenhagen,
1857, 14.
— ‘‘Faunula Molluscorum Insularum Faeroensium’’: Vid. Medd.,
1867, 42.
‘*Catalogues des Mollusques du Spitzberg’’?: Mém. Soc. Malac.
Belg., iv, 7-32, 1869.
‘* Synopsis Molluscorum marinorum Danie ’’: Vid. Medd., 1871,
157-225.
Monr, N. ‘‘Forsog til en Islandsk Naturhistorie’’ ; Copenhagen,
1786, 135.
Nospre, A. ‘‘ Mollusques et Brachiopodes de Portugal’’: Ann. Sci. Nat.
Porto, 1905, 1-147.
Norman, A. M. ‘‘ Notes on the Natural History of Eastern Finmark ”’ :
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. vil, x, 341-61, 1902.
ODHNER, N. ‘‘ Marine Mollusca of Iceland in the collections of the
Swedish State Museum’’: Ark. Zool. Stockholm, vii, No. 4, 31, 1910.
PACKARD, A. S. ‘‘A List of Animals dredged near Caribou Island,
Southern Labrador . . .’’: Canad. Nat., viii, 401-29, 1863.
‘* Observations . . . with a View of the Recent Invertebrate Fauna
of Labrador ’’: Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., i, pt. ii, 278-90, 1867.
PALLARY, P. Diagnoses de Nouvelles Coquilles du Maroc; Oran, 1906.
PELSENEER, P. ‘‘ Etude sur la Faune littorale de la Belgique’’: Ann.
Soc. Roy. Malac. Belgique, xviii, 116-21, 1883.
PERKINS, G. H. ‘‘ Molluscan Fauna of New Haven’’: Proc. Boston
Soc. Nat. Hist., xiii, 109-63, 1869.
PFEFFER, G. ‘‘ Uebersicht derim Jahre 1881 von Grafen Waldberg-Zeil
im Karischen-Meere gesammelten Mollusken’’: Abhandl. Naturw. Ver.
Hamb., ix, 1886.
‘* Die Fauna der Insel Ieretik, Port Wladimir, an der Murman-
Kiiste,’’ pt. i: Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss. Anat., vii, 76-94, 1889.
Piussry, H. A. Catalogue of Marme Mollusks of Japan; Detroit,
TS 9oseL 196:
PossELT, H. J. ‘* Groenlands Brachiopoder og Bloeddyr’’: Meddels.
Groenl., xxiii, 173, 1898.
RATHBURN, R. “‘ The Littoral Marine Fauna of Provincetown, Cape Cod,
Mass. ’’: Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., iii, 116-33, 1880.
Roper, E. W. ‘‘ Shell Collecting at Eastport (Maine) ’’: Nautilus, vi,
49-51, 1892.
SANDERSON SMITH. ‘“‘ Catalogue of the Mollusca of Little Gull Island,
Suffolk Co., New York’’: Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, viii, 194-5,
1867.
Sars, G.O. Mollusca Regionis Arctice Norvegice; Christiania, 1878.
Sars, M. “‘ Bidrag til en Skildring af den arktiske Mollusk-fauna ved
Norges nordlige Kyst ’?: Forh. Vid. Selsk., 1858, 34-87.
ScHMIDT, F. ‘‘ Wissenschaftliche Resultate der zur Aufsuchung eines
. . . Mammuthcadavers . . . an den unteren Jenissei ausgesandten
Expedition ’’: Mém. Acad. Se. St. Petersb., xviii, No. 1, Mollusken,
47-67, 1872.
108.
109.
109a.
110.
LE
112,
113,
114,
115,
116.
TET,
118,
119,
120.
121.
122.
123.
124,
125.
126.
127.
COOKE: DISTRIBUTION OF PURPURA LAPILLUS. 209
ScHRENCK, L. von. Reisen wnd Forschungen im Amnur-Lande, ii,
Zoologie, Mollusca, 259-974.
SmitH, E. A. ‘‘A List of the Gasteropoda collected in Japanese Seas
by Commander H. C. St. John, R.N.’’: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. Iv,
xv, 414-27, 1875.
‘List of Mollusca collected off Novaya Zemlya,’’ in A Polar
Reconnaissance, Voyage of the Isbjirn in 1879: A. H. Markham,
1881, 344-5.
SMITH, Maxwell. ‘‘ Shells from the Bay of Cadiz Region’’: Nautilus,
xxiv, 81-3, 1910.
SmitH, S. and Prime, T. ‘‘ Report on the Mollusca of Long Island,
New York, and of its Dependencies’’: Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York,
ix, 377-407, 1870.
SoweERBy, G. B. Marine Shells of South Africa; London, 1892.
STEARNS, R. E. C. ‘‘ Purpura lapillus, var. imbricata’’: Nautilus, x,
85, 1896.
STIMPSON, W. Shells of New England; Boston, 1851, 45.
TayLor, G. W. ‘‘ Preliminary Catalogue of the Marine Mollusca of the
Pacific Coast of Canada, with Notes upon their Distribution’: Trans.
Roy. Soc. Canad., ser. I1, i (sect. 4), 17-100, 1895.
THEEL, H. ‘‘ Om utvecklingen af Sveriges zoologiska hafstation Kristine-
berg och om djurlifvet i angrinsande haf och fjordar’’: Ark. Zool.
Stockholm, iv, No. 5, 1-136, 1908.
TORELL, O. ‘‘ Bidrag til Spitzbergens Molluskfauna’’; Stockholm, 1859.
VANATTA, E.G. ‘‘ Purpura crispata and saxicola’’: Nautilus, xxiv,
37-8, 1910.
VERKRUZEN, T. A. ‘‘ Dredging Excursion to Iceland in June and July,
1872’’: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. IV, x, 371-6, 1872.
‘* Zur Fauna von Neu Schotland (Nova Scotia) und Neufundland”’ :
Jahrb. Deut. Malak. Ges., v, 208-30, 1878.
‘* Bericht iiber meinen Besuch der grossen Bank von Neufundland
...?’: Jahrb. Deut. Malak. Ges., viii, 82-100, 1881.
Watson, R. B. ‘‘On the Marine Mollusca of Madeira’’?: Journ. Linn.
Soc., Zool., xxvi, 233-329, 1897.
WEINKAUFF, H. C. Die Conchylien des Mittelmeeres ; Cassel, 1867-8.
Wueat, S.C. ‘‘ List of Long Island Shells’’: Bull. Brooklyn Conch.
Club, i, 7-10, 1907.
WHITEAVES, J. F. ‘‘On the Marine Mollusca of Eastern Canada”’ :
Canad. Nat., N.S., iv, 48-57, 1869.
WILLIAMSON, H. Burton. ‘‘Note on Thais (Purpura)’’?: Nautilus,
xxv, 30-1, 1911.
WINCKLEY, H. W. ‘‘ Cape Cod Notes’’: Nautilus, xxi, 74, 1907.
210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
DESCRIPTIONS OF COLOUR VARIETIES OF CONUS QUERCINUS,
HWASS, AND CYPRA4iA LAMARCKII, GRAY.
By H. 0: N: Suaw, B:Se5 F-Z:8:
Read 13th November, 1914.
Conus QUERCINUS, Var. ALBUS, N.vVar.
I wave thought it worth while to note this variety of Conus
quercinus, Hwass, for which I propose the varietal name albus, on
account of the following pecuharities. In the first place, the colour
is snow-white. The apex of the spire is a warm rose-brown, and the
shell is entirely devoid of the usual fine thread-like, transverse brown
markings. With regard to form, the shell, for its length, is wider
across the shoulder of the last whorl than is usually the case, while
the shoulder is more angular, and the spire very much flatter. The
spiral striations of the latter, and on the body-whorl, particularly on
the upper half, are coarser and more deeply engraved than on typical
examples of the species. The shell, which is in excellent condition,
was collected at Aden. Length 58 mm., max. breadth 34mm.
CyPRmA LAMARCKII, Var. PHYLLIDIS, N.var.
I have recently received from Aden four specimens of what
appears to be a new variety of the above species. ‘They are in
different stages of growth and size, the largest being a perfect
example, 40 mm.long. This variety is more elongate, less ventricose,
and the dorsum less humped than in the typical C. lamarckii, Gray,
while the base and teeth are fairly normal, though the two anterior
labial teeth are slightly less accentuated. The colour and markings
are entirely different. The sides are slightly thickened and pure
white. The whole of the dorsal surface is a pale translucent yellow-
brown extending down to the white sides. This colouring is
punctuated on each side by numerous fine red-brown spots, which
extend upwards on each side to the dorsal surface, where they are
less distinct. It may indeed be said that the whole of the sides and
dorsal surface are covered with these fine brown spots. The apex of
the dorsum is suffused with a faint patch of pink. From the fore-
going, the features not occurring in the typical shell will be seen, and
they may be further accentuated by saying that the large deep-brown
spots on each side, the brown colouring of the dorsal surface, the pale
dorsal space, the innumerable white spots (sometimes ocellated), and
the brown markings of each extremity, all characteristic of a typical
specimen, are in this variety entirely absent. There is not a single
white spot on any of the four shells before me. For this beautiful
and striking variety I propose the name phyllidis.
211
ON THE NON-MARINE MOLLUSCA OF A POST-PLIOCENE DEPOSIT
AT APETHORPE, NORTHAMPTONSHIRE.
By A. 8S. Kennaxp, F.G.S., and B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., etc.
Read 11th December, 1914.
We have twice recorded Vertigo parcedentata (A. Braun) as occurring
in a fossil state at Stamford, Lincolnshire (Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond.,
vol. vii, pp. 119-20, 1906, and Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. ]xviii,
p- 2386, 1912). This record was based on examples which had been
found in shell marl given to one of us some years ago by the late
Professor T. Rupert Jones, the box containing the marl being
labelled ‘‘Stamford, from 8. P. Woodward’’. In the course of
correspondence with Mr. W. R. Horwood, of the Leicester Museum,
he kindly pointed out that this is without doubt the material
described by the donor in 1881. The account is as follows:
‘‘From the grey marl of an old lake-floor in a valley near Apethorp,
not far from Stamford, on which a Roman station (discovered in
1859) had been established, though subject to inundation; the
following freshwater shells and other organisms were found by
Mr. John F. Bentley. ‘They were named by Dr. 8. P. Woodward,”
and a list of thirty-two species is given (Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. vi,
p. 213, footnote, 1880).
Although the amount of material was small, yet we have been able
to determine thirty-eight species, viz. :—
Vitrea crystallina (Mill.), 6 examples.
Polita cellaria (Mill.), 7 examples.
P. radiatula (Alder), common.
Zonitordes nitidus (Miill.), 1 example.
Euconulus fulvus (Mill.), 5 examples.
Punetum pygmeum (Drap.), 10 examples.
Pyramidula rotundata (Miill.), common.
Felicella itala (Linn.), 2 examples.
Hygromia liberta (West.), common.
Acanthinula aculeata (Mill.), 5 examples.
Vallonia pulchella (Miill.), common.
V. costata (Mill.), common.
V. excentrica, Sterki, common.
Arianta arbustorum (Linn.), 4 examples.
Cochlicopa lubrica (Mill.), common.
Ceecilioides acicula (Miill.), 4 examples.
Pupilla muscorum (Linn.), common.
Vertigo antivertigo (Drap.), 10 examples.
V. substriata, Jeft., 4 examples.
V. pygmea (Drap.), 5 examples.
V. parcedentata (A. Braun), common.
V. pusilla, Miill., 1 example.
V. angustior, Jeff., 1 example.
22, PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Clausilia laminata (Mont.), 2 examples.
C. bidentata (Strom), 1 example.
C. rolphit, Leach, 2 examples.
Succinea elegans, Risso, 6 examples.
Carychium minimum, Mill., common.
Limnea pereger (Miill.), 3 examples.
L. palustris (Mill.), 1 example.
L. truncatula (Mill.), common.
Planorbis leucostoma, Millet, common.
P. crista (Linn.), 2 examples.
Physa fontinalis (Linn.), 2 examples.
Bithynia tentaculata (Linn.), common.
Valvata cristata, Mull., 1 example.
Acicula lineata (Drap.), 6 examples.
Pomatias elegans (Miill.), 4 fragments.
Two species previously recorded, Hygromia striolata (Pfr.)
(= Helix rufescens, auctt., non Penn.) and Bithynia leachii (Shepp.),
are missing, and these records are very doubtful. All the larger
forms are represented either by immature examples or by fragments,
but the large size of the smaller species is noteworthy, showing
clearly that the environment was congenial to the Mollusca. The
comparative abundance of Vertigo parcedentata is interesting, since in
the three other British deposits in which it occurred it was decidedly
rare. No stratigraphical evidence is available to fix the age of the
deposit, so one must rely solely on the Mollusca. There is only one
extinct species, V. parcedentata. In these Islands it is only known
elsewhere from Elie, Fifeshire, and Ponders End and Angel Road,
Middlesex. The first-named is early Holocene, the two latter, really
one deposit, late Pleistocene. The whole facies of the Apethorpe
Mollusca is so different from that of the Lea Valley beds that it
cannot be correlated with them, whilst the great difference in the
latitude prevents any comparison with the Scotch deposit. We are,
however, inclined to think it is late Pleistocene, and belongs to some
part of that vast period of time which elapsed between the deposition
of the Crayford brickearths and the Glacial Period, which latter
marks the end of the Pleistocene.
2135
DESCRIPTIONS OF FIVE NEW SPECIES OF MOLLUSCA OF THE
GENERA DRILLIA, MARGINELLA, APICALIA, PLESIO-
TROCHUS, AND RINGICULA, ALL FROM CEYLON; ALSO
NOTES ON THE GENUS PLESIOTROCHUS.
By G. B. Sowersy, F.L.S.
Read 8th January, 1915.
DRILLIA PRECLARA, N.Sp.
Testa fusiformis, argenteo-nitens, fusco strigata; spira acuminata,
acuta, ad apicem obtusiuscula; anfractus 8, apicales (13-2) leves,
rotundati, ceteri longitudinaliter costati, costis crassis, superne
intersectis; anfractus ultimus spiram fere equans, leviter convexus,
sinistrorsum vyaricosus; apertura oblonga, breviter canaliculata,
labrum extus valde incrassatum, ad marginem acutum, postice
profunde sinuatum. Long. 9, diam. maj. 3mm.
Hab.—'lrincomalee, Ceylon.
A bright shining little shell, of an almost nacrous lustre.
MarGINELLA CARTWRIGHTI, 0.Sp.
Testa minuta, oblongo-ovata, utrinque leviter attenuata, alba,
translucida ; spira callosa, contecta; apertura angusta, arcuata ;
columella callosa, antice plicis sex perminutis instructa; labrum
leviter arcuatulum, extus rotundatum, leve, intus minutissime
denticulatum. Long. 2, diam. 1mm.
Hab.—Trincomalee, Ceylon.
214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
I found it rather difficult to determine the generic position of this
little shell; it has much the appearance of a very minute Amphiperas
(Ovulum), but the minute columellar plaits seem to prove it
a Marginella. The exceedingly minute denticulation of the outer lip
is only perceptible under a powerful lens.
MUCcRONALIA EXQUISITA, N.Sp.
Testa minuta, cylindracea, translucida, nitens, transversim rufo-
fusco lineata; spira leviter convexa, ad apicem mucronata;
anfractus 6, primi 2 (apicales) minuti, elevati, cateri leves,
planulati, transversim bilineati, sutura vix impressa_ sejuncti;
anfractus ultimus oblongus, vix convexus, trilineatus, ad basim
leviter attenuatus; apertura oblongo-ovata; columella tenuis,
rectiuscula ; labrum acutum. Long. 3, diam. maj. 1mm.
Hab.—Trincomalee, Ceylon.
Of this elegant little species I have only seen a single specimen.
It is a very characteristic Mucronalia, the mucronate apex consisting
of two small elate whorls; the next three whorls have each two
narrow light-brown bands, one about the middle, and the other just
above the suture; the last whorl exhibits a third band at the base,
not shown in the figure.
RINGICULA TRUNCATA, D.sp.
Testa subglobosa, crassa, levis, alba; spira brevis; anfractus 3,
convexi, leves, sutura angustissima sejuncti; anfractus ultimus
latus, convexus, ad basim truncatus; apertura longiuscula, postice
angustata, antice latior; columella callosa, triplicata, plicis validis,
postica lata, acuta, media obliqua, antica oblique contorta; labrum
crassum, leviter complanatum, intus minutissime denticulatum, extus
arcuatum, postice angustius, leviter sinuatum. Alt. 2, diam.
maj. 2mm.
Hab.—Colombo, Ceylon.
A very solid convex smooth shell, truncated at the anterior end.
SOWERBY : ON PLESIOTROCHUS AND N.SPP. OF MOLLUSCA. 215
PLESIOTROCHUS CEYLONICUS, 01.Sp.
Testa parva, imperforata, conica, albida; spira elata, acuta,
anfractus 6, apicales 2 leaves, cateri planato-declives, infra acute
unicarinati, spiraliter exiliter striati, hie illic longitudinaliter
irregulariter pauciplicati, sutura impressa minute crenulata sejuncti ;
2
anfractus ultimus 2 longitudinis teste aquans, leviter ventricosus, ad
peripheriam bicarinatus, infra coneavus; apertura lata, antice
breviter canaliculata; columella leviter contorta; labrum tenue,
arcuatum. Long. 3, diam. maj. 2 mm.
Hab.—Ceylon.
Compared with P. pagodiformis, Hedley, this shell is smaller, less
elately conical, less longitudinally plicate, whorls less concave, and
base more ventricose.
Referring to Hedley’s interesting comments on this genus (Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. xxxii, p. 499, 1907), I have no doubt that
he is right in placing it in the family Cerithiide, and also in
including in Fischer’s genus several forms formerly called Certthium
and Bitivum.
In my opinion the names Certthium eludens, Bayle, and dubium,
G. B. Sow., are synonyms of Plestotrochus monachus, Crosse. ‘This
much less trochiform species forms an interesting link between
Cerithium and the typical Plesiotrochus.
1. PLEsrorrocuus EXILIs (Pease).
Trochus exilis, Pease, Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. i111, p. 286,
pl: Xxivy neat, Leow.
Plesiotrochus souverbieanus, Fischer, J. de Conch., vol. xxvi,
p. 212, 1878.
2. PiestorrocHus IMPENDENS (Hedley).
Cerithium impendens, Hedley, Mem. Aust. Mus., Mem. iii,
pt. vil, p. 434, fig. 23, 1899.
3. Presrorrocaus PpacgopiFormis, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.,
vol. xxxil, p. 498, pl. xvii, fig. 16, 1907.
4. PLesiorrocuus MonacHus (Crosse & Fischer).
Cerithium monachus, Crosse & Fisch., J. de Conch., vol. xu,
p. 847, 1864; vol. xii, p. 45, pl. iui, figs. 17, 18, 1865.
C. dubium, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. ii, p. 864, pl. clxxxi,
fig. 120, 1855 (non Sow., Min. Conch., vol. ii, p. 108, 1816).
C. eludens, Bayle, J. de Conch., 1880, p. 245.
216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
5. PLESIOTROCHUS OosIMENSISs, Watson.
Bittium oosimense, Challenger Rep., Zool., vol. xv, p. 548,
ph. xxxix, fig: 1, 1886.
6. PLestorrocnus FIscHERI, Smith, Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. viii,
p. 870, fig., 1909.
7. Piestorrocuts unictnetus (A. Adams).
Liziphinus unicinctus, A. Ad., Proce. Zool. Soc., 1851 (1853),
p.. 167.
Plestotrochus unicinctus, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.,
vol. xxxvili, p. 291, pl. xvii, fig. 63, 1913.
8. Prestorrocuus ceyLonicus, Sowerby (herein described).
Add to these two unnamed species mentioned by Nevill (Hand
List Moll. Ind. Mus., 1884, p. 158) from Mauritius and the
Andamans, and probably Brttiwm scalatum, Dunker, from Japan
(Index Moll. Maris Japon., 1882, p. 108).
ON SOME MOLLUSCAN REMAINS FROM THE OPAL DEPOSITS
(UPPER CRETACEOUS) OF NEW SOUTH WALES.
By R. Butiren Newron, F.G.S.
Read 8th January, 1915.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
PLATE VI.
Dvurine a recent visit to Australia, as a member of the British
Association, I was fortunate in obtaining from a curio-merchant at
Sydney a few of the rare opalized fossils of Upper Cretaceous age
found in the opal-bearing strata of White Cliffs, New South Wales,
some 65 miles N.N.W. of the township of Wileannia, comprising the
remains of both marine and freshwater shells, as well as a small
phalangal bone of a Plesiosaurian (Cimoliosaurus). These fossils
QUEENSLAND
.
LIGHTNING RIDGE
SOUTH AUSTRALIA
?
Sketch-map of
NEW SOUTH WALES
Localities for Cretaceous
opalieed-fossils are
anderlined -
Scale: 265 miles to the inch.
now enrich the paleontological collection of the Rev. F. St. John
Thackeray, M.A., F.G.S., the Vicar of Mapledurham, near Reading,
to whom I am indebted for the privilege of describing them on this
occasion. But, as well as considering Mr. Thackeray’s specimens, the
opportunity will be taken of referring to similarly opalized shells
from the same beds contained in the Geological and Mineral
Departments of the British Museum, which have been on exhibition
for some years, bearing more or less provisional identifications, a new
study of which, it is hoped, will lead to a more accurate knowledge
of their relationships.
The British Museum (Geological Department) also possesses two
Pelecypods of freshwater habits from the Lightning Ridge opal-field,
situated in the parish of Wallangulla, county Finch, near the
Queensland border, and distant about 50 miles from Walgett in
218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
a northerly direction, which are of interest, as no determined
molluscan remains have hitherto been recorded from this area. The
deposits have, however, yielded Dinosaurian bones which have been
referred to in literature by Dr. A. 8. Woodward. Another locality
in New South Wales for opalized fossils has quite recently come into
prominence through the discovery of Ceratodus remains at Baradine,
situated some 90 miles 8.8.E. of Walgett, which Mr. Chapman has
just described, a fact. of much interest, since this is a genus of fish
which still survives in Queensland rivers.
List of the recognized Cretaceous opalized fossils from New South
Wales, including the new species of Pelecypoda described in the
present paper.
PLANT.
Araucarioxylon sp., Giirich.
CrinorpEA
Isocrinus australis, Moore, sp.
PrLecypopa.
Unio white-cliffsensis, n.sp.
Unio sp. indet.
Unio jaqueti, n.sp.
Cyrenopsis australiensis, n.sp.
Cyrenopsis (% ?) elongata, n.sp.
Cyrenopsis meekr
Cyrenopsis opallites
Corbicula corrugata, Tate, sp.
Fissilunula clarkei, Moore, sp.
Maccoyella barklyi, Moore, sp.
Inoceramus sp.
aa see ee Etheridge, jun.
Modiola sp. indet. /
Trigonia sp. ef. mooret, Lycett (Giirich).
Gresslya sp. cf. gregaria, Goldfuss (Giirich).
Teredina opalina, Giirich.
Etheridge, jun.
GASTROPODA.
Euspira variabilis (reflecta), Moore, sp.
Viviparus (?) alba-scopularis, Etheridge, jun.
CEPHALOPODA.
Belemnites canhami, Tate ) Actinocamax, according to
Belemnites kleini, Giirich G. C. Crick.
Ammonites.
PIscEs.
Ceratodus (Metaceratodus) wollastont, Chapman.
Repripia.
Cimoliosaurus leucoscopelus, Etheridge, jun.
Polyptychodon (H. Woodward’s determination).
Dinosaurian remains of a Megalosaurian type (A. S. Woodward).
NEWTON: OPALIZED SHELLS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 219
The evidence of these fossils, consisting of terrestrial, freshwater,
and marine organisms, clearly proves the estuarine origin of the opal
deposits of New South Wales, and their association with the opalized
coniferous wood (Araucarioxrylon sp. of Giirich) further accentuates
this view. Although the fauna, so far as we know it, is quite
endemic, yet it is of interest to point out that a somewhat similar
assemblage of forms characterizes some of the estuarine deposits
occurring in the Cretaceous strata of North America. For instance,
the Judith River group of rocks in the Wyoming region of the
United States, which are of the latest Cretaceous age, have yielded
both Corbicula and Dinosaurian remains in association. Then, again,
there are the Belly! River deposits of Canada (Alberta), of somewhat
similar age, which contain Plesiosaurian (Cimoliosaurus) and Dino-
saurian bones, as well as Unioniform shells, Corbicula, Viviparus,
ete., and those of marine habit like Pterva, Jfytilus, Ostrea, etc.
(Whiteaves, Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Canada, vol. i, p. 55, 1885).
The Belly River and Judith River beds are recognized as belonging
to the Montana epoch (see Chamberlin & Salisbury, Geology, vol. iu,
p- 152, 1906), which represents very high Cretaceous, or probably
what may be the equivalent of the Danian of Europe. It is,
therefore, possible that the opalized deposits of Australia were laid
down at nearly the end of Cretaceous times. It often happens that
these mineralized shells, before they reach the paleontologist, have
been polished by the lapidary to intensify their opalescent characters,
an operation which of course is very much to the detriment of the
finer structures of the fossils, although among the specimens to be
noticed are those which have escaped such treatment and in which
the details of sculpture have been preserved.
I wish to record my indebtedness to Mr. Spencer for giving me
facilities to examine Australian opalized shells in the Mineral
Department of the British Museum, to Messrs. E. A. Smith and
G. C. Crick for information on certain of the Mollusca, as also to
Drs. A. S. Woodward and C. W. Andrews for suggestions in connexion
with the vertebrates found in the same deposits.
BrsLioGRAPHY.
The opal deposits of White Cliffs were first noticed by Mr. W.
Anderson? in 1892, who described them as very siliceous, horizontally
bedded sandstones of Upper Cretaceous age, and the probable
equivalent of the Desert Sandstone of Queensland ; in close proximity
_ were vertical Silurian slates and horizontally bedded Devonian
conglomerates and sandstones. Reference was also made to the
original structures of the Mollusca, wood, Encrinites, ete., found in the
beds being replaced by opaline matter. Mr. Anderson regarded opal
as a secondary product of igneous rocks, sandstones, limestones, etc.,
which is usually the result of deposition from opal-silica solutions
percolating through the rocks.
' According to the latest information from Canada, this river is now to be
known as the Lethbridge River. -- = ;
2 “ Notes on the Occurrence of Opal in New South Wales ” : Rec. Geol. Surv.
N.S.W., vol. iii, pt. i, pp. 29-32, 1892.
220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
In the following year Mr. J. B. Jaquet! offered a fuller account of
the deposits at White Cliffs, and similarly regarded them as Upper
Cretaceous and contemporaneous with the Desert Sandstone of
Queensland (an extensive formation originally described by Daintree,?
who, in the absence of accurate fossiliferous evidence, wrongly
considered it as part of the Kainozoic system). The opal beds were
referred to as resting on Paleozoic rocks, and consisting of con-
glomerates and kaolin, the fossils found in them being mentioned as
Mollusca, Belemnites, and wood. Scattered throughout the deposits
were ‘enormous waterworn boulders ”’ of a vitreous-looking sandstone
which, when broken open, exhibited thin veins of opal as well as
‘‘impressions of characteristic Devonian Mollusca and other inverte-
brates”’. These boulders were stated to have been derived from
Palzozoic conglomerates and sandstones occurring to the westward of
the opal-field. It was further mentioned that ‘‘the occurrence of
nodules and veins of opal. the replacement of the remains of Mollusca
and other organisms by opal, and the deposition of opaline quartz in
the interstices of the conglomerate belonging to this formation, and
the foreign boulders of sandstone which are found in it, would seem
to indicate that at some period the beds had siliceous waters running
through them. The presence of hydrous silica in various forms seems
characteristic of these beds wherever they have been observed ’’.
Mr. F. G. de V. Gipps* in 1894 referred briefly to some
opalized organisms he had found at White Cliffs, which included
Plesiosaurian bones, crinoid arms, and wood; and the following
Mollusca determined by Mr. Etheridge, jun.: Maccoyella reflecta,
Tellina sp. indet., Modiola, Natica variabilis, and Belemnites canhamt.
During 1895 Dr. Henry Woodward‘ exhibited at the Geological
Society some ‘‘opalized Cretaceous fossils, consisting of a tooth of
Polyptychodon [now in the Geological Department of the British
Museum, R. 2614], the guard of a Belemnitella, and a bivalve shell,
from New South Wales”, and ‘precious opal having the form of
a Watica’’; they presumably came from White Cliffs, although no
particular locality was stated in this brief announcement (see
R. Etheridge, jun., Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Paleontology, No. xi,
p. 6, 1902),
Interesting observations on the opalization of fossil organic remains
from White Cliffs were published by Mr. Etheridge, jun.,° in 1897,
when describing some reptilian remains (Cimoliosaurus) from that
locality. He referred to the oceurrence in those beds of ‘‘ Crinoid
remains, the shells of Pelecypoda and Gastropoda, portions of
Belemnite guards, Sauropterygian bones, and an Ammonite wholly
1 ** On the White Cliffs Opal-field’’: Ann. Rep. Dept. Mines Agric. N.S.W.
for 1892-3, pp. 140-2.
2 “*Notes on the Geology of Queensland’’: Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,
vol. xxvili, p. 275, 1872.
> Trans. Australasian Inst. Min. Eng., vol. ii, pp. 70-80, 1894.
+ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. li, Proc., p. iii, 1895.
° “An Australian Sauropterygian (Cimoliosawrus) converted into Precious
Opal’’: Rec. Australian Mus., vol. iii, No. 2, pp. 19-27, pls. v—vii, 1897.
NEWTON : OPALIZED SHELLS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 221
converted into precious opal (6 inches in diameter), unfortunately
since destroyed in a conflagration, but which was once in the
Geological Survey Museum of New South Wales. The preservation
of some of these fossils is excellent, although all are not alike in this
respect, and the extent to which the opalization has at times been
carried is remarkable”. Considerable colour effects are visible by
reflected light, Mr. Etheridge having noticed ‘‘ principally blue, red,
green, and yellow, with their various shades and combinations, not
the least pleasing being an ever-varying degree of red and blue-tinted
urple”’.
4 In the succeeding year two opalized Pelecypods from White Cliffs
were described by the late Professor Ralph Tate’ as ZLucina(?)
bonythont and Platopis(?) corrugata, both being regarded as new
species and of Upper Cretaceousage. The late Professor H. G. Seeley ?
referred in the same year to the humerus of a Plesiosaurian from the
opal-mines of White Cliffs, in which ‘‘ the substance of the bone was
almost entirely replaced by opal’’; this specimen, it is interesting to
state, is now in the Mineral Department (No. 83630) of the British
Museum. Mr. G. Giirich,® of Breslau, next published an account
of some Mollusca, a vertebra of Plestosaurus, and fossil wood
(Araucarioxylon sp.) from the same opal deposits, and regarded them
as of younger Jurassic age, the molluscan species being as follows :—
Avicula barklyi, Moore.
Trigonia sp. ef. moorer, Lycett.
Cyrena(?), n.sp.
Teredina opalina, Giirich.
Gresslya sp. ef. gregaria, Goldfuss.
Natica variabilis, Moore.
Belemnites kleini, Giirich.
The more complete account, however, of the paleontology of the
White Cliffs opalized beds was that contributed by Mr. Etheridge,
jun.,* in 1902, which included a bibliography, as well as descriptions
and figures of new and little-known species of Mollusca embracing
the establishment of two new genera of Pelecypoda, viz. Fisstlunula
and Cyrenopsis. The list of species included the following forms :—
CrinorpEa.
Isocrinus australis, Moore, sp.
PELECYPODA.
Maccoyella barklyi, Moore, sp.
Lnoceramus sp.
Modiola dunlopensis |
Modiola tatei
Modiola sp. indet.
Cyrenopsis opallites
Etheridge, jun.
1 Trans. R. Soe. S. Australia, vol. xxii, pt. ii, pp. 77-9, text-figures, 1898.
* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. liv, Proc., p. evi, 1898.
* Neues Jahrb., Beilage Band xiv, pl. xix, pp. 484-500, 1901.
+ Monograph of the Cretaceous Invertebrate Fauna of New South Wales (Mem.
Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Paleontology, No. xi, 1902).
VOL. XI.—MARCH, 1915. 16
222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Cyrenopsis (?) corrugata, Tate, sp.
Teredina opalina, Giirich.
Fissilunula clarkei, Moore, sp.
GASTROPODA.
Pseudamaura variabilis \
- Moore, sp.
Pseudamaura reflecta J
Viviparus (?) alba-scopularis, Etheridge, jun.
CEPHALOPODA.
Belemnites canhami, Tate.
Belemnites kleint, Giirich.
?
In some prefatory remarks to Mr. Etheridge’s memoir, Mr. E. F.
Pittman introduced a detailed section of the deposits at White Cliffs,
and supported their Upper Cretaceous age, which was _ first
pronounced by Anderson, as against Giirich’s view that they should
be considered younger Jurassic. A comparatively new opal-field at
Lightning Ridge, New South Wales, was reported upon in 1906 by
Mr. J. B. Jaquet.' From a geological section (text-figure) accom-
panying the account, it is seen that the Upper Cretaceous or Desert
Sandstone beds of this area consist of ‘‘ white powdery siliceous rock,
with opal”’, beneath being the Lower Cretaceous or Rolling Downs
deposits, and surmounting the whole is a capping of ‘‘ quartz pebble
conglomerate’. There is no reference to the occurrence of
fossiliferous remains, although Mr. Jaquet regarded the beds as
identical in their modes of structure with those at White Cliffs. The
locality is famous for the much-coveted ‘black opal’ which is found
in association with opals of ordinary character.
A new interest was given to the Lightning Ridge Beds? in 1910,
when it was announced by Dr. A. S. Woodward that Dinosaurian
bones had been discovered there, representing a small Megalosaurian
animal now preserved in the Geological Department of the British
Museum (R. 3716-18). The account stated that the specimens
were opalized, and that they occurred with other bones and shells
in a similar condition, their geological age being given as Upper
Cretaceous.
A reference to the opalized deposits of New South Wales was made
by Mr. C. A. Siissmilch* in connexion with both White Cliffs and
Lightning Ridge. At the former locality he mentioned the occurrence
of shells, reptilian bones, and fragments of fossil wood, wholly or partly
replaced by precious opal; he regarded the beds as of Upper Cretaceous
age, the opalization being referred to as of secondary origin.
1“The Wallangulla Opal Field’’: Ann. Rep. Dept. Mines N.S.W. for
1905, 1906, pp. 68-9.
2 **On Remains of a Megalosaurian Dinosaur from New South Wales’’: 79th
Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1909, 1910, pp. 482-3.
5 An Introduction to the Geology of New South Wales [Sydney], 1911, p. 125
(with coloured geological map).
NEWTON: OPALIZED SHELLS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 223
Finally, Mr. F. Chapman,' Paleontologist of the National Museum at
Melbourne, has quite recently described an opalized tooth of Ceratodus
from the Upper Cretaceous opal deposits of Baradine, some 90 miles
8.S.E. of Walgett, New South Wales, and has determined it under a new
sub-genus and species as Ceratodus (Metaceratodus) wollastoni. It is
of interest to state that Ceratodus, although chiefly characteristic of
Trias and Jurassic times, has been recognized by E. W. Cope in the
Fort Union Beds of Montana, United States (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philadelphia, 1876, pp. 259-60), which are regarded as uppermost
Cretaceous or oldest Eocene, as well as in the later Cretaceous deposits
of Patagonia, by Ameghino. Dr. A. S. Woodward has further
recorded the occurrence of Ceratodus and a Dinosaurian in the Lower
Jurassic rocks of Gippsland, Victoria, Australia (Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., ser. vit, vol. xviii, pl. i, pp. 1-8, 1906).
Aw Account oF tHE Opattzep Mortusca CONTAINED IN tHE CoLLECrIONS
OF THE British Museum AND THE Rev. F. Sr. J. THAcKERAY.
PELECYPODA.
Fam. CYPRINIDA.
FIssILUNULA CLARKEI, Moore, sp.
Cytherea clarkei, Moore, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxvi, p. 250,
ple ccs fie. 1 1870.
Cyprina expansa, Etheridge, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol xxviii,
p. 98, pl. xix, fig. 1, 1872.
Cytherea clarket (= Cyprina expansa), Tate, 1st Rep. Australasian
Assoc., 1888-9, p. 230.
Cyprina clarket, Etheridge, jun.: Jack & Etheridge, jun., Geology
and Paleontology of Queensland, 1892, pp. 474, 568, pl. xxvii,
ie. Oy pl. xxv, figs. 18, 19; Ppl. xxvii, fies. 10, 11.
Fissilunula clarkei, Etheridge, jun., Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S.W.,
Paleontology, No. xi, pp. 36-7, pl. vi, fig. 3; pl. ix, fig. 1;
plex, figs. 2s pl.-x1, figs: 1, 2;- 1902.
Description (original).—Shell large, thick, rather compressed,
transversely ovate, inequilateral, moderately convex; umbones
flattened, incurved over a large and rounded lunule; anterior and
posterior ends and dorsal margin rounded; surface of the shell with
broad irregular transverse bands of growth.
Remarks.—The specimen referred to this species has parts of both
valves preserved in the closed condition, so that no internal characters
are exposed, besides which the umbones are, unfortunately, absent.
'** On a new species of Ceratodus from the Cretaceous of New South Wales ’’:
Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, N.S., vol. xxvii, pp. 25-7, pl. v, 1914. The genus
Ceratodus was reported by Krefft as occurring with Diprotodon remains
in the Alluvial deposits of Queensland (Natwre, vol. ix, p. 293, 1874), being
regarded as an extinct form under the name of C. palmeri, a determination
subsequently set aside by C. W. De Vis, who recognized its identity with
the recent Ceratodus forsteri of Queensland rivers (Proc. Roy. Soc.
Queensland, vol. i, p. 40, 1884).
224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
It is of small and very medium size when compared with the more
adult forms from Queensland, which sometimes reach 9 inches in
length; the valves are well inflated and covered with wide and
rounded growth bands bearing intervening concentric striations; the
posterior region is subangulate and furnished with strongly oblique
lines of growth, whereas anteriorly the valves are slightly compressed
and narrow in the direction of the outer margin; the lunular excavation
appears to be rather shallower than usual, probably on account of the
absence of the umbones.
Dimensions (approzimate).—Length 60, height 50, diameter 35 mm.
FISSILUNULA CLARKEI (Moore).
A = Left lateral view of specimen.
B = Ventral aspect of same, showing well-inflated valves.
Loc. White Cliffs. British Museum (Geol. Dept., L. 21274).
Moore’s original description of the Queensland shell was based upon
very imperfect material, but from the later studies of Mr. Etheridge,
jun., of better preserved examples the real affinities of the species
came to be more accurately known. From a delineation of the
hinge-characters and other important internal structures, that author
was able to prove fairly close relationships to Jsocardia, and thus he
made the species the type of his new genus Jvsstlunula. The present
fossil compares favourably with a partially testiferous cast originally
collected by Mr. H. Y. L. Brown from the Cretaceous region north of
Lake Eyre, South Australia, and which he presented to the British
Museum (Geol. Dept., L. 9682), where it was determined years ago
by Mr. Etheridge, jun., as Moore’s Cytherea clarket. That specimen,
however, is rather more compressed, but allowing for certain
NEWTON : OPALIZED SHELLS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 225
variations which exist in the species, it would appear reasonable to
regard the example from White Cliffs as belonging to the same form.
Locality.—W hite Cliffs, New South Wales.
Collection.—British Museum (Geol. Dept., L. 21274).
Distribution.—Lower Cretaceous: New South Wales, Queensland,
and South Australia. Upper Cretaceous: Queensland and South
Australia (Lake Eyre region).
Fam. PTERUDZ (= Aviculide).
MaccoyELLa BARKLYI, Moore, sp. Pl. VI, Fig. 19.
Avicula barklyi, Moore, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxvi, p. 245,
pl. xi, figs. 1,2; 18:70:
Avicula alata, Etheridge, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxviii, p. 342,
ple xx, fis. 8; 1872.
Monotis barklyi, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia, vol. 11,
p. 179, 1880.
Macevyella barklyi, Etheridge, jun.: Jack & Etheridge, Geology
and Paleontology of Queensland, 1892, p. 465, pl. xxii,
figs. 1-5; pl. xlii, figs. 4-6 ; pl. xxiii, figs. 1-2 ; Mem. Geol. Surv.
N.S.W., Paleontology, 1902, No. xi, p. 17, pl. ii, figs. 3-6 ;
pl. i, figs. 4, 5; pl.iv, figs. 3, 4.
Description (original).—Shell slightly inequilateral, orbicular, large
valve convex, small valve flattened, umbones prominent; auricles
rather small, nearly equal. The large valve slightly produced
posteriorly and ornamented with 24 radiating costs, which are more
raised and appear spinous on the posterior margin. The small valve
slightly convex with a very distinct ornamentation from the larger,
the costz being much finer, and about 44 in number. The cost are
decussated by numerous regular concentric lines of growth, which,
when they meet, give them a nodulated aspect. The lines of growth
have been reflected or folded over the anterior auricle and side, which
gives the shell a very peculiar appearance. ‘The small valve possesses
a large and deep groove for the passage of a byssus. The punctate
structure of the Aviculide may be clearly distinguished, by aid of the
lens, in this species.
Remarks.—The specimen referred to this species exhibits an external
view of a left valve which is so attached to the matrix that all internal
characters are concealed. Itis of medium size, slightly convex, with
an umbo well above the dorsal line; the margins are fractured and
imperfect, especially posteriorly, while the ventral border is rounded.
Although much eroded the surface has still preserved some thirteen
equidistant, primary, radial costs, an obscure secondary rib dividing
equally the intercostal spaces being occasionally present, and seen only
in the later development of the shell, and which is not observable on
the umbonal region. Numerous close, concentric striations form part
of the ornament of the valve, and where they cross the radial cost
minute nodulations are produced.
Dimensions (approximate).—Length 40, height 38 mm.
We are indebted to Mr. Etheridge, jun., for our later knowledge of
this species, which he made the type of his genus Iaccoyella (Jack
226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
and Etheridge, Zhe Geology and Paleontology of Queensland, 1892,
p. 451), including therein further species from the Queensland
Cretaceous, all of which were described by Moore under the genus
Avicula. It was pointed out that the chief peculiarities of J/accoyella
were connected with the hinge-structure of both valves, which widel
differed from those characterizing Avicula; but, unfortunately, the
specimen from White Cliffs is too much buried in matrix to allow
of the comparison of internal characters; from external features,
however, it may be said to resemble the published figures of this shell,
especially Avicula alata of Etheridge, sen., from the Desert Sand-
stone of Queensland, recognized as a synonym of the present species,
and a kaolinized cast of a valve from White Cliffs figured by
Mr. Etheridge, jun. (pl. iv, fig. 4), in his last account of this species.
Locality.— White Cliffs, New South Wales.
Collection.—British Museum (Geol. Dept., L. 21272).
Mstribution.—Lower Cretaceous : South Australia (Peak Creek and
Lake Eyre district); Queensland; New South Wales. Upper
Cretaceous: Queensland (Maryborough); New South Wales (White
Cliffs).
Fam. CYRENIDA.
CyRENOPSIS MEEKI (Etheridge, jun.). Pl. VI, Figs. 13, 14.
Mactra meeki and Unicardium (?) meeki, Etheridge, jun.: Jack and
Etheridge, jun., Geology and Paleontology of Queensland, 1892,
pp. 472-3, pl. xxvii, figs. 2, 3; pl. xxvi, figs. 13-15.
Cyrena meeki and Corbicula (?) meeki, Etheridge, jun., Mem. Roy. Soe.
S. Australia, vol. 11, pt. 1, pp. 30-1, pl. vi, figs. 8-18, 1902.
Cyrenopsis.—VType Mactra (vel Corbicula) meeki, Etheridge, jun.,
Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Paleontology, No. xi, p. 28, 1902.
Description (author's diagnosis of 1902).—Shell obtusely triangular,
somewhat cuneiform, and posteriorly produced, moderately convex.
Cardinal margins considerably arched, the anterior shorter than the
posterior; ventral margins rounded throughout, curving rapidly
upwards anteriorly, but less curved posteriorly ; anterior margins
well rounded ; the posterior-ventral extremities produced, but obtusely
rounded. Umbones moderately large, obtuse and contiguous; anterior
and posterior diagonal slopes obtusely rounded, posterior area ill-
defined, ligament short and strong. A large, robust, projecting,
triangular, submedian cardinal tooth in each valve; anterior and
posterior lateral teeth lamellar and projecting; sculpture of con-
centric lamelle, of slightly variable width, and on the anterior slopes
gathered in bundles; the lamelle bear numerous very fine and regular
concentric lines.
Remarks.—There is only one specimen in the British Museum
which may be referred to this species. Its valves, in the closed
condition, are, however, fragmentary and without umbones, but its
cuneiformity, triangular outline, rounded ventral margins, produced
posterior margins, and abruptly truncated area, all agree with
Mr. Etheridge’s figures, especially 13 and 15 of plate xxvi of the
Queensland memoir. Some slight additions may be made to the
NEWTON : OPALIZED SHELLS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 227
ornamentation of the species as exhibited in this specimen. The
sculpture is seen to consist of bold concentric depressed ridges and
broad shallow sulcations covered with fine concentric lineations, but
crossing them are numerous short, microscopical, vertical striations,
as well as occasional longer and filamentous lines similarly directed,
mostly confined to the ventral region, such as may be seen on
the valves of both fossil and recent freshwater Pelecypoda,
being sometimes present in Corbicula cuneiformis of J. Sowerby,
from the older Eocene deposits of England and Europe, as
also in further fossil species of that genus; it is besides seen
on Unioniform shells, for which examples of Unio tumidus of
Retzius in the Geological Department of the British Museum
(L. 10032) may be quoted, which were obtained from the Post-
Pliocene deposits of the Lea Marshes near London; and the character
is also apparent in Anodonta becklesi, which I described some years
since before this Society (Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ix, pp. 114-17,
pl. i, 1910) from the English Wealden formation.
Dimensions.—Length 29, height 26 (approx.), diameter 15 mm.
This species forms the type of Cyrenopsis, Etheridge, jun., being
at first regarded as a doubtful Unicardium and afterwards as an
example of Mlactra. A more complete study of the dentition enabled
the author to see its close connexion with Cyreniform shells like
Corbicula, from which it differed, however, in the possession of
a triangular, submedian, cardinal tooth in each valve, making two
instead of three teeth for both valves as in that genus.
Locality.— Lightning Ridge, New South Wales.
Collection.—British Museum (Geol. Dept., L. 21832).
Distribution.— Lower Cretaceous of Queensland (Walsh River) and
South Australia (Lake Eyre Basin).
Cyrenopsis opALLITES, Etheridge, jun. Pl. VI, Figs. 11, 12.
? Cyrena (?), n.sp., Gtirich, Neues Jahrb., Beilage Band xiv, p. 486,
pl. xix, figs. 5, 6, 1901.
Cyrenopsis opallites, Etheridge, jun.: Mem. Geol. Surv. New South
Wales, Paleontology, No. xi, p. 29, pl. v, figs. 12-17, 1902.
Description (original).—Shell ovate, moderately inflated ; cardinal
margins arched, ventral margins well rounded; anterior ends some-
what flattened, with rounded margins; posterior ends slightly
produced or nasute, the dorsal posterior margins straight and oblique,
the ventral rounded; posterior slopes slightly flattened, narrow, and
generally inconspicuous ; umbones depressed, escutcheon long, deep,
and narrow ; ligament short. Articulus arched, longer on the posterior
than the fails: ; anterior cardinal of fhe, left valve triangular,
projecting, and slightly oblique, posterior cardinal of the same ‘valve
laminar; anterior lateral slightly curved, short, posterior lateral long,
distant, and straight. Central upper cardinal of the right valve
laminar and almost marginal, lower cardinal laminar and oblique ;
anterior lateral short and curved, posterior lateral long, distant, and
straight. Adductor impressions and pallial lines very faint. Sculpture
of concentric lamine, with faint coincident lines.
228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Remarks.—There are two excellent examples of this species in the
British Museum with the valves in the closed position, and therefore
not exhibiting internal characters. They are of nearly orbicular
contour, and would represent the type of the species as figured and
described by Etheridge. The valves exhibit a moderate convexity
over the umbonal region, but afterwards considerable compression ;
they are furnished with a fairly deep lanceolate escutcheon and
a short ligament, while beneath the umbones in front is a slightly
excavated area, although possessing no true circumscribed lunule.
The ornamentation consists of more or less equidistant, flattened
growth-bands which are covered with closely arranged, thread-like,
concentric striations which are sometimes of slightly irregular design,
especially near the ventral margin.
Type
(from largest figure). New examples.
Dimensions. Length . . 3d4 32 mm.
Height . weal 30 mm,
Diameter . 20 15 mm.
The specimen figured by Giirich, showing the dentition, which
Mr. Etheridge, jun., includes under his species opadlites, is of far
larger dimensions than those mentioned above, and although no exact
measurements can be made on account of the fragmentary state of the
margins, 1t probably was nearly double the size of the ‘largest form
represented by Mr. Etheridge’s figures; I have therefore queried its
inclusion in this species.
Locality.— White Cliffs, New South Wales.
Collections.—British Museum (Geol. Dept., L. 21273; Mineral
Dept., 80065).
Distribution. —Upper Cretaceous: White Cliffs, New South Wales.
CYRENOPSIS AUSTRALIENSIS, n.sp. Pl. VI, Figs. 9, 10.
Description.—Shell ovate, subtriangular, height less than length,
umbones anterior; posterior region elongate, obliquely rounded at
margin, with narrow lanceolate escutcheon bearing short ligament;
anterior short, shghtly excavated beneath the umbones; ventral
margins round, and with rounded extremities; valves moderately
convex umbonally, afterwards compressed ; ornamentation consists of
equidistant, concentric, periodical growth-bands furnished with fine
and closely arranged concentric striations.
Dimensions (with united valves),—Length 33, height 24, diameter
11 mm.
Remarks.—The example described is the largest of three specimens,
each of which is in good preservation, although no interiors are seen,
as the valves are united and closed. The more or less triangulate and
suboval contour, together with its anteriorly placed umbones, will
suffice to separate this form from C. meek?, with which it is otherwise
closely related. Among the specimens mentioned is one that has
been highly polished by the lapidary, and is associated on a small
piece of ferruginously tinted sandstone, with an example of Huspira
vartabilis,
bo
wo
NEWTON: OPALIZED SHELLS OF NEW SOUTH WALKS. 2
Locality.— White Cliffs, New South Wales.
Collections.—British Museum (Mineral Dept. ,’s%%, ; Geol. Dept.,
G. 19603).
Cyrenopsis(?) ELoneata, n.sp. Pl. VI, Figs. 17, 18.
Deseription.—Shell thick, robust, subtrigonal, oval, length nearly
13 times the height, valves compresso-convex ; umbones anterior,
incurved ; posterior region elongate, sloping, probably subangulate,
anterior extremities rounded, short, ventral margins elongately
curved ; sculpture consisting of rather coarse, concentric, elevated,
rounded growth-periods with fine concentric interlineations, crossing
which are a series of short, equidistant, raised, filiform, vertical
striations.
Dimensions (closed valves).—Length 32, height 24, diameter 15 mm.
Remarks.—Vhe shell of this specimen has been partially removed by
fracture from the dorsal region, especially beneath the umbones, and
posteriorly where the areal surface within the margins is quite lost.
Otherwise it consists of a pair of valves in the closed condition, the left
lateral surface showing a well-arched umbonal region, and the surface
exhibiting interesting details of sculpture. The growth-bands are
more or less raised and feebly convex, while the general surface is
covered with fine concentric striations, except where erosion can be
traced, when such markings have become obliterated. ‘The short
vertical striations, observable in the ventral region more particularly,
are of filiform character, and like a similar structure noticed previously
in Cyrenopsis meeki, Etheridge, jun.
I have no doubt at all as to the freshwater origin of this shell, and
chiefly from the peculiar character of the ornament, which indicates
a slight uncertainty or irregularity in the design of the concentric
lineations, a similar phenomenon existing in most Pelecypod shells of
the same habit, and in this way differing from marine forms, which
generally show a greater decision in their sculpture markings. As
no dental characters are preserved, this shell is associated provisionally
with the genus Cyrenopsis; it appears to differ chiefly from other
species in possessing a more elongately oval contour.
Locality.— White Cliffs, New South Wales.
Collection.—Rey. F. St. J. Thackeray.
CorsicuLa corrueata, Tate, sp. Pl. VI, Figs. 15, 16.
Platopis (?) corrugata, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8S. Australia, vol. xxu,
p- 79, text-figures, 1898.
_Cyrenopsis (?) corrugata, Etheridge, jun., Mem. Geol. Surv. New
South Wales, Paleontology, No. xi, p. 30, 1902.
Description (original).—Shell transversely triangular, somewhat
cuneiform, convexedly depressed. Umbones large, obtuse, ante-
median; lunule ill-defined. ‘The dorsal slopes straight, inclined at
an angle of 45°, the posterior considerably the longer; post-ventral
extremity roundly pointed, the ventral margin nearly straight to
beyond the middle line, thence curving rapidly upwards to form the
well-rounded anterior extremity. The post-dorsal line is bounded by
230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
a narrow declinous lanceolate area, and delimited on its inner aspect
by an ill-defined obtuse ridge extending from the umbo to the post-
ventral extremity. ‘The inner margin of the valves is smooth at post-
ventral extremity. The ornamentation consists of subacute concentric
undulations of variable strength, and at variable distances, separated
by shallow concave spaces wider than the ridges ; coincident with the
undulations are widely separated linear erowth- lines ; ; the concentric
undulations are continued beyond the post- umbonal ridge as close-set
growth-lines.
Remarks.—There is an excellent specimen to represent this species
with united valves in situ and possessing complete margins, rather
inflated and obtuse umbones, and straight ventral borders with
rounded extremities. The triangularity of the valves is also well
expressed, a shape considerably aided by the almost straight dorsal
slopes of which the posterior is much the longest. In the ‘lanceolate
escutcheon-area reposes a short, thick ligament, and beneath the
umbones in front it is only very slightly excavated. The ornamentation
exhibits equidistant concentric bands of growth, with raised margins,
and covered with extremely fine, close, concentric striations. No
external characters are exposed. Dimensions (with united valves) :
length 25, height 20, diameter 10 mm.
This species was originally regarded as marine, and doubtfully
associated with Platopis of Whitfield, from the Syrian Cretaceous,
being thought to have possible affinities with Astarfe ; subsequently
Mr. Etheridge, jun., considered it a probable form of his genus
Cyrenopsis, although without knowledge of the dentition, as the
type showed no internal characters. My opinion, however, is that
the triangularity of the shell, in addition to the other external
characters, is more in favour of its being regarded as a Corbicula
than any other genus, and therefore, until further evidence is
forthcoming, it is proposed to include the species under that genus.
Locality.— White Cliffs, New South Wales.
Collection.—British Museum (Mineral Dept. 76806).
Distribution.—Upper Cretaceous: New South Wales (White Cliffs).
Fam. UNIONIDA.
Unio saqueti, n.sp. Pl. VI, Figs. 2-6.
Description.—Shell elongately oval, narrow ; dorsal margin slightly
sloping to posterior extremity ; dorsal and ventral borders subparallel ;
umbones anterior, eroded ; valves compresso-convex ; posterior region
produced, and slightly narrowing at end, anterior and ventral borders
rounded; sculpture exhibiting concentric growth-lines, crossed by
numerous, closely set, fine radial striations.
Lightning Ridge. White Cliffs.
Dimensions (with Length . . 42 (about) 53 mm.
closed valves). Height . . 20 22 mm.
Diameter eel2 15 mm,
Remarks.—This species is represented by two specimens of some-
what imperfect condition, but their rarity as opalized Australian
NEWTON: OPALIZED SHELLS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. Oil
fossils makes them important for reference. ‘The more complete, so
far as contour is concerned, and which was found at Lightning Ridge,
exhibits both valves in the closed state, the margins of which are
generally well defined, while the anteriorly situated summit region
is very depressed, the umbones having been completely eroded away,
the postero-dorsal characters being also without proper definition.
The shell-structure is only very partially preserved, although sufficient
remains to show the presence of concentric growth-lines and some
obscure microscopical radial striations. The second example is from
White Cliffs, also with closed valves, and is larger than the previous
form. In this the umbonal regions have disappeared through erosion,
and a fractured posterior end of the specimen prevents an exact
knowledge of its original length, although this seems to have been
about 53 mm. The dorsal view, however, exhibits a part of what
would have been a fairly long lanceolate escutcheon with sharply
angulate lateral borders, enclosing a well-rounded, lengthy ligament,
bearing annulations of growth, and furnished with tapering ex-
tremities, the concentric growth-lines forming a fairly sharp angle
where they meet the margins of the escutcheon. The radial striations
are either absent or only very obscurely traceable, erosion having
probably obliterated these finer details of sculpture.
1 would wish to associate with this shell the name of Mr. J. B.
Jaquet, who was the first geologist to describe the Lightning Ridge
opal deposits, and who previously had furnished important details in
connexion with the constitution of the beds at White Cliffs.
Localities.—Lightning Ridge and White Cliffs, New South Wales.
Collections. — British Museum (Geol. Dept., L. 21833); Rey. F. St. J.
Thackeray.
Unio WuHite-cLirFsensis, n.sp. Pl. VI, Figs. 7, 8.
Description.—Shell of small size, with moderately inflated valves,
length about 13 times the height ; umbonal regions anterior, coarsely
rugose or marked with strong, widely V-shaped cost; anterior
margin rounded, posterior side with an elongate, abrupt, oblique, and
narrow, angulate, ridged area, in front of which the valve is slightly
excavated. Sculpture beyond the V-shaped costal rugosities of the
umbonal area consists of periodical growth-divisions, and numerous,
closely set, microscopical concentric striations, which at the posterior
ridge become angulate, and take an upwardly oblique direction on
the surface of the posterior area.
Dimensions (wrth closed valves).—Length 22, height 15, diameter
10 mm.
Remarks.—This specimen exhibits a pair of closed valves, which,
however, are not quite in situ, having slightly shifted from each other
during the process of fossilization. It is a well-marked form, with
all the characters referred to properly defined ; the umbones themselves
are not present, but the rugose umbonal regions are quite definite and
characteristic of Unioniform shells.
Locality.— White Cliffs, New South Wales.
Collection.— Rev. F. St. J. Thackeray.
232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Unio sp. indet. Pl. VI, Fig. 1.
Description.—Shell of oblong, oval contour, compressed, moderately
and uniformly convex; dorsal margin elongate, declining slightly to
the narrower posterior "end, ventral margin ‘neatly straight : umbonal
region very anterior, extremities more or less rounded ; sculpture
consisting of fine concentric growth-lines with no evidence of radial
striations.
Dimensions (right valve).—Length 60, height 30, diameter 14 mm.
Remarks.—Only a small fragment of testiferous structure is
obscurely preserved near the posterior end of this specimen, otherwise
the lapidary, in developing its opalescent qualities, has destroyed all
the original details of structure. The contour and general com-
pression, however, may probably be relied on, although the marginal
boundaries are a little uncertain. The shape appears to bear some
resemblance to forms of Unio found in the Judith River Beds
(= uppermost Cretaceous) of the United States, such as are figured in
Meek’s ‘“‘ Invertebrate Cretaceous and Tertiary Fossils of the Upper
Missouri Country’: United States Geol. Surv. Terr., vol. ix, pl. xli,
1876 (i.e. Unio dana, Meek & Hayden), but without the radial
striations that ornament the American shells. The specimen represents
an external view of a right valve with the umbonal area wanting,
the whole of the interior being filled with a moderately soft kaolinized
sandy matrix.
Locality.— White Cliffs, New South Wales.
Collection.—Rey. F. St. John Thackeray.
GASTROPODA.
Fam. NATICIDZ.
Evsprra VARIABILIS (Moore). Pl. VI, Figs. 20-3.
Natica variabilis and Delphinula reflecta, Moore, Quart. Journ. Geol.
N0c.5 VOl..xxvl, p. 206, plex, tes lo, 217 1870.
Natica lineata, Etheridge, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxviii,
p.042, ple xxi, tos dy 182:
Delphinula (?) reflecta, Etheridge, jun.: Jack & Etheridge, jun.,
Geology and Paleontology of Queensland, 1892, p. 485, pl. xxix,
Hg al2.p. dd. Plex xXx hes yao:
Natica variabilis, Giirich, Neues Jahrb., Beilage Band xiv, p. 489,
pl. xix, fig. 7, 1901; Etheridge, jun., Mem. Roy. Soe.
S. Australia, vol. ii, pt. i, p. 42, pl. vi, figs. 15-17, 1902.
Pseudamaura reflecta and Pseudamaura variabilis, Etheridge, jun.,
Mem. Geol. Survey N.S. W., Paleontology, 1902, No. xi, pp. 40-38,
pl. ii, figs. 9-12, 13-16.
Deseriptions (original) : Of variabilis. Shell very thick, broader
than high; spire of 3-4 volutions, somewhat depressed ; body- whorl
increasing rapidly, and extended; aperture ovate ; umbilicus small.
Of reflecta. Shell rather small, turbinated; whorls 3-4, spire
slightly elevated ; volutions separated by an encircling sinus; body-
whorl much increased ; aperture circular, with a thick reflected lip.
NEWTON : OPALIZED SHELLS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 233
Remarks.—Mr. Etheridge, jun., has carefully studied the merits of
Moore’s imperfectly defined species, Watica variabilis and Delphinula
reflecta, and has acknowledged the difficulty of separating them on
account of the similarity of their characters. He has alluded to the
presence of an ovate aperture in the first-named, and one of rounder
contour in the other, as of some importance, although an unfortunate
slip in the text informs us that it is ‘‘ovate”’ in both. Apart from
this, however, Mr. Etheridge’s figures do not assist us as to the actual
roundness of the aperture in the species reflecta, in which case it is
thought that the apertures for both would be better diagnosed as
more or less ovate, and consequently both species might with
advantage be united, more especially as the remaining characters are
very similar in each ; it is, therefore, suggested to retain vardabilis.
Well-preserved specimens are seen to be ornamented with fairly
strong growth-lines, crossed by microscopica lly small, close, and spiral
striations ; one specimen, however, in the British Museum (Mineral
Dept.) exhibits a series of thick, equidistant, vertical coste on the
penultimate whorl, which is a somewhat unusual structure, having a
resemblance to what is occasionally seen on the apie of Gyrodes pansus
from the Indian Cretaceous as figured by Stoliezka,’ who regarded such
markings as raised striz of erowth, while Mr. Etheridge, jun., has
noted and figured the same ‘ornament in an example of the species
from the Lower Cretaceous deposits of South Australia, which, like
the present specimen, has the general characters of Natica variabilis
(see pl. vi, fig. 17, Mem. Roy. Soc. 8. Australia).
Another difficulty presents itself as to the proper genus with which
to associate this species. Mr. Etheridge, jun., recognized it as
belonging to Fischer’s Psendamaura, of which the type is Watica
bulbiformis of J. de C. Sowerby from the Austrian (Gosau) Cretaceous ;
but that seems an unsatisfactory determination, because the Austrian
fossil has a much more elongate and tabulate spire, as well as
possessing an extensive callus to the inner lip, and is besides without
any indication of an umbilical opening. The Australian shell much
more nearly approximates in spiral structure to the Cretaceous
Gyrodes, although removed from it by the absence of a wide basal
excavation which characterizes that genus. It is now suggested
that Agassiz’s Huspira? should include this species, which was
founded on Watica glaneinoides of J. Sowerby from British Lower
Eocene rocks, and which seems to embrace, in a more or less modified
manner, the chief characters of the shell in question.
Locality.— White Cliffs, New South Wales.
COUN Museum (Geol. Dept., G. 19602-3; Mineral
Dept., vs's% , 1585); Rev. F. St. J. Thackeray.
Distribution.—Lower Cretaceous: South Australia; Queensland.
Upper Cretaceous : White Cliffs, New South Wales.
' “ Cretaceous Fauna of Southern India eee : Mem. Geol. Surv.
India, Paleontologia Indica, vol. ii, pl. xxii, fig. 9a, 1868.
“ Desor & Agassiz, Conchyliologie Minéralogique de la Grande Bretagne par
James Sowerby, traduit del’ Anglais, p. 15, 1838.
28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
CEPHALOPODA.
Fam. BELEMNITIDA.
ACTINOCAMAX Spp.
Belemnitiform guards are of rather frequent occurrence in these
opalized beds of Australia (White Cliffs), having been first referred to
by Dr. Henry Woodward as belonging to the genus Belemnitedla, and
by later authors as Belemnites, under the species canhami, Tate, and
kleini, Giirich. Mr. G. C. Crick, of the British Museum, who has
examined the evidence, is of opinion that such remains would be more
accurately determined as Actinocamax, and that without question
they denote an Upper Cretaceous age.
Locality.—White Cliffs, New South Wales.
Collections.—British Museum (Geol. Dept., C. 12086-7 ; Mineral
Dept., vso%) ; Rev. F.St. J. Thackeray.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.
The figures are of the natural size with the exception of 4, 14, and 23, which
represent magnifications of sculpture.
FIG. UNIO sp. indet.
1. An imperfect right valve with polished surface, exhibiting faint traces of
concentric growth-lines in the posterior region.
Loc. White Clifts. Rev. F. St. J. Thackeray Coll.
UNIO JAQUETI, n.sp.
. Left lateral aspect.
. Ventral view of same, showing the shallow, depressed valves.
Sculpture magnified, consisting of closely arranged radial striations.
Loc. Lightning Ridge. British Museum (Geol. Dept., L. 21833).
. Left lateral view of another specimen, imperfect posteriorly.
6. Dorsal view of same, exhibiting eroded umbones and a prominent ligament
with annulations of growth.
Loc. White Cliffs. Rev. F. St. J. Thackeray Coll.
UNIO WHITE-CLIFFSENSIS, n.sp.
7. Left lateral view, showing the umbonal \/-shaped rugosities.
8. Right laterial aspect of same, in which the posteriorly ridged area is seen.
Loc. White Cliffs. Rev. F. St. J. Thackeray Coll.
CYRENOPSIS AUSTRALIENSIS, n.sp.
9. Left lateral view of a slightly fractured example displaying the periodical
erowth-bands.
10. Dorsal aspect of same, showing shallow valves and a short ligament.
Loc. White Cliffs. British Museum (Min. Dept., 35/7).
CYRENOPSIS OPALLITES, Etheridge, jun.
11. Right lateral aspect, showing a nearly orbiculay contour.
12. Dorsal position of same, exhibiting considerable umbonal convexity and
elongate escutcheon.
Loc. White Cliffs. British Museum (Min. Dept., 80065).
CYRENOPSIS MEEKI, Etheridge, jun.
13. Left lateral view, showing a triangularity of contour.
14. Sculpture details magnified, in which the short and longer radial striations
are seen crossing the concentric growth-lines.
Loc. Lightning Ridge. British Museum (Geol. Dept., L. 21832).
He Go bo
Or
ha, whe .
rad iteeat wont bow *:
ity lee.
P, an get telag Sie
| =?
. ia ese q
— se i eS
SS ————— a. a
VoL.XI. PLVI.
Proc.MaLac.Soc.
oY
* AUNT TTT
Huth coll.
CRETACEOUS SHELLS FROM THE OPAL DE PiOShEStO
NEW SOUTH WALES.
ae
FIG.
15.
16.
Te
I19¢
NEWTON: OPALIZED SHELLS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 235
CORBICULA CORRUGATA, Tate, sp.
Left lateral aspect, exhibiting well-marked dorsal slopes and equidistant
concentric growth-bands. The opalescent characters of this specimen
are particularly fine.
Dorsal view of same.
Loc. White Cliffs. British Museum (Min. Dept., 76806).
CYRENOPSIS (?) ELONGATA, n.sp.
Left lateral view, showing subtrigonal contour and the short vertical
striations crossing the concentric growth-lines.
. Ventral aspect of same, exhibiting considerable anterior convexity.
Loc. White Cliffs. Rev. F. St. J. Thackeray Coll.
MACCOYELLA BARKLYI, Moore, sp.
External aspect of a left valve displaying the equidistant radial coste
crossing the closely arranged concentric striations.
Loc. White Cliffs. British Museum (Geol. Dept., L. 21272).
EUSPIRA VARIABILIS, Moore, sp.
. Front aspect, showing small elongate perforation and ovate aperture.
. Summit surface of same specimen, containing sculpture ridges on the
penultimate whorl.
Loc. White Cliffs. British Museum (Min. Dept., 3557).
. Front view of a larger example which has been polished by the lapidary.
Loc. White Cliffs. British Museum (Geol. Dept., G. 19602).
. Sculpture striations, magnified, as seen on well-preserved test of another
specimen.
Loc. White Cliffs. Rev. F. St. J. Thackeray Coll.
236
MOLLUSCAN NOTES.
By Huew C. Forron.
Read Sth January, 1915.
No. 1.—Srenoryuts, Fulton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xiv,
p. 163, 1914.
In my short paper quoted above, I omitted to note that Mr. Charles
Hedley gave an account of the radula and jaw of S. hemiclausa, Tate,
in the Appendix to Professor 'late’s paper (Horn. Exped., Mollusca,
1896, p. 221). Professor Bavay informs me that his S. microdiscus
has only 83 whorls, not 44 as depicted by the artist. As I can see
no difference between this species and the previously described
S. hemiclausa it falls into synonymy.
No. 2.—Enwnea AFFEcTATA, Fulton, and E. rosEnBERGIANA, Preston.
Having had the opportunity of examining a co-type of Z. rosen-
bergiana, Preston (Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ix, p. 53, fig., 1910),
I find it is identical with the shell described by me as Z. affeetata in
vol. v, p. 32, 1902, of the same Proceedings. My specimens were
obtained through Mr. Rosenberg, and formed part of the collection of
the late Mr. A. Boucard, and were labelled ‘‘ Zanzibar”. Mr. Preston’s
specimens are said to have been collected in Angola, W. Africa, by
Dr. Ansorge.
No. 8.—Tomicervus Levis, Thering.
I received from Mr. Dias da Rocha, collector of the type-specimens,
some original specimens of Zomdgerus levis, Ihering (Proc. Malac.
Soc., vol. vi, p. 197, 1905). I have no hesitation in pronouncing
them to be simply dead and weathered examples of Zomigerus clausus,
Spix (Testac. Brasil, 1827, pl. xv, figs. 4, 5). Although the corrugation
on the last half-whorl is, owing to the worn condition, weaker than in
T. clausus, it is clearly present in every one of the twelve specimens
examined by me. The only difference between these two forms noted
by von Ihering is that levis is smooth and white. To me the loss
of colour and smoothness has evidently been caused by weathering,
and the type must have been a very worn specimen if it showed no
signs of the corrugations characteristic of Z. clausus.
No. 4.—CiavusI“ta FALCIFORMIS, var. Montana, Molldff.
In the Nachr. deutsch. Malak. Gesell., 1901, p. 77, Dr. von
Mollendorff described a Tonkin Clausilia under the above names.
As no previous species has been described as faleiformis I propose
that the varietal name be dropped, and the species be known as
Cl. faleiformis, Molldff. It is evident that Mollendorff intended to
write fulcifera, Bav. & Dtz. (Journ. de Conch., vol. xlvii, p. 290,
pl. xii, fig. 10), a species to which falczformis is allied, but is, in my
opinion, quite distinct; they are similar in form, but faletformis
is much larger, of a darker coloration, and has a much coarser
FULTON: MOLLUSCAN NOTES. Dil
crenulated suture; falcifera is almost smooth, whereas, under the
lens, falciformis is seen to be very distinctly obliquely striated. The
internal plaits are similar in both forms. This comparison has been
made with original specimens of both species.
No. 5.—The Identity of Prrrocycros prestoni, Bav. & Dtz., with
PreROCYCLOS COCHINCHINENSIS, Pfr.
Comparison of original examples of P. prestoni, received from
Colonel Messager, with the type of P. cochinchinensis demonstrates
that these two forms are identical. The colour of both is light
yellowish brown; darker specimens with some irregular waved
markings above and a peripheral narrow band of darker brown were
named P. prestoni, var. depicta, Bav. & Dtz.; the larger specimens of
this variety cannot, in my opinion, be distinguished from Rhzostoma
morleti, Dtz. & Fisch.
Judging by shell characters and the manner in which various
authorities have placed the same forms under different generic names,
the position of the sutural tube, upon which character the genera
Pterocyclos, Rhiostoma, and Opisthoporus are mainly founded, appears
to be of little significance.
Synonymy of Pterocyclos cochinchinensis, Pfr.
1856. Opisthoporus cochinchinensis, Pfr., Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 337.
1865. Pterocyclos cochinchinensis, Pfr., Pneumonop. Viv., Supp., i,
p. 37.
1891. P. planorbulus, Morlet (non Lamk.), Journ. de Conch.,
vol. xxxix, p. 247.
1905. Rhiostoma morleti, Dtz. & Fisch., Journ. de Conch., vol. lui,
p. 429, pl. x, figs. 1-4.
1908. Pterocyclos prestoni, Bav. & Dtz., Journ. de Conch., vol. lvi,
p- 248.
1908. P. prestoni, var. depicta, Bay. & Dtz., Journ. de Conch., vol. lvi,
p- 249.
Hab.—Cochinchina (Pfr.); Tonkin (Morlet, Mansuy, and Messager) ;
Laos (Massie).
No. 6.—On Dr. Anton WacGner’s Monocraru or HELICINIDE IN THE
ConcHYLIEN-CaBiInetr, 1911.
Whilst looking through the above work I was surprised to find
that many species have been omitted, and thought a list of such,
with the correction of some errors, might prove useful to others
when consulting that monograph. Probably some of the omitted
species, which number more than 100, are the same as some of the
numerous new species created by Dr. Wagner.
In proposing a number of new genera and sub-genera for various
sections of the Helicinide, Dr. Wagner has ignored many of
those of previous authorities, as may be seen by consulting the
Manuel de Conchyliologie, 1887, of Dr. Paul Fischer. The sectional
names Oxyrhombus and Pyrgodomus of Crosse & Fischer (Miss. Sci.
Mexique, Moll., 11, p. 899, 1893) have also been omitted.
VOL. XI.—MARCH, 1915. ly
238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
The figures that illustrate this monograph look as though
drawn by some mechanical devices, and have a most unnatural
appearance. ‘The following are corrections of a few errors that
I have met with :—
p- 205. H. pelevensis, Shykes, should be pelewensis, Sykes.
p- 48. H. brownei, Gray, is put as a sub-species of palliata, Ad.,
although Gray’s species has twenty-five years priority over pallata.
p. 147. H. exserta, Marts., should be sundiana, Ancey (= exserta,
Marts., xon Gundl.), as proposed by Ancey in the Nautilus, vol. xiv,
p. 84, 1900.
p- 217. Dr. Wagner gives H. baudinensis, Smith, and states in
a footnote, ‘‘ich verwechselte diese Art friiher mit H. walkert vom
Festlande Australiens.” I am informed by Mr. Edgar A. Smith
himself that he never described any elicina as baudinensis.
Dr. Wagner, in his ‘‘ Helicinenstudium”’ (Denk. Akad. Wien, 1905,
p. 430), gave the correct name for the species in question, viz.,
Helicina walker?, Smith (Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. i, p. 90, 1894). The
localities given by Smith were Queens, Baudin, and Parry Islands.
his species should therefore read, H. walkert, Smith (=baudinensis,
Wagener).
p. 248. Helicina rufocallosa. This is incorrectly ascribed to
E. R. Sykes. The species is really H. rabe2, Pils., Nautilus, 1897,
vol. xi, p. 84. Although Ancey, in the Nautilus, vol. xi, p. 87, 1897,
claimed to have described a HZ. rufocallosa prior to H.rabet, Pils., I am
unable to find any record of its publication, and it does not appear in
the list of Ancey’s species given by Geret in the Journ. de Conch.,
1909; pan.
p. 259. H. soe, var. gebeana, Smith. Mr. Smith assures me that
he has never given a Helicinathe name of gebeana; it should therefore
bear Dr. Wagner’s name as author.
p. 262. H. diversicola, Cox. This should read H. draytonensis, Ptr.
(not dryatonensis as Dr. Wagner puts it), P.Z.S., 1856 (= diversicolor,
Cox, P:Z:82, 1866).
p. 296. H. ghisbrechti should be H. ghiesbreghti.
p. 348. Luerdella foxt, Pils. Add reference, Nautilus, vol. XXlil,
p. 56, 1899.
The following list of omitted species is taken from Pfeiffer’s
Monog. Pneumonopomorum Viventium, Supp., ui, 1876, and the
Zoological Record from 1879 to 1913 :—
anaguana, Weinl., J. B. Malak. Ges., vol. vii, p. 852, 1880.
antont, Pfr., Zeit. Malak., p. 88, 1848. Honduras.
baldwini, Ancey,; Proc. Malac. Soe., vol. vi, p. 126, 1904. Kauai
Island.
berniceia, Pils. & Cooke, Honolulu Occ. Papers, Bishop Mus., 1910.
Hawail.
biangulata, Pir., Zeit. Malak., p. 192, 1850. Hab. ?
bicolor, Pfr., P.Z.S8., p. 146, 1852. Tahiti.
biteniata, Hartm., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philad., p. 286, 1890.
Society Islands.
FULTON : MOLLUSCAN NOTES. 239
bourailensis, Hartm., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 93, 1889.
New Caledonia.
bulla, Pfr., P.Z.S., p. 145, 1852. Hab.?
cacaguelita, Pils. & Clapp, Nautilus, vol. xv, p. 136, 1902. Colombia.
candeana, Orb., Voy. dans Amérique Mérid., p. 860, 1887. Caraccas.
carinata, Orb., Synopsis in Mag. Zool., Moll., p. 28,1885. Bolivia.
chrysocheila, Binney, Terr. Moll. U.S., vol. ii, p. 354, 1851. Mexico.
consors, Ancey, Bull. Soc. Malac. Fr., vol. iv, p. 41, 1887.
Marquesas Island.
cornea, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. i, p.18, 1842. Hab. ?
crassidens, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., vol. xxii, p. 247, 1899.
South Australia.
crassilabris, Phil., Zeit. Malak., p. 125, 1847. Sandwich Islands (?).
derepta, Tapp.-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Genova, vol. xix, p. 278, 18838.
New Guinea.
diaphana, Pfr., P.Z.S., p. 98, 1850. Honduras.
dissotropis, Ancey, Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. vi, p. 127, 1904. Oahu
Island.
ecuadoriana, Miller, Malak. Blatt. (2), vol. i, p. 146, 1879. Ecuador.
exigua, Pfr., P.Z.S., p. 121, 1848. Honduras.
flammea, Quoy & Gaim., Voy. Astrol., Moll., vol. 11, p. 198, 1832.
Tonga Island.
goniostoma, Sow., Beechey Voy., Zool., p. 145, 1839. Hab. ?
gonochila, Pfr., P.Z.S., p. 121, 1848. Venezuela.
gosser, Pfr., P.Z.S., p. 122, 1848. Jamaica.
grayana, Pfr. (Trochatella), Zeit. Malak., p. 85, 1848. Jamaica.
grenadensis, Smith, Proc. Malac. Soe., vol. i, p. 318, 1895.
Grenada, W.1I.
halmaherica, Kobelt, Abh. Senck. Ges., vol. xxiv, p. 39, 1897.
Halmahera Island.
hawattensis, Pils. & Cooke, Honolulu Oce. Papers, Bishop Mus., 1910.
Hawaii.
heighwayana, Dall, Smiths. Inst. Mise. Coll., p. 862, 1909. Brazil.
hirsuta, C. B. Ad., Ann. Lye. N. York, vol. v, p. 49, 1852. Jamaica.
Japoniea, var. echigoensis, Pils., Nautilus, vol. xvi, p. 131, 1903. Japan.
judd, Pils. & Cooke, Honolulu Occ. Papers, Bishop Mus., 1910.
Hawai.
kauaiensis, Pils. & Cooke, Honolulu Occ. Papers, Bishop Mus., 1910.
Hawaii.
kienert, Pfr., P.Z.S., p. 122, 1848. Caraccas.
~ knudsent, Pils. & Cooke, Honolulu Occ. Papers, Bishop Mus., 1910.
Hawaii.
laniertana, Orb., Moll. Cuba, vol. i, p. 245, 1841. Cuba.
lens, Lea, Obsery., vol. i, p. 161, 1840-2. Fiji Islands.
lenticularis, Sow., Cat. Tank., App., p. vili, No. 1024, 1825.
Pacifie islands.
leptalea, Ancey, Le Naturaliste, p. 104, 1901. Bolivia.
leucostoma, 'Tapp.-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Genova, vol. xix, p. 275, 1883.
New Guinea.
leucozonalis, Ancey, Journ. Conch., vol. vii, p. 95, 1892. Brazil.
240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
livida, H. & J., Voy. Pol. Sud., Moll., p. 47, 1854. Solomon Islands.
loutstadensis, Forbes, Voy. Rattlesnake, App., p. 882, 1861.
Louisiade Islands.
lutea, Lesson, Voy. Coquille, Zool., vol. 1, p. 850, 1831. New
Guinea.
lymaniana, Pils. & Cooke, Honolulu Oce. Papers, Bishop Mus , 1910.
Hawaii.
macilenta, C. B., Ad. Contrib. Conch., No. 1, p. 18, 1849. Jamaica.
maculata, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. i, p. 7, 1842. South America.
margaritacea, Lesson, Voy. Coquille, Zool., vol. 11, p. 3850, 1831.
New Guinea.
maxima, Sow. (Aleadia), P.Z.S., p. 6, 1842. Jamaica.
merdigera (Salle), Pfr., P Z.S., p. 102, 1855. Mexico.
multicorunata, Hedley, Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S.W., vi, p. 115, 1891.
British New Guinea.
nehoueensis, Hartm., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philad., p. 938, 1889.
New Caledonia
newcombiana, Weinl., J. B. Malak. Ges., vol. vii, p. 851, 1880. Haiti.
nobilis, C.B. Ail., Ann. Lyc. New York, vol. v, No. 2, p. 49, 1852.
Jamaica.
novella, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Autun, vol. viii, p. 400, 1896. New
Hebrides.
novoguineensis, Smith (= fischeriana, var.), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
p. 425, 1887. New Guinea.
nunanensis, Pils. & Cooke, Honolulu Occ. Papers, Bishop Mus., 1910.
Hawaii.
oahuensis, Pils. & Cooke, vars. alpha, beta, gamma, delta, Honolulu
Occ. Papers, Bishop Mus., 1910. Hawaii.
obiana, MOlldff., Nachr. Malak. Ges., p. 195, 1902. Obi Island.
oleosa, Pfr., P.Z.S., p. 141, 1852. Haiti.
orbiculata, s.sp. clapp?, Pils., Nautilus, vol. xxiii, p. 90, 1909. Florida.
orbignyt, Pfr., P.Z.S., p. 128, 1848. Cuba.
pallida, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., p. 202, 1847. Fiji Islands.
pellucida, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. i, p. 9, 1842. French Guyana.
pisum, Phil., Zeit. Malak., p. 124, 1847. Sandwich Islands.
pterophora, Sykes, Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. v, p. 20, 1902. Guatemala.
pusilla, C. B. Ad., Contrib. Conch., No. 7, p. 101, 1850. Jamaica.
pygmea, Pot. & Mich., Gal. Moll. Mus. Douai, vol. i, p. 230, 1888.
St. Domingo.
raiatensis, Garrett, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., ser. 1, vol. ix,
p. 106, 1884. Society Islands.
rawsont, Pfr., Malak. Blatt., p. 165, pl. xiv, 1867. Bahamas.
rotella, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. 1, p. 12, 1842. Hab. ?
sanctemarthe, Pils. & Clapp, Nautilus, vol. xv, p. 136, 1902.
Colombia.
sanguinea, Pfr., P.Z.S., p. 124, 1848. Honduras.
sazoniana, Hartm., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 93, 1889.
New Caledonia.
semilirata, Pfr. ( Trochatella), P.Z.S., p. 124, 1848. Venezuela.
similis, Sow., P.Z.S., p. 8, 1842. Guadeloupe.
FULTON: MOLLUSCAN NOTES. 241
simpsoni, Pils. (Zrochatella), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 782,
1903. Honduras.
solomonensis, Smith, P.Z.S., p. 599, 1885. Solomon Islands.
sordida, King, Zool. Journ., vol. v, p. 839, 1834. Rio Janeiro.
sowerbyana, Ptr., P.Z.8., p. 124, 1848. Guatemala.
sprucei, Pfr., P Z.S., p. 111, 1857. Peru.
suleulosa, Ancey, Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. vi, p. 127, 1904. Hawaii.
sylvatica, Orb., Synops. Mag. de Zool., Moll., p. 28, 1835. Bolivia.
tantilla, Pils., Nautilus, vol. xvi, p. 58, 1902. Florida.
torrei, Henderson, Nautilus, vol. xxiii, p.50, 1909. Cuba
trochiformes ( Lucidella), Pils., Nautilus, vol. xiii, p. 56, 1899. Jamaica.
trochlva, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., p. 2u2, 1847. Matea
Island.
unifusciata, Gray, Zool. Journ., vol. i, p. 69, 1824. Hab. ?
usukanensis, Godwin-Austen, P.Z.S., p. 852, 1889. Usukan Island,
Borneo.
ranatte, Pils., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 540, 1909. Mexico.
varians, Sykes, Journ. Malac., vol. x, p. 67, 1908. Santa Cruz
Islands.
versilis, Ancey, Bull. Soc. Malac. Fr., vol. iv, p. 42, 1887. Marquesas
Islands.
vestita (Guild), Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. i, p. 14, 1842. North
America.
woodlarkensis, Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. vii, p. 138, 1891.
Woodlark Island.
zebriolata, Pfr., P.Z.S., p. 101, 1865. Lord Howe’s Island.
When consulting the Zoological Record I noticed a Helicina
trochiformis, Miller (fossil), Stuttgart Jahreshefte Ver. Natk., 1907,
p- 452. Since this name is preoccupied by Sowerby, Proc. Zool.
Soc., 1842, p. 7, I suggest it be changed to millerc.
As Mr. E. R. Sykes has noted in Proc. Malac. Soe., vol. iv, p. 260,
1901, a Helicina suprafasciata, Sow., and it also appears in the Paetel
Catalogue, I may state that I have been unable to find any further
reference or description of such a species.
There are also a good many typographical errors in the index of
Dr. Wagner’s monograph; for example, joshwarana should be
yoshiwarana, inignis is put for insignis, redler for roller, ete.
242
DESCRIPTION OF A SUPPOSED NEW SPECIES OF
PLACOSTYLUS.
By HuGH C. FULTON.
Read 8th January, 1915.
PLacostyLus (CALLISTOCHARIS) SUBROSEUS, N.sp.
SHELL very narrowly umbilicate, oblong-ovate, moderately solid, of
a pale pink ground colour with a thin, pale greenish cuticle on the
last half-whorl, the latter ornamented by irregular longitudinal
markings of a darker green; apex somewhat obtuse; nucleus very
finely punctured ; whorls five, convex; aperture elongately oval,
light orange colour within, of a deeper shade near the outer margin ;
peristome expanded, whitish; columella white, triangularly
expanded at the upper part; columellar plait rather flat and thin,
not noduled. Alt. 44, diam. maj. 20 mm.; height of aperture (with
peristome) 26 mm.
Hab.—Viti Islands (Godeffroy Museum).
Similar in form to P. gracilis, Brod., but a little narrower, and with
decidedly weaker sculpture. The aperture is relatively longer than
in P. guamensis, Garr., and shorter than that of gracilis; it differs
from both in coloration and in the shape of its columellar fold
or plait.
For information concerning the
MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON
See page iv of this wrapper.
MWalacological Soctety of Wondon.
(Founded 27th February, 1893.)
Officers and Council—elected 12th February, 1915.
President :—-Rev. A. H. Cooks, M.A., Sce.D., F.Z.S.
Vice-Presidents :—A. S. KENNARD, F.G.S.; R. BuLtEN Newron, F.G.S.;
H. B. Preston, F.Z.S. ; J. R. ve B. Tomutn, M.A., FES.
Treasurer :—J. H. Ponsonpy, F.Z.S., 15 Chesham Place, London, S.W.
Secretary :—G. K. Gupn, F.Z.S., 9 Wimbledon Park Road, Wandsworth, |
London, S.W.
Editor :—E. A. Sarva, I.8.0., 22 Heathfield Road, Acton, London, W.
Other Members of Council:—G. C. Crick, F.G.S.; T. Irepare; G. C,
Ropson, B.A.; F. H. Stxes, M.A., F.L.S.; E. R. Sykes, B.A.,
F.1..8.; B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S.
By kind permission of the Council of the Iinnwan Sociury, the
MEETINGS are held in their apartments at Bortineron House,
Piccaptnty, W., on the second Fripay in each month from NovEMBER
to JUNE.
The OBJECT of the Society is to promote the study of the Mollusca,
both recent and fossil.
MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident
without the British Islands), are elected by ballot on a certificate of
recommendation signed by two or more Members.
LADIES are eligible for election.
The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per annum
or £7 7s. for Life, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per annum or
£5 5s. for Life. All Members on election pay au Entrance Fee of 10s. 6d.
The PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each
Member is entitled to receive a copy of those numbers issued during
membership.
[Vols. I-VIII and Vol. IX, Parts I-III, consisting of 52 Parts,
price 5s. net per Part. Parts IV-VI of Vol. IX, and all
succeeding Parts, price 7s. 6d. each. A discount of 20 per
cent upon the above prices is allowed to Members purchasing
these Volumes or Parts through the Secretary. ]
Further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may be
obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent
at his private address, as given above.
STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS, LTD., PRINTERS, HERTFORD.
Vol. XI. - Part V. JUNE 17th, 1915. Price 7s. 6d. net.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
EDITED BY
Ey A. SMITH, 1.8:0;, F.Z.S.
Under the direction of the Publication Committee.
AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESEECTIVE
PAPERS.
CO GOTT Si TE Reo
PROCEEDINGS :— PAGE | PAPERS continued :— PAGE
Annual Meeting : On the Mounting of Radule for
February 12th, 1915 ......... 244 Microscopic _ Examination.
Bidindin: Moskines - By the Rev. EK. W. BOWELL,
ce neproniaa a ies M.A. (Plate VIL).......00... 272
February 12th, 1915 ......... 245 Note on Hygromia hispida,
March UD Gar Ri eee eee 245 | var. nana, Jeff. By the
PANT: Oy acdaveaesanseee sents 245 Rey. E. W. BowEtu, M.A.
Obituary Notice .................. 247 (Bigs ooo amartieerscsss oetescde cst 275
Notes on Swainson’s Hottie
PAPERS :— Conchology. By C. DAVIES
Presidential Address: The SHERBORN and ALEXANDER
genus Clausilia: a study of | RONAN DIDI) sopSsoabegnsnnOSboAseoaS 276
its geographical distribution, | On Ranella leucostoma,
with a few notes on the | Lamarck. By E. A. SMITH,
habits and general economy | TSO IS. as conidhencadeqHanoBdeecocee 283
of certain species and groups. | Note on Nawtilus mokattam-
By the Rey. A. H. Cooks, | ensis, A. H. Foord, from the
ME AN OCD SA. ay wens ccs 249 | Kocene of Egypt. By G. C.
On Helicella (Candidula) cray- CrIcK, F.G.S. (Plate VIII
fordensis, n.sp., from the BVO UG OG eens sc ctisec eaicinssecwes 286
Pleistocene Deposits of South- Some more Misused Molluscan
Eastern England. By A. S. Generic Names. By Tom
KENNARD, F.G.S., and B. B. | PRE DVAG/Biey..c Hedeitivarns vases ceeace 291
WoopwarD, F.L.S., ete. On Humphrey’s Conchology.
{IB BE) eareaeeeeeee emis ace aes 270 | By TOM TREDALE) oy.cncsenss 307
LONDON : BERLIN:
DULAU & CO., LTD.,° R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN,
37 SOHO SQUARE, W. 11 KARLSTRASSE, N.W.
For information concerning the
MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON
See page iv of this wrapper.
CHARGES FOR ADV ERTISEMET>
OUTSIDE COVER. Each insertion—
Whole page . : : 30s.
Half page ‘ ; s 15s.
Quarter page. ; j 7s. 6d.
INSIDE COVER. Each insertion—
Whole page . : é 20s.
Half page : : : 10s.
Quarter page. : : OS.
243
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
‘S10}IPN-Y
UACVAL “M SIONVUA
GUVNNAM 'S ‘V
“CI6I
607 Aannuvp
"‘IOINSVILT, “UOT ‘ATNOSNO "FT NHOL
*JO9IL0D 9G 0} JUDUINIBIS DAOGB
ay} puy aM pue ‘uopuo'y jo Ayaro0g [BOLso[ooR RY ayy jo IIIMSVIIT, 94} JO syUnod0v OY} POULlUvXs Aep SITY} VAG 3M.
0 0 00F*
S 2. 60TS
0 Sl eT —
| a ee
OF Sts
0
0
oOo 6 -
y <1 ¥8
6
L
poe F
co
asn Aq potanout sosuedxy
‘UNAXT TRIOWdS
‘
wn
Foe ee + goueteg
- + gosuadxg sArnjaroeg ‘
squBpusiy 0} SOT}IN{B.LO
" + gtooyy Jo
—Ayoroog uvouury ‘¢
n
" * * gieinoitg suyuug ‘
aS aa SUOT}V.AYSN]TT
' gsuqysog puv sulyug
—,, Ssulpasoo1g ,, Jo ysog Ag
"10
8
cocoo
¢
6
a
- eg] ‘Saenuve puvy ut oourpeg oF, | 0 0 OCF ° *° ° 7° * * Awad qsvT WoIZ oOULTLG OF,
L 6015
oI 19048 °/, $% weyrpodorqoyy OG F uo puoprarq ‘
0 1 . « SSUTPOB0Ig 5, UI JUoMaSIZIOApPYy ‘
Est °° 3 2 * = + \ se ssurpooonrg, oma.
lot) Ste Se oe. Dee edo eis
E82
9 9 F * Stlaquap Surpuodsar1og
OY Sikes stoquiayy Areurpsg
—aouvapr ur suoydiosqng [enuuy “
TS
0 ¢ Z@ °* sdoqmoyy surpuodsai109
0 lL IF ° ° ° stoquopy Arvurpi¢
—lvalie ut suotydiosqng penuuy ‘
€
GC 81 0% ° sdaquiay Surpuodsast0g
0 OL Sex’ ° * Sdaqmuey Lrvutpsg
—suoydiosqng [vnuuy
0 ogo = es
'.
ce
iva 4svl Wor souL[Lg oO,
“I(T
‘YI6T ‘ITS WHAINAOAC CHANT UVAA AHL UOA AUQLIGNAdMXA ANY AWOONT
‘NOGNOT dO ALHIOOS
TVOIDOTOOVIVIN
io.2)
ei
VOL. XI.—JUNE, 1915.
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING.
Fripay, 12TH Frsruary, 1915.
The Rev. A. H. Cooks, M.A., Sc.D., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair.
Mr. C. P. Crick and Mr. F. W. Reader were apppointed scrutineers.
The following report was read :—
‘“Your Council, in presenting their twenty-second Annual Report,
have much pleasure in recording once more a year of steady progress.
‘““The papers printed during last year, while somewhat less
voluminous than those of the few preceding years, have maintained
their usual standard of excellence.
‘It is with considerable regret your Council have to record the loss
by death of a distinguished member, Mr. A. J. Jukes-Browne, F.R.S.,
while, owing to resignation and other causes, five more names have
been removed from the Society’s roll.
‘‘During the year two new members have been elected, so that
the membership of the Society on December 31st, 1914, stood as
follows :—
Ordinary members . A , ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ (al
Corresponding members . : : ; : ; 90
Total ; : 161
‘‘The financial state of the Society is fairly satisfactory. We
have no liabilities, while on the other hand we retain £20 on the
Special Account, still possess £50 in Metropolitan stock, and commence
the year with a small credit balance.
“As usual three parts of the ‘ Proceedings’, Vol. XI, parts 1-3,
have been published during the past year. They comprise 188 pages
of text, illustrated with 5 plates and 62 text-figures.
‘“The following authors have very kindly assisted in the cost of
these illustrations, or have provided drawings or photographs for .
reproduction: C. R. Boettger, the Rev. E. W. Bowell, H. C. Fulton,
C. Hedley, T. Iredale, A. S. Kennard, H. B. Preston, E. A. Smith,
and B. B. Woodward.
‘‘Further, the thanks of the Society are especially due to the
Council of the Linnean Society, through whose kindness it has been
permitted, as in former years, to hold its meetings in Burlington
House.”
On the motion of Mr. Charles Oldham, seconded by Mr. C. P.
Crick, the above was adopted as the Annual Report of the Society.
The following were elected Officers and Council for the year 1915 :—
President.—The Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., Sc.D., F.Z.S.
Vice-Presidents.—A. 8. Kennard, F.G.S., R. Bullen Newton, F.G.S.,
H. B. Preston, F.Z.S., J. R. le B. Tomlin, M.A.
Treasurer.—J. H. Ponsonby, F.Z.S.
Seeretary.—G. K. Gude, F.Z.8.
Editor.—E. A. Smith, 1.8.0.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 245
Other Members of Counctl.—G. C. Crick, F.G.S., T. Iredale,
G. C. Robson, B-A., F. H. Sikes, M.A., F.L.S., HE. R. Sykes, B.A.,
F.L.S., B. B..Woodward, F.L.S.
On the motion of the Rev. E. W. Bowell, seconded by Mr. E. Collier,
a vote of thanks was passed unanimously to the Retiring Officers and
Members of the Council, and to the Auditors and Scrutineers.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 12TH Frsrvuary, 1915.
The Rev. A. H. CooKE, M.A., Sc.D., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair.
The President delivered his Annual Address, entitled ‘‘ The genus
Clausilia: a study of its geographical distribution, with a few notes
on the habits and general economy of certain species and groups’’.
Mr. A. 8. Kennard proposed and Mr. Charles Oldham seconded
a vote of thanks to Dr. Cooke for his address, and requested him to
allow the same to be printed 7m extenso in the Society’s Proceedings.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 12TH Marca, 1915.
The Rev. A. H. COOKE, M.A., Sc.D., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair.
The following communications were read :—
1. ‘©On Helicella ( Candidula) crayfordensis, n.sp., from the Pleisto-
cene deposits of South-Eastern England.” By A.S. Kennard, F.G.S.,
and B. B. Woodward, F.L.S.
2. ‘On the Mounting of Radule for microscopic examination.”
By the Rev. E. W. Bowell, M.A.
3. ‘* Note on Hygromia hispida, v. nana, Jeff.”” By the Rev. E. W.
Bowell, M.A.
4. ‘Notes on Swainson’s Fxotie Conchology.” By C. Davies
Sherborn and Alexander Reynell.
Mr. A. Reynell exhibited proof plates of Sowerby’s sale catalogue
of the Tankerville Collection. These plates were quarto size, the
catalogue having been issued in octavo size.
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 9TH Aprit, 1915.
The Rey. A. H. CooKE, M.A., Se.D., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair.
Mr. A. E. Salisbury was elected a member of the Society.
The following communications were read :—
1. ‘©On Ranella leucostoma, Lamarck.” By E. A. Smith, 1.8.0.
2. ‘Note on Nautilus mokattamensis, A. H. Foord, from the Eocene
of Egypt.” By G. C. Crick, F.G.S.
3. “Some more misused Molluscan Generic Names.’”? By Tom
Tredale.
4, ‘‘On Humphrey’s Conchology.”’ By Tom Iredale.
246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Mr. A. S. Kennard exhibited vol. ii of the second edition of Ross’
Voyage of Discovery to the Arctic Regions, in which the section
relating to shells, by Leach, contains diagnoses of some genera and
species occurring as nomina nuda in the first edition, both editions
bearing the date 1819.
The Secretary, on behalf of Mr. Y. Hirase, exhibited part ii of
The Illustrations of a Thousand Shells, published by the latter in
Kyoto. The work, which is issued without text, contains numerous
exquisite figures reproduced from wood-blocks and coloured by hand.
Mr. A. Reynell exhibited India proofs of the woodcut illustrations
to Broderip’s article on the Conchacea in Knight’s Penny Cyclopedia,
issued about 1833.
OBITUARY NOTICE.
Wirn deep regret we have to chronicle the death of A. J. Juxxs-
Browne, which took place at Torquay on August 14 of last year, in
his 64th year. He was a nephew of the distinguished geologist,
Professor J. Beete Jukes, F.R.S., from whom he derived his compound
name. Educated at Cholmondeley School, Highgate, and later at
St. John’s College, Cambridge, he obtained his B.A. degree in 1874,
and in the same year received an appointment on the Geological
Survey of Great Britain, under Sir Andrew Ramsay, which he held
for twenty-seven years, retiring through ill-health in 1901. He
became a Fellow of the Geological Society i in 1874, being awarded the
Lyell Fund in 1885 and the Murchison Medal in 1901 for meritorious
services to geological science. In 1909 he was elected to the
Fellowship of the Royal Society. He was a prolific writer on geology
in all its branches, and one of our principal authorities on British
Cretaceous rocks, his memoirs being mainly published by the Geological
Survey, the Geological Society, and in the Geological Magazine. He
also issued some important treatises on geology, including The
Students’ Handbook of Historical Geology, The Building of the British
Isles: A study in Geographical Evolution, and The Students’ Handbook
of Stratigraphical Geology ; so popular were these works that they
sometimes reached two and three editions. While his writings dealt
exhaustively with stratigraphy he never neglected the value of
paleontological details, being convinced that only by strict zonal
work on the fossils characterizing the different strata could accuracy
be attained in the classification of the sedimentary deposits. He saw
the necessity, therefore, of dividing the Chalk formation into zones,
using, as previously suggested by Dr. Barrois and other workers,
mollusean species, among other organisms, as index-fossils for the
different beds concerned. He wrote, also, on the geology of Barbados
in association with J. B. Harrison, and on ‘Cyprus with C. V. Bellamy,
while his last published paper, undertaken in conjunction with the
present writer, revised the determinations of some Devonian fossils
from Torquay made in one of the late Rev. G. F. Whidborne’s
memoirs, which appeared in the Geological Magazine for August last
year, just two weeks before he passed away.
Jukes-Browne became a member of the Malacological Society in
1899, and two years later joined the Conchological Society of Great
Britain and Ireland. Although unable to attend meetings on account
of chronic constitutional weakness, he nevertheless contributed some
important and critical essays on the Pelecypoda, both recent and
fossil, which treated chiefly of hinge and other internal structures
in connexion with the family Veneride. He took a warm interest
in the vexed question of nomenclature and was always strongly opposed
to the use of Bolten’s names, which, however, are now very generally
adopted by the leading conchologists of the world. He will be
remembered by many of us as a voluminous correspondent, because
being debarred from visiting museums or collections to examine
248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
types, on account of bodily infirmity, he was obliged to obtain assist-
ance from his co-workers in this direction, before finally presenting
a paper for publication. It is no exaggeration to say that such
inquiries were often of so analytical a character that a week’s
research work would sometimes be necessary before a suitable reply
could be prepared. As one who was always struggling with
impoverished health, it is not a little surprising that he should have
accomplished so much, but being fortunately gifted with strong and
active mental powers he was enabled to overcome the difficulties
attendant upon physical weakness, and in the end to leave an
honoured name as an earnest investigator in the realms of natural
science.
His papers published in the Proceedings of the Malacological
Society are as follows :—
‘“ A Review of the Genera of the family Mytilide’’: vol. vi, pp. 211-24, 1905.
‘“The Application of Poli’s Generic Names ’’: vol. viii, pp. 99-103, 1908.
““On the Genera of Venerids represented in the Cretaceous and Older Tertiary
Deposits ’’: vol. viii, pp. 148-77, pl. vi, 1908.
‘*The Application of the names Gomphina, Marcia, Henitapes, and
Katelysia’’: vol. viii, pp. 233-46, pl. x, 1908.
‘* On Petricola, Lucinopsis, and the family Petricolide ’’: vol. ix, pp. 214-24,
1910.
‘*On the Names used by Bolten and Da Costa for genera of Veneride ”’ :
vol. ix, pp. 241-52, 1911.
‘“The Nomenclature of the Veneride : a Reply to Dr. W. H. Dall’’: vol. x,
pp. 36-8, 1912.
“* The genus Dosinia and its Divisions’’: vol. x, pp. 95-104, 1912.
‘On Dosinia lucinialis (Lamk.) and itsSynonyms’’: vol. x, pp. 214-16, 1912.
“On Tivela and Grateloupia’’: vol. x, pp. 266-73, 1913.
‘On Callista, Amiantis, and Pitaria’’: vol. x, pp. 335-47, 1913.
‘* A Synopsis of the family Veneride ’’: vol. xi, pp. 58-74, 1914.
‘“ A Synopsis of the family Veneride,’’ Part II: vol. xi, pp. 75-94, 1914.
Further molluscan papers published in other journals include—
‘*On some questions of Nomenclature’’: Journ. Conch., vol. xi, pp. 97-103,
1904.
‘““ Tapes aureus and its Allies’’?: Journ. Conch., vol. xi, pp. 275-81, 1906.
““On a New Species of Clementia’’: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. VIII, vol. xii,
pp. 58-62, pl. i, 1913.
““On the Shells known as Gemma, Parastarte, and Psephidia’’?: Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., ser. VIII, vol. xii, pp. 473-80, 1913.
‘* Note on Clementia subdiaphana, Carp.’’: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. VIII,
vol. xiii, pp. 338-9, 1914.
R. Butten Newron.
249
PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS:
Delivered 12th February, 1915.
THE GENUS CLAUSILIA: A STUDY OF ITS GHOGRAPHICAL
DISTRIBUTION, WITH A FEW NOTES ON THE HABITS AND
GENERAL ECONOMY OF CERTAIN SPECIES AND GROUPS.
By the Rev. A. H. Cooxu, M.A., Se.D., F.Z.8.
THe genus Clausilia is as interesting a group as any among the land
Mollusca. It is well characterized, and stands, to a certain extent,
isolated. To the systematist it offers problems of classification, based,
in the main, on an examination of the complicated processes which it
has developed for closing the mouth of the shell. To the student of
distribution, the sphere and limits of its occurrence, which are well
marked, may contribute, if handled with reasonable care, evidence
bearing on the question of the ancient connexion of lands now widely
separated.
An authority on the genus, as great as any who have ever lived,
Dr. O. Boettger, regarded Balea, with its sinistral spire, its lack of
clausilium, lamelle, and plicee, and its occasional rudiment of a parietal
tubercle, as the progenitor of the Clausiliide, and he considered the
living Balea of the present day, with theirvery remarkable geographical
distribution (Europe, Tristan d’Acunha, South Africa, New Zealand),
as salvage from the wreck of the ancient genus strong enough to
resist the lapse of ages. Clausilia first appears in the Lower Eocene
( Oospira, Pseudonenia) and Upper Eocene (Disyunctaria, Albinaria?),
and is common in the Miocene (Zriptychia, Canalicia, Eualopia,
Serrulina, Constricta). Boettger’s view was that from an original
type possessing neither clausilium, plice, nor lamelle, the present-
day forms, with their elaborate oral armature, developed in more or
less regular sequence. In confirmation of this view, he pointed
out that there occur, in Tertiary formations, Clausilia without
a clausilium (certain recent Alopia being probably relics of these),
Clausilia with rudiments of lamelle, or with undeveloped plice in
place of a lunule, and Clausilia possessing other indications of
developmental stages, and showing transitions from a less to a more
specialized form.
H. A. Pilsbry, whose views on Clausilia carry great weight, holds
(47) that the East Asiatic Clausiliide (Phedusa) are much more
closely related to early Tertiary than to modern European groups.
(Boettger indeed suggests that Hwalopra may be the Balea-form
originating Phedusa.) There is reason to believe that, as in the case
of the Belogonous Helicide, a common stock of Clausiliide spread
over Asia and Europe, at least as early as the Eocene period.
Subsequent evolution in the East and West has been, he holds,
along independent lines, and, as in the Helicide, the European stock
has forged ahead, while the Oriental, on the whole, looks backward,
many groups retaining their old characters.
250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Habits and Economy.—The habits and mode of life, the food and
general economy of the genus have been very imperfectly studied.
It would seem incredible, were it not the fact, that although scores
of fine and handsome species of Clausilia, from e.g. Japan, China,
and Tongking, have been discovered and named, scarcely a single
word has ever been written on the conditions of life under which
even one of them exists. Over fifty species of Menta have been
described from South America; all that is known of their life is that
one species (steeriana, Sykes) lives ‘‘on the plains, under stones”’,
and another (pampasensis, Dall) ‘‘on cactus and mimosa trees”.
It may be hoped that a time is coming when it will be regarded as
a sound contribution to scientific knowledge to accumulate facts
bearing on the life-history of the Mollusca.
Some groups, Alopia for instance, are found exclusively on limestone
rock, and not on all limestone, but only on limestone of a particular
formation. J/edora and Agathylla are also rock-loving groups, but
while Alopia is extremely partial to shade, and rarely ventures into
the sunlight, many species of Medora, Agathylla, and Albinaria hang
their white or blue-grey shells in the full raysof the sun. The group
Marpessa, smooth and lustrous shells, to which our own laminata,
Mont., belongs, lives on smooth tree-trunks, such as the beech, ash,
and sycamore, and I have observed, in the Carpathian forests, that
such Marpessa as orthostoma, Menke, and marginata, Zgl., prefer the
trunks of young trees, and seldom occur on old ones, Although the
forests of Transylvania often grow right up to the face of a cliff, on
which Alopia may be swarming in hundreds, you will never find an
Alopia on the trees, nor a Darpessa on the cliffs. The reason is, that
the Alopia devour the decomposed surface of the limestone, on which
they find some minute vegetable food, while Marpessa and other tree-
loving groups find their nutriment on the equally minute organisms
which grow on the bark, or in the mosses which gather in the cracks
of the trunks. Pine-trees are seldom climbed by Clausilia, the
resinous nature of the bark probably being disliked, but I have
noticed a Pseudalinda (cana, Held) and a Pirostoma (dubia, Drap.,
var.) quite exceptionally on pine-trees 6 feet from the ground. :
Again, some species are ground-loving, and seldom venture off the
level. Such is our own Pirostoma rolphit (Gray), but we must not
conclude that all Pirostoma are ground-loving; on the contrary,
plicatula, Drap., and parvula, Stud., live habitually on rocks and trees.
Euxina mesta, Fér., near Beirit, buries itself among loose stones and
earth to a depth of several inches, but probably not all Huxina have
this habit, although a species (corpudenta, Friv.) I met with at Brussa
in Asia Minor lives habitually on banks at the roots of grass. A species
of Pseudalinda (fallax, Rossm.), common in the East of Europe, is also
a ground-loving shell, living at the roots of bushes and nettles, often
under layers of dead leaves, on which it feeds, and seldom mounting
rocks. A tiny Gracilaria (filograna, Zgl.) conceals itself under dead
leaves and in cracks on the ground. One notices that species which
crawl on the ground and do not hang suspended are often of corpulent
habit, while many species which hang are narrow and produced :
COOKE: ON THE GENUS CLAUSILIA. 251
mechanical causes may contribute to this result. The group Steiliaria,
peculiar to Sicily, contains many species remarkable for their latticed
ribbing, a feature characteristic of most of the group Agathylla. Yet,
while Agathylla adheres to steep rocks, Siciliarva is habitually found
under loose and flat stones, often decollated, and disfigured with clay.
I am inclined to attribute the frequent decollation of adult specimens
of this group to its particular habitat, and shall be surprised if
a common Himalayan species, Cylindrophedusa cylindrica (Ptr.),
which is always decollated, does not live in a similar way.
Two species at least, Huphedusa tetsui, B. & S., from Hupé, and
Pirostoma ventricosa, Drap., trom North Europe, are known to be
ovoviviparous.
Clausilia is intolerant of extreme cold, a fact which is indicated, not
only by its hibernation, even in temperate climates, but also by its
general geographical distribution. Early in September, 1918, I was
seeking a particular species of Alopia on the top of a mountain
between 6,000 and 7,000 feet high, in Roumania, and was dis-
appointed to find nothing but a few dead shells. At last I discovered
plenty of living specimens buried from 6 to 9 inches deep in the soil
at the foot of the rocks on which they ought to have been climbing,
and it then occurred to me that two or three days before an unusually
heavy snowfall had covered the range, and the shells must have
concluded that winter was upon them, and disappeared accordingly.
No doubt all Alopia which live at a high altitude (and one species
lives at the top of the Butschetsch, 8,230 feet) inter themselves
deeply in the earth or in the cracks of the cliffs during the winter
months. Albinaria wstivates by secreting a paper-like epiphragm,
by which it glues itself to the underlying rocks, and prevents evapora-
tion. Like many Xerophila and some Buliminus, it has a black body
beneath a white shell, a fact which no doubt serves some purpose in
the animal’s economy.
Piaget (45) has made some interesting investigations into the
altitude to which certain Swiss species can attain. He found that
parvula and ventricosa do not, as a rule, ascend higher than 1,500 m.,
cructata and plicatula than 1,700, while dubia and daminata can
sustain life at 1,850 m. In warm climates these altitudes are greatly
exceeded. Huphedusa waageni, Stol., 1s recorded from Murree,
West Himalayas, at 9,000 feet, while Venca raimondi, Phil., is found
in Peru at over 10,000 feet, in the Cordilleras. All these heights are
surpassed by sennaariensis, Pfr., which is stated by Bourguignat to
occur onthe Abouna Yousef, in Abyssinia, at 4,024 m.
The genus falls, geographically and conchologically, into three
great divisions :
I. Clausilia proper, inhabiting Europe, South-Western Asia,
North Africa, and the Madeira group.
Il. Phedusa, inhabiting South and East Asia and certain of the
East Indian islands.
III. Nenia, inhabiting South America and one West Indian
island.
252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
I. CLAUSILIA PROPER.
In Northern, Western, and Central Europe Clausitia is poorly
represented both in sub-genera and species, while in South and South-
East Europe (Austria-Hungary, the eastern shores of the Adriatic,
Italy, the Balkan Peninsula, Greece and the Archipelago, and Asia
Minor (the sub-genera are numerous and often handsome, while
individual species abound.
Four hardy sub-genera, Jfarpessa, Alinda, Cusmicia, Pirostoma,
have spread over practically the whole of Europe, from Russia to West
France and even Portugal, and from Norway to the Mediterranean.
On the other hand, the Tichness of the Clausilia fauna of South-East
Europe may be estimated from the following enumeration of the
principal sub-genera which find their centre there : Alopia, Triloba,
Ldyla, onilie® Delima, Dilataria, Medora, Agathylla, Pséudatinda
Strigularia, Gracitiaria, and others. Albinaria is characteristic of
Greece and the islands, Papillifera inhabits South Europe, especially
the coast lands, Svediaria is peculiar to Sicily.
Within the European region there are four well-marked centres of
Clausilian development, quite distinct from one another, and all lying
to the south or south-east. It is noticeable that three of these are in
close proximity to the sea. They are: (1) Dalmatia, (2) Greece and
the islands, (3) Transylvania, (4) Asia Minor, Caucasia, and Syria.
A very rough estimate gives about 450 species belonging to these four
centres, as compared aaa about 280 species from all the rest of the
region.
One is struck by a fact, which could be illustrated from other groups
of Mollusca, and no doubt from other branches of zoology. Outlying
species of a sub-genus will be found, which have either penetrated
into regions far from its centre of occurrence, daring pioneers, as one
might regard them, of a possible future extension of range, or in some
cases relics of a once wider but now contracting distribution. Thus
corynodes, Held, reaches East France, though Graciliaria finds its
metropolis in Eastern Europe; a single Cristataria (stussinert,’ Bttg.)
occurs in Thessaly, though its metropolis is Syria, and even Asia
Minor contains practically no Cristataria. -Albinaria exhibits
a remarkable extension both east and west; degregoru, Plat.,
occurring in Malta, and lopeduse, Calc., in Lampedusa Island, while
filumna, Pfr., is a solitary <Albinaria in Lebanon. An Agathylla
(whose metropolis is Dalmatia) is found in Syria, a remarkable
record, for Agathylia is not otherwise found east of Herzegovina,
except for one doubtful record in Macedonia. A species of Serrulina
(collast, Stur.), a group characteristic of Armenia and Caucasia, has
recently been discovered in a cave in Corfu, a clear case of survival,
Serrulina being only found European in the Miocene. The occurrence
of a Pseudalinda (denticulata, Oliv.) in certain of the North Cyclades
is illustrative of the same phenomenon; von Mollendorff regards the
species as a Strigillaria.
ee
1 Von Méllendorff regards this species as a Carinigera, to be classified with
eximua, Mdff., and lophauchen, Stur.
COOKE: ON THE GENUS CLAUSILIA. 253
British Isles.—In Britain we have five species of Clausilia,
belonging to the four sub-genera Iarpessa (laminata, Mont.), Alinda
(biplicata, Mont.), Cusmicia (dubia, Drap., bidentata, Str.), Pirostoma
(rolphit, Gray). The present distribution! of these species in
Britain is—
laminata: All England except Cornwall and Hunts, but only in
three of the twelve counties of Wales, viz. Glamorgan, Merioneth,
Denbigh; Edinburgh, Fife and Kinross, Mid and North Perth,
Kincardine; Ireland in six counties only, stretching north-west and
south-east from Sligo to Wicklow.
biplicata: Surrey, Middlesex, Herts, Cambs (all adjacent counties),
Gloucester East. Rapidly becoming extinct.
dubia: I omit, the range being still under question.
bidentata: All British islands from Jersey to Shetland.
rolphit: All south and south-east counties south of Thames (except
Dorset, Somerset, Cornwall), Herts, Northants, Monmouth, Salop,
Lincoln (furthest north). Not in Ireland.
The following species, now living on the Continent, have been
found fossil only in England: parvula, Stud. (Pliocene, Hunts)’;
pumila, Zel., var. sejuncta, West. (Pleistocene, Cambs, Hunts) ;
ventricosa, Drap. (Pleistocene, Hunts); plicatula, Drap., from
Copford (S. V. Wood, Crag Mollusca, ii, p. 307), is a misidentification
for rolpiii. The following have not been identified with any
Continental forms: striatula, Edw. (Eocene, Isle of Wight), pliocena,
S. V. Wood (Coralline Crag, Suffolk).
Scandinavia and Denmark.—Norway and Sweden, from their close
connexion with the Continent, are far richer in Claustlia than Britain.
All our five species occur in one or the other, and Norway possesses
three and Sweden four besides. No sub-genus is present which is not
also British. The occurrence of a Papillifera (nilssont, West.) in
Sweden seems very doubtful. C. rolphai reaches Christiania,® brplicata
and plicatula, Bergen, daminata has been found at Trondhjem, and
bidentata as far north as Tromso (69° 40’ N.); cruciata, Stud., which
reaches Sweden, has not yet been found in Denmark.
Denmark, on the whole, is not a very favourable country for
Clausilia. Ten species are found, and all the sub-genera are still
those of North Europe. Three species occur which are notin Norway
and Sweden, viz. parvula, Stud. (Zealand, very rare), pumila, Zgl.
(Zealand and Bornholm, doubtful from Scandinavia), dineolata, Held
(South and East Fiinen only). Schleswig-Holstein shows no
- addition to the list. There is no Clausilia in the North Frisian
1 The facts are taken in the main from the official records of the Conchological
Society, and are kindly furnished me by Mr. W. D. Roebuck. For
bidentata in Shetland, see Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., i, p. 279.
2 T am indebted to the kindness of Mr. A. S. Kennard for this information.
The following seems interesting :—
Furthest north in England. In Norway.
rolphit : : a ODS BOL Ne late. a) 602 Nedate
biplicata . i 56 ER Lehn mp AGIC RF!
laminata . ! nae Lae ae, on O426 bs
254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
islands. I have no record of any from the Faroe, nor is there any
species in Iceland.
France.—Moquin-Tandon (39) in 1855 catalogued fourteen species
as inhabiting France, including two found only in Corsica. France
was not so large in 1894 as she was in 1855, but Locard (28) in 1894
enumerated ninety-six species of Claustliafrom France (not including
Corsica), besides four Venza, without the slightest indication of any
varieties. A more hopeless wilderness of nomenclature was never
constructed.
One group strange to Britain, Graciliaria, reaches its western limit
in Kast France (corynodes, Held). The group Lamellifera (Bourguignat’s
Neniatlanta, see p. 266) is peculiar to the south-west corner of the
Pyrenees. Papillifera is represented by two or three species in the far
south. P. leucostigma, Rossm. (a Central and South Italian form),
occurs abundantly in the Arénes at Nimes, evidently introduced some
while ago. An Italian Delima (itala, Mts., var. punctata, Mich.),
according to Mergier, has passed the frontier, and is advancing
westward in Vaucluse. Except in the south, the whole fauna is
North European.
Corsica possesses only three species, one peculiar (porrot, Pfr. =
meissnertanda, Sh.); the other two are the ubiquitous daminata and
bidens.
The Iberian Peninsula.—Hidalgo (28) has catalogued twelve species
in all from Spain and Portugal. Some of these are very doubtful.
A careful scrutiny gives five species to Spain and perhaps three to
Portugal, with one common to both. Cusméeta is the chief sub-genus.
Papiilifera bidens occurs on the Eastern littoral, and is also the only
Clausilia in the Balearic Islands. Nobre (48) admits only two species
in his list of Portuguese land Mollusca. Clearly the climate and
soil of the peninsula are not favourable to the genus.
Germany and Switzerland.—When we reach Germany the fauna at
once assumes a Central European character, which becomes more
marked the further south and east we go. Strigillaria, Fusulus (an
Alpine form), Hyjavecta (in Bavaria), Graciliaria, and even Delima
now appear, the latter only in the Bohemian and Silesian mountains,”
where D. ornata, Zgl., is the only true Delima found north of the
Alps. Pzrostoma has now seven species, Marpessa three. Half the
species, which number about twenty-five to thirty, are widely
distributed; about a third are ‘Eastern’ in origin.
The Alps in the south effectually block the way for the spread of
any southern species, and the political distinction between Germany
and Austria is calmly ignored by the Mollusca, Bohemia being
essentially ‘German’ and Silesia equally ‘Austrian’ in character.
The presence of a Graciliaria ( filograna, Zg].) in the Harz Mountains,
of a Strigillaria (cana, Held) as far north as Riigen, and of
rolphii, Gray, in the north-west only, are to be noted. ‘The Prussian
Rhine provinces nourish a Claustlia fauna essentially northern in
character, and a list from this district by C. R. Boettger (2) scarcely
differs from a list from South Sweden.
The Clausilie of Switzerland are, as would be expected, of a type
COOKE: ON THE GENUS CLAUSILIA. 255
almost entirely northern; the greater altitude balancing the more
southern latitude. One observes little that is characteristic in the
lists that are published. Marpessa orthostoma, Zgl., penetrates to
the cantons of Neuchatel, Berne, and Vaud, and is even found in
the neighbourhood of Basel. One Alpine species, Dilataria diodon,
Stud., appears to be peculiar to Canton Wallis. ‘he fauna of the
Swiss valleys to the south of the Alps naturally has a North Italian
character; Dedima, for instance, penetrates to the southern base of the
mountains, and at Lugano D. ztala, Mts., is abundant.
Austria-Hungary.—Clessin’s work (18) excludes Bosnia, Herze-
govina, and Dalmatia, and the group Alopia will be treated of
separately. Even with these subtractions the lists include sixty
species (and more have since been added), classified as follows :—
Widely distributed species : : : 11
Eastern species : ; : : : 22
Southern species”. : : : : 15
Alpine species . : : ; : : 12
The principal features of this rich fauna are (a) the great increase
of Marpessa, 13 spp., six of these being ‘southern’ and five ‘ eastern’
forms; (0) the increase of Cusmicia (9 spp.), Pirostoma (9 spp.), and
Graciliaria (5 spp.); (¢) the appearance of a couple of Herdlla and
Idyla, thoroughly East European groups; (d) the occurrence of
Pseudalinda (4 spp.) and Uneinaria (8 spp.) in Transylvania, and of
Delima (4 spp.) in South Tirol and other southern states. The lime-
stone regions of Styria, Carinthia, Croatia, with the Banat in South
Hungary, and the Siebenbiirgen region in the Far East, are all rich
districts, abounding in species. The Velebit range, separating South
Croatia from North Dalmatia, is another thickly populated region,
from which many new, and some dubious, species are described.
The occurrence of about seventy-two species, sub-species, and
varieties of the sub-genus Alopia, which crowd the cliffs of the East
Carpathians, and have outhers as far west as Torna, not far from
Buda Pesth, is one of the most striking features of the European
Clausilia fauna. Sober considerations may reduce the species to about
twenty; at least five of these are destitute of clausilium; some species
are dextral, others sinistral, others indifferently dextral or sinistral.
The range of individual species is singularly contracted, often to the
limits of a solitary mountain-top, a ravine, a limestone cliff. Authors
agree in placing the group in close relationship with the extinct
_ Triptychia (which lacks clausilium) on the one side, and with
fualopia (Lower and Middle Miocene) and Zri/oba on the other. No
one who has ever collected 4/opza can fail to be struck with its entire
divergence, as regards general habits, from any other Clausilian
group. A species has been reported from North Greece, and two
others from Montenegro (see p. 256); further examination of their
true position is desirable.
Bosnia, Herzegovina, and Dalmatia are rich in Clausilia beyond any
other part of Europe. In North Bosnia we have the huge Herzlla
bosnica, Pfr., and H. daciea, Friv., which rank among the largest
256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
European species. Delima (about ninety species), Iedora (twenty-four
species), and Agathylla (thirteen species) are the characteristic sub-
genera, Medora, with its smooth, blue-grey shells, ranging from
Carniola and Croatia to Cattaro, and ( punctulata, Kiist.) just reaching
Italy, Agathylla, with its pretty latticed forms, being almost confined
to the coast-lands and islands. Dilatarta abounds in the Velebit
region, The group Heteroptycha, West., is peculiar to Dalmatia.
The common sub-genera of Central Europe are crowded out, and even
Papillifera scarcely occurs. The whole district bears signs of an
individual development hardly to be paralleled in any other region of
Europe.
Ltaly and Sicily.—The Italian peninsula falls into three divisions,
northern, central, and southern, while Sicily stands quite apart.
Nowhere is there the same rich development, either of genera or
species, as on the eastern coasts of the Adriatic. Delima is the
characteristic group of North Italy; Pirostoma and Marpessa, abundant
in the north, fail in numbers as we go southward. Papillifera, on the
other hand, is strongest in the south, and has only a few species in
the north. Alimda, and even Strigillaria, pass the Alps, but do not
seem to occur in Central or South Italy. ‘The peninsula appears to
have developed no characteristic group whatever. A single Medora
(punctulata, Kist.), no doubt a migrant from the East Adriatic,
reaches Central and South Italy.
Sardinia has two or three species of J/arpessa, all peculiar; Elba
has only two species of Papillifera.
Benoit (1) in 1881 catalogued twenty-five species from Sicily and
the neighbouring islands. Since his time many have been added,
by the labours of Monterosato and others, not all of which, perhaps,
will stand the test of time. The characteristic sub-genus is Sveviarca,
wholly peculiar to the island. Papillifera is common, and there are
afew Delima, but Iledora, Alinda, and even Pirostoma and Marpessa
appear to be entirely absent. Sicilian influence on North Africa is
very marked (see p. 260).
The Maltese group contains some remarkable and peculiar forms of
Papillifera, a single Delima (tmitatriz, Bttg.), and even an Albinaria
(degregorit, Plat.). The solitary island of Lampedusa has a form
(lopeduse, Calc.) generally assigned to this same group, and marking
its furthest westward extension.
Montenegro and North Albania, whose fauna has been catalogued
by Wohlberedt (61), are a meeting-ground for East European and
Dalmatian influences. The elevated nature of the country differentiates
the fauna from that of the North Adriatic littoral. fedora and
Agathylla have only two species apiece, Delima has eighteen ; on the
other hand, there are Alinda (three species), Herilla (five species),
Pseudalinda (one species), Strigillaria (two species; one is vetusta,
the common Strig. of East Europe). TZriloba, with two species, is
peculiar to this region and Macedonia. The most remarkable fact
is the occurrence of two species of Alopia, baleiformis, Bttg., and
durmitoris, Bttg., the former of which has no clausilium. Boettger
remarks: ‘‘ Whether a special name is necessary for this group,
COOKE: ON THE GENUS CLAUSILIA. 257
which connects the true Transylvanian Alopia with the Hellenic
Guicciardi, Roth, cannot be determined until more representatives
have been discovered in the intervening mountains.”
The chief points to notice in Bulgaria, Macedonia, Servia, and
Turkey are the occurrence of Jdyla, a group which touches South
Hungary, Zriloba (one species), and of Herilla. Pirostoma and
Cusmicia are rare or wanting, but Darpessa (three species), Alinda
(three), Pseudalinda (two), and Strigillaria (two) are still represented.
East Servia has the peculiar sub-genus Carinigera, which shows
relationship on the one side to Cristataria, on the other to Papillifera.
The whole district will repay further exploration.
Greece and the Islands.—Characteristic of the Levant, and more
particularly of the Greek islands, in which it finds its metropolis,
is the section Albinaria. O. Boettger, in his well-known monograph
(4), enumerates seventy-two species, ranging from (possibly) South
Dalmatia to Cyprus, with outliers in Lampedusa to the west, and
even in the Lebanon to the east. He remarks with joy that the
school of Bourguignat has not yet made any incursion into Greeco-
Asiatic Clausilie; but that recently M. Letourneux returned from an
expedition to the island of Santorin with three new Albinaria, all
of which he (Boettger) promptly reduced to mere form or colour
varieties of the common ce@rulea, Fér.
The section stands almost alone in Europe in the singularly restricted
range of a large number of its species. Thus Crete has more than
thirty species, all peculiar; Rhodes, Anaphi, and Skyro each possess
their peculiar species; while another group is markedly characteristic
of the Ionian Islands and the adjacent mainland. On the other
hand, on the mainland, and even on the islands, certain species have
a wider range, cerulea, Fér., e.g., occurring on almost every island
of the Cyclades, and on Eubcea. Some species, particularly of the
island groups, can be regarded with more or less certainty as derived
from an original form still existent : thus cerulea in the eastern islands
and nevosa in the western have probably given birth to races whose
isolation has in time caused them to develop into what we now feel
justified in calling distinct species.
Crete stands alone, and is almost isolated: its relation to the
Cyclades is slight, with Asia Minor perceptible, with the Morea
absolutely none.
Albinaria, especially in Crete, is a rock group, and is distributed
by the mountains ; Papillifera is more characteristic of the plains and
- low hills, which limit the range of Aldbinaria.
Northern Greece is distinguished by a rich development of the
East European and Asia Minor sub-genus Oligoptychia, and by special
eroups of Papillifera and Delima. Two forms of Agathylla, a section
essentially Dalmatian, occur, incohata, Bttg., in Epirus, and adbicosta,
Bttg., in Macedonia. Medora is wanting. The sub-genus Olympia,
with its single species olympica, Friv., is peculiar to Mount Olympus.
A single Alopia (guicciardi,Roth) occurs on Parnassus. A Pseudalinda
or Strigillaria (denticulata, Oliv) is found in the northern islands,
and in Andros and Tinos. Jdyla, a sub-genus confined to upland
258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
forests, stretches from Asia Minor through Turkey and Macedonia to
North and Central Greece and Eubcea. Boettger gives a striking
proof of the former land connexion with Euboea. On that island
occur Cl. bicristata, thessalonica, remota, and saxicola in the mountain
districts, Cl. maculosa, negropontina, and others in the hill lands. The
former group is found in quite inseparable forms in the high
Parnassus district of Central Greece, the latter in the hill lands of
Attica. No doubt the Clausilia fauna here antedates the separation
of Eubcea from the mainland.
Russia.—Politically speaking, the Russian Clausilias fall into two
very distinct groups. Zoologically, it is preferable to regard the
northern, or Sarmatian, group as quite separate from the southern,
or Caucasian, and to leave the latter to be considered under Asia
Minor. Practically no species is common to the two.
The Sarmatian group is simply an easterly or north-easterly
extension of the commoner species which are distributed all over
North Europe. None of the characteristic South-Eastern European
sub-genera find their way into Russia. Species are scarce; most
numerous in the north-west, in the Baltic provinces of Finland and
Livland, but as we proceed east and south it is not a case of fresh
species appearing, as these die out, but the whole Clausilian fauna
slowly and steadily vanishes altogether. Thus Braun records
fourteen species from the Baltic provinces, Slosarski eight from
Poland, Milachevich eight from Moscow, Jelski five from Kief,
von Rosen three from Kharkov and two from Nowyi Oskol. Further
east still, in lists (Boettger 6, 7), from Poltawa (Perm), Ekaterinburg
and Orenburg, which contain a fair number of land Mollusca, no
Clausilia at all oceurs; the genus simply dies out from unsuitability
of environment.
I note that the hardy Jaminata, Mont., occurs in Finland, Livland,
Petrograd, Kurland, Volhynia, Podolia, Moscow, Kharkov, Kurtk,
Caucasus.
Asia Minor, Armenia, Caucasia, the Crimea, North Persia.—This
vast district forms a linking region between Europe and Asia, but at _
the same time does not constitute common ground for the inter-
mingling of western and eastern forms. On the contrary, it contains
a Clausilia fauna wholly its own, with many peculiar sub-genera, the
full investigation of which will doubtless do much to throw light on
the problem of the connexion between the Mollusca of west and east.
European groups are barely represented at all. Adbinaria occurs
along the west and south littoral of Asia Minor, and in Cyprus, and
even penetrates the higher ground of the interior provinces (dzcolor,
Pfr., bigibbosa, Charp.); a DMarpessa and a Papillifera are found at
Smyrna, an /dyla (spreta, Friv.) at Brussa ; Cusmtcra pumila penetrates
to North Caucasus, Alinda plicata perhaps to Armenia: these are
only casual infringements of territory. The one sub-genus of which
any considerable number is common to Europe is Oligoptychia, which
occurs from the South Caspian to Asia Minor, in North Greece, the
North Sporades, and Macedonia. The characteristic indigenous
sub-genera are Euxinastra (near Batum), Acrotoma, a group with
COOKE: ON THE GENUS CLAUSILIA. 259
relations to Phedusa, but differing in the keeled cervix (Transcaucasia),
Mentissa (peculiar to Crimea), Huxrina, with nearly forty species (all
Asia Minor, Armenia, Caucasia, North Persia, Syria, to Jerusalem),
Bitorquata, two species (Syria only). Besides these we have
Cristataria, which is almost confined to the limestone of Syria (twenty
species are catalogued by Germain 20), Aficropontica (Caucasus, three
species), which is said by Hesse to have an outlier in the Central
Rhodope district (IL despotina, Hesse), Serrulina (five species), the
most eastern group of all, which, according to Nagele, just touches
the Amanus Mountains of Asia Minor (serrudata, Pfr.) but is
characteristic of Armenia, Caucasia, North Persia, and the Elburz
Mountains south of the Caspian. Finally, a single species of
Hemiphedusa (perlucens, Bttg.) is reported, on Boettger’s authority,
from Lenkoran in the 'alysch district on the Caspian, and also, teste
Lindholm, from the Tiflis province. The occurrence of this stray
waif of the Phedusa group (possibly a survival of a once much wider
extension) is a very remarkable fact, and it illustrates the tendency,
already noticed, of single outlying species of a sub-genus to occur far
from the general area of its distribution. The nearest relations of
this outler of the great Phedusa section are found in the North-West
Provinces of India, and in two species of Hemiphedusa from Prov.
Moupin, East Tibet.
Northern and Central Asia.—The vast extent of territory which
falls under the comprehensive name of Northern and Central Asia,
and measures perhaps 3,500 miles from west to east, and 3,000 from
north to south, appears to be wholly destitute of Clausilia. Further
investigation of these regions, where arid and trackless deserts
alternate with cold and wind-swept plateaux, may perhaps discover
a few stray species, but, so far, the evidence, which is not scanty, all
tends in the opposite direction.
No Clausilia, for instance, occurs in a list of shells drawn up by
von Martens (33) from East Russia, the Siberian plain, and the Altai
district, nor in a list (von Martens 35) of Central Asiatic Mollusca
from the mountain districts separating the South Siberian steppes and
the Aralo-Caspian deserts from the central highland of Mongolia, and
East Turkestan from the Pamirs and the neighbourhood of Lakes
Ala-kul and Issik-kul, up to a height of 11,000 feet. The same
author (von Martens 34), dealing with Central Asiatic Mollusca—the
district including Altai, Changai, Balchash, Issik-kul, Russian
Turkestan, Pamir Lakes, Yarkand, Kashgar, Ladak, Tarnur and
Chami, and Kukanor—remarks that so far Clausilia has not been
found there, nor are any recorded in his special memoir (von Martens
32) on the Mollusca of Turkestan. G. Nevill (42), recording the
results of the second Yarkand Mission, records no Clausilia from East
Turkestan and Ladak, nor from Kashmir, while Westerlund, dealing
with Siberian land and freshwater Mollusca, under the headings of
Siberia proper, east and west Baical region, Altai region, Amur
district, Kamschatka, includes no Clausilia in his list. Even in
a memoir on a district much nearer to Europe, Transcaspia, and
Khorassan, a district lying roughly from the eastern shore of the
VOL. XI.—JUNE, 1915. ng
260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Caspian to 64° E. long. and from 42° to 35° N. lat., O. Boettger (8)
records no Clausilia.
Northern Africa. — The fauna has received the attentions of
Bourguignat and his school, and counsels are darkened accordingly.
On the whole, the district is not favourable for Clausilia. Twelve
species have been enumerated from Tunis, consisting of Delima (seven
species, marking the connexion with Sicily), Papzllifera (three),
Marpessa (one), unknown (one). The list is susceptible of reduction ;
all the Papillifera are possibly varieties of the ubiquitous dzdens.
Sturany has described a Delima (klaptoczt) trom Dernah, in Barca.
The entire absence of Svczliaria appears to indicate that the develop-
ment of that sub-genus in Sicily must have been later than the
separation of Sicily from Africa, The genus, as on the north of the
Mediterranean, dies out as we move westward, Algeria having fewer
species than Tunis, Moroccothan Algeria. Cristatarva boissiert, Charp.,
from Syria, has been acclimatized at Algiers, and also near Alexandria.
Of the Atlantic Islands, the Madeira group alone contains any
Clausilia. On the two islands of Madeira and Porto Santo three or
four species occur, grouped under the sub-genus Boettgerva, which is
regarded as having some relationship with Agathylla. The islands
have evidently been separated from the mainland for a _ very
considerable length of time, since their molluscan fauna exhibits
marked peculiarities of its own.
Central Africa.—The occurrence of asmall number of Clausilia in
intertropical Africa is a fact of extreme interest. Three species
(sennaariensis, Pfr., dystherata, Jick., rothschildi, Neuv. & Anth.)
have been discovered in the highlands of Abyssinia, in or near to
Eritrea, and the latter authors (41) found, but did not describe, a fourth
species from the same district. The two former species were placed
by O. Boettger in his sub-genus Macroptychia. From the other side
of the Red Sea von Martens has described a species (schweinfurtht)
from Yemen, 7,500 feet, and Jousseaume found an undescribed species
in a ravine near Djeddah. Geographically speaking, these six species
may be considered as belonging to the same group, since they all
inhabit lofty mountains looking down on both sides of the southern
Red Sea. The type of shell appears to be dwarfed and degenerate.
Further specimens are much to be desired, but it seems probable that
these species may represent the worn-out remains of a Clausilian
fauna which may have been richer in past ages, and has dwindled
and decayed under change of climate.
About 700 miles from the habitat of these six species, a seventh,
apparently belonging to the same type, has recently been described
(degeneris, Prest.) from between Rumruti and Mt. Kenia, almost
on the Equator. From Mt. Kenia to the southern end of Lake
Tanganyika is another 700 miles, and from Pambété Bourguignat in
1885 described yet another species (giraud:). It was found ‘‘dans les
anfractuosités des rochers’’, is well grown, and possesses a marked
sub-columellar fold below and behind the lamella inferior. Bourguignat
(14) remarks that ‘‘ this new species, by its sub-columellar fold, which
descends to the peristomal border, recalls certain Chinese forms like
COOKE: ON THE GENUS CLAUSILIA. 261
pluviatilis, while by its outline and papilliform suture it has certain
points of resemblance with ztala or punctata’’.
Whatever its affinities may be—and it has plainly no resemblance
to the Abyssinian group—the occurrence of an African Claustlia in
S. lat. 8°, at a height of about 3,000 feet, is a remarkable
phenomenon. With this exception the Jand molluscan fauna of
Tanganyika has, I think, shown no special feature of peculiarity.
We must await the detection of further species.
Two expeditions to Ruwenzori have failed to discover Clausilia on
its slopes (Smith 58, Pollonera 50). Nor does it occur in Socotra
or in Swahililand (von Martens 30).
II. Pu#pvsa.
India and Further India.—The Clausilia of India have recently
been catalogued by G. K. Gude (21). India (with Ceylon), Further
India, including Burmah, Arakan, Tenasserim, the Andaman and
Nicobar Islands, and Indo-China (Tongking, Siam, Annam, and
Cambodia), form practically a single zoological area, whose molluscan
fauna is closely related to that of South China.
Mr. Gude has enumerated thirty species in all from India and
Further India, belonging to the sub-genera Euphedusa (nine),
Pseudonenia (twelve), Oospira (five), Cylindrophedusa (two),
Garmeria (two). In India proper all the known species (only nine)
cling to the mountain slopes of the north, and not a single species
occurs between the Himalayas and Cape Comorin. Ceylon has
a single Huphedusa (ceylanica, Bens.), which occurs at 4,500 feet in
the central mountain mass. The Himalayan forms fall into two well-
marked groups: (1) those inhabiting the Punjab and North-West
Provinces, (2) those inhabiting Sikkim, Bhutan, and Assam. No
species has as yet been recorded from Nepal, which covers a length
of 500 miles between these two groups, and only one species
( Cylindrophedusa cylindrica, Pfr.) is common to the two. Euphedusa
has one species in the western group and three in the eastern.
Pseudonenia has none in the western and three in the eastern.
No Clausilia has been found in Kashmir proper, Afghanistan, or
Beloochistan.
In Further India the Clausilia fauna becomes richer and more
distinctly Chinese: of Huphedusa there are five species, and of
Pseudonenia six; Cylindrophedusa disappears, but two new sub-genera
occur, Oospira, with five species, and Garnierta, a form with
a remarkable trumpet-shaped mouth, with two. The Nicobars, which
belong geologically to Sumatra rather than to the mainland, have
three species of Pseudonenta. One specimen, unnamed, is recorded in
G. Nevill’s Handlist as coming from the Andamans.
Indo- China.—Indo-China (Tongking, Siam, Annam, and Cambodia)
becomes definitely Chinese so far as its Clausilia are concerned,
Tongking, in the far north, being especially rich, and containing
several ‘Chinese’ species. H. Fischer and Dautzenberg in 1904 (19)
enumerated fifty-five species in all, and since that date at least twenty
more have been added by Bavay & Dautzenberg, H. Fischer, and
262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
others. Garnieria, with eleven species, here attains its maximum,
and the other characteristic sub-genera of China are well represented,
some by forms of remarkable size and beauty. The low-lying
districts, drained by the Menam and Mekong Rivers, are practically
destitute of species, all the finer forms coming from the high ground
of Tongking.
China.—The Clausilia fauna of China is among the richest in the
world, but is at present only imperfectly known. Certain portions of
this vast empire have been worked with something approaching
thoroughness, others have been occasionally visited by the collector,
while others have never been visited at all. Under these circum-
stances it would be misleading to attempt to come to any conclusions,
based upon apparent abundance or scarcity of Clausilia in any
particular province, as compared with any other. But we do know
enough to state broadly that the provinces watered by the upper and
middle Yang '‘I'se Kiang, East Sytschouan, and Hupé (Hubei), with
Hunan to the north and Yiinnan to the south-west, are exceedingly
rich in Clausilia. Peére Heude (22) in 1882-90 noted no less than
seventy-one species, sixty-two of which were described as new.
Many of these are among the largest and handsomest species of the
genus, rivalling, but not surpassing, the giant forms produced by
Japan. Since Heude’s time great additions have been made to the
list, notably by Bavay & Dautzenberg, by Gredler, Schmacher and
O. Boettger, von Mollendorff, Sykes, and others. China is the
metropolis of the fine sub-genera Huphedusa, Formosana, Hemiphedusa,
and MMacrophedusa, while Pseudonenia is well represented in the south,
and Garnieria and Oospira reach the southern provinces. At least
120 species in all are known.
In the west and north-west Clausilia becomes relatively scarce.
A fine species has recently been described (Cl. cooket, Prest.) from
South Shensi, but, as von Mollendorff remarks (88), from the rich
development of the genus in Hupé and the neighbouring East
Sytschouan, it might have been expected that in the well- wooded and
mountainous region of West Sytschouan a number of new species
would have occurred. This, however, is not the case, and as a matter
of fact the distribution of the genus dies out rapidly to the west and
north-west. This is a fact of considerable zoogeographic importance.
In the genera Cathaica and Buliminus the centre of distribution and
richest number of species occur in Upper Amdo, still further west,
but they rapidly fall off as we move east and south-east, and in South
China die out almost altogether. The opposite is the case with
Clausilia, which is strongest in South China; relatively only a few
species reach North Sytschouan, none overpass the borders of Gansu,
in spite of the fact that Gansu is otherwise very rich in land Mollusca.
In the colder and less mountainous regions of North-East China,
Clausilia appears to be very infrequent. A list of Mollusca from
Dschili (capital Pekin), drawn up by von Mollendorff, contains no
Clausilia.
Three species from Province Moupin, East Tibet, were described
many years ago by Deshayes. They have not yet been rediscovered,
COOKE: ON THE GENUS CLAUSILIA. 263
but have been placed by von Mollendorff, ¢idetana in subg.
Formosana, serrata and gibbosula in subg. Hemiphedusa. They
represent, with one exception, the furthest known western outposts
north of the Himalayas of the great Phedusa group.
Japan.—The Clausilia of Japan, while very closely related to those
of China, exhibit in many respects an independent and characteristic
development. The whole group has been worked out by H. A. Pilsbry
with a thoroughness and originality which are quite beyond praise,
and his writings form practically the sole material for a study of the
genus as it exists in these islands.
Southern Japan and Formosa are separated from the mainland of
Asia by a shallow sea, which in no place exceeds a depth of 200 m.
The Loo Choo Islands, which link Japan with Formosa, are separated
both from Japan and from Formosa by much deeper water, the
archipelago to the south of Kiu Siu (Tanegashima and the Linschoten
Islands) being practically part of that island, and separated by deep
water from the Loo Choos proper. In the result we find that while
the Clausilia of Japan and Formosa are closely related to those of
China, those of the Loo Choos are markedly different, not only from
China, but from Formosa and Japan. To quote from Pilsbry (46):
‘* Luchuphedusa has been found nowhere else but on this group [one
species on islands off Kiu Siu]. Zaptyx extends into the southernmost
provinces of Kiu Siu, and, probably borne by the Kuro Shiwo, has
reached Hachijo, an islet 100 miles off Izu province. Stereophedusa
and Hemiphedusa range further, being common throughout Japan...
but the species of the Loo Choo Islands belong to a special group of
Hemiphedusa which has not been found elsewhere. The sections
Euphedusa and Megalophedusa, so characteristic of Japan, are wanting
in the Loo Choos. As regards species, not one is common to the Loo
Choos and any other land. No characteristic Formosan forms of
Clausilia have been found in the Loo Choo group.”’ ‘‘ As a whole the
Clausili@ of this group are more specialised than those of China or
Japan, and bear out the proposition that insular faunas age more
rapidly than those of larger or continental areas” (Pilsbry 46).
The southern and central portions of Japan proper (Kiu Siu and its
outliers, Shikoku, Southern and Central Hondo) are rich in Clauszlia,
some species of the sub-genus Iegalophedusa being the largest and
handsomest in the world. In Northern Hondo and Yesso the numbers
appear to fall off rapidly, though probably exploration is not complete.
Excluding synonyms and varieties, the total number so far recorded
for the whole group is about 155, of which 107 occur in Japan proper,
33 in the Loo Choos, and 15 in Formosa.
Japan proper. Loo Choos. Formosa.
Heniphedusa group . : 5 Ut 12
Zaptyx group. : : > 20 4
EHuphedusa group. ; 5 PAL 1 2
107 33 151
1 Including Euph. aculus, Bens., which also occurs in Japan.
264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY
The full classification is as follows :—
Hemiphedusa Group. Zaptyx Group.
1. Megalophedusa. 1. Hemizaptyz.
2. Hemiphedusa. 2. Heterozaptyx.
3. Formosana. 3. Zaptyx.
4. Tyrannophedusa. 4. Stereozaptyx.!
5. Nesiophedusa.! 5. Parazaptyz.}
6. Luchuphedusa. 6. Metazaptyz.
7. Oophedusa. 7. Diceratozaptyx.
8. Stereophedusa. 8. Oligozaptyz.!
9. Idiozaptyx.'
Euphedusa Group. 10. Selenozaptyx.'
1. Pseudonenia. 11. Thawmatoptye.
2. Huphedusa,.
‘‘In Korea, Japanese forms dominate over Chinese forms. The
submergence of the straits between Kiu Siu and Korea is hence
a geologically recent event, probably not earlier than the Pliocene
period. Allthe genera and sub-genera of the Korean molluscan fauna
occur in Japan. In the Clausilias all the species {five in number | of
Quelpart and Korea belong to Luphedusa, a group of minor importance
in Japan, but extending further north on the Asiatic mainland than
any other group of Clausilia’”’ (Pilsbry 48).
Malay Peninsula and East Indian Islands.—The Malay Peninsula
forms practically the first of the group of great islands which is
continued by Sumatra and Java. The fauna is not very well known,
but the Clausilia belong only to those groups which occur on the
islands. About four or five species, all Pseudonenia or Huphedusa,
have been described from Perak, Penang, Kelantan, and elsewhere.
Further exploration of the great East Indian islands will no
doubt add much to our knowledge of their Mollusca. But we already
know enough to see that as we go eastward Clausilia steadily dies
out. Euphedusa and Pseudonenia include the bulk of the species,
Acrophedusa, Bttg., is peculiar to Java, and Paraphedusa, Bttg., to
Celebes. Borneo contains two species of /ormosana, a Chinese and
Formosan group. No species appears to be common to any two
islands, except cumingiana, Pfr., which in one or other of its varieties
occurs in the Philippines, Sulu Islands, Celebes, Sangir, Halmaheira,
and Ternate, and recondita, Sykes, which is common to Sumbawa and
Halmaheira. It is remarkable that so far only one species has been
discovered in the Philippines, which are not only nearest to Formosa
but have also been better searched than any other group.
From Sumatra we have 7 species, Java 10, Borneo 4, Celebes 10,
Philippines 1, Sulu 2, Sangir 1, Sumbawa 1, Halmaheira and
Ternate 2, Selangor 1. Molluscan lists from the following islands
have been published, but do not contain any Clausilia: Lombok,
Buru, Tenimber, Batchian. Nor has any species as yet been
described from New Guinea, though the genus may well exist in the
higher mountain ranges of that great island, and anything seems
1 Peculiar to Loo Choo group.
COOKE:
ON THE GENUS CLAUSILIA. 265
possible after the discovery, by von Mollendorff, of Carychium,
Acanthinula, and Pyramidula, on the high regions of Java.
A list of the known species is subjoined; the date is the date of
description.
SUMATRA.
1864.! Pseudonenia sumatrana, Mts.
1864. P. excurrens, Mts.
1867. Huphedusa obesa, Mts.
1891. Psewdonenia alticola, Mts.
1893. Huphedusa enigmatica,
Sykes.
FE. melvilli, Sykes.
E. robustior, Bullen.
1893.
1906.
JAVA.
Pseudonenia javana, Ptr.
P. corticina, Busch.
P. orientalis, Busch.
Acrophedusa cornea, Phil.
A. junghuhni, Phil.
Pseudonenia heldii, Kiist.
1841.
1842.
1842.
1847.
1847.
1847.
1849.
1890.
1897.
1897.
1897.
P. salacana, Bttg.
P. schepmani, Mdff.
P. nubigena, Maff.
P. fruhstorferi, Mdff.
BORNEO.
1854. Formosana borneensis, Pfr.
1868. F'. schwaneri, Herkl. (Pfr.).
1889-1901. Huphedusa dohertyi,
Bttg.
1903. H. (?) filialis, Mts.
PHILIPPINES (I. Siquijor).
1845. Huphedusa cumingiana, Pfr.
SELANGOR.
1845. Huphedusa cumingiana, Pfr.
1897. H. cumingiana,
simillima, Smith.
CELEBES.
1845.
P. heldw, var. moritzii, Mouss.
Pin aver:
EHuphedusa cumingiana, Pfr.
1864. EH. cwmingiana, var. moluc-
censis, Mts.
1883. H.cwmingiana, var.majuscula,
Tapp.-Can.
1897. H.cwmingiana, var. simillima,
Smith.
1912. EH. cwmingiana, var. kabaéne,
Haas.
1896. Paraphedusasubpolita,Smith.
1896. P. usitata, Smith.
1896. P. celebensis, Smith.
1896. Huphedusa alternata, Mdff.
1897. HE. pyrrha, Sykes.
1897. H. makassarensis, Sykes.
1897. E. balantensis, Sykes (= cele-
bensis, Bttg., nee Smith).
1899. H. bonthaiensis, Sar.
1899. EH. minahasse, Sar.
SuLvu ISLANDS.
1845. Huphedusa cunungiana, Pr.
1864. H. cwmingiana, var. moluc-
censis, Mts.
1894. Pseudonenia suluana, Mdff.
SANGIR.
1845. Huphedusa cumingiana, Pfr.
1864. EH. cumingiana, var. moluc-
censis, Mts.
SUMBAWA.
1894. Pseudonenia recondita, Sykes.
HALMAHEIRA AND TERNATE.
1845. EHuphedusa cumingiana, Pfr.
1864. HE. cumingiana, var. moluc-
censis, Mts.
1894. Pseudonenia recondita, Sykes.
III. Nenza.
Clausilia is conspicuously absent from the list of those genera which
are described as ‘circumpolar’, and is thus entirely wanting in the
Nearctic Continent. Although well represented in South America,
even on the Equator, it has not succeeded in entering North or even
Central America via the Isthmus of Panama. Probably the more
low-lying and therefore hotter countries of this region are unsuitable
? The dates are the dates of the year in which the species or variety was
described.
266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
for a genus whose neo-tropical representatives appear to live at high
altitudes.
The two outstanding facts which characterize the distribution of
the genus as a whole are its occurrence in South America and its
non-occurrence in North America, and perhaps, of the two, the latter
is the more remarkable. In spite of the land connexion, more or less
intimate, which must have linked Europe with North America,
probably during the Miocene epoch, Clausilia, although abundant in
Central Europe, and even occurring in England, during the Eocene
period, did not make its way into North America. It is conceivable
that Clausilia was originally an inhabitant of warm climates only,
and that the sub-genera which now exist in the colder climates of
North Europe were not then developed. Jarpessa, Alinda, Pirostoma,
and Cusmicia do not, as a matter of fact, occur earlier than the
Pleistocene.
The shell of Wena is invariably sinistral; the aperture is rounded
and wide, set on a protraction, more or less pronounced, of the last
whorl, and lies exactly in a line with the axis of the spire. Fifty
species in all are known—forty-nine from the South American mainland,
one from Porto Rico. On the mainland they range from the Sierra
Nevada de Santa Martha, lat. 11° N., in the extreme north of
Colombia, to about 17° 8. lat., in Bolivia. Along the Cordilleras
some species le on the western slope, rather more on the eastern.
I have noted one (madleolata, Phil.) from 79° W., not 100 miles from
the Pacific, while the easternmost hitherto recorded lives in 63° W. lat.
The north and south range is thus nearly 2,000 miles, while the
eastern and western range is comparatively narrow.
Nine species occur in Colombia, two in Venezuela, ene in Colombia,
Venezuela, and Ecuador, one in Colombia and Peru, one in Upper
Amazons, Peru, and ? Colombia, ten in Ecuador, twenty-one in Peru,
two in Bolivia, two in ‘‘ South America’’.
The occurrence of a single species in Porto Rico is a remarkable
fact, and points to a former geological connexion, more or less
intimate, between that island and South America. There can be
little doubt that the connexion was via the Lesser Antilles, and not
via the Peninsula of Yucatan. This view is supported by the presence,
in Porto Rico and in one or other of the Lesser Antilles, of the
genera Leptinaria, Moérchia, and Peltella, all of which are South
American but not Central American genera. It would be interesting
if Menta were discovered in the highlands of San Domingo, an island
closely connected with Porto Rico, and hitherto imperfectly explored.
The relation of the neo-tropical Clausilias with those of the Palearctic
region involves a zoological problem of the highest possible interest,
the solution of which is at present quite undetermined. The group
Laminifera, represented by one or two living species in the West
Pyrenees, and by six or seven species in the Miocene and Oligocene of
Germany, certainly exhibits points of similarity with Wenza, as was
shown by Bourguignat long ago. He (12) regarded the two groups
as standing in close relation to one another, naming the American
Nenia Neniastrum and the French Wentatlanta. A more prudent
COOKE: ON THE GENUS CLAUSILIA. 267
view will regard Laminifera as a possible link between Venza and the
Clausilias of the Old World. It is conceivable that the now existing
species of Laminifera represent the relics of a group whose progenitors
were not only more widely distributed in Europe, but also succeeded
in emigrating, by what route we are not in a position to say, into the
region we now call South America. There can be little doubt that
instances occur of similar survivals, which have, by taking refuge, as
it were, in mountain fastnesses, victoriously defied (to use Boettger’s
phrase) the attacks of younger and better organized groups. In this
connexion may be mentioned the group Olympia (Mt. Olympus),
Serrulina (Armenia and North Persia, and fossil from the Miocene of
Bohemia and Silesia), Alopia (Carpathians),’and possibly Macroptychia
(Abyssinia).
The only other living group which shows a production of the last
whorl, with a continuous peristome, is Garnierta, from Indo-China,
a sinistral group, in which the mouth is set, as in Wenia, exactly
in a line with the axis of the spire. The general facies of the group
now inhabiting Madeira (Boettgeria) is not markedly akin to
Laminifera, and therefore cannot be cited as supporting a theory of
Atlantidean migration. Professor Gwatkin assures me that the
radule of the few species of Venza which he has been able to examine
are of the same general type as that of the Palearctic Clausiliea.
Further light may be thrown by a detailed examination of the
clausilium.
List OF THE PRINCIPAL WORKS QUOTED.
1. Benoit, L. Nuovo Catalogo delle Conchiglie terrestre e fluviatili della
Sicilia ; Messina, 1881.
BOETTGER, C. R. ‘‘ Die Molluskenfauna der preussischen Rheinprovinz’’ :
Arch. Naturges., Ixxviii, A. 8, 149-310, 1912.
BOETTGER, O. ‘‘ Clausilienstudien’’: Paleontographica, 3rd Supplement,
1877.
— ‘‘ Monographie der Clausiliensection Albinaria, v. Vest’’: Novitat.
Conch., i (Extra-abdr.) ; Cassel, 1878.
5. —— ‘‘Beitrag zu einem Katalog der innerhalb der Grinzen des
Russischen Reichs vorkommenden Vertreter der Landschneckengattung
Clausilia’’: Bull. Imp. Ac. Sc. St. Petersb., xxv, cols. 163-90, 1879.
‘** Zur Molluskenfauna der russischen Gouvernements Poltawa, Perm,
und Orenburg’’: Nachr. Deut. Malak. Ges., xxi, 120-33, 1889.
‘* Zur Molluskenfauna des russischen Gouvernements Perm und
des Gebietes siidéstlich von Orenburg’’: Nachr. Deut. Malak. Ges.,
xxii, 161-73, 1890.
‘*Die Binnenmollusken Transkaspiens und Chorassans’’: in
Radde, Expedition nach Transkaspien, i, Zool., 1890.
9. —— ‘‘Verzeichniss der... aus Griechenland . . . mitgebrachten
Vertreter der Landschneckengattung Clausilia, Drp.’’: Abh.
Senckenb. Ges., xvi, 31-68, 1891.
‘‘Neue Nenia: Bestimmungsschliissel und Literaturnachweise fiir
die bis jetzt bekannten Nenia-Arten ’’: Nachr. Deut. Malak. Ges., xxi,
162-83, 1909.
and SCHMACKER, B. ‘‘ Description of new Chinese Clausilie ’’:
Proc. Malac. Soc., i, 100-17, 1895.
12. BourGcuienat, J. R. ‘‘ Histoire des Clausilies de France vivantes et
fossiles’’: Ann. Sci. Nat., 1877, No. 10.
Vo Coe RO
ial
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
. BouRGUIGNAT, J. R. ‘‘ Histoire malacologique de l’Abyssinie’’: Ann.
Sci. Nat. Paris, Zool., sér. VI, xv, art. 2, 1883.
Note prodromique sur les Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles recueillis
par M. V. Giraud dans la région méridionale du lac Tanganyika ;
Paris, 1885.
Mollusques de l’ Afrique équatoriale ; Paris, 1889.
. CazioT, EK. ‘‘ Etude sur la faune des Mollusques vivants terrestres et
fluviatiles de l’ile de Corse’’: Bull. Soc. Sci. Corse, xxii, 1-354, 1903.
. CLESSIN, 8. Deutsche Hxcursions-Mollusken-Fauna, 2nd ed. ; Nirnberg,
1884-5.
. —— Die Molluskenfauna Oesterreich-Ungarns und der Schweiz ;
Niirnberg, 1887.
. FiscHER, H. and DAUTZENBERG, Ph. Mission Pavie Indo-Chine,
1879-95 : Mollusea, 332-450, 1904.
. GERMAIN, L. ‘‘ Catalogue des Gastéropodes de la Syrie et de la Palestine’’:
Bull. Mus. Paris, xviii, 440-52, 1912.
. GUDE, G. K. Fauna of British India: Mollusea, ii, 1914.
. HeUDE, P.-M. Mémoires concernant Vhistoire naturelle de lV Empire
Chinois, tom. i-v ; Chang Hai (Mollusca, 1882-90).
. HipauGo, J. G. Catalogo . . . de los Moluscos Terrestres de Espana,
Portugal, y las Baleares ; Madrid, 1875.
. Isseu, A. ‘‘ Molluschi borneensi’’: Mus. Civ. Ann. Genova, vi, 366-486,
1874.
. JICKELI, C.F. ‘‘ Fauna der Land- und Siisswasser Mollusken Nord-Ost-
Afrika’s’’: Nova Acta Leop. Car. Akad. Naturf., xxxvii, No. 1,
1-352, 1874.
. LETOURNEUX, A. and BOURGUIGNAT, J. R. Prodrome de la Malacologie
. . dela Tunisie ; Paris, 1887.
. LinpHoLM, W. A. ‘“‘ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Weichthierfauna
Siidrusslands’’: Nachr. Deut. Malak. Ges., xxxiii, 174, 1901.
. Locarp, A. Les Coquilles Terrestres de France; Paris, 1894, pp. 1-370.
MARTENS, E. von. Die Preussische Haxpedition nach Ostasien : Zool.,
Theil, Bd. ii: Mollusca, 1867.
‘* Uebersicht der Land- und Siisswasser Mollusken der ostafrikan-
ischen Kiiste, von C. Guardafui bis Port Natal’’: in C. C. von der
Decken, Reisen in Ost-Afrika, iii, 148-60, 1869.
Vorderasiatische Conchylien ; Cassel, pp. 1-127, 1874.
Reise in Turkestan : Mollusca, 1874.
. — ‘Ueber die vom Geh. Rath Ehrenberg auf seine Reise durch
Russland nach Sibirien im Jahre 1829 gesammelten Conchylien ”’ :
S.B. Naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1875, 88-96.
‘“Ueber eine neue Zusendung central-asiatischer Land- und
Siisswasser-Schnecken ’’: S.B. Naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1882, 103-7.
. — ‘‘ Ueber Centralasiatische Mollusken’’: Mém. Acad. Imp. Se.
St. Pétersb., ser. VII, xxx, No. 11, 1882.
. MOLLENDORFF, O. F. von. ‘‘ Materialien zur Fauna von China’’: Jahrb.
Deut. Malak. Ges., x, 228-69, 1883.
‘* Materialien zur Fauna von China’’: Jahrb. Deut. Malak. Ges.,
xiii, 156-210, 1886.
‘*Binnen Mollusken aus Westchina und Central Asien’’: Ann.
Mus. Zool. St. Petersb., vi, 298-412, 1901.
. MOQUIN-TANDON, A. Histoire Naturelle des Mollusques terrestres et
fluviatiles de France; Paris, ii, 1-646, 1855.
. Mousson, A. Land- und Siisswasser-Mollusken von Java; Zurich,
1849.
. NEUVILLE, H. and ANTHONY, R. ‘‘ Recherches sur les mollusques
d’Abyssinie’’: Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. Paris, sér. IX, vili, 241-341, 1908.
. NEVILL, G. Scientific Results of the Second Yarkand Mission :
Mollusca, 1878.
COOKE: ON THE GENUS CLAUSILIA. 269
. NoprE, A. ‘‘Moluscos de Portugal’?: Mem. Soc. Portug. Sci. Nat.,
1913, 1-348.
. PauLucct, March. Faune Malacologique de lV Italia et des Iles; Paris,1878.
. PraGET, J. ‘‘Malacologie alpestre’’: Rev. Suisse Zool., Genéve, xxi,
439-575, 1913.
46. Pruspry, H. A. ‘‘The Land Mollusks of the Loo Choo Islands:
Clausiliide ’’ : Proc. Acad. Philad., liii, 409-24, 1901.
47, —— ‘Catalogue of the Clausiliide of the Japanese Empire’’: Proc.
Acad. Philad., liii, 647-56, 1901.
48. —— ‘Korea Land Shells’’: Proc. Acad. Philad., lx, 452-5, 1908.
49, and Hrrasg, Y. ‘‘ Catalogue of the Land and Freshwater Mollusca
of Taiwan (Formosa)’’: Proc. Acad. Philad., lvii, 720-52, 1905.
50. PoLLONERA, C. Spedizione al Ruwenzori di S.A.R. Princ. Amadeo di
Savoia; Parte Scient., i, Milano, 181-205, 1909.
51. Preston, H. B. ‘‘ Descriptions of thirty-six new species of land and
freshwater shells from British East Africa, chiefly from Mount Kenia
...?: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. VIII, vii, 463-76, 1911.
52. SaRASIN, P. and F. Die Landmollusker von Celebes; Wiesbaden, 1899,
1-248.
53. SmitH, E. A. ‘‘ Zoological Results of the Ruwenzori Expedition”? :
Trans. Zool. Soc., xix, 43-50, 1909.
54. STEENBERG, C. M. ‘‘ Verzeichniss der Landschnechen Diinemarks”’ :
Nachr. Deut. Malak. Ges., xlv, 163-5, 1913.
55. Sykes, E. R. ‘‘ On the Clausilie of Sumatra’’: Proc. Malac. Soc., i
28-30, 1895.
56. ‘Note on the Clausilie recorded from Celebes, with descriptions of
two new species’’: Journ. Malac., vi, 23-4, 1897.
57. WESTERLUND, C. A. Fauna Molluscorum Terrestriwm et Fluviatiliwm
Svecie, Norvegie, et Danie; Stockholm, 1871-3, 1-651.
58, —— ‘‘Sibiriens Land- och Sétvatten Mollusker’’: K. Svensk. Akad.
Handl., N.F., pt. ii, 1876.
59. —— Sveriges Norges Danmarks och Finlands Land och Sotvattens
Mollusker : Tillage; Stockholm, 1884, 1-76.
60 —— Katalog der in der paliéarctischen Region lebenden Binnenconchylien ;
Berlin, 1890.
61. WouHLBEREDT, O. ‘‘ Zur Fauna Montenegros und Nordalbaniens”’ :
Wiss. Mitteil. Bosn. Herzegow., xi, 585-711, 1909.
62. —— ‘‘ Zur Molluskenfauna von Bulgarien’’: Abh. Ges. Gorl itz ,vii,
167-238, 1911.
270
ON HELICELLA (CANDIDULA) CRAYFORDENSIS, n.sp., FROM
THE PLEISTOCENE DEPOSITS OF SOUTH-EASTERN ENGLAND.
By A. S. Kennarp, F.G.S., and B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S.
Read 12th March, 1915.
Tue form we here describe has long been known from the
Pleistocene deposits of South-Eastern England, as well as Northern
France, but has always been assigned in faunal lists to Helicella
caperata (Mont. ).?
This determination had for a long time appeared to us unsatisfactory,
and when better preserved forms were discovered at Woodston we
were disposed to agree with the Rev. C. E. Y. Kendall* that the shell
was more properly referable to H/. candidula (Studer), and under that
name we included it in our List of British Non-Marine Mollusca,
1914 (p. 6).
Further study has, however, convinced us that Mr. J. W. Jackson *
is right, and that the form in question is in fact a new species. We
therefore now describe it as such, taking the specific name from the
British locality at which it was first and principally found.
HELIcELLA (CANDIDULA) CRAYFORDENSIS, 0.Sp.
Testa umbilicata, globoso-depressa, confertim irregulariter costulato-
striata, sed apice nitida, fasciis spiralibus ornata, vel albida; spira
convexa, depresso-conoidea, anfractus 43, convexi, lente accrescentes,
——. “Z WwW
mM W'S
if MC a INS
WR fQS$s
4 AW \S »
ultimus antice vix deflexus, ad peripheriam subrotundus, vix
carinatus; apertura diagonalis, quadrato-lunaris ; peristoma acutum,
' Prestwich, Phil. Trans., cl, 1860, p. 286 ; Dawkins, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,
xxiii, 1867, p. 100; Cheadle & Woodward, Proc. West London Sci.
Assoc., i, 1876, p. 98; Woodward, Proc. Geol. Assoc., xi, 1890, table ;
Kennard & Woodward, op. cit., xvii, 1901, table.
? Journ. Conch., xiv, 1913, p. 88.
5 ** Notes on the Candidula section of Helicella’?: Journ. Conch., xiv,
1914, p. 199.
KENNARD & WOODWARD: ON HELICELLA CRAYFORDENSIS. 271
intus valde labiatum, labio remotiusculo, marginibus subconvergen-
tibus, margine inferiori fere recto, columellari subrecte descendente,
supra umbilicum pervium subexpanso. Diam. max. 6°5, min. 6 mm.;
alt. 3°8 mm.; apert. 2°8 X 2°3 mm.
Horizon and Localities.—Pleistocene at Crayford and Erith (Kent),
Iford and Clacton (Essex), Brentford (Middlesex), Barnwell (Cam-
bridgeshire), and Woodston (Huntingdonshire).
The characteristic feature of the species is the flattened basal
margin of the peristome that imparts a slightly quadrate appearance
to the aperture, whilst the internal rib at this point is in some
specimens so thickened as to suggest on casual inspection a tooth-like
protuberance.
From H. caperata it differs in being smaller and more depressed,
with the umbilicus eccentric as in H. gigaxi; whilst the strie are
less regular than in HZ. caperata and not so pronounced, the whorls
are more convex, and the periphery not so keeled.
From H. candidula it is similarly distinguished, save in the matter
of size. The whorls, moreover, in H. candidula increase more rapidly
in size than they do in the new species.
From the small form of H. gigaxi, H. crayfordensis is at once
separated by the irregular character of its striation.
Some of the specimens from Ilford and Woodston, judging by the
dimensions cited by Mr. Jackson (loc. cit.), are slightly larger than
those we have seen.
bo
~I
bo
ON THE MOUNTING OF RADUL FOR MICROSCOPIC EXAMINATION.
By the Rev. E. W. Bowett, M.A.
Read 12th March, 1915.
PLATE VII.
Ir is usual to mount objects destined for microscopical examination in
some medium having approximately the same refractive index as the
glass (or the average of the glasses) used in the construction of the
lenses of the instrument. When this rule is transgressed the full
resolving power of the microscope cannot be utilized. Radule are,
in practice, usually mounted in a medium of lower refractive index
than glass. ‘This is done because otherwise they would be invisible,
or nearly so, unless viewed by polarized light.
The polariscope method is very satisfactory with large species and
low magnifications. The object is mounted in Canada balsam, and is
barely visible on the slide, but with the aid of polarizer and analyser
it shows up brilliantly. When, however, the smaller forms are
reached, it is found that little can be seen, unless prisms of
phenomenal size and transparency are employed, together with
a powerful light. I therefore regard the polariscope method as
ineligible.
The ordinary preparations of radule in glycerin jelly are of
varying visibility, because it is not possible to standardize the
amount of water or glycerin included in the mount. I have
successfully used in place of glycerin jelly Professor Gilson’s euparal,
an artificial resin of low refractive index. It is much easier to employ
than glycerin jelly, requires no ringing, and has the advantage of not
being an aqueous medium. But it has the optical disadvantages
inseparable from a medium of low refractive index. Dr. Boycott
uses Farrant’s medium, by which results similar to those of glycerin
jelly are produced. Oxidation eventually occurs.
Glycerin jelly has been advocated and used by practically all the
highest authorities on the subject of radule. ‘Therefore I have
returned, time after time, to its use; only to be convinced each time
that the optical disadvantages involved were real and insuperable.
The camera is a severer critic of the microscopic image than the most
fastidious microscopist, because it possesses no power of accommodation,
and is incapable of ignoring distortion of form. And the camera, as
I read its verdict, is plainly adverse to mounting in any but
a homogeneous medium. Particularly bad are the results with high
powers, for several reasons. The radule consist of fine serrated lines
of structure, and these of themselves form diffraction gratings
interfering with the normal diffraction system of the instrument.
The apparent distance between the two layers of structure is greatly
exaggerated, in addition to the exaggeration which naturally results
from the use of a high numerical aperture, which is necessary for
definition. And that aperture itself requires to be cut down in order
to produce contrast, so that the efficiency of any objective is reduced
Proc. Malac. Soc. Vol. XI, Pl. VII.
eC Py wy
RADULA OF POLITA SYDNEYENSIS.
A. Mounted in glycerin jelly.
B. After staining and remounting in Canada balsam.
BOWELL: MOUNTING OF RADULZ. ike
to about half of the normal. Further—and this is the most serious
matter of all, since it is the real forms of objects that we require to
trace, and not their spurious images—the particular structures that
we have to deal with here are themselves capable of setting up definite
disturbances of the image, by reason of their rounded or cylindrical
shape. In a mass of low refractive index we have placed a number
of rows of lenses of irregular form. They do not fail to present
untrue appearances the moment that they are illuminated by any
other than parallel beams. Thus, for example, the centres of the cones
in a Vertigo necessarily appear black instead of white in a photograph
taken at the critical focus; while if a false focus be substituted the
result is indeed a dream, but different from reality. Even optically
short spikes appear as rounded knobs when we have passed a certain
measure of magnitude, necessitating a certain enlargement of
numerical aperture to render the object distinctly visible.
I have experimented with many media for mounting radule—
practically, I believe, with all that are available. Not to trouble you
with a long catalogue of rejected methods, I may just mention that
media of higher refractive index have most of the disadvantages
already described, together with some special ones of their own.
But all this can be definitely and entirely avoided. The image with
high powers can be made quite equal (except in the matter of depth) to
that affcrded by objectives of greater focal length. The full aperture
and resolving power of the objectives can be employed. Eye-
straining can be entirely obviated. The preparations may be made
quite permanent, and very much more distinct in every outline, by
the adoption of a process of staining and mounting in a homogeneous
medium, such as is used in almost all professional scientific researches.
Our difficulty is then only to finda method by which the radula can be
stained in such a way that all its details are clearly visible.
Chitin itself, as it exists in the snail, cannot be stained by any
known method. Butit is by no means difficult to effect a modification
of its chemical constitution so that it becomes coloured by intrinsic or
extrinsic matter. The chitin of all radule—even the Vertigos—
contains enough iron to give a Prussian blue tint when it has been
partially or entirely separated from its organic connexion. Anything
that promotes oxidation will in a long or short time turn the radula
brown—the colour of the familiar iron-mould. This is very
frequently to be observed in old specimens which have been preserved
for many years in aqueous media. It denotes an excessive proportion
of water present in a glycerin jelly preparation. It is very usually
to be seen at the nascent end of a radula extracted by long boiling in
caustic alkali. Noticing one day that this brown colour at the end
was replaced in some of my radule by a green verging upon blue,
I instituted inquiries and found that the tube used for washing them
had been previously used for containing a solution of the red prussiate
of potash. Experiments showed that not only green but strong blue
coloration could easily be obtained upon yellow radule by the
application of this familiar reagent. Strange to say, styrax
preparations were found to have oxidized the radule to a considerable
274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
extent. The blue stain thus obtained can be photographed by means
of screens, but for precision it is not to be compared with that produced |
by additive dye-stuffs.
Rapid and thorough oxidation of the chitin, without damage to the
radule, may be obtained by the application of an acidified solution of
permanganate of potash. After blackening the unci with this fluid,
I decolorize with oxalic acid. It is found that almost any of the
ordinary stains will now take effect, but as my object is to produce
a transparent staining, so that the outlines of one uncus may be clearly
seen behind another, and that there may be no blocking out of light
by dense shadows from the basal plates, I have provisionally selected
dahlia as the best colour for the purpose. This gives good results
with chromatic plates and a yellow or green screen, when it is desired
to take a photograph.
It is also possible to hydrolyse chitin by prolonged boiling in dilute
acid, and this process 1s more speedily accomplished in the presence
of picric acid. he hydrolysed chitin is also amenable to treatment
with many stains, notably with acid fuchsin andindigocarmine. But
in this method there is the disadvantage that unless the structure is
less compact than usual, permeation takes a long time; andthe action
begins at the basal plates, causing these to be most emphasized in the
resulting stained slides. Butif it be desired to have a demonstration
of the hollow structure of the unci, upon which the cones are built up
by superficially induced thickenings, valuable information may be
derived from partially hydrolysed specimens.
The permanganate method will probably answer all requirements,
though any other reagent which has the same effect might be
substituted. I do not for a moment suggest that this process must
supersede the well-known glycerin jelly method, which has been so
industriously applied for many years by workers like Professor
Gwatkin. But I claim that it gives a truer picture of the radula in
all cases, and that the employment of a stain followed by mounting in
Canada balsam is in accordance with the soundest principles of
microscopy.
The accompanying plate represents the radula of Polita sydneyensis,
Cox (scharffi, Kennard ; Hyalinia cellaria, var. compacta, Jeff.?). The
upper division shows the specimen in glycerin jelly, the lower
division shows the same specimen after staining and remounting
in Canada balsam.
275
NOTE ON HYGROMIA HISPIDA, var. NANA, JEFF.
By the Rev. E. W. Bowen, M.A. ;
Read 12th March, 1915.
Mr. Kennarp recently pointed out to me a shell in my collection as
a typical example of this form, which is said to be equivalent to
H. nebulata, Menke. The specimen was taken at Leatherhead, and
is now exhibited. Height 4mm., major diameter 7:1 mm.
The genitalia showed four simple digitate glands on each side.
Typical Aispeda may show six on each side, but it will generally be
found that these are disposed in groups of two, so that they would
be better described as three double digitations. I find, however,
that there is considerable variation in the number of the glands,
large specimens tending to possess more glands and more branching.
CARAS (ER
SS EEE EEE
The radula, of which a sketch is here submitted, is 1°8 mm. long
and 0:65mm. wide. ‘here are 88 rows of unci, distributed according
to the formula 13. 10. 1. 10. 18. The more external admedians tend ~
to become larger until the last two are reached, and these are very
similar to the externals. ‘The most striking feature about the radula
is the length and narrowness of the mesocones, except in the external
region. I do not find anything similar in young examples of typical
hispida, while in adult specimens there is a marked tendency to vary
in the opposite direction. In the present specimen the cones of the
external unci are more than usually short; variation in this respect
is common in Aespida, but it is much more usual to find prolongation
of these cones in the smaller examples.
I refrain from giving measurements of these small structures,
because I do not yet possess a series mounted in balsam, and the
-trial measurements of glycerin jelly preparations have proved un-
satisfactory, owing to the relatively high numerical aperture required
to produce sharp outlines at the necessary magnification.
It seems possible that J7. mebulata may be another of these barely
distinct small Helices, and it may be worth while for those who
have the opportunity to pay special attention to its economy and
distribution.
VOL. XI.—JUNE, 1915. 20
NOTES ON SWAINSON’S HXOTIC CONCHOLOGY.
By C. Davies Surrporn! and ALEXANDER REYNELL.*
Read 12th March, 1915.
For many years Swainson’s Lvotie Conehology has been a_biblio-
graphical puzzle. No one seemed to have seen what he could feel
sure was a complete copy of the first edition, or knew what the first
edition really contained. ‘Three copies have come under our notice,
those belonging to the Radcliffe Library, Oxford, Mr. Reynell, and
Mr. E. R. Sykes; the first and second in four original parts as
published. We have been waiting patiently for years for two more
parts believed to be required to complete the work. All the evidence,
however, now points to the fact that Edition 1 was published and
completed (as far as it got) in four parts, each part containing
8 lithographed plates, coloured or uncoloured according to the price
the subscriber could pay. The colouring is particularly good in
most cases. With Part 1 were issued sixteen * pages of letterpress,
consisting of a Title Page with the back as usual blank, except that
the Printer’s name is inscribed thereon, two pages of advertisement,
and the succeeding pages occupied with descriptions of the species
illustrated. No further text appears to have been issued.
Besides the Reynell copy, a second, with the front covers preserved,
exists in the Radcliffe Library, Oxford, and we are much indebted
to Sir Henry Miers for an exhaustive examination and very complete
notes made for Mr. Sherborn in 1906. This copy appears to have
two pages of the letterpress in duplicate, while four pages which
should be there are missing. It also wants two plates from Part II,
namely, Murex regius, Swn., and Anodon sinuatus (or sinuosa), Lamk.
A third copy, of which Mr. E. R. Sykes kindly sent particulars,
is without covers, and complete with the exception that the four
pages of text missing in the Radcliffe Library copy are here also
missing. Our notes are based on the Reynell copy.
During 1834 and 1835 the book was reissued with an Engraved Title
Page, and two other parts, each containing eight plates, were added.
Of this reissue the British Museum, Bloomsbury, possesses 5 Parts
in the original covers, once belonging to Major-General ‘Thomas
Hardwicke, who died on the 38rd of March, 1834, and therefore could
not have received the sixth part. On the covers he fortunately noted
the dates on which he received each part. Mr. Reynell has a complete
copy in six parts with covers, but there are no manuscript dates on
them. Apparently this set originally belonged to W. J. Broderip,
as his name is written on one of the covers.
' By permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.
* Mr. E. R. Sykes, who contemplated a paper on this book, kindly withdrew in
our favour, and handed over his copy for examination. Mr. Reynell has,
very generously, allowed the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) to acquire his
splendid copies of the first and second issues.—C. D. 8.
* We do not know with which parts the text really appeared : in all probability
pp. i-iv, 1-8 with part 1, and 9-16 with either part 3 or part 4.
SHERBORN & REYNELL!: SWAINSON’S EXOTIC CONCHOLOGY. 277
In 1841 Sylvanus Hanley published a second edition of the forty-
eight plates, with eee of the species illustrated (Title-page,
Advertisement, and pp. 5-39). Many of the plates were redrawn
and the following note on p. 4 sufficiently explains the reason of the
republication : “But few words are requisite to preface the second
edition of the Exotic Conchology. Mr. Swainson on quitting England
having left this beautiful work in an unfinished condition, to me has
been committed the task of reducing the whole into systematic
arrangement, of drawing up descriptions of species, and adding such
synonyms as the advanced state of Conchological knowledge might
require. This charge to the best of my power I have fulfilled,
adopting that system of classification, to the establishment and
elucidation of which so many years of the author’s lifetime have been
devoted. S. H.’? We will now proceed to the detailed description
of the two issues of the First Edition.
First Edition,
1821-1822.
As far as can be ascertained the first edition reached no further
than Parts 1-4, which were published between August, 1821, and
March, 1822. William Wood in his ‘‘ Catalogue of an Extensive
and Valuable Collection of the Best Works on Natural History, etc.’’,
London, 1824, mentions parts 1-4 only, issued in three forms,
i.e. (a) with plates uncoloured, (4) coloured, and (ce) both coloured
and uncoloured, and priced at 10s. 6d., 16s. Od., and £1 1s. Od. each
part respectively.
The Title on each cover reads as follows :—
Exotic Conchology; | or | Figures and Descriptions | of | Rare,
Beautiful, or Undescribed | Shells. | By | William Swainson, F.R.S.,
F.L.S. | Member of the Wernerian Society of Edinburgh, | Historic
Society of New York, &e. |
[Part . 2.) | containing 295 ”./|
London: | Printed for William Wood, Strand; and J. and A. Arch,
Cornhill. | Price [ filled in in ink ].
The Contents of each Part and Date of issue are as follows :—
Part 1, August, 1821.
_ {Text; Title] Exotic Conchology; | or | Figures and Descriptions |
of | Rare, Beautiful, or Undescribed | Shells, |
Drawn on Stone from the Most Select Specimens ; | The descriptions
systematically arranged | on the principles of MM. Cuvier and
de Lamarck, | with references to the Linnean Classification. | By
William Swainson, F.R.S., F.L.S. | Member of the Wernerian Society
of Edinburgh, | the Historic Society of New York, &c. | Vol. 1. |
London: | Printed for William Wood, Strand; and J. and A. Arch,
Cornhill. | 1821. |
[Back of Title] Printed by Richard and Arthur Taylor, Shoe Lane.
278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
‘Two pages of Advertisement [111] and iv followed by twelve,
unnumbered pages of text.
The first page deals with the ‘‘ Family, Volutz. Genus Voluta”’
The latter is divided into three “Sections ”’, Cymbeole, Musicales
and Fusoidew, whose characters are diagnosed.
The second page deals with Voluta, Sect. L; V. diadema, Lam. and
V. tessellata, Lam. are described.
The third page deals with Voluta, Sect. 2; and V. nivosa, Lam. is
described.
The fourth page deals with Voluta, Sect. 2; V. marmorata, is
described by W. Swainson as a sp. nov.
The fifth page deals with Voluta, Sect. 3; and V. pacifica, Chemn.
and V. tuberculata, are described; the latter as a sp. nov. by
Swainson, who mentions that there is a possibility of its being the
V. subnodosa, of Dr. Leach.
The sixth page continues Voluta, Sect. 3; and V. elongata, and
V. angulata, are described as spp. nov. by Swainson.
The seventh page goes back to Voluta, Sect. 1; and V. @thiopica,
L. and V. melo, Lam. are described.
The eighth page continues with Voluta, Sect. 1; and V. cymbium,
Lam. and V. rubiginosa, are described, the latter by Swainson as
a sp. nov.
The ninth page continues with Voluta, Sect. 1; and V. olla, Gmel.
and V. porcina, Lam. are described.
The tenth page continues with Voluta, Sect. 1; and V. proboseidalis,
Lam. and V. scapha, Gmel. are described.
The eleventh page deals with Pterocera as a division of the Strombi,
and P. aurantia, P. nodosa, Brug. and P. robusta, are described. The
first is presumably Lamarcek’s species, and Strombus scorpio, Martini,
is given as a synonym, the third is described as a sp, nov. by
Sienna, and its nearest ally given as P. nodosa, Brug.
The twelfth page continues Plerocera, and P. elongata, P. millepeda,
L. and P. violacea, Martini, are described. The first is separated
from the second, and described as a sp. nov. by Swainson.
The text ends here; no more text seems to have been published
until the second edition by Sylvanus Hanley in 1841.
Eight Plates follow, illustrating
Voluta diadema, Lam. Voluta angulata (under side).
», marmorata, Sw. Achatina maginata, var.
», nivosa, Lam, Modiola elongata, Sw.
5, angulata, Sol. Unio alatus, Lam.
[ Latin names only given here.
On the outside of the back cover is the following :—‘* This work
is intended to contain accurate and faithfully coloured figures of
some of the most beautiful and rare Shells that remain undescribed,
or are imperfectly figured by former writers, and which, from their
size, cannot conveniently be introduced in the ‘Zoological Illus-
trations’, now in a course of publication. The unreserved access to
some of the principal cabinets in this Country, with which the author
has been favoured, will enable him to select as subjects for the work,
SHERBORN & REYNELL: SWAINSON’S EXOTIC CONCHOLOGY. 279
many Shells of the greatest rarity and beauty; at the same time he
will feel obliged by the intimation of any others, existing in cabinets
he has not yet inspected, and which, if adapted to the work and
intrusted to him, shall be most faithfully and expeditiously returned.
The Plates will be engraved on Stone by the Author, and after-
wards carefully finished in colours under the superintendence of
Mr. Graves. It is intended to be published (on a royal quarto size)
in parts, to appear every two months, each containing eight plates,
and the letterpress (which will be given in the course of publication)
arranged systematically. The whole will be completed in two
volumes ; the price of each part, 10s. 6d. plain or 16s. coloured; or,
with both plain and coloured impressions, One Guinea,
Printed by R. and A. Taylor, Shoe Lane, London.”
Part II, October, 1821.
Contains eight plates.
Pterocera amantia, Sw.
Achatina sultana, Fér.
Strombus pugilus, var. Lin.
Voluta tessellata, Lam.
5» seapha.
5) pacifica, Sol.
Murex regius, Sw.
Anodon sinuatus, on cover ; sinuosa, Lam. on plate.
On the outside of the back cover is the following ‘‘ Advertisement ”’:
‘“It will be perceived from our Prospectus, that we have not
pledged ourselves to give a portion of the Letter-press in every Part ;
for as we intend the Descriptions should follow in systematic order,
this, under the form we have printed it, would be impossible. Our
Subseribers will not, however, suffer beyond a little delay ; for after
a few Parts are published, they will find that all the Plates will be
described, though the Descriptions will not accompany the contents of
each particular Part.”
‘““N.B. The Author will feel much indebted to any Collector for
the loan of a small and fine specimen of Voluta Neptuni, Dillwyn’s
Catalogue, vol. i, page 578, also of V. Corona, Dill. 576. Martini 10.
tab. 148. 1887 & 8, and Voluta Junonia, Martini 11. 177. 1703 & 4,
and pledges himself to return them within three weeks of the time he
-may be favoured with them, if left in the care of Mr. Wood, No. 428,
Strand, who, if required, will give a receipt for the same.”
Part III. December 1821.
(Contains eight plates.)
Strombus pacificus, Sw.
Mitra glabra, Sw.
Fusus aruanus, Sw.
Voluta elongata, Sw.
Do. (underside).
280 PROCEKDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Voluta melo, Sol.
Achatina maculata, Sw.
LHyria elongata, Sw.
Part LV. March 1822.
(Contains eight plates. )
Voluta poreina, Lam.
,, olla, Linn.
,, undulata, Lam.
5, rubiginosa, Sw.
5, tuberculata, Sw.
Mitra pertusa, Sw.
Strombus tricornis, Humph.
Ss gallus, Linn.
[The Plates are not numbered; but the name of each species or
variety illustrated is given at the bottom of each plate, printed, or
written in ink, with the Author’s name attached and the source of the
specimen. |
Reissue of first edition, in part redrawn; with two additional parts.
1834—1835 ?
This consists of six parts, the first four being a reissue with minor
differences of the first issue, to which were added two new parts.
The Titles on the front covers of Parts I-III are as follows :—
‘Exotic Conchology; | or | Figures and Descriptions | of | Rare,
Beautiful, or Undescribed | Shells. | By | William Swainson, F.R.S.
& F.L.S. | Member of the Wernerian Society of Edinburgh, | Historic
Society of New York, &c. | Part I [2, 3] | containing [no contents
are given|| London: | Printed for William Wood, Strand; and
J. and A. Arch, Cornhill. | Price”? [amount written in ink] |
There was a slip inserted in Part Il referring to the first Series of
the Ornithological Drawings, the ‘ Birds of Brazil’, by W. Swainson.
It also states ‘‘ Exotic Conchology. After the Third Part, the Price
of the succeeding will be raised to non-subscribers from 10s. 6d.
to 14s.”
The Titles on the Front Covers of Parts [V—-VI are as follows:—
‘‘ Dedicated | to | The Rev. Joseph Goodall, D.D. F.L.S. &c.|
Provost of Eton. | Exotic Conchology; | or | Figures and Descriptions
of Rare, Beautiful, or Undescribed | Shells. | By | William
Swainson, Esq. M.P.S. Camb. | and of several Foreign Academies. |
Part 4 [5, 6]. | London: | Published by Baldwin and Craddock,
Paternoster Row; and J. and J. Arch, Cornhill. | Prices. Plain 7s.
Coloured 10s. 6d. (Non-Subseribers 14s.) Double Plates (Sub-
scribers) 15s. | Published every other Month, and to be completed in
Six Parts.” |
At the end of W. Swainson’s ‘Elements of Modern Conchology ’, etc.,
London, 1835, appears the following Advertisement :—
SHERBORN & REYNELL: SWAINSON’S EXOTIC CONCHOLOGY. 281
‘Exotic Conchology, or highly finished Drawings of some of the
most rare costly or interesting Foreign Shells. Complete in seven
parts. Royal Quarto each with 8 plates, price 10s. 6d. each part.”
This seventh part, if it ever appeared (? a printer’s error), has not
been seen.
The Contents and Dates of Publication of the 1834-5 reissue and
continuation are as follows, the dates being taken from the
endorsements on the covers of Major-General Thomas Hardwicke’s
copy in the British Museum (730 1. 24).
Part I. Jany 15th, 1854.
Engraved Title Page as follows :—
Exotic | Conchology | or | Drawings and Descriptions | of Rare,
Beautiful or Undescribed | Shells. | By | William Swainson, Ksq.
FRS. LS. PS Camb. | and of several Foreign Acadamies [size]. |
London | Baldwin & Cradock J. & A. Arch. Treuttel. Wirtz
& Richter. W. Wood. | and by Robt. Havell, 77, Oxford St. |
1834
Ne letterpress, though it is possible that some copies were provided
with loose text remaining over from the first issue. |
Contains 8 Plates Coloured and 8 Plates Plain, illustrating the
same species as in the original issue; but they are not in the same
order of arrangement.
Part II. April Ist 1834.
Contains 8 Plates Coloured and 8 Plates Plain, illustrating the
same species as in the original issue with the exception of Plate 5,
which is devoted to Strombus alatus, Gmel., instead of Strombus
pugilis, var. Lin., as in the original issue.
On Plate 16 one reads Anodonta sinuosis, Swain., instead of
Anodonta sinuosa, Lamk., as in the original issue, but the shell is
the same in both.
Part III. June 2nd 1834.
Contains 8 Plates Coloured and 8 Plates Plain, illustrating the
same species as in the original issue.
In Plate 20 the species illustrated is named Cymbviola elongata, Sw.,
and the other view Voluta elongata, Sw. In the original issue they
both read Voluta elongata, Sw.
Part IV. Jany 12th 1835.
Contains 8 Plates Coloured and 8 Plates Plain, illustrating the
same species as in the original issue.
Part V. Jany 12th 1835.
Contains 8 Plates Coloured and 8 Plates Plain.
Pl. 33. Voluta Junonia, Lam.
» 34. 4, cymbum, Lin., Mus. D. Bainbridge, on Plain Plate.
cymbium, Mus. Domee Bambridge, on Coloured Plate.
», 930. Cyprea pulchella, Sw.
», 36. Anodon ovatus, Sw.
Pl. 37. Anodon rotundatus, Sw.
5, 388. Voluta maculata, Sw.
» 39. 4, @ethiopica, Linn.
» 40. ,, tugubris, Sw.
Part VI. [undated] but not earlier than March 1st 1835.
Contains 8 Coloured and 8 Plain Plates.
Pl. 41. Voluta harpa, Sw.
» 42. 4, gracls, Sw.
» 48. 4, pactfica.
» 44. 4, + sebra.
; », 45. ,, ehrysostoma, Sw.
», 46. Strombus laciniatus.
ee re melanastomus.
5, 48. Voluta seapha.
The Plates of the first four parts of the reissue were nearly all, if
not every one, redrawn, and differ, some very much, from those in the
original issue; and one remarks that their colouring is not quite
so good. The Plain Plates of the reissue are in the Reynell copy on
India paper of a pale grey-brown tint, mounted on white paper.
The Plates have no printed numbers, but in the Reynell copy they
have been added in ink.
The Second Edition 1841.
As this is quite a common book, such notes as are necessary have
been given in the introductory remarks.
ON RANELLA LEUCOSTOMA, LAMARCK.
By Epear A. Surru, 1.8.0.
Read 9th April, 1915.
Tnx object of the present note is to find a permanent generic resting-
place ! for this well-known shell, which in the past has been shifted
from one genus to another, and also to raise to specific rank a form
from South Africa hitherto regarded as a variety of it.
In the year 1811 it was placed in the genus Biplew by Perry; in
1822 Lamarck, and Deshayes in 1830, called it a Ranella; in 1833 it
was deemed a Zriton by Quoy & Gaimard; in 1842, 1848, 1844,
1870, 1886, 1892, and 1908 it reverted to Ranella on the authority of
Kiener, Deshayes, Reeve, Kobelt, Sowerby, and Martens; in 1857
Gray transferred it to Apollon; in 1853 and 1867 it reposed in Bursa
(sub-genus Apollon) teste H. & A. Adams and Angas; in 1881 and
1885 Tryon and Watson regarded it as a Ranella of the sub-genus
Argobuccinum; in 1888, on the authority of Pritchard & Gathiff,
Lotorium (sub-genus Argobuccinum) claimed it; in 1901 and 1902
Hedley and Kesteven gave it a temporary resting-place in Gyrineum;
in 1904 Hutton placed it in Apollo; in 1906 Smith referred it
to Septa, and in 1912 and 1913 Vereco and Suter located it in
Argobuccinum.
In deciding the proper position of this species it all depends upon
what characters should be regarded of generic importance. If it
were merely a question of selecting the oldest name applied to
the groups ‘ Zrzton’ and ‘ Ranella’, as understood by Lamarck, the
matter would be comparatively simple, but in the present day the
tendency is to multiply generic divisions, and consequently there is
much more difficulty, in the present case at all events, of selecting
the right genus.
Since fanella leucostoma in shell characters has a greater general
resemblance to the big ‘ Zriton shells’ (e.g. rubicunda, Perry =
australis, Lamarck) than to any other group, and the opercula are
similar, I am inclined to place it along with them in the genus
Charonia of Gistel. Dall? at one time considered this name
synonymous with Septa of Perry, but it has since been pointed out
by Matthews & Iredale* that this was a false conclusion. Iredale *
subsequently clearly proved that the type of Septa of Perry is not
the species selected by Dall, who at the time had not consulted
Perry’s earlier work, the Arcana, in which the first introduction of
Septa appeared.
The external features of the animal of Ranella leucostoma have been
described by Quoy & Gaimard,® and they are similar in general
1 This is almost a hopeless task until the animals of the various groups of
Tritons have been investigated.
Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. xlviii, p. 134, 1904.
Victorian Naturalist, vol. xxix, p. 9, 1912.
Nautilus, vol. xxvii, p. 55, 1913.
Voy. Astrolabe, Zool., vol. ii, p. 547.
2
3
4
7)
284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
character to those of typical forms of Charonia. Beyond a few words
descriptive of the radula by the same authors nothing is known of
it, and consequently one cannot compare it with the radule of
‘ Tritonium nodiferum? and ‘ 7. variegatum’ as described and
figured by 'Troschel.’ It is therefore simply on conchological
characters that I now place this species in the genus Charonta.
In a specific point of view this species has been more fortunate,
having only twice received a trivial name.
Perry in 1811 was the first to describe it under the name Biplex
australasva, and then Lamarck in 1822 designated it Ranedla leucostoma,
under which name it was commonly referred to until attention was
directed to Perry’s work by Mr. Hedley? in 1901, and since that date,
with one or two exceptions, the name australasia has been accepted.
In following this general practice I suggest emending the word by
adding a terminal na, and thus making it a proper qualifying term,
australasiana.
CHARONIA AUSTRALASIANA (Perry).
1811. Biplex australasia, Perry, Conchology, pl. iv, fig. 2.
1822. Ranella leucostoma, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., vol. vii, p. 150.
1830. £. leucostoma, Deshayes, Encycl. Méthod., Vers, vol. iii
| Urnteyt ites
1833. Triton leucostomum, Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool.,
vol. ii, p. 546, pl. xl, figs. 3-5.
1842. Ranella leucostoma, Kiener, Coq. Viv., p. 29, pl. 1x, fig. 1.
1843. 2. leucostoma, Deshayes, Anim. sans Vert., 2nd ed., vol. ix,
. 042.
1844. Lt en Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. ii, pl. i, fig. 4.
1853. Bursa (Apollon) leucostoma, H. & A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll,
volo i ssp.. 106.
1857. Apollon leucostomum, Gray, Guide Syst. Distrib. Moll. Brit.
Mus., pt. 1, p. 42.
1867. Bursa (Apollon) leucostoma, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 189.
1870. R&R. leucostoma, Kobelt, Conchyl. Cab., p. 127, pl. xxxviia,
fig. 4.
1881. &. (Argobuceinum) leucostoma, Tryon, Man. Conch., vol. iii,
p. 42, pl. xxiii, figs. 53, 54.
1885. R. (Argobuccinum) leucostoma, Watson, Challenger Gasterop.,
pao:
1898. Lotorium (Argobuceinum) leucostoma, Pritchard & Gatliff,
Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. x, p. 268.
1902. Gyrineum australasia, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1901,
VO) xxXvis pp. Ook.
1902. G. australasia, Kesteven, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1901,
vol. xxvi, p. 713, pl. xxxvi, fig. 1, protoconch.
1904. Apollo australasia, Hutton, Index Faune Nov. Zeal., p. 75.
1912. Argobuccinum australasia, Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr.,
vol. xxxvi, p. 220.
?
' Gebiss der Schnecken, vol. i, pp. 232, 233, pl. xix, figs. 11, 12.
2 Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1901, vol. xxvi, p. 631, 1902.
SMITH: ON RANELLA LEUCOSTOMA, LAMARCK. 285
1913. A. australasia, Suter, Man. New Zeal. Moll., p. 310, pl. xlin,
fig. 5.
Hab.—East and South Australia, New Zealand (North Island),
Kermadec Islands, Norfolk Island.
CHARONIA POECILOSTOMA, N.Sp.
1886. anella leucostoma, var. (?), Sowerby, Journ. Conch., vol. v,
D; So.
1892. R. leucostoma, Lamarck, var., Sowerby, Marine Shells South
Africa, p. 9.
1903. R. leucostoma, Lam., var. poecilostoma, Martens, Deutsch.
Tiefsee-Exped. Valdivia, vol. vii, p. 56.
1906. Septa leucostoma, Smith, Ann. Natal Mus., vol. i, p. 41.
Hab.—Cape Colony and Natal.
As pointed out by Sowerby and Martens, this species differs from
Charonia leucostoma in always having ‘“ dark-brown blotches” on the
labrum, which in lewcostoma is invariably pure white. In adult
specimens this dark-brown colour also occurs on the outer edge of the
callus, which is spread over the columella, and about the middle and
above the tubercle on the upper part it forms large suffused blotches.
There does not appear to be any other marked feature to distinguish
the two forms, but judging from six examples from South Africa and
eighteen from Australia and New Zealand, the varices on the former,
especially on the spire, are less raised and not so deeply pitted
behind. Also the general form of the shell is a trifle broader.
286
NOTE ON NAUTILUS MOKATTAMENSIS, A. H. FOORD, FROM
THE EOCENE OF EGYPT.
By G. C. Crick, F.G.S., of the British Museum (Natural History).
Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.
Read 9th April, 1915.
PLATE VIII.
THe species Vautilus mokattamensis was founded by Dr. Foord! upon
two fragments in the British Museum. Of these, one,* from the
Eocene of the Mokattam range near Cairo, was figured, and may
therefore be regarded as the type.
The species was described as follows: ‘Shell (cast) inflated,
somewhat compressed on the sides, rather narrowly rounded on the
periphery. Aperture very wide, semi-lunate. | Umbilicus small,
with steep sides. Septa approximate. Sutures flexuous, forming
a conspicuous forwardly-directed lobe [saddle] in the umbilical
region, then curved backwards in a broad and shallow sinus, and
again a little forwards, and making a narrow [? shallow | but distinct
sinus on the periphery. ‘The position of the siphuncle is not seen.
None of the test is present.”
Nautilus mokattamensis.—a, front view of the type-specimen; 0, lateral
view of the same. Eocene: Mokattam range, near Cairo, Egypt. A little
less than one-half of the natural size. Original in the British Museum
Collection, Geol. Dept., register number 3404. (After Foord.)
The figures do not, however, give quite a correct idea of the fossil.
The specimen consists of the natural cast of about one-half of a whorl
of the septate portion of a shell; the outer portion of the anterior
part of the specimen is very much eroded, more so than is shown in
the side view given by the author (see fig. 16), so that the form
of the cross-section of the whorl is not quite correctly represented in
the front view accompanying the author’s description (see fig. la);
1 A. H. Foord, Cat. Foss. Ceph. Brit. Mus., p. ii, 1891, pp. 329, 394,
figs. 85a, b.
British Museum Collection, Geol. Dept., register number C. 3404.
CRICK: ON NAUTILUS MOKATTAMENSIS, FOORD. 287
the height of the whorl was originally relatively greater. A trans-
verse section of the whorl at about the middle of the fossil has
approximately the following dimensions: height, 50 mm. ; thickness,
64:5 mm.; height above preceding whorl, 31 mm.; amount of
indentation by preceding whorl, 19mm. ‘The septa are about 18 or
19 mm. apart at the centre of the periphery.
The specimen was presented to the National Collection by Sir
Richard Owen, and from the fact that it has been labelled in
Dr. Henry Woodward’s handwriting: ‘‘ Nautilus Forbesi, d’Arch. ” ;
it is doubtless the specimen referred to under that name by Professor
Owen in his paper ‘‘ On the Fossil Evidence of a Sirenian Mammal
from the Nummulitic Eocene of the Mokattam Cliffs, near Cairo”
(Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. xxxi, p. 103, 1875), as may also be
inferred from both Dr. Foord’s remarks, and the fact that Dr. Foord
gives this reference in his synonymy of the species (op. e7t., p. 329).
Besides the type, the National Collection contains two other
examples, both internal casts, labelled by Dr. Foord ‘* Nautilus
mokattamensis’’. One of these,! about one-half of the outer whorl of
an example of about 90mm. in diameter, exhibits a portion of the
body-chamber, the last camera (or ‘ air- chamber’) being only about
one-half of the depth of the preceding chamber, a character from
which it may be inferred that the shell belonged to an adult
individual, so that the species does not appear to have attained a large
size. The other specimen? in the collection is labelled ‘Egypt ?
Dr. Hooker’; it was transferred from the Museum of Practical
Geology together with other foreign collections in 1880. It formed
part of a larger shell than either of the other two, and consists only of
the umbilical region, the side and part of the peripheral area of about
three-fourths of the outer whorl, including a small part of the body-
chamber. The umbilicus is very small, and may have been closed
when the shell was present. The septa are relativ ely wider apart
than in the other two specimens. The fossil is preserved in a whitish
limestone, whilst the specimens from the Mokattam range are in
a buff or yellowish-coloured limestone.
In 1901 M. Cossmann®* described and figured, under the name
Nautilus nubart, from the Mokattam escarpment near Cairo, a species
which he subsequently admitted‘ was the same as Foord’s
NV. mokattamensis.
In 1906 a very poor example and a detached septum, both from
the Mokattam escarpment, but not from precisely the same locality,
were figured, and referred to Foord’s species, by P. Oppenheim,® who
supplemented Cossmann’s description, at the same time pointing out
its resemblance to Sowerby’s Wautilus ¢mperialis.
1 British Museum Collection, Geol. Dept., register number 83132.
* British Museum Collection, Geol. Dept., register No. C. 3403.
3M. Cossmann, ‘‘ Additions 4 la faune nummulitique d’Egypte’’: Bull. Inst.
Kgypt., sér. IV, no. 1, p. 174, pl. i, fig. 8, 1900 (1901).
M. Cossmann, Rev. crit. Paléozool., vii, p. 67, 1903.
P. Oppenheim, Paleontographica, Bd. xxx, Abth. iii, Lief. 2, p. 344,
pl. xxvii, fig. 15, text-figure (fig. 35), 1906.
=
288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Since Dr. Foord’s original description of Nautilus mokattamensis
appeared, the National Museum has received as a donation from
H. Pearson, Esq., a so much better example of this species from the
Mokattam escarpment, near Cairo, that it seems to merit description.
This specimen! (Pl. VIII, Figs. a, 6), although smaller than either
of the other examples in the collection, isa fairly complete internal cast
of the septate portion of a shell, having the following measurements :
diameter, 79 mm. (1); height of outer whorl, 45 mm. (0°569) ; ditto
above preceding whorl, 29mm. (0°367); greatest thickness, 62 mm.
(0°784); width of umbilicus, 6mm. (0°0759). The last two septa are
17°5mm. apart at the centre of the periphery. Where the whorl is
only 16mm. high and its height above the preceding whorl 10°5 mm.,
the siphuncle is very near the dorsal (inner) edge of the septum, but
with the growth of the shell the siphuncle gradually recedes from the
dorsum until at the anterior end of the specimen, 1.e., where the whorl
is 45 mm. high, it becomes almost exactly median. Commencing
suddenly near the median line of the peripheral area of the end of the
penultimate whorl, and extending thence over the first sixth of the
outer whorl, there is, a little on one side of the median line, a longi-
tudinal fairly deep and broad groove; this ceases rather abruptly,
and almost exactly on the median line of the periphery another narrow
groove originates and extends over about another sixth of the outer
whorl, broadening in its course and gradually disappearing; the median
line of the peripheral area of the rest of the whorl is occupied by
a fairly distinct raised line (the ‘normal line’), The longitudinal
groove is accompanied on each side by several obscure irregularly-
spaced coarse backwardly-curved ribs, and is evidently the result of
injury to the shell. The greatest thickness of the whorl is at
about two-fifths of the height of the whorl from the edge of the
umbilicus. No portion of the test is present; if it had been
preserved the umbilicus would doubtless have been very small, or
possibly even closed. ‘he septa are moderately concave, and their
dorsal margin is projected forward; there is no dorsal (annular or
columellar) lobe even where the whorl is only 16 mm. high, and its
height above the preceding whorl 10°5 mm.
The description of the species may therefore be emended as
‘follows: Shell (cast) of medium size, ovate, moderately inflated,
rather rapidly expanding; greatest thickness at about two-fifths of
the height of the outer whorl from the edge of the umbilicus, about
four-fifths of the diameter of the shell; height of outer whorl about
four-sevenths of the diameter of the shell. Whorls (? number) ;
inclusion almost complete; umbilicus small. Whorl semi-elliptical
in transverse section, about one-third wider than high; indented to
about one-third of its height by the preceding whorl; periphery not
very broadly rounded, imperfectly defined from the sides, exhibiting
‘normal line’; sides convergent, flattened, feebly convex ; umbilical
zone sloping towards the centre of the umbilicus, convex, with
subangular margin. Length of body-chamber and aperture not seen.
! British Museum Collection, Geol. Dept., register No. C. 12426.
CRICK: ON NAUTILUS MOKATTAMENSIS, FOORD. 289
Chambers moderately deep, about two-ninths of the diameter of the
shell in depth at the median line of the periphery, about sixteen in
a whorl. Septa moderately concave, their dorsal (inner) margin
projected forward. Siphuncle sub-dorsan in the nepionic stage, but
gradually becoming median in the ephebic(?) stage. Suture-line
with a sinus on the umbilical zone, a well-marked saddle on the
outer side of the umbilical margin, a feeble sinus on the middle of
the lateral area, a broad low saddle on the peripheral margin, an
exceedingly shallow sinus on the peripheral area, and no dorsal
(annular or columellar) lobe. ‘Test not seen.
Though apparently closely related to D’Archiac & Haime’s Nautilus
Jorbest,! of which the type-specimen came from the Eocene of Sind,
India, that species is not only, as Dr. Foord pointed out, a ‘‘ much
narrower and more compressed shell”, but compared with the
Egyptian form its siphuncle is nearer the dorsal (or inner) edge of
the septum. From Nautilus imperialis,* to which the Egyptian form
has a considerable resemblance, and which has already been recorded *
from the Mokattam Range, Nautilus mokattamensis is distinguished by
its relatively greater thickness, the more nearly median position of
its siphuncle, and the greater slope of the outer side of the saddle
situated near the umbilical margin.
' Le Vicomte d’Archiac and Haime, ‘‘ Description des animaux fossiles du
groupe nummulitique de l’Inde,”’ etc., livr. ii, p. 338, pl. xxxiv, figs. 12, 12a,
1854. The type-specimen, at one time in the Museum of the Geological
Society of London, and bearing the No. R. 9591, is now in the British
Museum. It is somewhat crushed, and consists of half of a whorl of the
septate portion of the shell, 73-5 mm. (1) indiameter. Its other measure-
ments are: height of outer whorl, 48 mm. (0-653) ; ditto above preceding
whorl, 26 mm. (0-353); greatest thickness, 44 mm. (0-598); centre of
siphuncle, 21-5 mm. from the ventral (peripheral) and 4-5 mm. from the
dorsal (inner) margin of the septum. The siphuncle is 4-5 mm. in diameter.
The umbilicus is obscured by matrix; it was probably nearly closed.
There is a feeble umbilical shoulder just on the umbilical side of the saddle
on the lateral area. It is obvious from D’Archiac and Haime’s fig. 12a,
which is fairly accurate (except that the outline of the umbilicus seems to
have been added), that the lower part of fig. 12 has been restored.
2 J. Sowerby, Min. Conch., vol. i, No. 1 (June, 1812), p. 9, pl. i, upper, right-
hand (with septum in outline below), and middle figures; and J. de C.
Sowerby, op. cit., vol. vii, No. 109 (February, 1843), p. 35, pl. dexxvii,
fig. 4. A completely septate example of this species in the British Museum
Collection from the London Clay of Primrose Hill, Middlesex [register
No. 50164], has the following dimensions : diameter, 54-6 mm. (1) ; greatest
thickness, 38-8mm. (0-71); height of outer whorl, 34-1mm. (0-624) ;
ditto above preceding whorl, 22-1 mm. (0-404) ; centre of siphuncle from
the dorsal (inner) edge of the septum, 9-4 mm. The measurements of the
present example of N. mokattamensis at a diameter of 56mm. (1) are:
thickness of whorl, 42-0 mm. (0-75), and the height of the outer whorl,
31-6 mm. (0-564) ; and at a diameter of 64-2 mm.: thickness of whorl,
47-8 mm. (0-744); height of outer whorl, 36-4 mm. (0-567); ditto above
preceding whorl, 23-3 mm. (0-362); centre of siphuncle from the dorsal
(inner) edge of the septum, 8-3 mm.
* R. Fourtau, Bull. Inst. Egypt., sér. Iv, No. 1, p. 171, 1900 (1901).
290
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Nautilus imperialis is referred by Hyatt ! to his genus Hutrephoceras,?
and Nautilus mokattamensis seems to be referable to the same genus.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.
Nautilus mokattamensis.—a, lateral aspect of a natural internal cast showing
the narrow umbilicus and course of the sutures; 6, front view of the
same showing the position of the siphuncle. Hocene: Mokattam range,
near Cairo, Egypt. Drawn from a specimen in the British Museum
(Natural History), Geol. Dept., register No. C. 12426. Somewhat
enlarged.
. Hyatt, ‘‘ Phylogeny of an acquired characteristic ’’ : Proc. Amer. Philos.
Soc., vol. xxxii, No. 143, p. 559, 1894.
. Hyatt, ibid., p. 555. Genotype: Nautilus dekayi, Morton (Synop. Org.
Rem. Cret. Group, U.S., 1834, p. 33, pl. viii, fig. 4). Hyatt states that in
this genus ‘‘ There are no annular lobes at any stage of development ’’,
although in his description (p. 559) of Hutrephoceras imperiale (J. Sowerby)
he mentions that ‘‘ This species has an annular lobe which has no
connection with the subdorsan siphuncle’’, though he adds in the next
sentence: ‘‘I could not find any traces of these (annular lobes) in the
older sutures.’’ Of the examples of the species which the present writer
has been able to examine, none shows any annular lobe, even where the
height of the whorl is only 5-6 mm. (equivalent to a shell-diameter of
8-7 mm.), as in a specimen in the British Museum (No. 68905a) from the
London Clay, near Chalk Farm, Middlesex.
Proc. Malac. Soc. Vol. XI, Pl. VIII.
NAUTILUS MOKATTAMENSIS, A. H. FOORD.
SOME MORE MISUSED MOLLUSCAN GENERIC NAMES.
By Tom Irepate.
Read 9th April, 1915.
Continuing my verification of the generic names to be used for
Antipodean Molluses, I have noted some exotic names which seemed
to call for rectification. I here give notes upon a few names of more
than local interest, and am glad to find that my previous communi-
cations have been appreciated, both Messrs. Dall and Cossmann
personally writing me with regard to some of the points I raised, for
which I here thank them. I hope they will continue their kindly
criticism, for by means of such help we shall sooner attain a fixity of
our nomenclature.
Sxenea, Fleming.
In the last List of British Marine Molluses, Skenea, Fleming, and
Delphinoidea, Brown, are admitted as different genera, and the latter
crept an entry into Suter’s Manual of New Zealand Mollusca.
I have rejected it as I did not consider the Neozelanic mollusc, so
classed, as congeneric with the type of Brown’s genus. I now find
there has been a confusion between the two above-named genera, and
here attempt to explain it, and clear up the matter. In the
Fdin. Philos, Journ., vol. xii, April, 1825, p. 246, footnote, Fleming
discussed the status of some small shells and concluded, ‘‘ Three
species, Helix depressus, serpuloides, and unispiralis of Montagu . .
call for the construction of a new genus, which will in some respects
have the same relation to Cyclostrema as Turritella bears to Scalaria.
This genus I feel inclined to term Skenea.”
In his Hist. Brit. Anim., 1828, p. 318, Fleming included the
genus Skenea, giving as recent examples only S. depressa, serpuloddes,
and divisa.
In the meanwhile Brown, in the Ilus. Conch. Gt. Britain, 1827,
pl. l, figured a number of species of minute shells under the genus-
name Delphinoidea, among them being depressa, serpuloides, and
divisa, most of the others being indeterminable or fry.
No type of either Skenea or Delphinoidea was named by their
authors, nor is any example tautonymic. Consequently, the first
author to select a type musé be followed, and this appears to be Gray,
who in the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1847, p. 152, wrote:
Skenea, Fleming, 1824, 1828. Delphinoidea, T. Brown, 1827.
Helix serpulordes.
Thus, as type of Skenea, one of the original species was named, and
this finally fixes that genus. Unfortunately Forbes and Hanley
(Hist. Brit. Moll., vol. iii, 1850, p. 155), when they admitted Skenea,
wrote thus: ‘*This genus was established by Dr. Fleming for the
Helix depressa of Montagu, and some apparently allied shells...
It is synonymous with the Delphinoidea of Brown... . The only
one of the following shells which unquestionably should retain this
VOL. XI.— JUNE, 1915. 21
292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
generic appellation is the S. planorbis, type of the genus.’”? The
‘<§. planorbis’”? mentioned was based on the Zurbo planorbis of
O. Fabricius, which was considered equivalent to and earlier than
Llelix depressa, Montagu.
H. and A. Adams (Gen. Rec. Moll., vol. i, p. 885, 1854 (March))
retained Skenea for S. planorbis, O. Fabricius, writing, ‘‘ The other
small, depressed British shells, usually associated with it...
constitute the Delphinoidea of Brown.” On p. 405 they placed
Delphinoidea, Brown, as a synonym of Cyelostrema, Marryatt, noting
‘Should the smaller British species require to be separated from the
more typical forms, they will take the name of Delphinoidea, Brown”’.
However, later (vol. ii, p. 629, Nov., 1858), they corrected
themselves as follows: ‘‘ According to Dr. Gray, certain of the
smaller species of Cyclostrema, included by Brown in his genus
Delphinoidea, are Vitrinelle. The name Delphinoidea, however, it
would be more correct to add as a synonym of Skenea, and to transfer
the species of Cyclostrema in question to the genus Vitrinella.”
Jeffreys in the Brit. Conch., vol. iii, p. 287, 1865, referred the species
to Cyclostrema, save Skenea planorbis of course, rejecting Delphinotdea
as ‘both superfluous and heterogeneous’’. Jeffreys probably had not
the least idea of Cyclostrema, as ‘that would be the last disposition of
the British shells to anyone acquainted with the type of Cyclostrema.
Miss K. Bush (Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. x, July, 1897, p. 100) has
given an account of De/phinocdea, citing Dy: ‘serpuloides (Montagu) as
type, and retaining Skenea with S. planorbis (Fabricius) as type.
She, however, obser ved that the name Delphinoidea was objectionable
as being in use for a higher group in another branch of science. The
only conclusion possible i is that Skenea must be used for the British
shells grouped around Helix serpuloides, Montagu, as type, and this
result leaves the planorbis group nameless. I therefore propose
SKENEOPSIS, gen. noy.
naming Zurbo planorbis, O. Fabricius, as type.
The “family name will become Skeneopside, and Skenea and the
family Skeneide will replace the genus Delphinoidea and family
Cyclostrematide of the British List. I have elsewhere urged the
absolute rejection of Cyclostrema, Marryatt, as indeterminable, the
type being lost and the species unrecognized.
SrroMBIFoRMIS, Costa.
This generic name has been ignored up to the present, but this
laxity can no longer be maintained. ‘lhe unfortunate construction
of the word has in a great measure conduced to this disregard, but it
appears that the name was not composed of Strombus (the generic
name of certain well-known molluscs) and forms, but was derived
from strombus, a needle, and formis. Costa gives as the English
equivalent, Needle-shaped shells. If this be borne in mind the dislike
to the name may be lessened, s¢nce the name must come into common use.
It was proposed in the British Conchology, 1778, p. 107, for a series
of shells each one of which now bears a later generic name.
IREDALE: ON MISUSED GENERIC NAMES. 293
Consequently it is impossible to get rid of the name by citing it as
asynonym. ‘The only way to deal with it is to select as type the
species which represents a genus the least extensive or little used.
I have been unable to trace any prior type designation, for which
I am sincerely thankful, as any such would almost certainly have
caused great confusion.
The species associated by Costa are—
Strombiformis perversus = Clausilia, 76 05>
bicarinatus = Turritella. /77% -
terebra = TZurritella,
cinctus = Turritella.
clathratus = Kpitonium.!~
albus = ? Eulima./820,
glaber = Jetostraca./? ¢
reticulatus = Bittium. /
costatus Indeterminable.
By elimination the choice would fall upon Levostraca, and
I designate as type of Strombiformis, Costa, 1778, the species
(S.) glaber. Leiostraca is preoccupied and invalid, and 1 have
replaced it by Subularia, Monterosato. By my present action
Strombiformis will come into use for that genus, and, as I have stated
above, if the meaning of the name be remembered, it may in time
become almost pleasant. It is most appropriate to this genus, and
here it may be again emphasized that Strombiformis must be accorded
generic rank as distinct from ulima (= Melanella), and not be
considered subgeneric only.
In conversation with Mr. E. A. Smith, I.8.0., of the British
Museum, he drew my attention to a discussion of the name twenty
years ago by the Malacological Society of London (Proc. Malac. Soc.,
vol. i, pp. 31-8). The question as to the type was discussed,
apparently Clausilia and Turritella being chosen as the most likely to
be eliminated by the reintroduction of Strombiformis. Fortunately,
however, without any definite result being achieved, the subject was
dropped on the ground that Costa was not binomial.
This argument is unavailable, so that the preceding still holds good.
I have also noted other workers have rejected Costa’s genus as
‘‘heterogeneous”; all the earlier workers proposed genera which
would fall under that term, and some present-day writers still make
use of genera which are, to me, heterogeneous.
Mr. J. R. Le B. Tomlin recently gave me a copy of Costa’s Elements
of Conchology, 1776, which has often been quoted, but is now rejected
as being non-binomial. I cannot understand why it came to be
mentioned, since it is so obviously polynomial. As of historical
interest, I would mention Costa’s account, as it gives a clue to his
nomination.
‘pn, 205. The fifth and last genus of Snails is what I shall call
Cochleze Strombiformes: (Clavicula tenue et longissima) for they are
very long and slender shells, tapering to a sharp point, and therefore
exactly resemble the Needles or Strombi, whence I have named them
294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Strombiformes. Pl. iu, fig. 9. These Snails have a perfect round
mouth, well ee or ead by which particular alone they are
immediately distinguished from ‘the Strombi, whose length and
slenderness they emulate ; ; for the mouths of the Strombi are long,
and have a very thick columella aside them, erect, and somewhat
twirled; and many kinds besides prolong into a wry gutter, turning
backwards, like the mouth of a Soal, or other flat-fish.””. This shows
my earlier conclusion needs emendation, as Costa did make up his
word from Strombus, a shell, and formis, but his Strombus is not the
commonly accepted one, but is what we call Cerithium. On p. 212
he defines his Strombi, and figures a specimen on pl. iv, fig. 7.
Costa’s figures are really splendid, and his typical Strombus I would.
identify as the Australian shell called Clava herculea, Martyn.
Torricutra, Herrmann.
In Sherborn’s inestimable Index Animalium, 1902, p. 1007, appears
“* Turricula J. Herrmann, ab. aff. Anim. ed. 2, 1783, tabula.—G’’.
Such an entry demanded investigation, as this is the earliest use of the
genus-name Zurricula, and apparently it was proposed for a Gastropod
mollusc. I therefore looked up the reference, and would put on
record my conclusions for the benefit of those unable to personally
verify such matters.
On the tabula quoted a scheme is given purporting to show the
connexions between the varied molluscan families, genera, and
species. No explanation is given, so that the table must be studied
alone. The species names are in italics, the group names in roman.
‘“‘Turricule”’ thus appears, and against it stands Bucetnum subulatum in
italics. This suggests at first sight that B. subulatum was an example
of Zurricula. Such a conclusion would mean the substitution of
Turricula for Terebra, which is of later date. I would here digress
and point out that Zerebra is commonly ascribed to Bruguiére, 1789.
In the Encycl. Méthod. Vers, vol. 1, p. xv, 1789, where this name is
introduced by Bruguiére, only a short diagnosis is given, and no
species cited. I consider these diagnoses quite indeterminable, and
practically nomina nuda, and would, therefore, recognize Terebra as of
Lamarck, 1799, where in the Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, p. 71,
a diagnosis is given, and accompanied by the species Buceinum
subulatum, L. Yo revert to Turricule. Examination of Herrmann’s
tabula dispels the conclusion that this was intended as a generic name
for B. subulatum, and suggests rather that it was more probably the
group name of a Stromb affinity, which Herrmann considered passed
into B. subulatum. For preceding it is named Strombi digitati, and
later on is noted Cypreea and Conus, then ‘‘C. ventricosi’’, followed
by “Vol. cylindroidee’’. This will suggest the confused and
unintelligible state of the tabula, which is emphasized by the following
extract: ‘Buecinum is opposed by B. harpa, and connected by a long
line with ‘ Buccin. Cassidea’, ag ainst which stands ‘Wer. elegans, M.’,
while a continuation of the line ends in ‘Buccina ampullacea’.” ‘Yo me
the ‘‘ Ver. elegans, M.”’ has nothing to do with “ Bucein. Cassidea”’
but is relative to Zurbo, which can be seen a long way above.
IREDALE: ON MISUSED GENERIC NAMES. 295
After due consideration I conclude that the names on this tabula
have no systematic value, and need not concern any taxonomer
further. Consequently Zurricula, as far as Sherborn’s researches
have led us, was not legitimately proposed prior to 1800, and the
earliest user after that date will claim priority, according to the
Nomenclatural Laws now in use. Secondly, Casstdea, Herrmann,
1783, is comparable, and leaves Cassidea, Bruguiére, 1792
(not 1789, n.n.) valid.
Limacrina.
The authority for this name is generally given as Cuvier, but in the
Régne Animal, vol. ii, 1817 (but really published December, 1816),
_p. 880, only the vernacular appears. Consequently a later legitimate
user is required, and the earliest seems to be Lamarck, who, in the
Anim. sans Vert., vol. vi, pt. i (February—June), 1819, p. 290,
correctly introduced Zimacina, with the sole species L. helicialis =
Clio helicina, Gmel.= Argonauta arctica, O. Fabricius. No one seems
to have hitherto worried about this, nor about Blainville’s genus
Spiratella. In the Dict. Sci. Nat. (Levrault), vol. xxxii, 1824, in
his monumental article on the Mollusca, the basis of his later Manuel,
Blainville used Sprratella, p. 284, with the ‘‘ Observ. Nous avons tiré
les caractéres de ce genre surtout de l’ouvrage de M. Scoresby. II est
établi sur un animal presque microscopique des mers arctiques, dont
M. Cuvier a fait son genre Limacine, adopté par M. de Lamarck ”’.
In the 50th volume of the same Dictionnaire, published in 1827, at
the word ‘Spiratelle. Sprratelia”, there is the following claim:
‘‘Genre de mollusques, établi pour le clio helicina de Linné, et que
MM. Cuvier et de Lamarck ont nommé limagine: dénomination que
M. de Blainville n’a pas adoptée, d’abord pour éviter la confusion
que l’analogie de nom avec celui de limace pourroit occasioner, et
ensuite parce qu’il avoit proposé celui de spiratelle avant la publication
de louvrage de M. Cuvier.”
It was necessary to investigate Blainville’s claim for priority, but
I was unable to locate the name without recourse to Sherborn’s MS.
for the second part of his Index Animalium. I was gratified to find
that, as usual, he had noted it in a place I had overlooked. For in
the 9th volume of the same Dictionnaire, published in 1817,
Blainville under the word Clio, after describing two species in detail,
distributed the other species of known Clio, concluding (p. 407) with
‘Quant au clio helicina, j’en ai fait le genre Sprrareria. Voyez ce
mot’’. Consequently Blainville’s Sprratella has absolutely priority,
_and being exactly equivalent with Lamarck’s JLimacina, must
displace it.
In the Journ. de Physique, vol. Ixxxv, p. 891, November, 1817,
after Lesueur’s genus Atlanta, Blainville adds, ‘‘Ce genre nous paroit
avoir beaucoup de rapports avee le Clio helicina de Gmelin, qui
se trouve en si grande abondance dans les mers du Nord, et dont nous
avons fait le genre Spiratelle dans notre Genera Molluscorum de
V Encyclopédie Britannique.” It does seem unfortunate that such
a valuable contribution should have been rejected by both French
and English (including Scotch) authorities.
296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
FIsrubLaNna.
There is so much confusion surrounding this name that I feel
dubious about a perfect clearance.
As regards Malacology, the name appears to have been first
introduced by Bruguiere in the Encycl. Méthod., Vers, vol. i, p. xii,
1789, with the following definition :—“ Fistulane. Fistulana.
Coquille tubulée, fusiforme, contenant deux valves dans sa cavité,
une des extrémités perforée.”’
No species are attached, and in my opinion such an entry is
incomplete and too indeterminate for acceptance. In the plates to
the Eneycl. Méthod., Vers, vol. ii, published 1791, pl. 167 is headed
“Taret. Zeredo. Fistulane. Jistulana”’. Twenty-four figures are
given, but none are named or referred to the two genera noted.
Consequently we are no nearer what was meant by /stulana. In
the explanation of the plate given by Bory de Saint Vincent, thirty-six
years afterwards, the identification read—
“Figs. I- 5. Zeredo navalis, Lamk., v, 440.
5, 6-15. Pistulana gregata, Lames v, 435.
Pe, 16. corniformis, amie v, 435.
17-22. clava, Lamk., v, 436.
a 23. lagenula, Lamk., v, 435.”
This is merely of historical interest.
Cuvier in the Tabl. Klém. Hist. Nat., 1798, p. 482, included
‘La Fistulane, Brug. (Zeredo clava, Linn.).”
In 1799, Lamarck, in the Mém. Mus. d’Hist. Nat., p. 90, wrote:
‘‘Fistulane. Jstulana. Coq. tubulée, en massue, ouverte a son
extrémitée gréle, et contenant dans sa cavité deux valves non
adhérentes. Zeredo clava. Gmel., Syst. nat., 4, p. 3748.”
We have here one of those puzzling problems where the type does
not agree with the diagnosis, but further consideration may be
deferred owing to the fact that the genus-name is invalid. Prior to
Bruguiére’s proposal, the name /%stulana had been appropriated by
O. F¥. Miller, who in the Zool. Dan. Prodr., 1776, introduced it,
Add., pp. 275-82, as a new name for /’stularia, used by him in the
body. of the work. OO. Fabricius (Fauna Groenl., p. 441, 1780)
accepted Miiller’s proposition, and uses the name without comment.
Consequently Bruguiére’s name cannot be maintained at all. The
preceding review is necessary, as Hedley (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.,
vol. xxxiv, p. 436, 1909) ‘recorded Fistulana mumia as new to
Australia, and noted in his synonymy the usage of the same
combination by Smith (Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. vi, p. 185, 1905).
Probably both these writers were governed by Dall’s conclusion.
In the Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Philad., vol. iii, p. 826,
April, 1898, Dall recorded: ‘‘Bruguiére was the first to name
Fistulana, though he did not describe it or cite any species. Cuvier
supplied a type, and this was adopted by Lamarck. For some time
later, however, Fistulanas and Gastrochenas were confounded in
lists of the genus, while Gray injudiciously endeavoured to utilize
Chena as a name for this group. ‘Tryon became badly confused on
IREDALE: ON MISUSED GENERIC NAMES. 297
the generic nomenclature of this group, which was rectified by
Fischer in 1866.”
According to Dall’s argument Jistudana, as used by him, would
be nameless, but before moving in this matter the genus name
Gastrochena must be re-investigated. This name was introduced by
Spengler in the Nye. Saml. Vidensk. Selsk-Skrifter (Kjoben.), 1783,
p. 174. Three species are named and figured: p. 179, Gastrochena
mumia, pl., figs. 3-6; p. 180, Gastrochena eunerformis, pl., figs. 8-11 ;
p. 182, Gastrochena cymbium, pl., figs. 12-16. No type was named,
but the predominate species was G. mumia. Five years afterwards
Retzius (Diss. Hist. Nat. Nov. Test. Gen., 1788, p. 19) proposed
Chena for the same series. I suggest that Bruguiére’s genus was
coequal, but that does not matter. Spengler in 1793 used Retzius’
name. Whether Cuvier’s or Lamarck’s action with regard to /istulana
affect Gastrochena does not now concern us. They do not seem to
have fixed a type of Gastrochena, but rather seem to have ignored it
or wished to discard it.
Gray in the Proe. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 189, designates
Chena, a, Retz., 1788. Ch. mumia.
Gastrochena, Spengler, 1780. Mya dubia.
If the first designation were available, then that could be used as
type of Spengler’s genus, because Chena was simply a substitute
name ; the second designation was invalid, as J/ya dubia was not one
of the Spenglerian species.
However, in the Gen. Rec. Moll., vol. ii, pp. 334-6, June, 1856,
H. & A. Adams used Gastrochena, noting as synonyms Chena, Retzius,
and Fistulana, Lamarck. They gave as example G. mumia, Spengler,
and wrote: ‘‘The curious shell on which Spengler founded this
genus is generally known under the name of Fistulana clava, Lamarck ;
it is also the type of the Chena of Retzius.”
This statement should be taken as absolutely fixing the type of
Gastrochena, and this name will displace F’stulana of recent authors,
which is preoccupied, and we will revert to Roce/laria for the species
recently known as Gastrochena, but which for many years carried that
name, and with which even we of the youngest school are familiar.
The names would be then:
Gastrochena, Spengler, 1783. Type, G. mumia, Spengler. = Fistu-
lana of recent writers.
Rocellaria, Blainville, Dict. Sci. Nat. (Levrault), vol. lvii, 1828
(January 10, 1829), p. 244 (ex ieee de Bellevue MS.). Type
(by monotypy) G. modvolina, Lamk. = Mya dubia, Pennant.
Beta, Gray.
As a text for a sermon on ‘“ Pleurotomoid ”’ nomenclature Bela will
do as wellas any othername. Probably every conchologist will agree
with me that the family known so long as Pleurotomide is probably
the most difficult of any to study in the whole class. Reasons
are not difficult to provide for this: numerous in species, though
few in specimens, and similarity of design, all tend to produce complex
298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
problems. Consequently no family has suffered to such an extent,
and the unparalleled confusion will only be dispelled by some
conchologist making a patient and long, almost lifelong, study of the
group. New species are commonly met with in almost every
collection, made in almost any locality. These new species are
elegant and beautiful in form, and compellingly demand description.
To correctly generically locate such would mean long, careful, and
slow work, and such has been consistently denied them. Almost
every recent worker deserves more or less blame; I would scarce
except one, and would indicate myself as a probable additional
offender. For I also have new species to describe, and it is almost
certain as much confusion will be added as I hope to clear up.
Certain preliminary steps have, however, never been taken, and
these deserve notice, as no excuse can be offered save carelessness or
negligence. Kobelt (Icon. Europ. Meeresconch., vol. ili, pp. 233-80)
monographed the European forms, and though little care was taken
in connexion with the generic names utilized, Sykes (Proc. Malac.
Soe., vol. vii, pp. 173-90, 1906) perpetuated most of the errors,
though he was apparently aware of them. I will discuss these
matters more fully in another place. I note, however, in the Zool.
Record for 1912 that during that year Dall & Bartsch, Thiele, and
Dautzenberg & Fischer all made use of Bela.
I have got together the data in connexion with this name as
follows :—
Bela was first published by Gray as of the Leachian manuscript
of British shells in the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xx, p. 270
(October 1, 1847), where the species named read—
Bela nebula. Murex, Mont.
rufa.
cranchiv.
minima. Buccinum, Mont.
septangularis. Murex, M.
attenuata. Murex, M.
In the same place appears
Buccinum turricula, Murex, M.
In the Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 134, published the following
month, Gray designates as type Jlurex nebula. ‘This introduction has
commonly been given as the earliest one. In the Leachian Synopsis
Moll. Great Britain, published by Gray in 1852 (preface dated
February 12), the same association of species appears as in the
Annals, 1847. In the Gen. Rec. Moll., vol. i, p. 92, June, 1853,
H. & A. Adams made use of Bela, as of Leach, citing as example
B. turricula, Montagu, and on p. 99 they quoted nebula as example
of Mangelia, Leach. Apparently from these authors dates the
misusage of ela, which has persisted to the present day, though it
should be remarked that several workers have called attention to it.
As a comparatively recent one I would quote Harris, who, in the
Cat. Ter. Moll. Brit. Mus., pt. i, April-May, 1897, wrote (p. 60):
IREDALE: ON MISUSED GENERIC NAMES. 299
‘“By some authors they (Daphnella, spp. Harris, Australia) would
possibly be classified with Bela; that genus, however, appears to be
much misunderstood. It does not seem to be recognized that the
type of Bela (Leach MS.), Gray (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 134), is
Murex nebula, Montagu, which is practically synonymous with
Mangelia costulata, Risso, the type of the genus Mangilia (em.).”
I have not, however, observed any author who has named an
efficient substitute for Bela, auct. H.& A. Adams, in their synonymy,
quote Zshnula, Clark, which does not appear to have been published by
that author. It is unavailable, as when Gray named Murex nebula
as type of Bela he indicated Clark’s name as an absolute synonym in
that connexion. In their corrections, at the end of vol.ii, H. & A.
Adams, p. 654, November, 1858, noted ‘‘ Onopota, Morch, isa synonym
of Bela”’.
Reference to the Cat. Conch. Yoldi, pt. i, August, 1852, p. 73,
showed that Morch proposed Oenopota as a sub-genus of Pleurotoma,
classing these—
‘* Pleurotoma pleurotomaria, Couth. Gronland.
pingelit, Beck.
livida, Moll.
viridula, Moll. (non Fabr.).”
These species all fall into Bela, auct., so that it is obvious Oenopota
is the correct substitute for that name. It is worth noting that in
a list of Icelandic Molluscs in the Vidensk. Meddel. naturh. Forh.
Kjobenhavn, 1868, p. 214, 1869, Morch used Bela for cinerea, violacea,
pyramidatus = rufa, and pingelit, and Ischnula for turricula (with vars.
maxima, nobilis, scalaris, exarata) and trevylliana, haying apparently
eliminated Oenopota in deference to the general Adamsian usage of
Bela. Is is too much to ask that from this date Bela should be
consistently rejected in favour of
Oxrnopora,
and let an unfortunate confusion be finally cleared up ?
Acotus, Jukes-Browne.
In the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. vit, vol. xii, p. 479, November,
1913, Jukes-Browne proposed Acolus as a subgeneric name, under
Gomphina, for the shell Cooper & Preston had described as Psephis
foveolata (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. vii, vol. v, 1910, p. 110).
Previous to his death, I had pointed out to Jukes-Browne that the
names Callizona and Leucothea were invalid, and he changed them,
without acknowledgment, to Zinctora and Aphrodora respectively
(these Proceedings, vol. xi, pp. 61-2, 1914). I had the present case in
front of me for transmission when I heard of his unexpected decease.
I believe I was the last conchologist to personally converse with him.
I therefore take upon myself the responsibility of correcting his error,
and propose
JUKESENA, Nom. nov.,
for Acolus, Jukes-Browne, not Foerster, Hymenopt. Stud., ii, p. 100,
1856.
300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Tornatina, A. Adams.
I cannot see how this name can be retained under the present
usage as distinct from Retusa. ‘his last name seems to have been
much misunderstood. In the British List (Journ. Conch., vol. x,
p. 23, January, 1901) Zornatina was used, one of the species being
obtusa, Montagu. etusa is not mentioned. Hedley recently (Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. xxxviii, p. 337, November, 1913) used Retusa
for two species, one of which is a typical Zornatina, the other one is
not. I cannot conclude whether he has recognized the true Retusa
or not, but it seems that he may have. Zornatina was proposed
by A. Adams in Sowerby’s Thes. Conch., vol. ii, pt. xi, 1850, p. 554;
the animal was figured on pl. exix, fig. 3, but no name given to the
species ; the shells were figured on pl. cxxi, figs. 24-39, the species
named being voluta, etc. Utriculus was recognized, and odtusa,
Montagu, placed therein, but the animal was not figured. In
H. & A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., vol. ii, pp. 11, 12, September,
1854, we get the following information: ‘‘ Utriculus, Brown. Syn.,
Retusa, Brown. Ex. U. obtusus, Turton. The genus is distinguished
from Zornatina in the suture of the spire not being channelled, and in
thesimpleinnerlip. Zornatina, A. Adams. Ex. shell, 7. voluta,Q. &G.
This genus is composed of a group of small shells characterized by
their elevated spire, channelled suture, and plicate columella.’ Fischer
(Man. de Conch., p. 555, 1883, December 20) recognized that Zornatina,
indicating Utriculus, Brown, was invalid, owing to its prior proposal
by Schumacher, and then admitting it as a sub-genus, accepting
A. Adams’ differential characters. He added Coleophysts for trunca-
tulus, Bruguiére, but this does not seem generically separable. he
following year Monterosato (Nomen gen. e spec. Conch. Medit.,
1884, p. 143) proposed Cylichnina for the group above umbilicata,
Montagu, and this seems a very distinct group from TZornatina
= Retusa, Brown, 1827. Retusa was introduced by T. Brown in the
Illus. Conch. Gt. Brit. & Ire., 1827, pl. xxxviii, where three species
were figured, and named plicata, discors, and obtusa. hese are all
variations of obtusa, Montagu, and this species becomes, by monotypy,
the type of Retusa. I am at present unable to separate so-called
TYornatina from this species, the characters given by A. Adams being
comparatively valueless, Consequently I would suppress the latter
name, replacing it by Refusa. The correct name for the type does
not appear to have been yet determined.
Montagu, when he introduced his Bulla obtusa, recorded as
synonyms: ‘‘ B.'regulbiensis, Turt. Lin., v, p. 851. Adams, Micro.,
t. 14, fig. 28.” Upon comparison I rejected this determination, the
figure quoted seeming indeterminable. Montagu later, in the SuppL.,
1808, p. 101, noted that Walker erroneously sent him Bulla obtusa
under the name of Voluta alba. Referring to Walker I found a good
figure there given, and can only conclude Montagu has confused the
two names regulbiensis and alba. For, while the former, which
Montagu recorded as his obtusa, is not that species, the latter, which
Montagu denied, is undoubtedly this shell. I am not alone in
this identification, as Forbes & Hanley, without doubt, quote
IREDALE: ON MISUSED GENERIC NAMES, 301
Walker’s figure 61 for Montagu’s species. Walker's book, the
correct quotation for which is Boys & Walker, Test. min. rar., 1784,
is non-binomial, but in the second edition of the Essays on the
Microscope by G. Adams, Kanmacher added a chapter on minute
shells, and stated that the correct names had been given him by
Jacobs. <A plate is given, and the figures are copies of those provided
by Boys & Walker. There, on pl. xiv, fig. 27, appears a copy of
their tig. 61, and in the text, p. 639, it is named Voluta alba. This
is followed by Bulla regulbiensis, so even if it were concluded that
these were the same, the former has priority.
The correct name for the type of Retusa, then, is Voluta alba,
Kanmacher, Essays Micros. (G. Adams), 2nd ed., p. 639, pl. xiv,
fig. 27, 1798 (ex Jacobs MS.). If it were admitted that Refusa could
be differentiated from TZornatina, then etusa would displace
Tornatina in the British List, whilst Zornatina would more probably
come into use, vice Refusa as used by Hedley, as quoted above.
Puacorpes, Blainville.
This name was used by Hedley for Australian molluscs, and when
I first noted it I had recognized no shells similar to Hedley’s species.
Working through the article ‘‘ Mollusques”’ in the Dict. Sci. Nat.
(Levrault), vol. xxxul, where Blainville reviewed the whole group,
and which is the basis of the Manuel published the following year,
I noticed the name. Before proceeding further it may be of interest
to record the actual dates of publication of these two works. ‘The
32nd volume of the Dict. Sci. Nat. was acknowledged in the
Bibliographie de la France on November 13, 1824. In the same
record for October 22, 1825, I find the Manuel ‘‘ In 8¥° de 41 feuilles
plus 2 tableaux et 20 planches (formant la premiére livraison des
planches). Ce volume contient la texte entier de Youvrage”. On
December 28, 1825, is added, ‘‘ Deuxiéme livraison ... Tout le
text a été délivré avec la premiére livraison de planches.”” The date
of publication of the Dict. Sci. Nat. is stated by Blainville in the
preface to the Manuel as ‘‘commencement d’octobre de Vannée
derniére”’. I make this note as commonly the Manuel is quoted
instead of the Dict. Sci. Nat., whereas the former is simply a reprint
of the latter as regards the bulk of the work, the additions and
corrections being separately added.
Deducing Dall’s initiative as the basis of Hedley’s usage,
I referred to the monumental Tertiary Mollusca of Florida (Trans.
Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Philad., vol. i11, 1908, p. 1359), where I found
Phacoides used, the basis being given as Blainville, Manuel. That is,
however, simply a reprint of the Dict. Sci. Nat., p. 334, where
appears ‘‘Lucine. Zucina’’?; divided into five sections, each
diagnosed and named thus :—
‘“A, Diagnosis (Les L. Phacoides).
B. 5 (G. Loripéde, Polt).
C. r»
D. 5s (G. Amphidesme, Lamck.)
E. 55 (G. Fimbria, Megerle; Corbeille, Cuy.).”
3802 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
It must be obvious that these names are vernaculars only, the Latin
name J’imbria of Megerle appearing solely because Megerle gave no
French equivalent. Such are continually repeated throughout, and
similar to the first named may be quoted ‘‘ Les V. Mactroides”’,
a section of Venus, p. 839, and ‘‘ Les V. Lucinoides’’, another section
of Venus, p. 340. As of Blainville, then, either of the Dict. Sci. Nat.
or ofthe Manuel, Phacoides cannot be utilized. I next find Phacotdes
under the following conditions: In the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1847, p. 195,
Gray wrote—‘‘ Lucina, Brug., 1792. Lam., 1801. Venus, sp. Gmel.
Phacoides, Blainv., 1825. Ven. gamaicensis.’? This takes us back to
Lucina, its introduction and type.
The name first appears at the head of the plates in the Tabl.
Encycl. Méthod. (Vers.), vol. ii. On pl. 284 it is first seen, and this
appeared in 1797, as far as at present known, not 1792, as once
thought, and accepted by Gray. No names are given to the species of
shells figured. Lamarck in the Mém. Soc. Nat. Hist. Paris, 1799,
p. 84, introduced Zueina, and gave as sole example Venus edentula, L.
The recognition of the plate above noted, made thirty years afterward,
gave the species as Lucina pensylvanica, yamaicensis, and edentula (L.).
Under such circumstances I conclude Lamarck’s fixation of a type
must be regarded as final. I do not, however, so regard Lamarck’s
citation of a species of a Linnean genus. In 1801 Lamarck utilized
other species as examples, and in the case of Zucina changed his
choice to yamaicensis. The 1801 book being commonly available and
the 1799 article scarce, it was natural that Gray should consider the
second choice typical. He was probably ignorant of the earlier
selection.
Gray’s action was unhesitatingly endorsed by H. & A. Adams
(Gen. Rec. Moll., vol. ii, p. 466, April, 1857), who cited Phacoides,
Blainville, as a synonym of Zucine, sensu lato, their example being
also L. yamaicensis. As a sub-genus they proposed Jfiltha, p. 468,
the only example being childreni, Gray.
Fischer in the Man. de Conch., pp. 1142-4, June, 1887, noted
the confusion, and for Zueina, Lamarck, 1801, non 1799, proposed
Dentilucina, with only L. yamaicensis, Lamarck, citing LZ. edentula as
type of Lucina, Lamk., 1799. He does not mention Phacordes,
probably considering it only a vernacular name, as it undoubtedly
was. Ihave not traced the usage of Phacoides earlier than Dall, so
that it would become an absolute synonym of Dentilucina, Fischer,
since Dall’s type is the same as Fischer’s.
Dall associates under his genus Phacovdes the sub-genus Dhiltha of
H. & A. Adams. If this subordination were accepted, then the
genus name to be used vice Phacoides, Dall, would be Miltha,
H. & A.Adams, and the sub-genus to be recognized for the typical
sub-genus of Phacoides, Dall, would be Dentilucina, Fischer.
Criticisms of these conclusions are desired, so as to fix the name for
these Lucinoid molluses, which is certainly not Phacotdes, Blainville.
Pracenta, Retzius.
A reference by Dall to the Portland Museum Catalogue caused the
investigation of that work. I propose to give full details concerning
IREDALE: ON MISUSED GENERIC NAMES, 3038
this Catalogue in a succeeding number of these Proceedings, but
would here note its effect upon two generic names. I find the
following entries :—
““p. 16. Two fine species of Placuna, S., viz. placenta and ephippium.
56. Placuna, 8. (Anomia, L.), placenta and ephippium.
136. Placuna ephippium, S. (Anomia, L.), and
140. Placuna placenta, 8. (Anomia, L.).”
The ‘S’ stands for Solander, and it must be concluded that
Placuna is here legitimately proposed as the genus name for the
species placenta and ephippium which Linné had placed in Anomia.
I designate the species placenta as type, and this will necessitate the
reversion to the familiar Placuna, as this name dates from 1786, while
Placenta, Retzius, only dates from 1788.
I note that Gray in the Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 195, wrote
“* Placenta, Retz. 1788. Placuna, Soland. An. placenta’’, apparently
unaware that Solander’s name has priority of publication.
Another interesting item may be here recorded. In Hutchins’
History of Dorsetshire, published in 1799, Pulteney wrote a Catalogue
of the Shells, and often made reference to Solander’s manuscript.
On p. 35 he stated: ‘‘Under the term Ostrea, Linneeus has com-
prehended the Oysters, the Scallops, and the shells called Jsogona and
Saddle-Oysters . . . If they were separated, they must form more
than two genera: the Ostrea, the Pecten, and a third, which I believe
Dr. Solander intended to call Placuna, including the Saddle-Oysters.”
Merrna, Retzius.
This name has been recently used to replace the more familiar
Perna, but apparently another change must be made. In the
Catalogue of the Portland Museum, under the same circumstances as
in the preceding, I find—
““p. 9. Ostrea isognomon, L., called Isognoma lignea by S(olander).
41. Lsognomon perna, S. ( Ostrea, L.).
52. Ostrea perna, L. (Isognomon, 8.).
115. ILsognoma rigida, S., for List. 227. 62.
137. Lsognoma perna, S. ( Ostrea, L.).”
From these quotations Zsognomon must displace Jfelina, having
again two years priority. The type of Jsognomon would be by
tautonymy, Ostrea isognomon, L.
Jsogonum, Bolten, Mus. Bolt., 1798, p. 168, is exactly equal.
Fischer in the Man. de Conch., p. 956, 1886, used Perna, but
quoted as sections: ‘‘ Perna, s.s. P. ephipprum, L., and Lsognomon, Klein.
P. esognomum, L.”
I see Gray in the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1847, p. 200, wrote:
“¢ Melina, Retz., 1788. sognomon, Klein, 1753. Pedalion sp.,
Soland. Ostrea ephippium. Pedalion, Soland. MSS. Ost. isognomon.”’
I have not yet noticed Solander’s usage of Pedalion, and it may be
that Gray’s was the first introduction of it. It is obviously equivalent
to Solander’s Zsognomon as here discussed. Whether Jlelina can be
retained in a subgeneric sense I cannot now decide.
|
304 PROCEEDINGS OF THK MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY,
Hedley, in his Catalogue of the Marine Mollusca of Queensland
(Proc. Austral. Assoc. Adv. Sci. Brisbane, 1909, p. 344), has
included, perhaps by inadvertence, Perna and Melina. The former
was used for the ¢sognomum group, to which it has no claim whatever.
Perna, as so used, dated from Bruguiére, 1789, but the writers who
so utilized it overlooked that Retzius, in 1788, had previously
appropriated the name in a different sense. In the same paper where
Placenta and Melina were proposed Retzius introduced Perna. This
introduction was for the species of JZytilus, Linné, we now consider
typical Mytilus. It was due to such cases as the present that ‘ type
by elimination’ came to be discarded. I note this as in my
succeeding note I have to consider a case where results were achieved
by this usage, and which must be now discarded. In the present case
tetzius was the first te split up the Linnean Jfytilus, and he
dissociated what we now consider J/ytilus under the name Perna
and left the Ostreiform shells to bear that name. Retzius was not
followed by later writers, but by exact elimination much confusion
would have to be faced. Retzius’ Perna must therefore be considered
on its merits and not simply as a substitute for J/ytilus, Linné, as
it is not, but a subdivision. Fortunately, the type is easily fixed,
being the first species, Perna magellanica, Retzius, a new name for
Mya perna, L. Perna then falls under Mytilus, Linné, but becomes
the earliest name for the sub-genus for which Jukes-Browne, in his
Review of the Genera of the Family Mytilide (these Proceedings,
vol. vi, p. 218, 1905), used the name Chloromya, Mérch, with type
MM. perna, Linné. The exact reference to the paper in which Retzius
proposes the names Placenta, Chena, Perna, and Melina, is Diss.
Hist. Nat. Nov. Test. Gen., 1788, the pages being respectively 15,
19, 20, and 22.
Retzius stated that Chena was simply proposed as a substitute name
for Gastrochena, Spengler, as Spengler’s name was not euphonious.
Awatina, Lamarck.
When Dall wrote about the Boltenian generic names (Journ. Conch.,
vol. xi, 1906) on p. 296 he left as undetermined—
‘* Laternula (1 Mya truncata, Gmel.) = Mya (L.) + Lam., Aurisealpium,
Megerle, 1811 + Anatina, Lam., 1812.”
He had probably overlooked the fact that Gray in the Proc. Zool.
Soc., 1847, p. 190, has designated as type of Laternula, L. anatina,
and had used Bolten’s genus name to displace Anatina. As the type-
species was also called danterna the coincidence is exact. It appears
that Anatina cannot be preserved in any case, as most writers quote
as equivalent Megerle’s Auriscalpium, and that name has also priority
over Anatina, the latter not being published until 1818, so that
Laternula must at once be made use of.
I find, since the preceding was written, that Dallin the Trans. Wagn.
Free Inst. Sci., vol. iii, p. 1530, October, 1903, that is, previous to his
essay on the Boltenian names, actually made use of Lalernuda in place
of Anatina. -Peculiarly enough this alteration has escaped the notice
IREDALE : ON MISUSED GENERIC NAMES. 305
of recent workers such as Hedley and Smith, who have both recently
utilized Anatina. I see Dall quoted ‘* Anatina, Lamarck, Phil. Zool.,
p. 319, 1809”, bunt this is a pure mistake, as only vernacular names
occur in that work, and the earliest date Anatina was used as a Latin
word appears to be in 1818; in 1812, also commonly quoted, a vernacular
name only wasused. ‘The earliest introduction by Lamarck of Anatina
is in the Anim. sans Vert., vol. v, 1818, p. 462, and consequently,
in addition to its being preceded by Zaternula and Auriscalpium, it is
preoccupied by Anatina, Schumacher, Kssai nouy. syst. Test., 1817,
pp. 42 and 125, proposed for a different mollusc.
Cypricia, Gray.
Dealing with Australian Mactride, Mr. Edgar Smith (Proc. Malac.
Soc., vol. xi, June 1914, p. 150) used Cyprieia, pointing out that
Labiosa, recently accepted in preference by Dall and Hedley, was
introduced in a somewhat doubtful manner asa new name for Anatina,
Schumacher, whereas Cypricia was legitimately proposed by Gray
(Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xi, p. 43, 1853), concluding, ‘‘ It becomes
a question whether the genus Cypricza should not be retained rather
than Labiosa.”” My own rendering of the Laws led me to side with
Dall and Hedley, but my results in connexion with the preceding
remove all doubtful points. For
Awnatina, Schumacher
is the earliest and correct name for the genus, both Zabtosa and
Cypricia being provided as substitutes for that name under the
mistaken idea that it was later in date than the same name of
Lamarck.
Mereacrina, Lamarck.
This name has been quite commonly used right up to the present
time, but I have failed to recognize exactly how many names have
prior claim. I have noted Margaritophora, Megerle, 1811, Margarita,
Leach, 1814, and Perlamater, Schumacher, 1817, as all anterior to
Lamarck’s name proposed in 1819 (Anim. s. Vert., vol. vi, 1819,
p. 150). <A better substitute than any of these seems to be
Prycrapa, Bolten.
In the paper just quoted Dall left it undetermined as
‘* Pinetada (1 Myt. margaritiferus, Gmel.) = Avicula, Brug., 1791,
+ DMalleus, Lam., 1799 + Margaritophora, Megerle, 18117’.
I would designate P. margaritifera, Bolten, the first species, as
type, and thus make Bolten’s name valid for this group, which is
known to the French as ‘‘ Pintadines”’. Referring to the Dict. Sci.
Nat. (Levrault), vol. xli, 1826, p. 93, I also noted the following :—
‘PinraDE (Conch). Les marchands de coquilles paroissent donner
ce nom a la coquille qui fournit le plus ordinairement les perles,
mytilus margaritiferus, Linn., avicula margaritifera, Brug.; Pintadina
margaritifera, de M. de Lamarck, mais a un état particulier, qu’ils
ont désigné par la dénomination de mérle-perle stérile (De B.).
Pintapine, Meleagrina (Conchyl.) .. .”
=
306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
This is the only usage of Pintadina I know of, and I see Scudder
has recorded it: it is a word very easily missed, yet Scudder has it,
and has not Sprratel/a, which is more prominently printed. I have
before complained of Scudder’s peculiarities, and this accurate recording
of this name only serves to emphasize his untrust worthiness. Finding
this unemphasized name carefully included one would anticipate care-
fulness otherwise and be sadly misled.
Sotecortus, Blainville.
This genus name was proposed by Blainville in the Dict. Sci. Nat.
(Levrault), vol. xxxil, 1824, p. 851, who divided his genus into three
sections —
A. Hx Solecurtus radiatus, KE. m., pl. 225, fig. 2.
B. Fe 8S. strigilatus, EK. m., pl. 224, fig. 3.
C. Haz S. Legumen, KE. m., pl. 223, fig. 3.
No type was designated, nor can one be determined by tautonymy.
The only way is that of subsequent designation.
In the Manuel, 1825, the same matter is reproduced. In the
49th vol. of the Dict. Sci. Nat., 1827, the genus is again dealt
with by Blainville himself. A rearrangement is there effected, the
same three sections being recognized, but as equivalent to Section A
is noted “ G. Silique, Megerle” , and S. Jegumen is here transferred.
The section B is retained for S. streg¢llatus, and a new species,
S. albus. Under Section C a series of shells is included, among
which are S. cartbeus, Lam., S. antiquatus, Mont., and S. tagal,
ex Adanson. No type is mentioned, so that this reconsideration is
merely of historical interest.
In the Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, No. 26, vol. v, March 15, 18382,
Desmoulins introduced the genus Jfalletia, and discussed its relation-
ships. On p. 88 Desmoulins wrote, “ Solecurte de M. de Blainv.,
en prenant pour type de ce dernier genre le S. strigilatus (a). In
the footnote (a) he gave his reasons for this selection, pointing out
that the examples otherwise quoted by Blainville did not agree with
the generic diagnosis. This action was perfectly legitimate, but
further investigation showed that Deshayes had even anticipated him,
for in the Dict. Class. d’ Hist. Nat., vol. xv, p. 482, May, 1829, that
worker wrote, ‘‘Ce sont ces motifs qui ont déterminé Blainville
& proposer le démembrement du genre Solen de Lamarck et d’en
extraire d’abord celui qu’il nomme Solécurte qui a pour type le Soden
strigillatus.”’
There can be no argument that under the present rules the type of
Solecurtus, Blainville, is Solen strigtlatus. This note has been written,
as Dall, using elimination, arrived at quite a different result, and
fixing S. degumen as the type of Solecurtus, used Psammosolen for the
strigilatus group. He has been followed by Hedley, but reversion to
the conventional usage is necessary. I at first thought that Sole-
curtoides, Desmoulins, might have to displace Pharus, but I have
concluded that it will not be necessary to discard that name, and that
Solecurtoides was rightly considered by Dall as a synonym of Svliqua,
Megerle.
307
ON HUMPHREY’S CONCHOLOGY.
By Tom Irepate.
Read 9th April, 1915.
Iy the Portland Museum Catalogue reference is made to Humphrey’s
Conchology. Some little difficulty was found in its recognition, and
quite a little interest was aroused as to its authorship. The following
notes seem worthy of record, as I cannot see any absolute proof, and
the fact that it is cited under two or more names needs emphasis.
Reference to Sherborn’s Index Animalium (I have used up all the
laudatory adjectives at my command in praise of this vade-mecum of
the systematist) gave me in the Bibliography the following entries :—
p. xxx. ‘‘{Humphrey, G.] i-vi. Numbers of a Conchology.
fo. Lond. 1770-71. 26 pp. 12 pls. [No sp.nn.; some say this was
ee by Da Costa. ]”’
p. xx. ‘Costa, E. M. da. Number 1 of a Conchology. fo. Lond.
[1770]. [6 nos. were published, 26 pp. 12 pls. No sp.nn.; some
say this was issued by Geo. Humphrey. |”
When Sherborn recorded the discovery of the long-lost ‘‘ Museum
Humfredianum ” (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. vir, vol. xvi, pp. 262-4,
August, 1905) he observ ed, p. 264: “The sale occupied
thirty-six days . . . the last day, taking books, of which Humphrey
had a poor lot, the only rarities being seven copies of his own
‘Conchologie’ . . . As this book is stated in the ‘Mus. Humf.’
itself to be ‘Humphrey’s Conchologie’, it confirms the opinion
expressed in my ‘Index Animalium’, 1902, p. xxx, that Humphrey,
and not EK. M. Da Costa, was the author of the book.”
The fact that in the Portland Museum Catalogue the common
reference to Humphrey’s Conchology also appears, would seem
positive evidence in favour of Sherborn’s conclusions. Reference to
the book itself, however, appears to contradict that view, so I give
here the extracts I have observed in connexion with this work. In
the British Museum (Natural History) is preserved a copy, and
a part with three original wrappers. The lettering of the wrappers
read as follows :—
“Number I | of a | Conchology, | or | Natural History of Shells: |
containing | The Figures of Shells correctly and finely engraved, |
and accompanied with | their Descriptions in Englishand French. | The
whole exhibited in a Systematical Manner. | By a Collector. |
‘‘ Conditions 1. This work will be printed in Imperial Quarto and
on a good Type cast by Mr. Caslon. It is designed to be published
in Monthly Numbers, each Number containing Two Copper Plates,
and Four Pages of Letter-Press, with their Descriptions in English
and French. ‘he Price of each Number will be Three Shillings.
Some Copies will be coloured after Nature, for the Curious who desire
it, at the Price of Five Shillings. |
‘‘London: Printed for the Author, by T. Jones, in Fetter-Lane, |
And Sold by Mr. B. White, Bookseller, in Fleet-street ; Mr. Elmsley,
VOL. XI.—JUNE, 1915. 22
308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Bookseller in the Strand, | and Mr. Humphrey, Dealer in Shells, and
other Natural Curiosities, in | St. Martin’s-Lane, near Charing-Cross.”
On the wrapper of No. I is written, ‘‘ Presented by the Editors
Jan. 18, 1771,” and on No. III, ‘‘ Presented by the Editors, June 14,
Waal
As recorded by Sherborn there are 26 pages of letterpress,
accompanied by 12 plates; the letterpress only gives the descriptions
of the shells on the first four plates, the first figure of the fifth, and
commencing on the second figure. This is a copy with coloured
figures, and I see that three | draughtsmen were employed in the
preparation of these dozen plates: plates i, ii, ili, iv, and vi are
signed “I. Wicksteed, Junr. del.’”’; plates v and vii are signed by
‘“W. Humphrey’; and plates vili-xii by ‘“‘ P. Brown”’. They were
all engraved on copper by P. Mazell, who seems to have stood alone
in this art about this time.
Now, from the wrapper alone the ‘‘Collector” and ‘Mr. Humphrey,
Dealer in Shells’’, would seem to be different entities. Confirmation
is apparent from a perusal of the Preface, which reads :—
“The Editor begs Leave to acquaint the Curious, that it is
impossible to fix the Extent of his work, as it will depend on the
Quantity of new Species that occur: but he assures them, that he
shall neither spare Expense, or be wanting in an unwearied Applica-
tion to render it complete, and hopes that on the Publication of the
Numbers, they will judge of its Merits, and of its being more perfect
than any other book of Conchology hitherto offered to the Learned . .
‘‘There now only remains to solicit of the Collectors an Access to
their Cabinets, to acquire the proper Opportunities of perfecting his
intended Plan; and should any Ladies or Gentlemen possess any non-
descript Shells in their Collections, and chuse to have them engraved
and described, if they will honour the Editor to send them either to
the Booksellers Messrs. White and Eimsley, or to Mr. Humphrey,
to be conveyed to him, he will return them safe, and gratefully
acknowledge the Favour, by adding to the Description the Collector’s
Name (if permitted) to whom he is obliged.”
From this extract the conclusion would be that ‘‘ the Kditor”’ and
‘“Mr. Humphrey” were different personages. Judging the work
alone, from a knowledge of Da Costa’s known work and from
Humphrey’s own plea of ignorance, I should unhesitatingly ascribe it
to the former, and not to the latter.
I would simply record the following facts: Chemnitz, in the Neues
Syst. Conch. Cab., vol. xi, published in 1795, qnotes the book as
(ps 18t}" So Da Costa, Conchology or Natural History of Shells” ; :
(p. 184) ‘* Da Costa Conchol”’; (p. 185) ‘Da Costa Conchology”; and
on pp. 186-8. I would note. that recently, since Chemnitz’s work,
as above, has been rejected as non- binominal, the names from this
eleventh volume have been accepted ; but this volume is certainly as
polynominal in its nomenclature as the others, the apparent regul: rity
of binominals being superficial: thus, of twenty-three species of
Murex listed, eleven only consist of two words; of nine species of
Mytilus four are binominals, five are not. IPf Zedlina or Venus were
IREDALE : ON HUMPHREY’S CONCHOLOGY. 309
simply looked at, a different conclusion might be gained, as here all
the species happen to range themselves under a binominal system.
If any student will carefully consider all the names in the volume
no other course save that of rejection can be urged.
Bolten, in the Mus. Bolten, 1798, apparently ignorant of Chemnitz’s
quotations, as that volume of Chemnitz, viz. xi, is never quoted in
Bolten’s work, only knew Da Costa as the author of the work, as
references to that name appear on pp. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, where Latin
names are given to the species figured in the ‘ Conchology”’
Maton & Rackett, in their Historical Account of Testaceological
Writers (Trans. Linn. Soc., vol. vii, 1804), wrote under the name
Da Costa—‘‘ Still more acceptable to the public were two other
works of this author; one of which, however, was on too extensive
a scale to admit of being completed; we mean the ‘ Conchology or
Natural History of Shells’, which was published, anonymously, in
folio numbers, but never proceeded beyond twenty-six pages of letter-
press and twelve plates.”
Doubt as to the authorship of the work appears to have arisen later,
as Dillwyn in his Deser. Cat. Recent Shells, vol. i, p. 1x, 1817, gave
a ‘‘Catalogue of the Books consulted’’, and on p. ix wrote:
“* Humphrey's Conch. Conchology, or Natural History of Shells.
(Supposed to be the joint work of E. M. Da Costa and George
Humphreys).” In the Index Hist. Conch., Lister published in 1828,
Dillwyn simply wrote: ‘‘ Humphreys and Da Costa. Conchology, or
Natural History of Shells.”
It may be of interest to note Da Costa’s own account. In the
Elements of Conchology, 1776, p. 51, he wrote: ‘‘ A new anonymous
Conchology began to be published in this Metropolis in 1770, in
folio, illustrated with copper plates. It was to be published in
monthly numbers, and each number to contain two plates of Shells,
with their descriptions in English and French. It was also intended
to be a General Natural History of Shells, and to include the figures
of all the known species, common as well as rare, beautiful, or other-
wise ; and some copies were designed to be accurately coloured for
the use of the curious. Six numbers of it were published, compre-
hending the families of the Limpets, Sea-Kars, and Worms; but not
meeting with suitable encouragement, the authors have laid it aside,
at least for the present.” Later, when reproducing figures, Da Costa
wrote, ‘‘ taken from the anonymous new Conchology.”
While strongly of the opinion that Da Costa was the author of the
- work, this note has been written for the purpose of emphasizing the
fact that quotations to ‘‘Da Costa”’, ‘‘ Da Costa Conch. ”’, or ‘‘ Humph.
Conch.” all refer to the same work. This work was published
anonymously, the author being given as ‘‘ A Collector”, and under
this heading the book may be met with in some library catalogues.
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM,
WASHINGTON, D.C.
Edgar A. Smith, Esq., I.S.O.,
Malacological Society of London, London, England.
Dear Sir,—I have prepared, and the Smithsonian Institution
has printed, an historical Introduction and complete Index to the
Museum Boltenianum, edition of 1798, of a size to be bound
with the reprint of that work by Sykes and Sherborn in 1906.
It will be sent to the entire list of Malacological Correspondents
of the Smithsonian, but there are doubtless others interested in
the Nomenclature of Mollusca who might like to possess it, and
to such applicants copies will be furnished by the Smithsonian as
long as the edition lasts. Please bring this to the notice of the
Society at its next meeting.
Yours very truly,
WM. H. DALL.
April 2, 1915.
Walacological Soctety of London.
(Founded 27th February, 1893.)
Officers and Council—elected 12th February, 1915.
President :—Rev. A. H. Cooxn, M.A., Sc.D., F.Z.S.
Vice-Presidents :—A. 8. Kennarp, F.G.S.; R. Bunten Newton, F.GS.;
H. B. Preston, F.Z.S. ; J. R. te B. Tomury, M.A., F.ES.
Treasurer :—J. H. Ponsonsy, I°.Z.S., 15 Chesham Place, London, S.W.
Secretary :—G. K. Gupn, F.Z.S., 9 Wimbledon Park Road, Wandsworth,
London, S.W.
Editor :—I. A. Surru, 1.S.0., 22 Heathfield Road, Acton, London, W.
Other Members of Council:—G. C. Crick, F.G.S.; T. Inrparz; G. C.
Rosson, B.A.; F. H. Sixes, M.A., F.L.S.; E. R. SyKEs, B.A.,
l.L.8.; B. B. Woopwarp, F.LS.
By kind permission of the Council of the Loynuan Soctisry, the
MEETINGS are held in their apartments at Bortimaron House,
Precapinny, W., on the second Fray in each month from NoveMBEr
to JUNE.
The OBJECT of the Society is to promote the study of the Mollusca,
both recent and fossil.
MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident
without the British Islands), ave elected by ballot on a certificate of
recommendation signed by two or more Members.
LADIES are eligible for election.
The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per annum
ov £7 7s. for Life, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per annuum or
£5 5s, for Life. All Members on election pay an Entrance Fee of 10s. 6d.
The PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each
Member is entitled to receive a copy of those numbers issued during
membership.
[ Vols. I-VIII and Vol. IX, Parts I-III, consisting of 52 Parts,
price 5s. net per Part. Parts IV-VI of Vol. IX, and all
succeeding Parts, price 7s. 6d. each. A discount of 20 per
cent upon the above prices is allowed to Members purchasing
these Volumes or Parts through the Secretary. ]
Further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may be
obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent
at his private address, as given above.
STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS, LTD., PRINTERS, HERTFORD.
Vol. XI. Part VI. Price 7s. 6d. net.
AUGUST 20th, 1915.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
EDITED BY
Ey AS SMT TEE S:O. hao:
Under the direction of the Publication Committee.
AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESEECTIVE
PAPERS.
C2 @Oas Sse CS
PROCEEDINGS :— PAGE | PAPERS continued :— PAGE
Ordinary Meetings : Description of a new species of
Moaycl4th, 1995) vy s.sc:c0.a5..¢ 311 Dyakia. By G. K. GUDE, —
Snipips Pltihics sconce sass ss: 311 F.Z.S. (Figs.) ....sseeseeeee 321
Descriptions of new species of
NOTE :—
Margimella shacklefordi, nom.
nov. for M. ebwrnea, Preston.
By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S. 312
. PAPERS :—
On a Dibranchiate Cephalopod
(Plesioteuthis) from the
Lithographic Stone (Lower
Kimmeridgian) of Hichstiadt,
Bavaria. By G. C. CRICK,
F.G.8S., F.Z.S. (Plate IX.) 313
Description of a new species of
Peltatus from British East
Africa. By J. R. LE B.
Tomuin, M.A. (Figs.)...... 319
Streptaxis, Planispira, and
Chloritis. ByH.C. FULTON.
(igat RAaerersccuciesescctvcss ses 322
Molluscan Notes. II. By H.C.
EUEMON Ts sesso cececesecenccececas 324
Note on the Duct of the Sperma-
theca of Hyalinia excavata.
ByA.E.Boycort. (PlateX.) 327
Notes on the names of some
British Marine Mollusca.
By Tom IREDALE ............ 329
A list of the known species of
Clausilia from China. By
E. A. SMITH, I.S.O.
TITLE-PAGE and Index to Vol. XI.
LONDON:
DULAU & CO., LTD.,
37 SOHO SQUARE, W.
For information concerning the
MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON
See page iv of this wrapper.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. oll
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 14TH May, 1915.
The Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., Sc.D., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair.
The following communications were read :—
1. ‘On a Dibranchiate Cephalopod (Plestoteuthis) from the
Lithographic Stone (Lower Kimmeridgian) of Eichstidt, Bavaria.”
By G. C. Crick, F.G.S., F.Z:8.
2. Description of a new species of Peltatus from British East
Africa.”” By J. R. le B. Tomlin, M.A.
3. ‘ Description of a new species of Dyakia.” By G. K. Gude, F.Z.8.
Mr. A. Reynell exhibited a book containing a number of figures
on quarto plates which were used for illustrating Maton’s edition
of Pulteney’s Dorsetshire Hills. Mr. B. B. Woodward gave some
interesting information on the subject, and Mr. Reynell was requested
to gather all the data obtained into a note for publication,
ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, llra June, 1915.
The Rev. A. H. Cooks, M.A., Se.D., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair.
The following communications were read :—
1. “A list of the known species of Claustlia from China.” By
E. A. Smith, 1.8.0.
2. ‘‘ Descriptions of new species of Streptaxis, Planispira, and
Chioritis.” By H.C. Fulton.
3. ‘‘ Molluscan Notes, I1.”’ By H. C. Fulton.
4. ‘‘ Note on the Duct of the Spermatheca of Hyalinia excavata.”
By A. E. Boycott.
5. ‘* Notes on the Names of some British Marine Mollusca.” By
Tom Iredale.
6. ‘‘ Marginella shacklefordi, nom. nov. for I. eburnea, Preston,
non Lamarck.” By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S.
VOL. XI.—AUGUST, 1915. 23
312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
NOTE.
MARGINELLA SHACKLEFORDI, Nom, Nov. FoR Mf. epurnea, Presron,!
1906, non Lamarck. (Read 11th June, 1915.)—The Rev. Lewis J.
Shackleford having very kindly pointed out to me that the name
eburnea is preoccupied by Lamarck for a fossil species of the genus,
I have much pleasure in taking the present opportunity of substituting
the name IM. shacklefordi in its place.
H. B. Preston.
1 Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. vii, p. 35, 1906.
313
ON A DIBRANCHIATE CEPHALOPOD (PLESIOTEUTHIS) FROM
THE LITHOGRAPHIC STONE (LOWER KIMMERIDGIAN) OF
EICHSTADT, BAVARIA.
By G. C. Crick, F.G.S., F.Z.S., of the British Museum (Natural
History).
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
Read 14th May, 1915.
PLATE IX.
AtrHoucH the genus Plestoteuthis, instituted by Dr. A. Wagner
(6, p. 785) in 1860, is perhaps the best-known dibranchiate Cephalopod
(see Zittel, 7, p. 519) from the Lithographic Stone of Bavaria,
particularly the species P. prisca, an example of this genus in the
British Museum collection from Eichstadt, Bavaria, is so excellently
preserved, and displays certain characters which have not been
previously recorded in any described example of the genus, that it
seems to merit description. It is the subject of the present note.
The fossil is displayed on the surface of a slab and exhibits a dorsal
aspect of the specimen. It is almost symmetrically arranged and
exhibits the body with its fins, the head, and the arms. A stellate
mass of calcite in the head appears to represent the cavity of the
buccal mass.
The Body is elongated, broadest at about two-fifths of its length
from the anterior margin (¢), which is indicated by a narrow shallow
transverse groove, rather more than one-fourth of its length. At the
anterior margin the body appears to have been about 65 mm. wide ;
thence it tapers very gradually to about 56mm. at a distance of
about 60mm. from the anterior margin; it then expands rather
rapidly, attaining its greatest width of 74mm. at about 110mm.
from the anterior margin; from the point of its greatest width
it tapers evenly towards the posterior end for about another
95mm. After gradually expanding for about 20mm. it again
tapers evenly to the end of the body. Here there are four
obscure, almost symmetrically disposed spinous processes which seem
to have belonged to the animal. Two are at the extreme end
_of the animal, their bases 8 mm. apart, feebly inclined outwards,
and roughly about 13mm. long. ‘The others are situated at the
posterior end of the line of junction of each fin with the body, and are
also of about the same length (l3mm.). The writer has not seen similar
processes in any of the other examples of this genus in the British
Museum Collection. Judging from the impression of a portion of the
mantle displayed on each side of the body, the surface of the mantle
appears to have been finely granular. So far as the present writer
is aware, the presence of fins in this genus has not yet been recorded.
The specimen under consideration exhibits them very clearly. They
314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
are separate and quite at the posterior end of the body. As preserved
in this specimen they are not of the same length. Each is wing-
shaped and transversely elongate, and though fairly well-, is not
sharply-defined. That on the right(g) isabout 83mm. long, and 25mm.
broad at its widest part; its line of attachment is about the same as
the width of the fin, the distal end obtusely pointed and slightly
recurved ; the proximal half of the anterior border is feebly concave
and the distal half slightly convex, whilst of the posterior border the
middle portion is feebly convex, the proximal and distal thirds faintly
concave; the fin on the left side (/) is rather larger than that on the
right, its anterior and posterior margins are nearly parallel, it is
about 120mm. long and 80mm. wide, and its distal end is obtusely
pointed and recurved. The dorsal part of the mantle-margin (e), which
alone can be seen, is on the whole feebly convex, with a faint
concavity on each side of the median third. In this (the dorsal)
aspect of the animal the s¢phon (being on the ventral side) is naturally
not shown, and it may be fortunately for the rest of the fossil, there
are no traces of the ink-bag and no discoloration due to the spilt ink.
The Head appears to have been narrower than the body, probably
only about 40mm. wide; a smooth oval-shaped area (7), 19mm. xX
1lmm., immediately beneath the base of the arms, on the left of
the median line, with its major axis placed longitudinally and
slightly inclined towards the median line, probably indicates the
position of the left eye; whilst a similarly-situated lenticular
impression (7), 18mm.xX8mm., on the right of the median line,
apparently indicates the position of the right eye.
The Arms, eight in number, are disposed almost symmetrically
with respect to the body. That there are four pairs is quite clear,
but they are all so much flattened that their sequence is somewhat
obscure. There does not seem to be much doubt that the irregular
stellate mass, partially filled with calcite, indicates the position of
the buccal mass (/), the somewhat irregular projections from it being
the remains of the points of the buccal membrane. A thickened
V-shaped mass, having its obtuse point directed backwards, and at
about 30 mm. in front of the centre of the buccal mass, evidently
represents two thick arms (a!, a”) with their bases attached. Each is
about 11 mm. wide, and, tapering rather rapidly, appears to have been
about 55mm. long. A very indistinct forwardly-concave curve (é),
at about 833mm. from the extreme base of the united arms, may
indicate the margin of a web joining the two arms. Compared with
the other arms these appear to have been relatively short and stout.
Since they appear to be overlaid by the other arms, and remembering
that the dorsal surface of the animal is uppermost, it seems safe to
assume that they were the ventral pair. Near the buccal mass is
a smooth area from which arise two smooth areas, each approximately
15mm. wide; these pass over the short, stout arms with their inner
margins about 17mm. apart; they slowly diverge at an angle of
about 18° until at about 65mm. from the buccal mass, from which
point they gradually converge, when they meet and are superposed.
Each can be traced for a length of about 150 mm. from the buccal
CRICK: ON PLESIOTEUTHIS PRISCA. 315
mass, but their distal ends are not definitely indicated. Each of these
flattened areas bears two distinct bands of a reddish-brown colour,
averaging about 1mm. wide, their edges being usually more distinct
than the rest of the band, the inner of the two bands being the
larger on each side; that (the longer one) on the right can be traced
for about 100mm. from the centre of the buccal mass. It would
seem, therefore, that each of these elongated flattened areas represents
two arms, that (d’, dr) nearer the median line being the longer of
the two, and extending from the buccal mass to the point of super-
position with its fellow. Further, the longer arm (dl, d”) appears to
rest upon the shorter (cl, ec”), since, on the right side, the shorter band
of colour ends abruptly at a very slightly elevated ridge formed by
the outer edge of the longer arm, whilst on the other side the colour
band of the corresponding arm disappears before the band on the
larger arm. Outside these arms, on a level with the buccal mass
and about 26 mm. apart, arise two arms (d!, 6r), each about
4mm. wide, diverging at about an angle of 40°, that extend
in an almost straight line for about 30mm., and then curve
gently outwards, extending for about another 30mm. _ These
appear to have been more cylindrical than the arms marked
6 and e, and their surface appears to have been rougher. Further,
connecting these and the arms marked ¢, there appears to have been
a membrane, the outward margins of which seem to be indicated on
each side of the animal by an obscure forwardly-concave curve at
about 54 mm. in advance of the centre of the buccal mass. Anterior
to this curved line the surface of the stone is somewhat rougher,
indicating that the membrane (if such there was) was comparatively
smooth. The order of these appendages seems to have been (com-
mencing on the ventral side) a, 6, c, d, and if none of these represent
the tentacles in living Cephalopods, then the order of the arms
(counting from the ventral side) would be a, 8, c¢, d=1, 2, 3, 4
respectively. There are no traces of hooklets on or about any of the
arms, a fact which was mentioned by Zittel (7, p. 519); nor are
there any structures which can be definitely recognized as suckers,
though each probably did exist.
Within the two thickened arms there is on the right side
a thickening (m) about 7mm. wide, which, passing under the stout
arm on the right side, curves over to the right, and can be traced for
a further distance of about 27 mm., when it abruptly ends. There is
a similarly placed but more obscure thickening on the left side.
- Whether these represent the tentacles or whether, in fact, they had
anything to do with the animal, is quite uncertain.
Diffused over the head, the anterior portion, and the posterior part
of the body there is a reddish-brown hue, similar to the bands of
colour on some of the arms, that, it is suggested, may have been derived
from the colour of the animal. There is a similar colour, more
intensified, however, on the matrix immediately adjacent to each side
of the animal, that may have had the same derivation.
The form of the gladius (or pen) is well shown, chiefly as the
impression of its ventral surface, only a few fragments of the actual
316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
gladius being preserved at its anterior end, at about its mid-length, and
at its posterior end respectively. As a whole the gladius is acutely-
triangular, the apical angle being about 11°, and the base, which is
anterior, about 53mm. It is “traversed by very fine somewhat
irregularly-placed longitudinal striae. There is a well-marked median
area, which at the anterior end of the pen attains a width of about
14mm., and a lateral area on each side. Each lateral portion bears
a slightly-thickened area which extends longitudinally, and terminates
anteriorly i in arounded process (n) about 9 mm. wide, and of a brownish
colour. Between these two processes the anterior boundary of the
gladius is obscure; it may have been projected forward for about
12mm., so as to form a broad, fully-convex projection, about 21 mm.
broad, since the surface of this projection seems to be continuous with
that of the pen. Posteriorly, at about 55 mm. from the end of the
lateral process, the pen expands rather suddenly, though slightly, but
soon resumes its original direction, and at about its mid-length it
again gradually expands through about a fourth of its length, then
gradually contracting it attains, at about 55mm. from the posterior
end, a width of about 25mm. ‘The rest of the pen has a rhomboidal
ratte its greatest width, corresponding to the shorter axis of the
rhomboid, being about 43 mm., the lateral angles of the rhomboid
occupying the median line of each fin, for which undoubtedly this
portion of the pen formed a support.
Dimensions.—Assuming that the stellate mass (/) of calcite in the
head represents the cavity of the buccal mass, and that the posterior
end of the body (excluding some spinous processes) is about 332 mm.
from this point, the dimensions of the specimen, so far as ascertain-
able, are as follows :—
mm.
From posterior end of body to mantle-margin. 290
From posterior end of body to anterior end of lateral
process of pen. : : : . 208
Breadth of body (at anterior end) 55
Breadth of body at widest part, which is at about
105 mm. from the anterior end ; ee ih
Width of pen at anterior end of lateral process : . 02
Width of pen at about 70 mm. ee to the anterior
end of lateral processes. : : - od
Width of head probably about . : . 40
From anterior end of pen to centre of buccal mass. 42
From the centre of the buccal mass the arms can be
certainly traced fora length of . ; : . 08
The whole length of the animal with its arms must have been
490 mm. (about 1 ft. 7}in.).
When Dr. A. Wagner (6, p. 784) founded the genus Plestoteuthis,
he recognized two species, viz. Plesvoteuthis prisca and P. acuta.
Plesioteuthis prisca was originally described by Riippell (5, p. 8,
pl. ili, fig. 1) as a Loligo in 1829, and quite a number of forms which
were subsequently described by Miinster and by D’Orbigny were
CRICK: ON PLESIOTEUTHIS PRISCA. Bly
regarded by Wagner as referable to the same species.' The type came
from the Deutingen Quarry, near Mohnheim.
The other species, Plestoteuthis acuta (3, p. 64, pl. vil, figs. 4, 5)
was originally described by Miinster as an Acanthoteuthis.
In the original description, in 1829, of the species P. prisca, Riippell
(5, p. 9) referred to the presence on the dorsal side of a heart-shaped
swimming membrane, about one-fifth of the length of the whole
mantle, and, from his figure, it would seem that he was alluding to
the expansion at the posterior end of the body, surrounding the lance-
shaped posterior extremity of the gladius to which he also refers. It
would appear that this expansion of the gladius was fairly flexible,
because in several examples in the British Museum collection that
exhibit a lateral aspect of the animal the posterior part of the pen is
evidently folded upon itself along the median line.
The lance-shaped extremity of the gladius was figured by Minster
(3) in several Teuthids from the Lithographic Stone of Bavaria
(pl. iv, figs. 6, 7; pl. v, figs. 1-5; and pl. vi, fig. 3); but none of
these were named. Of these the one most nearly resembling the
present specimen is the original of pl. v, fig. 3. So far as the
present writer is aware, the presence in this genus of terminal fins
has not yet been recorded.
The genus Acanthoteuthis was instituted by R. Wagner (in Munster,
1, pp. 92-4) in 1839, and subsequently Miinster (8, pp. 56-9)
recognized three subdivisions of the genus, viz. (1) Acanthoteuthis,
sens. str., (2) Doryanthes, and (3) Acanthopus. ‘The figures above
mentioned would all belong to his section Doryanthes (p. 58), but
there seems to be no allusion to them in the text, and they are not
named in the explanation of the plates. This is to be regretted,
since one example (pl. v, fig. 3) exhibits, at the anterior end,
structures to which one would like to have seen some reference. One
of these—the posterior—is very similar to the structure of the anterior
end of the median portion of the gladiusin the present specimen. It
is, however, to be noted that Miinster’s figure, judging from the
presence of the ink-bag, represents the ventral surface of the gladius,
from which structure it is quite distinct, although the anterior
boundary of the gladius is not very clearly shown.
Although the present example exhibits features which have not
hitherto been observed in the genus Plesioteuthis, it is not proposed
to establish a new genus for it, nor even to regard it as a new species,
but to consider the specimen as an example of Plestoteuthis prisca in
a better state of preservation than any specimen previously described.
1 The synonyms mentioned by Wagner (6, p. 816) were as follows :—
‘“* Acanthoteuthis angusta, brevis, intermedia, lata (partim), rhomboidalis,
sagittata, semistriata, swbhconica, subovata, and tricarinata, Miinst.
Loligo prisca, Riipp.; L. subsagittata, Miinst. ; Enoplotewthis subhastata,
d’Orb.
Ommastrephes angustus, sagittatus, intermedius, and cochlearis, d’Orb.’’
To these may be added the Leptoteuthis gracilis of Owen (4, p. 3), from the
Lithographic Stone of Solenhofen, near Pappenheim, Germany, which the
present writer had an opportunity of examining in 1887.
318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
List or Works CITED.
1. MUNSTER, G.G.v. ‘‘ Acanthoteuthis, ein neues Geschlecht der Cephalo-
poden, zu der Familie der Loligineen oder Teuthidee (Owen) gehérend’”? :
Beitrage zur Petrefacten-Kunde, Heft i, pp. 91-7: 1839.
2. —— ‘‘ Ueber einige neue fossile schalenlose Cephalopoden und eine neue
Gattung Ringelwiirmer (Anneliden) ’*: Beitriige zur Petrefacten-Kunde,
Heft v, pp. 95-9, pl. i: 1842.
3. —— ‘‘ Ueber die schalenlosen Cephalopoden des oberen Juragebirgs, der
lithographischen Kalkschiefer in Bayern”? : Beitraige zur Petrefacten-
Kunde, Heft vii, pp. 51-65, pls. iv-ix: 1846.
4. OWEN, RicHarD. [Descriptions of the specimens of the Cephalopoda. |
Descriptive Catalogue of the Fossil Organic Remains of Invertebrata
contained in the Musewm of the Royal College of Surgeons of England :
1856.
- RUPPELL, EpDuARD. Abbildung und Beschreibung einiger neuen oder
wenig gekannten Versteinerungen aus der Kalkschieferformation von
Solenhofen. 1829.
- WAGNER, A. ‘“‘ Die fossilen Ueberreste von nackten Dintenfischen aus dem
lithographischen Schiefer und dem Lias des siiddeutschen Juragebirges’’ :
Abh. Akad. Wissensch., Miinchen, math.-phys. Cl., Bd. viii, Abth. iii,
pp. 749-821, 1 pl.: 1860.
. ZITTEL, K. A. von. Handbuch der Palaeontologie, Bd. ii, Abth. i: 1884.
or
for)
~I
EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.
PLESIOTEUTHIS PRISCA, Riippell, sp.
a’, b", ec”, d". Ist, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th arms of the right side.
a’, b', c’, ad. Ast, 2nd, 8rd, and 4th arms of the left side.
mantle-margin.
spinous processes at posterior end of body.
right terminal fin.
left terminal fin.
position of left eye.
position of right eye.
cavity indicating position of buccal mass.
probable margin of web connecting arms.
m. obscure thickening of uncertain character.
n, 2. anterior terminations of lateral portions of gladius.
Lithographic Stone (Lower Kimmeridgian): Eichstadt, Bavaria.
One-third of the natural size. Original in the Geological Department
of the British Museum (Natural History), London. [Register number
C. 15118.]
Ss
>
ms. °°.
.
~
f uy ~ nN pe
Proc MALac.Soc.
a sid 4 i i Lh) in 3), i,
r Uy ‘ P ’ y 1 cu b ¥ 4 ¥) . a H a bala f <
Me 318 | PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. _
Lisr or Worxs CITED,
MUNSTER, G. G. Ee * Acemthot thg ,ein neues Geschlecht der Cepha
poden, zu der Familie der Lolfgi FX ‘oder Teuthide (Owen) gehérend ’
Beitrage zur Pores veten-Kunfe, i, pp. 91-7: 1839. f
2| —— ‘‘ Ueber einige neue fossil sghalerlose Cephalopoden und eine ‘nef ie
Gattung Hinge! wiirrmer (Any eliden) }% pEgtrige zur Petrefacten-Kund fe it M
, , ai au) §
Heft v, pp. 95 i pit iy 18
3; —— ‘‘ Ueber die sehalenlose hpdden an oberen Ticagonineens der
lithographischen | Kalkschif bferhl Jay ca . Beitrage zur Petrefac en-
Kunde, Heft vii, pygsil= Pi
4| OWEN, RICHARD. | Nescrip yf feecigens of the Cegialioanl fie
) Dese riptive Casadog eShemains of Invertebrata
' contained im the Musexn\d Ly ege of Surgeons of England :
A me i 1848. YY ae ,
f ' 5) Ripreny,., Epwarp. ~Abb2) joie eimiger neuen ode
rs wenig gekannten Verster b Se ramadan bikini yj ts
+n : Solenhofen. 1829. oA,
7 6] Waener, A. “‘ Die fossilen 7 sriitekten Dintenfischen aus ddm Dy
At : lithographischen Schiefer dy as des siiddeutschen Juragebirges 7 :
i ’ Abh, Akad. Wissensch., nath.-phys. Cl., Bd. viii, Abth. iji, |
i pp. V49-821, 1 pl, ; 1860. ; '
ZITTEL, BK. A. von. Aayulbw sontologie, Bd. ii, Abth. i: 1884,
ee, a,
"W
i ESRLAS ION OFf SETSS IX.
: PLESMOTED"pHIB PRISCh, "Riippell, sp.
. a’, ob", ec”, a. Ast, 2nd3rd, and 4th drms of the right side.
$ a’, b', cl, d& Ist, 2nd} 3rd, and 4th arms of the left side.
é. mantle-margin.
: jf. spinous processes af posterior end pf body.
; g. vight terminal fin
We h. left terminal fin.
i. position of left efe.
j. position of rightfeye.
» Wee k. cavity indicating position of buccalfmass.
“ y 1. probable margin|of web connectingfarms.
i m. obscure thickenitg of uncertain character.
" 2, . anterior termimmtions of lateral portions of gladius. ‘
A Lithographic Stona (Lower Kimnferidgian)i Eichstadt, Bavarip.
M4 One-third of the natuipl size. Origipal in the Geological Department
y of the British Museum\{Natural Histhry), Lohdon. [Register number
: C. 15118.]
ey
ah
1
sal
i, fs
x
| ,
ie |
| ue
f *
Vor Prix.
Proc.Matac.Soc.
lL, sp.
SP pe
.stze)
PLESIOTEUTHIS PRISCA,R
(%s
319
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF PELTATUS FROM BRITISH
EAST AFRICA.
By J. R. ve B. Tomy, M.A.
Read 14th May, 1915.
PeELTATUS POLYSTEPHES,! n.sp.
Shell narrowly umbilicate, depressedly turbinate, thin, with suture
slightly marked ; whorls 5, rounded, increasing rapidly, the ultimate
and penultimate being somewhat flattened above, while the first three
whorls rise in a rather acute spire; apical whorl smooth and more or
less shining, the other four being marked with fairly regular lines of
growth—much finer and closer together on whorls two and three than
they are on the two last; colour olivaceous, with an endlessly variable
series of chalky-white bands; the bands vary greatly in width and in
number, sometimes being reduced to mere threads of white, or they
coalesce broadly as in forms of Helix nemoralis; rarely the shell is all
but white with faint indications of olive bands; the outline of the
aperture, if completed, would almost form a circle, but is slightly
flattened in the plane of the spire; margin of aperture acute, regularly
curved; columellar margin reflected over the umbilicus. Diam.
maj. 12, min. 10mm.; alt. 9mm.
Hab.—Teita Hills, British East Africa, between 4,500 and
6,000 feet. (W. Feather.)
By Mr. Gude’s advice I place it in the genus Peltatus, on account
of its close resemblance to P. cotyledonis (Benson),* and he has also
been kind enough to furnish me with tke following particulars in
which P. polystephes differs from P. cotyledonis; the whorls increase
more rapidly, the last whorl being proportionately much wider; they
are also more tumid and more strongly transversely striated by the
lines of growth, in fact it might almost be stated that P. polystephes
is finely irregularly ribbed. The aperture is more transversely dilated
and the columellar margin is a little more oblique.
1 roAvatepys = decked with many wreaths.
2 Cf. Godwin-Austen in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. VIM, vol. ix, p. 134, 1912.
320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY,
With an equal number of whorls P. cotyledonis measures 16 mm. in
diameter, whereas P. polystephes is only 12mm. The markings are
also different.
A large number of this species was collected by Mr. Feather and
forwarded alive, but they did not survive the journey. Whether any
of the specimens are quite mature is questionable. Under a 1 inch
objective there are distinct traces of microspically fine spiral striz
on the apical whorl.
I have placed the type in the collection of the British Museum.
321
-
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF DYAKIA.
By G. K. Guppy, F-Z:8.
Read 14th May, 1915.
DyakIA VENATOR, D.Sp.
Shell sinistral, narrowly umbilicated, conoid, finely and closely
striated, the striz cut into minute granules by close spirals, pale
fuscous, lustreless; spire elevated, apex acute, suture linear.
Whorls 63, flattened above, tumid below, excavated around the
umbilicus, increasing slowly and regularly, the last whorl keeled at
the periphery, suleate below the keel, not descending in front,
slightly dilated towards the aperture. Aperture oblique, semi-lunate,
margins slightly convergent; peristome thin, reflexed, upper margin
ne: wly straight, descending, outer and basal margins strongly curved,
columellar margin ascending, slightly overhanging the narrow
umbilicus. Diam. maj. 25, min. 21°5mm.; alt. 12mm.
Hab.—Borneo, Type in my collection.
This new species is based on two specimens from the Nevill
Collection, purchased as far back as 1904, and a third specimen from
the same source in Mr. Ponsonby’s collection.
It approaches Dyakia busanensis, Godwin-Austen, var. concolor,
Smith,! but the latter has the whorls more convex above and more
rapidly increasing, the striae and spirals are much finer and closer,
the lower side is shining and strongly polished, and the umbilicus is
narrower. Another allied species is Dyakia subdebilis, Smith,” but
that shell is darker in colour, the whorls are still more flattened, are
margined below the suture, and provided with a peripheral band ;
the striz and spirals are also finer.
My second specimen possesses only 6 whorls and measures: diam.
maj. 22°25, min. 20°25 mm.; alt. 11:75mm. Mr. Ponsonby’s shell
has the same diameter as the type, but is a little more depressed,
measuring alt. 23°5 mm.
1 Proc. Zool. Soc., 1895, p. 103. 2Slijoecits, pa LOL pleat) fies Lae
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF STRHPTAXIS, PLANISPIRA,
AND CHLORITIS.
By Hueu C. Furron.
Read 11th June, 1915.
STREPTAXIS GUDEI, 0.sp.
Shell glassy-white, moderately umbilicated, obliquely ovate ;
whorls 53, closely arcuately costulate above, the coste being stronger
at the suture and gradually weakening below, last whorl with short
inconspicuous cost or strie at the suture only ; ; interior of aperture
armed with six plice or tubercles, one prominent entering fold at
centre of the parietal wall, with a smaller one above and parallel to
it; two nodules are situated on the right inner margin of the
peristome, the upper one being very small, the lower prominent ; the
remaining two are at centre of base and centre of the columella lip,
the latter being the broader; peristome thickened and somewhat
expanded; interior of umbilicus sharply obliquely striated. Maj.
diam. (including peristome) 8, height 6 mm.
Hab.—Pac Kha, nae (Col. Messager).
Var. minor. Maj. diam. 6°5, height 5mm.
Hab.—Lao Kay and Muong Kong, Tonkin (Col. Messager).
The form minor is somewhat similar in size and in the arrangement
of its armature to St. heudet, Schm. & Bottgr., and St. paulus, Gude
(two scarcely separable forms), but both of those are distinguished
by their smooth whorls.
Named in honour of G. K. Gude, Esq., F.Z.8., whose valuable list
of the species of this genus (Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. v, pp. 201-44,
1902; pp. 322-7, 1903) is very helpful.
PLANISPIRA SUBATACTA, N.Sp.
Shell narrowly umbilicated, moderately solid, ovately depressed,
ground colour cream, with five reddish-brown spiral bands on the
last whorl, one situated at the periphery, one encircling the umbilicus,
and three narrower ones above which ascend towards the apex ;
whorls 43, convex, with conspicuous raised oblique strie, the last
whorl constricted behind the aperture; aperture oval, outer bands
showing through the interior; peristome slightly expanded, whitish.
Max. dimensions—width 19, height 9 mm.
Hab.—West Celebes.
FULTON: STREPTAXIS, PLANISPIRA, CHLORITIS, N.SPP. 323
Similar in form, colour, and position of its spiral bands to P. atacta,
Pfr., but readily separated by its smaller size and prominent oblique
strie. In atacta the stria are very inconspicuous and might be
described as growth-lines, whereas in subatacta they might be termed
very thin, closely set coste.
CHLORITIS VERRUCOSA, 0.Sp.
Shell depressed-globose, rather thin, dark brown; whorls 4,
covered with irregularly disposed hair-scars, first whorl minutely
and closely pitted, the next two with oblique, somewhat raised
flexuous strive, the last whorl conspicuously corrugated ; umbilicus
moderately open and deeply excavated, broadening out above and
prominently keeled; aperture oval, dark within; peristome thin,
hight brown, slightly expanded, margins connected by a thin callus.
Max. dimensions—width 13, height 7 mm.
Hab.—Sierah Island, Tenimber Group.
A very distinct form, easily distinguished by its corrugated surface.
Although but few hairs remain, it is probable that in life the shell is
covered with them, and that they fall off after death.
MOLLUSCAN NOTES. II.
By Huen C. Futron.
Read 11th June, 1915.
No. 7.—PLANISPIRA QUADRIFASCIATA, Guillou.
Owing to the variation in size of the shell, the denticle on basal
portion of peristome, and width of colour-bands, this species has
received several names. The synonymy is as follows :—
1842. Helix quadrifasciata, Guillou, Rev. Zool., p. 141.
1864. JZ. instricta, Marts., Monatsbericht. Berl. Akad., p. 268.
1867. H. quadrifasciata, var. edentata, Marts., Ost. Zool. Landschn.,
p. 300, pl. xvi, fig. 5.
1902. Planispira kendigiana, Rolle, Nachr. deutsch. Malak. Ges.,
p. 189.
1902. P. rollei, Molldff., Nachr. deutsch. Malak. Ges., p. 189.
1903, P. quadrifasciata, var. halmaherica, Gude, Journ. Malac., vol. x,
p- 48, pl. in, fig. 2.
The cnstricta, Marts. (afterwards changed to quadrifasciata, var.
edentula, Marts.), has only a slight swelling at the usual place of the
denticle. P. rollei, Molldff., is a small specimen, otherwise typical.
P. kendigiana, Rolle, is simply a variety with wide bands. P. quadri-
fasciata, var. halmaherica, Gude, was described from a specimen with
three colour-bands only, otherwise it appears to be quite typical.
No. 8.—HE ix nopirera, Pfr.
This species is evidently the large form of Papuina grata, Mich.,
as recently collected by the brothers Meek at Muswar Island, Dutch
New Guinea, and described by me as P. grata, var. magna. The
absence of the usual colour-band in Pfeiffer’s example is probably
owing to loss of its periostracum, since specimens before me demon-
strate that the colour is only in the periostracum, which is of a
deciduous character. Although Michaud’s figure does not show the
characteristic columellar nodule or swelling, he notes in his description,
‘*au bas de la columelle se trouve une petite dent.”
1831. Caracolla grata, Mich., in Guerin’s Mag. Zool., pl. ix, figs. 1-3.
1860. Helix nodifera, Pir., Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 21, pl. ii, fig. 4;
Novitates Conchologice, p. 166, pl. xlv, figs. 7-8.
1891. Papuina grata, Mich., Tryon’s Man. Conch., vol. vii, p. 35,
pl. xi, figs. 50-1.
1910. P. grata, var. magna, Fulton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. vir,
vol: ¥, p..o0 0:
No. 9.
In my note No. 6, in the Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. xi, p. 241, 1915,
I stated that I had been unable to find a description of Heliewna
1 Continued from p. 241.
FULTON : MOLLUSCAN NOTES. 325
suprafasciata, Sow., Mr. Charles Hedley has been good enough to call
my attention to its publication in Reeve’s Conchologia Iconica. I had
inadvertently overlooked this monograph, prepared by G. B. Sowerby
(2nd) after Reeve’s decease, but now have gone through it, and
present herewith an additional list of species omitted from Dr. Anton
Wagner’s monograph.
aurantioviridis, Sow., Conch. Icon., 1873, pl. xi, sp. 97. Philippines.
benigna, Crosse, Journ. de Conch., vol. xviii, pl. xi, fig. 97, 1870.
Rew Caledonia.
braziliensis, Gray, Zool. Journ., vol. i, p. 66, 1824. Brazil.
brenchleyt, Baird, Brenchley’s Cruise of H.M.S. Curacoa, 1873, p. 448,
pl. xh, figs. 1-2. Upolu, Navigators Island.
carinifera, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. ii, p. 295, fig. 431, 1866.
Woodlark Island.
chrysostoma, Pfr., Monog. Pnenmon. Viv., 1852, p. 330; Conch. Cab.,
1858, p. 3380, No. 3. Cuba.
conoidea, Pir., P.Z.S., 1853, p. 53. Barbadoes.
forbesiana, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. i, sp. 192, fig. 344, 1866.
fulgurata, Baird, Brenchley’s Cruise of H.M.S. Curacoa, 18938,
p. 448, pl. xh, figs. 3-4.
gratiosa, Pfr., P.Z.S., 1856, p. 385. Admiralty Islands.
gratulata (Blanf.), Sow., Conch. Icon., sp. 96,1878. Pegu.
inaequalis, Pfr. (Luerdella), P.Z.S., 1859, p. 28. Jamaica.
julit, Baird, Brenchley’s Cruise of H.M.S. Curagoa, 1878, p. 449,
pl. xli, figs. 7-8.
miltochila, Crosse, Journ. de Conch., vol. xvii, p. 187, 1869; vol. xix,
p. 65, pl. 11, fig. 5, 1871. Pacific Islands.
multifasciata, Baird, Cruise of H.M.S. Curagoa, 1873, p. 449, pl. xh,
figs.5-6. South Sea Islands.
norfolkensis, Pfir., P.Z.S., 1856, p. 391. Norfolk Island.
novecaledonieé, Baird, Cruise of H.M.S. Curagoa, 1873, p. 450. New
Caledonia.
pictella, Pfr., P.Z.S., 1856, p. 392. Norfolk Island.
polychroa, Sow., Conch. Icon., sp. 153. Cuba.
repanda, Pfr., P.Z.S., 1855, p.101. Had. (?).
retracta, Poey, Mém., vol. i, p. 116, pl. xii, figs. 20-6.
rhamphostyla, Pfr., P.Z.S., 1856. Hab. (?).
riparia, Pfir., P.Z.S., 1858, p. 53. New Granada.
rotellovdea, Mighels, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 1845, p.19. Oahu
Island.
yudis, Pir., P.Z.S., 1855, p. 102.
rugulosa, Pease, Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. iv, p. 157, 1868. Tahaa
Island.
semistriata, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. iii, p. 281, pl. 268, fig. 86, 1856.
Hab. (?).
shanghiensis, Pfr., P.Z.S., 1855, p. 102. Shanghai.
strigata, Baird, Brenchley’s Cruise of H.M.S. Curagoa, 1878, p. 450,
pl. xli, figs. 9-10. Upolu.
suavis, Pfr., P.Z.S., 1856, p. 385. Admiralty Islands.
326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
subconica, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. iii, p. 287, pl. vi, fig. 226, 1866.
Hab. (?).
subturrita, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. 11, p. 285, pl. v, fig. 185, 1866.
Hab. (?).
suprafasciata, Sow., Conch. Icon., sp. 800, 1874. Australia.
tayloriana, Sow., Conch. Icon., sp. 206, 1878.
tecta, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. ili, p. 295, pl. 277, fig. 434, 1866.
' Hab. (?).
tricarinata, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. iii, p. 283, pl. iv, figs. 119-20,
1866. Had. (?).
turbinella, Pfr., P.Z.S., 1855, p.103. Sydney, Australia.
unicarinata, Sow., Thes. Conch., vol. ii, p. 285, pl. v, figs. 177-8,
1866. Hab. (?).
virens, Pfr., P.Z.S., 1856, p. 339. Had.(?).
yorkensis, Pfr., P.Z.S., 1862, p. 277. Cape York, Australia.
The monograph in the Conchologia Iconica requires, among others,
the following corrections : —
sp. 37. For behaniana read behniana.
sp. 43. For scopularum read scopulorum.
sp.45. For pyramidata read pyramidalis (was first described in
Thes. Conch., vol. 1, 1842).
sp. 62. For cumingti read cumingiana.
sp. 79. For keatii read heater.
sp. 87. For platycheila read platychila.
sp. 99. For Cuba read Jamaica.
sp.109. For Helicina nicholetti read Schasicheila nicoleti.
sp. 182. For einetilla read cinctella.
sp. 195. For marchionessa read marchionissa, and for Hombligh read
Homb. et Jacq.
sp. 204, 205. Correct authority as in sp. 195.
sp. 228. For braziliana read braziliensis, and for p. 64 read 66.
sp. 232. For oxyrhinca read oxyrhyncha.
sp. 241. For Ord., Voy. Amér. Mérid. read Sow., Thes. Conch.,
vol. iii, p. 295, fig. 431, 1866.
50. For Morton read Morelet.
4. For forbestana read verecunda, Gld., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist., 1859 (= forbestana, Sow.), Conch. Icon., sp. 254,
1875.
sp. 255. Was described in P.Z.S., 1842, p. 7, and in Thes. Conch.,
vol. i, p. 18, 1842 (see list of errata).
sp. 275. For mittocheila read miltochila.
sp. 277. For Gray read P/r.
sp. 281. For morivensis read mouensis. Hab.—Mount Mou.
sp. 285. Insert after Pease—Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. iv, p. 157,
pl. xa, figs 115 1868.
sp. 809. For Hidalgo read Crosse.
Proc. Malac. Soc.
tort
[\S
S!
Ziayynnw ONS
Moe
ee
< cautioning =
een
: yo"
iS)
nro?
rT
D5 sittin
SON
nee
SECTIONS OF THE
Vol. XI, Pl. X.
S
ant Sh
> Fronted Nunya gayi
sys
¢ ~"
ee
?
OAS ‘
* uth 3.
ma Mungo"
ww
Oo”
¢
fe a
GENITAL APPARATUS OF HYALINIA EXCAVATA.
327
NOTE ON THE DUCT OF THE SPERMATHECA OF HYALINIA
EXCAVATA.
By A. E. Boycort.
Read 11th June, 1915.
PLATE X.
Tue curious anatomy of the duct of the spermatheca in Hy, excavata
and nitida was noticed by C. Ashford, and first, I think, described by
W. Moss.! They found that passing downwards from the spermatheca
the duct bifurcated, one branch opening into the vagina in the
usual way, while the other came into relation with the penis and
possibly opened into it. P. Pelseneer” found that this second branch
did not actually form a passage into the lumen of the penis, but
ended in a blind sac surrounding the lower end of the penis and
dart-sac.®
So anomalous an arrangement seemed worth reinvestigation, and
I have examined in detail, by means of complete series of microscopical
sections, five specimens out of a number collected at Portmadoc
(Carnarvonshire) in August, 1913. As appears to be usual at that
time of year, few of them had darts; of the specimens examined two
possessed spicula, and in the other three the dart-sac was empty.
The accompanying sketches of nine sections, approximately
transverse to the general axis of the genital apparatus, show the
condition found. The sections were each 0:009mm. thick, and the
numbers attached to each show its position in relation to the section
containing the external genital orifice, which would be numbered 0.
Section 133 shows the oviduct with the vas deferens and spermatheca
duct. In section 129 the latter has divided into three branches, one
of which (duct A) almost immediately opens into the oviduct, the
transition being shown in section 124. The other two (ducts B and C)
run for a short distance in close connexion with the wall of the
oviduct, but presently separate from it, and from one another, as seen
in section 107, which shows also the passage of the vas deferens into
the penis, and the upper end of the dart-sac. Section 97 shows penis,
dart-sac, free oviduct, duct B close to the dart-sac, duct C in contact
with the oviduct, and also the upper extremities of the sac (S) into
which duct B opens. This opening is placed just below section 94.
_ In section 90, penis, dart-sac and oviduct are confluent, duct B has
disappeared into the sac which is about here at its largest, and duct C
is still separate. The opening of duct C into the vagina concurrently
with the junction of the penis and dart-sac is shown in section 85,
while section 77 shows the common genital passage and the lower
extremity of the sac.
Journal of Conchology, vol. viii, pp. 421, 1897.
Mém. Acad. roy. Belgique, vol. liv, p. 62 (of reprint), 1901.
See the description and figures of J. W. Taylor, Monograph, vol. iii,
pp. 135, 142.
1
2
3
VOL. XI.—AUGUST, 1915. 24
328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Duct C, running from the spermatheca to the genital passage in
the neighbourhood of the origin of the penis, is evidently the
customary duct. Duct A, much smaller than the other two, affords
an alternative route to the oviduct: it has not, I believe, been
previously described and, while it was quite obvious in the three
smaller specimens which I examined, it could not be found in the two
larger ones which had darts. Possibly therefore it represents some
arrangement which is falling into desuetude. Duct B, which for
most of its course is the largest of the three branches, is the most
curious, since it opens below into a thin-walled sac lying round the
upper end of the common genital passage and the lower parts of the
penis and dart-sac. I could find no opening out of this sac save into
duct B; indeed, I am fairly confident that no other anatomical
opening exists. The sac is lined with simple thin epithelium, as is
also duct B in its lower two-thirds, and in none of the specimens did
the sac show any visible contents. The appearances do not, therefore,
suggest that the sac has any very active secretory function, but
rather that it is a reservoir of liquid. In the face of our ignorance
of the function of the spermatheca, speculation is hardly proper, but
it may perhaps be suggested that when the penis is everted in
copulation the sac would probably be compressed and any liquid in it
forced along duct B: in this way duct C, and possibly the spermatheca
itself, would be washed out into the vagina. Alternatively the sac
might act as an aspiratory apparatus on the cessation of copu-
lation, though the tenuity of its walls renders this unlikely. ‘The
examination of sexually active specimens might throw much light on
the matter, but these I have not been fortunate enough to meet with.
The specimen from which the drawings were made had a shell
6°4 mm. in diameter: the body was straightened out and probably
somewhat stretched before the sections were prepared.
A, duct A of spermatheca; B, duct B cf spermatheca; C, duct C of
spermatheca ; ad. common genital passage; S. sac into which duct B opens ;
ov. oviduct; p. penis; d. dart-sac; v.d. vas deferens; d.sp. undivided duct
of spermatheca.
(ee)
to
©
NOTES ON THE NAMES OF SOME BRITISH MARINE MOLLUSCA.
By Tom Irepate.
Read 11th June, 1915.
My present theme will read somewhat strangely to those conversant
with my writings, and an apology seems necessary. In my Antipodean
researches I have had continually to refer to British literature and
forms. The latest List of British Marine Mollusca appeared in the
Journ. Conch., vol. x, p. 9 et seq., January, 1901, and I[ found it to
be unreliable as a guide to present-day conclusions. This List was
prepared by a Committee of the Conchological Society of Great
Britain and Ireland, and I therefore suggested to the Society, through
my friend Mr. J. R. le B. Tomlin, that it was necessary to prepare
a new List, and also that I would offer my services as regard nomen-
clatural details. As far as I can judge the Society was unwilling,
but it was intimated that a new List might be unofficially published
were full reasons for alterations given, and further that I might
undertake it myself. I thereupon criticized the List, and noting that
the majority of generic names would at some time or other come under
examination in connexion with Antipodean material, I undertook
the rectification of the List. Before I had performed much work,
I discovered that the explanation for the reasons of the innumerable
necessary changes would occupy much more space than the List itself.
As many of the names are of much more than local interest, I take
this opportunity of recording a number of alterations, with the
reasons, and at the same time would remark that a similar criticism
of the shells themselves would probably necessitate as many changes.
It would appear that in the quotation and proposal of varietal
names no scientific value was considered; the most striking example
is in Paludestrina, where, under the species stagnalis, Basterot, I note
var. octona, Linné; as I consider this genus non-marine, I make no
further remark. In the genus Littorina I note under the species
rudis, Maton, the var. saxatilis, Johnston; but the name sazatilis is
the oldest for this kind of shell, being given by Olivi. I observe
that this nomination is of quite ordinary occurrence; nevertheless,
it is incorrect, misleading, perplexing, and invalid. ‘To accurately
fix any of the names, a complete synonymy, with dates properly
determined, is necessary, and this I am now engaged in compiling.
As it will probably take years to gather together all the strands,
I consider it necessary, as an aid, to publish imperfect conclusions,
and solicit criticism from all interested.
Genus NovaLuna, nom. nov.
For a genus of Aplacophora, Weomenia, Tullberg, isin use. This
name was proposed in the Bihang. K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Handl.
Stockh., vol. ii, No. 13, p. 38, October, 1875, for the new species
JV. carinata alone. Tullberg gave the derivation as from the Greek
for ‘new moon’, but in 1828 Billberg, in the Synopsis Faune
330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Scand., vol. i, pt. ii, table A, had proposed Meomenius, with the same
derivation. I therefore propose to replace ullberg’s name as above.
The synonym Solenopus, Koren & Danielssen, Archiv Math. and
Naturh. Kristiania, vol. ii, p. 127, 1877, is itself preoccupied by
Solenopus, Schoenherr (Isis, 1825, col. 584).
Trctura, Gray.
Acmea, Eschscholtz, has been preferred to Tectura, and I note that
this was long a source of discussion which was at last decided in
favour of Aem@a on the score of priority. That there was a prior
Acmea seems to have been ignored by all the disputants, but such is
a fact, which was on record all the time. -Acmea is a valid molluscan
name, and I think it quite impossible to maintain as well, in practical
usage, demea. I think, moreover, that the type of Aemea cannot be
regarded as congeneric with the British shells so named. For them
we can then revert to Zectura, first introduced in a Latin guise
by Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 158, the type by original
designation being Patella parva, which is regarded as a synonym of
P. virginea, O. F. Miiller (Zool. Dan. Prodr., p. 237, 1776, Danmark).
‘Tecture’ had only previously appeared as a French vernacular, as
admitted by all writers.
When Dall reviewed the Acmeeide he proposed Collisella (Amer.
Journ. Conch., vol. vi, p. 245, April 4, 1871) as a sub-genus of
Acmaa, designating as type A. pelta, Eschscholtz. To that sub-genus
he referred Patella testudinalis, O. F. Miiller (Zool. Dan. Prodr.,
1776, p. 2387, Danmark). As a synonym of this name has been
generally quoted Patella tesselata, O. F. Miiller. That name first
appeared on the same page as testudinalis, but placed before it, and
has therefore place priority ; it is there spelt tessw/ata. In the Zool.
Dan. later, O. F. Miiller gave long detailed descriptions of the new
species diagnosed in two lines in the Prodromus above cited. In
vol. i, p. 27, 1779, a full detailed account of Patella tesselata is given,
but there is no further mention of P. testudinalis. This is, to me,
suggestive, as there was a prior P. testudinaria, Linné, Syst. Nat.,
10th ed., 1758, p. 783, and I would conclude that Miiller’s tessu/ata
or tesselata has the best claim to usage.
AnsaTES, Sowerby, 1839.
In the List Patina, Leach, is used. I hope such a quotation will
surely never be given again by a worker who has to trace names,
and my usage is the rejection of all Leachian names until it be proved
that Leach published them. The earliest usage of Patina I have yet
traced is that by Gray, when he published the Leachian names in the
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xx, p. 271, October, 1847. His type was
by monotypy P. levis. However, in the Conchological Manual,
Ist ed., 1839, by Sowerby, I came across the following entry:
“py. 6, Ansates, Klein. Species of Patella with a produced recurved
beak. Heleion, Montf. Ex. Patella pellucida, fig. 230.’ From this,
the only conclusion possible is the recognition of Ansates, Sowerby
IREDALE: ON NAMES OF BRITISH MARINE MOLLUSCA. 301
(ex Klein) in place of Gray’s name Patina, over which it has eight
years priority.
Dropora, Gray.
In the List Fissurella greca appears. ‘The species gre@ca cannot
be referred to the genus J/%ssurel/a, so that error is here at once
apparent. issurella was introduced by Bruguiére in the Encycl.
Méthod. Vers., vol. i, p. xiv, 1791, with a vague diagnosis, and no
species cited. At this introduction it can only be considered a nomen
nudum. In 1799 Lamarck in the Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat., p. 78,
cited in conjunction the species Patella nimbosa, Linné. The name
then dates for actual usage from this place, and nimbosa is not
congeneric with greéca. In the Man. Conch., vol. xi, p. 205, 1890,
Pilsbry recognized this, and allotted the species ‘ greca’ to Glyphis,
Carpenter. This name was proposed in the Cat. Mazatlan Shells,
p- 220, 1856, apparently for the greca group, but the name chosen
was preoccupied by Glyphis, Agassiz (Poiss. foss., vol. 11, p. 241,
1843). Hedley, following Pilsbry and Johnson (Nautilus, vol. v,
p. 104, January, 1882), in his Cat. Marine Moll. Queensl. (Proc. Austr.
Assoc. Ady. Science, Brisbane, 1908, p. 352, 1909) therefore rejected
Glyphis, and used for a large group Fissurtdea. ‘This name was
proposed by Swainson (Treatise Malac., p. 356, 1840) with the
diagnosis ‘‘ Sub-conical, cap-shaped ; the summit close to the posterior
margin: the perforation narrow. 7’ pileus, Sw. Sp. nov.” The
species was recognized as ‘galeata, Helbling’ by Pilsbry, and
Swainson’s name was used for this alone. With doubt I have
followed Hedley in associating shells of ‘ gre@ca’ affinity with those
like ‘ galeata, Helbling’. Recently my doubts have been confirmed,
and I will later show that these two are certainly generically distinct.
Consequently Lvssuridea is not available for the former. Dall in the
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xlviii, pp. 437-40, January 19, 1915,
has discussed the names given to species of this family in the
Conchological Illustrations. He has there put forward Lucapina, as
of Sowerby, 1835, as applicable to the group. On his data I would
prefer Foraminella, but we are saved from a further complication by
the recognition of a name long anterior to Zucapina or Fissuridea.
Gray in the London Medical Repository, vol. xv, p. 233, March 1,
1821, proposed Diodora for Patella apertura, Mont. It is acknow-
ledged, without argument, that Patella apertura was based upon the
immature stage of the British shell known as Fissuredla greca. This
name, then, is available, and must be used for the greca affinity.
The laws governing zoological nomenclature are definite on this point,
and the subject requires no discussion. It is obvious that this detail
was simply overlooked by Pilsbry and Dall, as neither of these workers
would consider any argument with regard to such a simple matter.
The correct specific name of the British shell may as well be here
discussed. Though ‘gre@ca’ was used in the List, this was against
the conclusions of most conchological writers. The majority have
affirmed the distinction between the British shell and the Mediterranean
one named ‘ greca’. Owing to confusion the majority of workers on
332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Mediterranean shells reject ‘gr@ca’ altogether. The British shell
was first named ‘ P(atella) larva, reticulata”? by Costa in the Brit.
Conch., 1778, p. 14, pl. i, fig. 3. This is one of the very few
trinomials present in Costa’s work, and has been dismissed as indeter-
minable. If he meant to use ‘ P. reticulata’, as would appear from
his Index, then his name is antedated by Linné’s usage in the Syst.
Nat., 10th ed., 1758, p. 784. The same remark applies to Patella
reticulata, used by Donovan, Nat. Hist. Brit. Shells, vol. i, pl. xxi,
fig. 3, cvrca 1800, which has been often utilized.
We then arrive at Patella apertura, Montagu (Test. Brit., vol. ii,
p. 491, pl. xin, fig. 10, 1803: Falmouth), which, founded on an
immature shell, must come into use.’ The Laws are very clear
regarding this, and nobody requests any revision.
Rissoenta, Gray.
In the Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 159, November, 1847, Gray wrote,
‘* Rissoella. Rissoa, sp. Brown. issoa? glaber, Alder.” Forbes
and Hanley (Hist. Brit. Moll., vol. iii, p. 151, June, 1850) introduced
a genus Jeffreysia as of Alder MS. for the above species and another
one. ‘lhe description is based upon the first-named, which must be
therefore regarded as the type, and Jeffreysta, being coequal with
and later than Ldssoella, must pass into synonymy. The usage of
the former has been continued, as it was urged that no description of
Rissoella was offered previous to Forbes & Hanley’s correct proposal
of Jeffreysia. This argument, of course, does not hold good at all,
but its basis is shattered by the fact that Gray in the. Fig. Moll.
Anim., vol. ii, p. 86, had provided a correct diagnosis, and this had
appeared in February-March, 1850, that is, three months prior to
Forbes & Hanley’s introduction.
Acmra, Hartmann.
In the Neue Alpina, Bd. i, pp. 204-12, 1821, Hartmann proposed
a genus Aecmea, with full diagnosis, species described, and figures
given, Such a proposal cannot be ignored, yet such seems to ‘have
been the fate of this name. I select as type of the genus the species
Acmea truncata, and thereby fix the name for active use. This will
mean that Aemea will replace Zruncatella, Risso, 1826. The murmur
against the dismissal of Zrwncatella may be lessened when it is
explained that three pages prior to his proposal of his name Risso
had introduced the genus /%delis, and under all the laws this name
would also succeed against Truncatella. I would accept subcylindrica,
Linné (Helix s., Syst. Nat., 12th ed., 1766, p. 1248) for the species
name, as used by French malacologists, and, as explained by Hanley,
this name is confirmed by the shell in the Linnean cabinet: ¢r uncata,
Montagu, is also twice invalid, being preceded by subtruncata (Test.
Brit., vol. i, p. 300, 1803).
' Tsee Dall (loc. cit.) writes ‘‘ apertura, Montagu (not Born) ’’, but this appears
to be a slip, following Gray, 1847, who quotes Patella apertura, Born.
I cannot find such a name in Born’s works, nor does Sherborn record it in
the Index Animalium.
IREDALE: ON NAMES OF BRITISH MARINE MOLLUSCA. 333
Trivia JoNENSIS (Pennant).
In the List Zrivia europea (Montagu) is used. Recent writers
have admitted Zrivia arctica (Pulteney) to be more correct, on the
score of priority. I would only cite one, Shaw (Proc. Malac. Soc.,
vol. ili, p. 309, July, 1909), who has discussed the matter during
a review of the species of Zrivia and Cyprea. Pulteney’s name
appeared in a Cat. Birds, Shells, etc., Dorset, published in 1799, on
p- 89, ex Solander MS. This work has on the title-page, ‘‘ Printed
tor the use of the Compiler and his friends,’’ and otherwise purports
to be a part of Hutchins’ History of Dorsetshire, and is so quoted by
Forbes & Hanley. It is well-known that with the second edition
of Hutchins’ Hist. Dorset, an amended edition of Pulteney’s work,
prepared by Rackett, was published. I now state that, according
to my results, Pulteney’s Catalogue was not published as a part of
Hutchins’ History of Dorset, but only appeared in the guise, above
noted, as a separate List. Prior to Pulteney’s proposal of C. aretica,
Costa (Brit. Conch., 1778, p. 33, pl. u, fig. 66) had figured and
described the British shell, and, doubting its reference to the Linnean
Cyprea pediculus, had designated it (Cyprea) pediculus seu monacha.
As it turned out to be different from pediculus the alternative name
proposed by Costa must be recognized.
However, previously to Costa, Pennant (Brit. Zool., 2nd 8vo ed.,
vol. iv, p. 117, pl. 1xxi, fig. 8, 1777) had described Voluta jonensis, from
I. of Jona. Laskey (Mem. Wern. Soc., vol. i, p. 395, 1811) has
observed under the name Cyprea europea, M., “ Rather plentiful at
Dunbar, and to be met with sparingly on most parts of the coast.
With all the varieties we are happy to find Mr. Montagu is of the
same opinion in respect to this shell and the fry as ourselves. By
this means Cyprea arctica, Cyprea bullata, Bulla diaphana, and, in
fact, Voluta Jonensis of Pennant should be all erased from the British
catalogue as species, and arctica should alone stand, as the variety
without spots of Kuropea. N.B.—A specimen of Voluta Jonensis is
now in my cabinet from the Portland Collection: and it is well
known Pennant figured his shell from this collection.’ Such an
account, being in accordance with the known facts, demands the
recognition of Pennant’s name.
Comarmonpra, Monterosato.
The value of the divisions in the family Turride are not yet
fixed. In the List, Bellardiella, Fischer, is given generic rank,
while Dall (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv., vol. xliii, p. 242, 1908)
regarded it as a sub-genus only. Whichever it is, the name is
invalid, for previous to Fischer’s publication (Man. de Conch.,
pp. 593-4, December 20, 1883) Tapparone-Canefri (Ann. Mus.
Genova, vol. xix, p. 265, ante July 11, 1883) had appropriated
the name.
Comarmondia was proposed simultaneously by Monterosato (Nomen
gen. e spec. Conch. Medit., 1884, p. 135) for the same shell, the
author being necessarily ignorant of Fischer’s action.
334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIEYY.
Erato votura (Montagu).
This shell is more commonly known as “rato levis, Donovan (Nat.
Hist. Brit. Shells, vol. v, pl. clxv (Voluta), 1804: Weymouth). As
far as I can yet ascertain, this volume did not appear until after the
publication of Montagu’s Test. Brit. It may be that Donovan’s
name has really priority of publication, but until this can be actually
proved we must admit Montagu’s name. Many names depend upon
the facts, and at the present time all Donovan’s names published in
the fifth volume are ranked as later than Montagu’s. In the present
instance Montagu’s name has been rejected, as it has been cited as
Bulla voluta, and there is a prior Bulla voluta, Gmelin (Syst. Nat.,
p- 3433, 1791). It is thus quoted in Forbes & Hanley’s Hist. Brit.
Moll., vol. iii, p. 502.
Montagu, however, called it Cyprea voluta (Test. Brit., pt. i, p. 203,
pl. vi, fig. 7.7, 1803: Salcomb Bay), and this name is valid and must
be preserved.
Family CERITHIIDA.
Under this name appear the genera Cerithium, Bittium, Triforis,
Newtoniella, Cerithiopsis, and Le@ocochlis. Iam unable to defend this
association, and I think that not only is the family heterogeneous,
but the genera are also polyphyletic. The shell classed under
Cerithium is quite unlike the type of the genus, whether we accept
Lamarck’s selection or not. For the species described by Jeffreys as
Cerithium procerum (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 1v, vol. xix, p. 322,
April 1, 1877: Valorous, Station 12) I propose the new genus name
CHASTERIA, N.g.
CHASTERIA DANIELSENI (Friele).
This will be the name for Cerithium procerum, Jeffreys, as thirty
odd years before Kiener, Coq. Viv. Certthium, p. 22, pl. xviii,
figs. 1-la, 1841-2, had selected that name for a different shell. In
the Nyt. Mag. Naturvid. (Christ.), vol. xxiii, pl. ii, p. 3, 1876-7,
Friele had descrited the same shell as Certthium danielsent. I have
not yet ascertained the exact dates, but I believe that Friele’s name
has also priority, an advantage which is not now necessary.
Evumera axcrica (Morch).
This would appear to be the correct name for the shell listed as
Cerithiopsis costulata, Moller. In the Index Moll. Greenl., 1842,
p- 10, Moller proposed Zurritella (?) costulata from Greenland. In the
Vidensk. Med. Nat. Forh. (Kjoben.), 1868, p. 208, Morch introduced
Eumeta as a sub-genus of Cerithium for this species, having previously
changed the specific name as abote. ‘This alteration has recently been
rejected, as it was argued the species was not a true Cerithium.
I would point out, however, that Mighels & Adams proposed in January,
1842, a Zurritella costulata (Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. iv, pl. 1,
p- 50), and this name invalidates Moller’s selection. In Brit. Conch.,
vol. iv, p. 278, 1867, Jeffreys wrote: ‘‘ Morch changed the name
given by the discoverer to Cerithium arcticum, because the latter had
IREDALE: ON NAMES OF BRITISH MARINE MOLLUSCA. 330
described the shell as Zurritella? costulata, it not being Lamarck’s
nor Risso’s so-called species. But the present species is not
a Turritella (as, indeed, Moller suspected): and the reason assigned
by Morch is, therefore, insufficient. I described the fossil shell as
Cerithiopsis nivea, and 8. P. Woodward proposed to name the recent
one Cerithium Naiadis.” This passage might be cited as a perfect
example of how not to make conchological literature. There is not
a single reference given, and the attempted recovery of such has
entailed so much labour that I here record my results as an aid to
future investigators. Morch changed the name in Rink’s Grenland,
Band ii, Nat. Bidr., p. 82, 1857, because he transferred the species to
Cerithium, according to some writers. I have been unable to find
Turritella costulata in Lamarck’s, writings, nor does Risso give such
a species as far as I can discover.» No reason was assigned by Morch,
his words being ‘‘ Cerithium arcticum, nob. Turritella? costulata,
Moll. nec. Lam. nec. Risso”’, Such an entry suggests what Jeffreys
wrote, but it was his duty to verify the facts before endorsing the
statement. In the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 1, vol. iii, p. 638,
pl. ili, figs. 17a, b, January, 1859, Jeffreys described C(erithiopsis)
nivea from the Turbot Bank, Belfast Bay, with no intimation that it
might be fossil. In the same place he recorded C(ertthiopsis) navadis
from Zetland as ‘‘ Mr. Woodward has undertaken to describe it, with
other Norwegian shells, in the ‘ Annals’”’. I have searched this and
every other source I can think of, and have been compelled to con-
clude that the last-named has never been described and is still
a momen nudum. In the British Museum there is a shell, presented
by R. McAndrew, labelled in his handwriting ‘‘ C. navadis, Wood-
ward MSS. Finmark, R. Mc.”
Grapuis, Jeffreys.
Cioniscus, Jeffreys, must be abandoned in favour of this name.
Graphis was proposed (Brit. Conch., vol. iv, p. 102, 1867) for wnzea,
Mont. = albidus, ‘G. Adams.’ In the next volume, p. 210, 1869,
Jeffreys replaced Graphis by Cioniscus, as he had noted that Graphis
was preoccupied in Botany. Botanical names do not now concern us,
and I do not find that Graphis was anteriorly used in Zoology, so
that we must revert to Jeffreys’ first nomination.
Rissoip Names.
I am now engaged upon these, and I find that there is great
confusion. So far I note the following cannot be maintained: Lissoa
albella, Lovén, Alvania reticulata (Montagu), IManzonia costata (J.
Adams), Onoba striata (J. Adams), Barleeia rubra (Montagu), and
probably Galeodina carinata (Costa).
Family PYRAMIDELLID.
In the List twelve generic groups are admitted. Dall & Bartsch
issued as U.S. Nat. Mus. Bulletin, No. 68, December 13, 1909,
a Monograph of West American Pyramidellid Mollusks, and therein
gave a Synopsis of the Genera, Sub-genera, and Sections. Following
P : f — ' A ° 4
iv 7 a f A “= Spor'h on wn 6
a LIAM AALZAL EA Calitiwtat ry Us, Sat , UU Ve
336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
a policy I cannot endorse, they recognized three generic groups in
place of the twelve mentioned above, but regarded as sub-genera
practically all the above and some additional ones. It is quite
impossible to criticize thoroughly the treatment, but I cannot, from
my studies in Antipodean molluses, agree with the groups provided
in the above-named Monograph. It would be useful simply to
correlate the Monograph ideas and the List associations, but it must
be remembered this is only a superficial résumé. I hope to thoroughly
study the group at a later date.
List NAMES. D. & B. MONOGRAPH.
Odostomia. Odostoiiia, s.s.
sp. (conoidea). Subg. Ondina.
Jordanula. Subg. Jordaniella.
Lnostomia. Subg. Liostomia.
Brachystomia. Sect. of Odostonia, s.s.
Subg. Doliella. Subg. Doliella.
Ondina. Subg. Evalea.
Oda. Subg. Oda.
Pyrgulina. Subg. Pyrgulina.
sp. (interstincta). Subg. Parthenina.
sp. (fenestrata). Turbonilla, subg. Tragula.
Spiralinella. Odostomia, subg. Spiralinella.
Miralda. ie 5, Miralda.
Pyrgostelis. Turbonilla, subg. Pyrgiscus.
sp. (scalaris). ‘ », Pyrgisculus.
Turbomlla. Turbonilla, s.s.
Hulimella. Pyramidella, subg. Hulimella.
Though the associations seen in the List may, and do, need
readjustment, the method utilized of expressing the facts is preferable
to that of the Monograph. I will only deal here with nomenclatural
matters, and will later discuss the relationships.
CREMULA, 0.g.
I propose this name for TZurbonilla clavula, Lovén (Ofvers. K.
Vet. Akad. Forh., Stockholm, 1846 (January 14), p. 49, pl. i, fig. 7:
Norway). In the Moll. Reg. Arct. Norveg., November, 1878, p. 205,
G. O. Sars introduced Lrostomia for two species—eburnea, Stimpson,
and elavula, Loven. In the Nomen. gen. e spec. Conch. Medit.,
1884, p. 95, Monterosato selected the type as 7. clavula, Lovén.
In the Monograph, apparently not recognizing this, the type is cited
as eburnea, Stimpson. As far as I know, Dall & Bartsch first made
this selection in the Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. xvu, p. 13;
February 5, 1904, but that was twenty years too late. In the
Treat. Malac., 1840, p. 828, Swainson had employed Sars’
selection under the spelling Zeiostoma, so that I now make
rectification as above.
ZASTOMA, nom. nov.
I propose the above for Brachystomia, Monterosato, Nomen. gen.
e spec. Conch. Medit., 1884, p. 94, introduced with r7ssovdes, Hanley,
as the typical species. In the List this is given generic rank, with
six species, and Doliella, Monterosato, Bull. Soc. Malac. Ital., vol. vi,
IREDALE: ON NAMES OF BRITISH MARINE MOLLUSCA. 337
p. 73, 1880, proposed for O. nitens, Jeffreys, is added as a sub-genus
for its type species alone. Dolie//ia has thus priority, but Dall and
Bartsch separate these, making Dolvella a sub-genus, and admitting
Brachystomia as a section only of Odostomia, s.str. Whatever the
ultimate status, the name must be changed on account of the prior
Brachystoma of many authors and even in Molluscs of Gardner, Geol.
Mag., ser. 111, vol. ii, p. 160, 1876.
In the List appear Brachystomia rissoides (Hanley) and B. ambigua
(Maton & Rackett) = pallida. In the first case, as a varietal name,
is cited netida, Alder.
Odostomia rissoides was proposed by Hanley in the Proc. Zool. Soc.,
1844, p. 18, which appeared in July, while O. nitida was introduced
by Alder in the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xiii, p. 326, pl. vin, fig. 5,
on May 1, 1844, and the latter has therefore absolutely priority.
Maton & Rackett proposed Voluta ambigua (Trans. Linn. Soc.,
vol. viii, p. 182, 1807) as a new name for Turbo pallidus, Montagu,
Test. Brit., pt. ii, p. 325, 1803, and when it is acknowledged that
the latter is indeterminable, the former must also be so classed.
In La Feuille des jeunes Nat., ser. v, No. 493, January 1, 1912,
Martel discussed 7. pallidus, Montagu, and concluded that, in view
of the diverse attempts at identification and the facts cited, it must be
regarded absolutely as indeterminable. As a substitute he advocated
eulimoides, Hanley, which was proposed at the same time and place
as rissoides. He discussed this latter, and relegated it to varietal
rank only under eulimoides. He did not concern himself with nitida,
Alder, so that his nomination must be reconsidered, even if his facts
be accurate. However, Forbes & Hanley (Hist. Brit. Moll., vol. iu,
p- 284, 1853) cite Odostomia scalaris, Macgillivray (Hist. MollL.,
Aberdeen, p. 154, 1843) as a synonym of O. rissovdes, Hanley. ‘This
name is even earlier than né7da, Alder, and its claim must be
investigated. Jeffreys ignored it, as he lumped the majority of the
Pyramidelloid shells under Odostomia, and consequently Philippi’s
Melania sealaris (Enum. Moll. Sicil., vol. i, p. 157, pl. ix, fig. 9, 1836)
was earlier. ‘The latter species, however, is the type of Pyrgisculus,
which, if not admitted as a valid genus, is ranked under Zurbonilla.
Apparently scalaris Would replace rissovdes, and eulimoides come into
use for ambigua.
BurKILuiA, n.g.
I introduce this name for Odostomia fenestrata, Jeffreys (Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., ser. u, vol. ii, p. 845, November, 1848 (ex Forbes MS.):
Dartmouth). This species is included in the List under Pyrgulina,
which is obviously an unhappy location. Dall & Bartsch place it
under Zurbonilla, giving it subgeneric rank under the name Tragula,
which Monterosato (Nomen. gen. e spec. Conch. Medit., 1884, p. 86)
provided for it alone. That name cannot, however, be maintained, as
there is a prior Zragulus, Brisson, Reg. Anim., 1762, p. 64.
Evartrea, A. Adams.
Dall & Bartsch replace Ondina, Folin, by the above name, which
was proposed as a sub-genus of Odostumia (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
338 PROCEEDINGS OF THK MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
ser, 111, vol. vi, p. 22, July, 1860) for apparently the same group.
I believe Dall & Bartsch in this case are right, but as another
synonym (p. 192) they cite ‘‘ Ptychostomon, Locard, Prod. les Moll.
France, 1886, p. 228. Type Zurbo conoideus, Brocchi’’. In this
they are wrong as, though Locard proposed Ptychostomon without
designating a type, he used it generally for the smooth Odostomia,
which name is missing. Upon reference to p- 571, Locard explained
that Ptychostomon was proposed as a new name for Odostomia, Fleming,
1819, on grounds of purism. The type of Ptychostomon is, then,
Turbo plicatus, Montagu.
Kobelt has used Locard’s emendation, disregarding all laws of
nomenclature, the family name becoming Ptychostomide. Many
years previously, however, a general substitute for Odostomia had
been proposed by Clark (Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., vol. iv, p. 109, 1867),
viz. Monoptaxis, and this would have been available, though possibly
purists might make complaint against this even. It is also as well
to record that Locard, in his choice of a name, had been long
anticipated by Ptychostomum, Stein, Sitzung. Bohm. Ges. Wiss.,
vol. lxi, 1860.
Pyreiscutus, Monterosato.
This name would replace Pyrgostelis, Monterosato (Nomen. gen.
e spec. Conch. Medit., 1884, p. 89), which had as type Mel. rufa,
Philippi, regarded in the List as a var. of interrupta, Totten, as it
was proposed in the same place, on the previous page, for scalaris,
Philippi, which is here classed with it. Dall & Bartsch, however,
do not consider these two should be placed in the same sub- genus,
but admit two different sub-genera for them, Pyrgiscus and Pyrgisculus,
placing them under Zurbonilla.
Pyrgiscus was introduced by Philippi in the Archiv fiir Nat.
(Wiegm.) 1841, p. 50, apparently as a substitute for Zurbonilla,
Risso, but Dall & Bartsch have used as type of this the species
rufa, and consequently, if their action be correct, Pyrgostelis,
Monterosato, is an absolute synonym of Pyrgiscus.
NorEMIAMEA,.
Oda was proposed by Chaster (Journ. Conch., vol. x, p. 8, January,
1901), on Monterosato’s suggestion, to replace Moemza, De Folin,
‘as this name is preoccupied in the coleoptera,” citing Odostomia
dolioliformis, Jeffreys, in this connexion. It is accepted as a sub-
genus of Odostomia by Dall & Bartsch, while Noemia and Moemiamea
are included in the synonymy of Chrysallida, Carpenter, the type
being given of Moemia as Noemia angusta, De Folin.
I have already indicated errors in connexion with Dall & Bartsch’s
quotations ex Les Funds de la Mer. Mr. Alex Reynell has lent me
a number of parts of the first volume of Les Funds de la Mer, and
from them I find that this journal came out in livraisons in the order
they appear according to pagination. Consequently the name Woemia
depends upon its first introduction, which was in connexion with the
species Noemia valida (Folin, Fonds de la Mer, vol. ii, p. 63, pl. i,
IREDALE: ON NAMES OF BRITISH MARINE MOLLUSCA. 3389
fig.6,1872: Gigon). The type of Moemia then, by monotypy, is this
species, which has been recognized as dolioliformis, Jettreys. This
was fixed by Monterosato (Nat. Sicil., vol. iv, p. 85, January, 1885)
as type of Moemia, De Folin, 1870. In 1870 De Folin only gave
a crude and indeterminate diagnosis of the genus Moemza, and the
first species associated with it afterwards was valida. In 1886
Noemtiamea was proposed (Zool. Record, 1885, p. 94, 1886) to replace
Noemia, as that name was seen to be preoccupied. No type was
named, and therefore the name must follow Monterosato’s designation,
as wellasmonotypy. Monterosato, when he advised Chaster to propose
Oda, simply overlooked the fact that the alteration had been made.
The type, cited by Dall & Bartsch, at their quotation, is only
a nude name, and cannot be utilized. Consequently Moemiamea must
replace Oda, and Noemia be cited as a synonym.
EULIMELLA MACANDREWI (Forbes).
Eulimella was first introduced by Jeffreys (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
vol. xix, p. 811, May, 1847), ex Forbes MS., for Zudima macandrewi,
Forbes (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xiv, p. 412, pl. x, fig. 2, December,
1844: Loch Fyne). I would accept the name given to the British
shell, as it seems doubtful that it is MJelania scille, Scacchi, 1836,
which, moreover, according to Monterosato (Nat. Sicil., vol.iv, p. 203,
May 1, 1885), is Zurritella pyramidata, Deshayes, 1832; this name
I have not yet been able to trace.
Dall & Bartsch make Hulimella a sub-genus of Pyramidella, writing,
‘*Columellar folds two.’ The author (Forbes) wrote, ‘‘Columella
not plicated, straight or nearly so,” and this appears to have been the
opinion of every writer, save Dall & Bartsch, that I have consulted.
DonovanNIA BRUNNEA (Donovan).
It has been quite commonly recognized that Buccinum minimum,
Montagu (Test. Brit., pt. 1, p. 247, pl. viii, fig. 2, 1803: South
Devon) was preoccupied by Buccinum minimum, Turton (Gen. Syst.
Nat., vol. iv, p. 387, 1802), but the necessary alteration has never
been made as above. Buceinum brunneum was described and figured
by Donovan, Nat. Hist. Brit. Shells, vol. v, pl. clxxix, fig. 2, 1804,
from Cornwall.
Corus, Bolten.
In the Mus. Bolten, 1798, p. 117, Bolten introduced a genus
Colus. Dall, in the Journ. Conch., vol. xi, p. 294, April, 1906,
designated as type of this genus Jfurex islandicus, Gmelin, and
consequently this name must come into use in place of Zritonofusus,
Beck, as used in the List. As recently as 1911 (Proc. Malac. Soc.,
vol. ix, p. 339) Sykes used Sipho subgenerically for his group. This
name cannot be defended by anyone, nor can the reference to
Chemnitz, vol. iv, for the specific name.
TroscHEtia, Morch.
This name was introduced by Morch in the Journ. de Conch.,
vol. xxiv, p. 376, 1876, for Fusus berniciensis, King, and should
340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
come into use for that species, vice Buccinofusus, Conrad. Dall
(U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper, No. 59, 1909, pp. 36-9) has stated,
from a study of Conrad’s species, that they are not congeneric with
the British shell.
CYLICHNINA STRIGELLA (Lovén).
In the List Zornatina umbilicata, Montagu, is included. I have
already shown that Zornatina cannot be maintained, and I now record
that Bulla umbilicata, Montagu (Test. Brit., vol. i, p. 222, pl. vii,
fig. 4, 1803: Falmouth) is antedated by Bulla umbilicata, Bolten
(Mus. Bolten, 1798, p. 15). As a variety is classed Cylichna
strigella, Lovén (Ofvers. K. Vet. Ak. Forh. (Stockh.), May, 1846,
vol. i1, p. 142: Boh.), and this will now become the species name.
Muscutus nicer (Gray).
This name will replace Jodiolaria discrepans (Leach), Leach
simply made use of this specific name as of Montagu, and when it is
admitted the usage was different Leach’s name becomes invalid.
Gray in the Voy. N.W. Pass. by Parry, App. p. cexliy, 18215
provided Modiola nigra as a new name for ‘ diserepans, Mont.,
pl. xxv, fe. 47”.
IpasoLa, nom. nov.
This name is provided for das, Jeffreys, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. Iv, vol. xviii, p. 428, November 1, 1876, which was anticipated
by Zdas, Mulsant, Ann. Soc. Linn. (Lyon), n.s., vol. xxii, p. 228, 1875.
Brocxronta, n.g.
I propose this name for Cryptaxis crebripunctatus, Jeffreys, Proc.
Zool. Soc., 1888, p. 398, pl. xliv, figs. lla-e: between Hebrides
and Faeroes. This shell does not really fall into Cryptaxis, Jeffreys,
1883, which is moreover invalid, and for which Cossmann (Kssais
Paléoconch. comp., i, p. 90, February, 1895) has provided the
substitute Clistaxis.
RHOMBOIDELLA PRIDEAUX (Leach).
In the List appears Crenella rhombea (Berkeley), based on Iodiola
rhombea, Berkeley, Zool. Journ., vol. ili, p. 229, suppl. pl. xvin,
fig. 1, September, 1827: Weymouth. It is acknowledged that this
is the same shell as Iodiola prideaux, Leach (Zool. Mise., vol. i,
p. 85, 1815: Milton, Devon), but this name was rejected as unfigured.
This is no valid reason, but I might point out that Brown (Illus.
Conch. Gt. Brit., pl. xxix, fig. 9) figured Leach’s species the same
year (1827) as Berkeley described his shell. If Crenella, Brown
(Illus. Conch. Gt. Brit., 1827, pl. xxxi), provided for C. elliptica,
figs. 12-14 (= Mytilus decussatus, Montagu, Test. Brit. Suppl., p. 69,
1808: Scottish coast), be regarded as a distinct genus from Dusculus,
then the present species should also be recognized under the name
Rhomboidella, provided by Monterosato (Nomen. gen. e spec. Conch.
Medit., 1884, p. 13) for this shell alone. In its sculpture it would
fall into Crenella, but from its shape it would be regarded as
a Musculus.
IREDALE: ON NAMES OF BRITISH MARINE MOLLUSCA. 341
AZOR CHAMA-SOLEN (Costa).
This would appear to be the correct name for the shell known as
Solecurtus antiquatus (Pulteney). Pulteney used it as of Solander,
and I find that in the Mus. Portl. Solander’s name was published
(p. 101, 1786), but prior to this date Costa had named the same shell
(Brit. Conch., 1778, p. 238: Weymouth), (Solen) chama-solen. This
specific name must be preserved, and it is not inappropriate when it
is remembered that Chama, Costa, was not Chama, Linné. Costa
used it for the Gapers, and if his claim that the ancients so used it
be correct, it does seem inaccurately to have been bestowed by Linné
on a genus of shells noted for their tightly closed habit.
The earliest introduction of Azor seems to be by Brown (Illus.
Conch. Gt. Brit., 2nd ed., 1844, p. 1183) for this species alone. This
relieves the difficulty noted by me in this journal (vol. x, 1913,
p. 803). Anatomical examination has proved this species to differ
sufficiently for generic recognition from Solecurtus.
Panomya arcrica (Lamarck).
This name will replace Panopea norvegica, Spengler, of the List.
Panomya was proposed by Gray (Fig. Moll. Anim., vol. v, p. 29,
1857) for the species Ilya norvegica, Spengler (Skriv. naturh. Selsk.
Copen., vol. i, pt. 1, p. 46, pl. 1, fig. 18, 1793: Norway). There
is, however, a prior Iya norwegica, Gmelin, Syst. Nat., p. 3222,
1791, which appears in the List as Lyonsia norvegica, Chemnitz.
Gmelin’s name depends upon Chemnitz’s account given in the
Conch. Cab., vol. x, p. 345, pl. 170, figs. 1647-8, and is used as
Chemnitz was a non-binomial writer. The next name given to
the Panomya appears to be Glycymeris arctica, Lamarck (Anim.
s. Vert., vol. v, p. 458, 1819: White Sea). Dall (Trans. Wagn.
Free Inst. Sci. Philad., vol. iii, p. 832, 1898) has shown the
necessity of using Panomya generically, but he overlooked the
invalidity of the specific name, calling the shell Panomya norvegica
(Spengler).
Ormna avRicuLa (Turton).
When Turton (Conch. Dict. Brit. Isles, 1819, p. 70) described this
species under the name Helix otis, from Devonshire, he added, ‘‘ We
have been informed that it was known to the late Mr. Montagu,
who had intended to denominate it H. Auricula; but as this name
approaches too near to auricularia, we have called it Otis.”
In making this alteration Turton selected a name used over thirty
years previously by Solander (Mus. Portl., 1786, p. 38) for a different
shell. We can then fall back upon the alternative name published
in the paragraph above noted. I have observed that Locard (Prod.
Malac. France, 1886, p. 88) introduced Otina turtoni as a new name
for Otina otis (Turton), ‘‘ Nom a changer par suite de pléonasme.”
But in addition to the above, Brown had called the species Galericulum
ovatum (Illus. Conch. Gt. Brit., 1827, pl. xxxviii, figs. 27, 28), and
there is a varietal name candida, Jeffreys.
342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Taracia viLtosiuscunta (Macgillivray).
In the List appears Zhracia fragilis, Pennant, but reference to
Pennant shows that he only included Zellina fragilts (Brit. Zool.,
2nd 8vo ed., vol. iv, p. 86, 1777) as of Linné. But he misidentified
Linné’s Zellina fragilis (Syst. Nat., 10th ed., p. 674, 1758), which is
included in the British List as Gastrana fragilis. Consequently
Pennant’s specific name has no validity, and we must fall back upon
Anatina villostuscula, Macgillivray (Edin. New Phil. Journ., vol. ii,
p. 670, pl. 1, figs, 10, 11, March) 1827 2) 9l-vor Hanns):
Lurrarra macna (Costa).
Costa proposed a Chama magna (British Conch., 1778, p. 280,
pl. xvii, fig. 4), and his name has been commonly rejected in favour
of the later Mya oblonga, Gmelin, Syst. Nat., p. 8221, 1791 (based
solely on Chemnitz, Conch. Cab., vol. vi, pl. ul, fig. 12, the latter
writer being non-binomial), though the identity of the two has never
been questioned.
343
A LIST OF THE KNOWN SPECIES OF CLAUSILIA FROM CHINA.
By Enear A. Smits, 1.8.0.
Read 11th June, 1915.
Tut British Museum received from Mr. W. L. Distant in October,
1918, a large Clausilia, 50 mm. in length, which he was informed
came from Central China. Further inquiry was made, and the
Rey. A. Arthur Elwin stated that he collected it among trees 400 feet
above the lake at Hangchow, about 150 miles south-west of Shanghai.
In the endeavour to name the specimen it became necessary to
study the whole literature dealing with the Clausili@ of China, with
the result that it appeared to be new to the fauna.
However, on comparing it with the specimens of the Japanese
Cl. martensi, Herklots, I could find no distinguishing characters, and
therefore | was compelled to come to the conclusion that a mistake
had occurred with regard to the locality, or, what is very improbable,
it might have been accidentally imported from Japan.
Again | applied to the collector of the specimen, and he then
wrote: ‘‘I believe I found the big Clausilia near the city of
Hangchow in China, more than 25 years ago, but, as I made no
special note of it at the time, I do not think it would be well to
publish any definite account of it. I have never received any shells
from Japan, and did not collect any during the three summers
I spent in that land.”
Under these circumstances it may, I think, be concluded that the
shell does not occur in China. However, since I have got together
a list of the Clausilieé of that country, its publication may, I hope, be
useful to anyone engaged upon that part of the Chinese fauna. As
many as 161 species appear to have been recorded. Pére Heude
heads the list of describers, having 66 species to his credit. Gredler
follows with 32 species, Schmacker and Bottger conjointly are
responsible for 19, Mollendortf for 17, Bottger tor 7, Sykes for 4,
Pteitfer 3, Kiister, Ancey, Benson, and Deshauyes 2 each, and Menke,
Martens, Philippi, H. Adams, and Preston a single species each.
In giving the following alphabetical list of the species I wish it to
be understood that no attempt has been made to offer a synonymic
catalogue. Doubtless some of the so-called species would fall as
synonyms, but to ascertain this would entail a very long and careful
study of all the numerous forms and the examination of authentic
examples of a considerable proportion of them. The collection in the
British Museum is very incomplete, and it may be mentioned that, of
the sixty-six species described by Heude, only five are represented.
The numbers after the names in the list refer to the subjoined
bibliography.
acanthula, Hde., 24. adaucta, Gredler, 20.
aculus, Benson, 5. albopapillata, Schm. & Bttgr., 42.
,, var. labio, Gredler, 22a. syn. papillina, Gredler, 21.
», var. papillana, Gredler, 22a. anceyi, Bttgr., 9.
VOL. XI.—AvuGuUST, 1915. 25
3bd4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIELY.
antilopima, Hde., 24.
aplostoma, Hde., 24.
aprivora, Hde., 24, 25.
ardouiniana, Hde., 24.
artifina, Hde., 24.
basilissa, Schm. & Bttgr., 43.
baziniana, Hde., 24, 26.
belemnites, Schm. & Bttgr., 43.
bensoni, H. Ad., 1.
binaria, Hde., 24, 25.
bisdelineata, Hde., 24.
bockt, Sykes, 45.
breviplica, Mlldff., 34.
broderseni, Schm. & Bttgr., 43.
buccinella, Hde., 24, 25.
bulimina, Gredler, 23a.
cavicola, Gredler, 17.
cecillei, Philippi, 40.
celsa, Gredler, 23a.
cetivora, Hde., 24.
chinensis, Pfr., 37 (1849).
me Mlldff., 29a (1874).
cholerigena, Hde., 24, 26.
circinnata, Hde., 24.
clarocincta, Bttgr., 8.
clavulus, Hde., 24, 25.
coccygea, Gredler, 17.
- var. ecaudata, 22a.
celicola, Gredler, 18a, 21, 22a.
columbeliana, Hde., 24.
comminuta, Hde., 24, 26.
constellata, Hde., 24, 25.
cookei, Preston, 41.
crobylodes, Schm. & Bttgr., 42.
cylindrella, Hde., 24, 25.
decurtata, Hde., and vars., 24.
delavayana, Hde., 24.
diaconalis, Hde., 24, 26.
distorta, Kiister, 27.
eastlakeana, Mlldff., 31.
elamellata, Schm. & Bttgr., 43.
elatior, Ancey, 2.
elizabethe, Mildff., 30.
faberi, Schm. & Bttgr., 43.
fargesiana, Hde., 24.
fargesianella, Hde., 24.
filippina, Hde., 24.
an var. socia, Gredler, 22a.
fitzgeralde@, Bttgr., 7.
Jlavescens, Hde., 1884, 25a.
= straminea, Hde., preoc.
fortune, Pfr., 38.
franciscana, Mlldff., 36.
frankei, Schm. & Bttgr., 43.
frater minor, Gredler, 23a.
frigida, Hde., 1884, 25a.
= septemplicata, Hde., preoc.
friniana, Hde., 24.
fuchsi, Gredler, and var., 15, 18a.
fuchsi, var. kaspari, 22a.
fuchsiana, Hde., 24.
fulvella, Hde., 24.
gastroptychia, Mlldff., 33.
gemina, Gredler, 13.
gerlachi, Mlldff., 30.
gigas, Mlldff., 36.
hainanensis, Mlldff., 33, 35.
hensaniensis, Gredler, 22.
heudiana, Mlldff., 1882, 32.
= pachystoma, Hde., preoc.
hunana (Gredler), Hde., 24, 1882.
hupeana, Gredler, 23, 23a.
hupecola, Gredler, 17.
amperatrix, Schm. & Bttgr., 43.
indurata, Hde., 24, 25.
infantilis, Gredler, 21.
infecta, Hde., 24, 25.
insularis, Hde., 24.
inversa, Hde., 24, 25.
janseniana, Hde., 24.
julii, Gredler, 17.
kiangshiensis, Gredler, 23a.
labrosa, Hde., 25.
labyrinthoides, Sykes, 46.
largillierti, Philippi, 40.
latilunellaris, Schm. & Bttgr., 43.
laurentiana, Mlldff., 36.
lea, Gredler, 23a.
lepidospira, Hde., and var., 24, 26.
leucospwra, Hde., 24.
loczyi, Bttgr., 10.
loloensis, Hde., 24.
longispina, Hde., 24.
longurio, Schm. & Bttgr., 43.
lorraini, Menke, 29.
lunatica, Hde., 24.
lyra, Gredler, 19.
magnaciana, Hde., 24.
magnacianella, Hde., 24.
margaritacea, Hde., 25.
meroniana, Hde., 24.
nucrostoma, Kiister, 27; Gredler, 17a;
Mlldff., 32.
microthyra, Schm. & Bttgr., 44.
missionis, Ancey, 1883, 4.
= straminea, Hde., preoc.
millendor ffi, Martens, 28.
= chinensis, Mlldff., non Pfr.
mollendorfiana, Hde., 24.
moschina, Gredler, 17.
ah var. chamelodonta, 22a.
mucronata, Mlldff., 31.
nankingensis, Hde., 24.
orphanuli, Hde., 24.
oscariana, Gredler, 23a.
pachyodon, Hde., 1884, 25a.
= pachystoma, Hde., preoc.
pachystoma, Hde., preoc., 24.
SMITH: LISL OF CHINESE CLAUSILIA.
pacifica, Gredler, 18.
a var. siantanensis, 22a.
pagnucciana, Hde., 24.
pallidocincta, Mlldff., 34.
papillina, Gredler, 18a, 21.
paradoxa, Gredler, 15.
parietaria, Schm. & Bttgr., 42.
phyllostoma, Hde., 24.
planostriata, Hde., 24.
pluviatilis, Benson, 5.
ponsonbyi, Bttgr., 8.
porphyria, Mlldff., 31.
pre@celsa, Gredler, 16.
, var. minor, 22a.
presbyteralis, Gredler, 23a.
principalis, Gredler, 13.
ar var. cristina, 22a.
protrita, Gredler, 19.
provisoria, Gredler, 17.
pseudobensoni, Schm. & Bttgr., 43.
pstlodonta, Hde., 24, 26.
ptychochila, Bttgr., 6.
ptychodon, Ancey, 3.
purpurascens, Mlldff., 36.
rathouisiana, Hde., 24.
recedens, Schm. & Bttgr., 43.
recens, Gredler, 23.
retorta, Hde., 24.
ridicula, Gredler, 14.
ringens, Schm. & Bttgr., 42.
ruptiva, Hde., 26.
ivy)
He
Or
rustica, Hde., 24, 26. ;
rutilans, Mlldff., Gredler, 17a.
sarcochila, Ancey, 1883, 4.
= pachystoma, Hde., preoc.
scholastica, Hde., 26.
schombergi, Schm. & Bttgr., 42.
seguimana, Hde., 24.
semprinit, Gredler, 18.
55 var. minor, 22a.
septemlamellata, Ancey, 1883, 4.
= septemplicata, Hde., preoc.
septemplicata, Hde., preoc., 24.
serrata, Deshayes, 12.
shanghaiensis, Pfr., 39.
siderea, Hde., 24, 25.
simiola, Gredler, 15.
spinula, Hde., 24.
straminea, Hde., preoc., 24.
strictilabris, Schm. & Bttgr., 42.
succinea, Hde., 24, 25.
superaddita, Hde., 24.
tau, Bttgr., 6.
tetsut, Schm. & Bttgr., 43.
thaleroptyx, Mlldff., 31.
thibetiana, Deshayes, 12.
timalthea, Sykes, 46.
trachelostropha, Mldff., 36.
vinacea, Hde., 24.
vincotiana, Hde., 24.
vulpina, Hde., 24, 25.
yunnanensis, Sykes, 45.
—— Sitzungsb. K. Akad. Wissensch., vol. lxxxviii, Abth. i, pp. 1372-6,
See Schmacker & Bottger.
Bull. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, vol. vi, p. 25, 1870; vol. x,
Jahrb. deutsch. Malak. Ges., viii, pp. 24-7, 1881.
— Zur Conchylien- Fauna von China, xx Stiick. Prog. 6ffentlich.
Nachrichtsblatt deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1887, pp. 168-171, fig.
1. Apams, H. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1870, p. 378, pl. xxvii, fig. 10.
2. ANCEY. Bull. Soc. Malac. France, vol. ii, p. 134, 1885.
3}. Op. cit., vol. v, p. 353, 1888.
4, Nat. Sicil., 1883, p. 270.
5. BENSON. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. ix, pp. 486, 487, 1842.
6. BorrGER. Jahrb. deutsch. Malak. Ges., v, pp. 46-9, 59-61.
7. — Op. cit., vi, pp. 108, 112, 1879.
8. —— Op. cit., x, pp. 270-2, pl. viii, 1883.
9. —— Nachrichsblatt deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1882, p. 68.
10.
1883.
11. BOrTGER & SCHMACKER.
12. DESHAYES.
pl. i, figs. 30-4.
13. GREDLER.
ek, = (Qo Glliton bg js Gia), Alstsye
15. —— Op. cit., xi, pp. 147-53. pl. iii, 1884.
16. —— Op. cit., xi, p. 155, fig., 1884.
17. —— Op. cit., xiv, pp. 355-61, 1888.
17@, —— Malakozool. blatt., vol. ix, pp. 145, 147, 1887.
18. —— Archiv f. Naturg., vol. 1, pp. 273-4, pl. xix, 1884.
18a.
Obergymn. Franciscaner, Bozen, 1900, pp. 15-24.
19) ———
20. —— Op. cit., 1889, pp. 156-7.
Pil, ==> (O}s Cita, WENO, yids BAS l
Spy os
sae
Op. cit., 1901, pp. 152-3.
‘
346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
22a. GREDLER. Zur Conchylien-Fauna von China, xx, Sttick. Bozen, 1900 ;
Gymnasial-Programm der P. P. Franciscaner im Schuljahre, 1899/1900,
pp. 4-5.
23. — Ann. k. k. Naturhist., Hofmus. Wien, vol. ix, pp. 422-3, figs., 1894.
23a. —— Zur Conchylien-Fauna von China, xvii Stiick, Wien, 1892, pp. 7-14.
A separate publication by the author.
24, HEUDE. Mém. Hist. Nat. Empire Chinois, vol. i, pp. 60-74, 118-22,
153-62, pls. xvii, xviii, xx, xxxi, xxxiv, xxxv, xxxvili, 1882-90.
25. Journ. de Conch., vol. xxxiv, pp. 296-302, 1886.
25a. —— Op. cit., vol. xxxii, p. 19, 1884.
26. —— Op. cit., vol. xxxvii, pp. 40-5, 228, 229, 1889.
27. KusvTER. Conchyl. Cab., Clausilia, p. 21, pl. i; p. 323, pl. xxxvi.
28. MARTENS. Jahrb. deutsch. Malak. Ges., ii, pp. 130-1, 1875.
29. MENKE. Malak. Blatt., vol. iii, p. 68, 1856.
29a. MOLLENDORFF. Jahrb. deutsch. Malak. Ges., i, pp. 79-80, 1874.
30. —— Op. cit., viii, pp. 310, 311, 1881.
—— Op. cit., ix, pp. 186-8, 1882.
—— Op. cit., x, pp. 228-69, 1883.
33. —— Op. cit., xii, pp. 397, 398, pl. xi, 1885.
34. Op. cit., xiii, pp. 198-210, pl. vi, 1886.
Bok Nachrichtsblatt deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1884, p. 174.
36. Op. cit., 1885, pp. 167-9.
37. PFEIFFER. Zeitschr. f. Malak., 1849, p. 94.
38. — Op. cit., 1852, p. 80.
39. — Proc. Zool. Soc., 1852, p. 138.
40. PuHiuiprr. Zeitschr. f. Malak., 1847, p. 68.
41. PRESTON. Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. x, pp. 14-15, fig.
42, SCHMACKER & BOTTGER. Nachrichtsblatt deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1890,
pp. 13-30, 113-15.
43, —— —— Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. i, pp. 101-17, pls. vili, ix, 1894.
44, —— —— Op. cit., p. 170, pl. vili, 1894.
45. SyYKES. Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. i, p. 263, figs.
46. —— Op. cit., vol. iii, pp. 63-4, figs.
At some of the foregoing references, not only are new species
described but others are critically discussed. For instance.
Mollendorff’s paper, No. 32, although containing no descriptions of
new species, is very important, since it treats very fully upon a large
proportion of the known forms from China. Gredler’s paper (No. 22a)
is useful also, since it contains a list of all the species and varieties
described by him, with references to the publications in which the
descriptions have appeared.
ERRATA.
June Number:
p. 276, last line, for 9-16 read 9-12.
p. 279, 1. 16, for Pterocera amantia read Pterocera aurantia.
A PAGE |
Acanthinula, radula : =) 158 ee .W., ‘Noteon eee
Acanthochitona, Gray, vice Luspraa, oe e
Acanthochites _ 126 a: ae ‘
Acmea, synonym of Tectura . 330 ate of the Si eca O
Acmea, vice Truncatella . 5 Bey, yalinia excavata
Acolus, Jukes-Browne.. g5 Prachydontesgranosissima, n. sp.
synonym of Jukesena, Brachystomia ambigua
Tredale . ; 299 rissoides : :
Adeorbis, Searles Wood, synonym —, Synonym ol 4astoma
of Tornus, Turton & Kingston 171 | a Marine Mollusca, names
Aigi i : : ) : , Ee
ee ae ; x Br ocktonia, n.g. for Cryptaxis
Alyceus (Charaz) peilei, inp sp. 22
Amicula .
Anabathron pagodiformis, n. sp. 8
Anatina, Lamk., discussed . 304
Schumacher = Cypricia, |
Gray : . 805
Ansates, vice Patina 330
Apethorpe, Post- Pliocene Mol- Cassie Ouare; TEED»
lusca ; 211 of Eumeta arctica
Argonauta tuberewiata, very Cerithium procerum,
large : : . 189 |
Austenia tigris, n. sp. 19 | Chena, Retz, discussed
Azor chama- solen, vice Solecurtus
antiquatus 341 Chasteria, n.g.
B | danielseni
Chione euglypta, n.sp.
Bela, auct., synonym of Oeno-
pota, Mérch . 299
Bellardiella, synonym of Comar-
mondia
Boettger, C. Be ‘ Diagnoses of
A + is prefixed to the names of fossil species.
INDEX TO VOL
four new species of Land | n.sp.
Shells from German New
Guinea’
Bowell, E. W., ‘On the Radule
ofthe British Helicids,’ PartIV 156
‘On the Radula and Maxilla
of Oxystyla undata (Brug.)’. 162
On
Radule for microscopic ex-
‘On Sulcobasis concisa
the
amination ’
Mounting of
Ol:
crebr ipunctatus ‘
125 | Buccinofusus, vide Troschelia .
Burkillia, n.g.
C
| Cacilioides acicula, radula
Cerithiopsis costulata, synonym
of Chasteria danielsent
Charonia pecilostoma, n.sp.
| Chiton fauna, Kermadec Island
Norfolk Island .
| petasus, Reeve
333 | Chitons, Lord Howe Island
| Chloritis(Trichochloritis) leithi,
theobaldi, n.sp.
verrucosa, .sp.
Chondrula quadridens i in Britain
(Fér.) and its nearest allies’. 181 | Cioniscus, synonym of Graphis
Clausilia, distribution, habits,
economy, by A. H. Cooke
—— falciformis, Molldff.
list of Chinese cs a
Coliolus stahlbergi, n.sp.
Colus, vice Tritonofusus .
272 | Comarmondia, vice Bellardiella
‘Note on the
PAGE
275
348
Condensation of moisture in
glass tubes
Conus quercurus, var. albus,
avers : : F j
Cooke, A. H., ‘Some points and
problems of Geographical Dis-
tribution ’
* Sinistral Monstrosity of
Purpura lapillus ’
“The Geographical Distri-
ae of Purpwra lapillus
Wg)? ; : : :
‘The genus Clausilia:
a study of its geographical
distribution, with a few notes
on the habits and general
economy of certain species and
groups’
Coripia, De Gregorio, anterior
to Miodontiscus, Dall
Craspedochiton (Thaumasto-
chiton) mibiusi, Thiele
Cremula, n.g. .
Crenella rhombea, vide Rhom-
boidella ;
Crepidula fornicata ab
chington, Kent :
in English coastal
Bir-
waters .
Crick, G. C., ‘ Note o on Nautilus
mokattamensis, A. H. Foord,
from the Eocene of Egypt’
“On a Dibranchiate Cepha-
lopod (Plesiotewthis) from the
Lithographic Stone (Lower
Kimmeridgian) of Hichstadt,
Bavaria’
Cryptaxis cr ebripunctatus, vide
Brocktonia :
Cryptoconchide, Iredale
Cryptoconchus .
Cyclophorus austenianus, n. “p.
beddomeanus, n. sp.
Cylichnina str igilla, vice Torna-
tina wnrbilicata
Cyprea lamarckii,
lidis, n.var. .
Cypricia, Gray,
Anatina, Schum.
tCyrenopsis australiensis, n. sp.
+ (?) elongata, n.sp.
var. ‘phyl-
synonym of
D
Dentalium festwum, n.sp.
Diodora, Gray .
Diplommatina fallaa, n. sp.
frumentum, n.sp.
INDEX
PAGE PAGE
Donovania brunnea, vice
3 D. muuma . : : = 380
minima, gues of D.
210 brunnea 339
Drillia preclara, n. sp. 213
Dyakia venator, n.sp. 321
100
154 x
Enneaaffectata, Fulton, anterior
to HL. rosenbergiana, Preston. 236
192 opoboensis, n.sp. 135
-—— peiler, n.sp. 134
reesi, N.Sp. 3 «35
rosenbergiana, Preston,
synonym of EH. affectata,
Fulton . 236
249 | Erato levis, synonym of E.
voluta . : 334
177 voluta, vice E. levis 334
Eudoxochiton amitator, n.sp. 30
123 perplexus, n.sp. 29
336 | Hulimella macandrewi 339
EHumeta arctica, vice Cer ithiopsis
340 costulata 334
Evalea, vice Onan 337
153
F
190 | Fissurella greca 331
Fistulana, discussed 296
Foote, R. B., obituary notice 98
286 Fulton, H. om ‘Descriptions of
new species of Melania from
Yunnan, Java, and the Tsu-
shima Islands’ : . 163
“Description of a new
313 species of Strophocheilus
340 (Borus) from Peru’ 165
— ‘ Molluscan Notes’ 7 236
oe ‘Description of a supposed
A new species of Placostylus ’ 242
20 ‘Descriptions of new species
21 of Streptaxis, Planispira, and
Chloritis ’ . 822
340 | __ * Molluscan Notes, II’ 324
210 G
305 | Gaimardia, Gould, includes
228 Modiolarca, Gray, 1847 ITS}
229 | Gastrochena, Spengler = Fistu-
lana, auct. 297
Graphis, vice Cioniscus 335
Gude, G. K., ‘ Descriptions of
8 new species of Helicoids from
331 the Indian Region ’ 52
24 ‘ Description of a new
23 Helicoidfrom South Australia’ 166
INDEX.
PAGE
Gude, G. K., ‘ On the relative
claim to priority of the names
Helix fruticum, Miller, and
H. carduelis, Schulze’
‘ Deseription of a new
species of Dyakia’
H
Haliotis gigantea, Chemn.
sieboldii, Reeve F ;
Hedley, C., and May, W. L.,
‘Description of a new recent
Pholadomya (Ph. tasmanica)’
Hedleyella, n.n. for Panda
Helicarion noveguine@, n.sp. .
+Helicella (Candidula) cray-
fordensis, n.sp. :
mayert, N.sp.
+Helicina milleri, nn.
H. trochiformis, ag
swprafasciata
Helicinide, Dr. Anton Wagner’s
monograph, corrections and list
of omissions by Fulton .
Heliomanes, Férus., inadmissible
Mogq.-Tandon, preoc.
Helix carduelis, synonym of
Hi. fruticwm, Mill. :
fruticum, vice H. carduel 2
Schulze
(Macularia) ogdeni, n. sp.
nodifera, var. of Papuina
grata ‘
pisana, variation during
growth :
Hemiplecta papuana, n. sp.
sericea, n.sp. :
Humphrey’s Conchology .
Hyaluniaexcavata, spermatheca-
duct ; ¢ :
Hygromia fusca, radul a
hispida, var. nana, Jeft.,
radula . : :
for
+
I
Idas, synonym of Idasola .
Idasola, nom. noy., vice Idas .
Tredale, T., ‘ The Chiton Fauna
of the Kermadec Islands’
‘The genus-name Mar-
tensia, Semper’
; Some more Notes on Poly:
placophora,’ Part I :
‘Onsomeinvalid Molluscan
Generic Names’
“Description of a new
species of Cassidea’
237, i
179
Tredale, T., ‘ Some more misused
Molluscan Generic Names’
‘On Bey sa Con-
chology ’
‘Notes on ae names of
some British Marine Mol-
lusea ’
Ischnochiton decussatus, Reeve
vice I. sulcatus, Q. & G.
var. SUES var.
nov. ;
ker madecensis, n.sp.
maorianus, N.sp. : :
Isognomon, anterior to Melina .
J
| Jeffreysia, synonym of Rissoella
Lepidoplewrus
Jukes-Browne, A. J., ‘A Syn-
opsis of the family Veneride,’
Part I, 58. Part II
obituary notice
Jukesena, vice Acolus
K
Kennard, A. S., and Woodward,
B. B., ‘ On Helix (Macularia)
ogdent, n.sp., from Pliocene
(Red Crag) of Ramsholt,
Suffolk ’
‘On the Non-marine Mol-
lusea of a Post-Pliocene deposit
at Apethorpe, Northampton-
shire’ .
‘On Helicella (Candidula)
crayfordensis, n.sp., from the
Pleistocene deposits of South-
Eastern England ’ :
Kermadec Islands, Chiton fauna
L
Laternula, discussed
Ledoulxia, vice Martensia
Lepidochitona, Gray, vice Cras-
pedochilus, Sars : :
Lepidochitoninex, Iredale . ,
(Terenochiton,
n.subg.) subtropicalis, n.sp.
Limacina, Lamk., synonym of
Spiratella, Blainv.
Linnea pereger sikesi, n. subsp.
LInostomia, preoc. .
Lord Howe Island, Chitons
Lucilina, Dall
shirleyi, Iredale
| Lucina, discussed
Lutraria magna, vice L. oblonga
349
PAGE
155
350 INDEX.
PAGE
Lutraria oblonga, ee of
L.magna . : . 342
M
Macandrellus, Cpr., vice Lobo-
plax, Pilsbry ¢ 129
Mactra adelaide, Angas, figd. 139
alta, Desh., fied. : 7 3a9
a queenslandica, n.sp. . 148
Mactride of Australia é a 37
Maorichiton, n.subg. 3 , By)
Marginella car es Bee . 213
eburnea . ol?
shacklefordi, n.nov. . 312
Martensia : . 120
May, W. L., see Hedley & May 132
Melania intrepida, n.sp. . . 163
scruped, n.sp. . c . 163
tsushimana,n.sp. . . 164
vultuosa, n.sp. 164
Meleagrina, as of ‘Pine-
tada . 305
Melina, synonym of " Isognomon 303
Miodontiscus, Dall, synonym of
Coripia, De Gregorio : 177
Miodontopsis, Dall, synonym of
Neomiodon, Fischer ; WA
Modiolarca,Gray ,1847, synonym
of Gaimardia, Gould . » 273
synonym of Modiolaria,
Beck. 173
Modiolaria, Beck, includes Mo-
diolarca, Gray. ; 173
discrepans, synonym of
Musculus niger . : . 340
Montrouziera, preoc. 5 - 175
Moss, W., obituary notice 5 eS
Mucronalia exquisita, n.sp. . 214
Musculus niger, vice Modiolaria
discrepans . : ; . 3840
N
Nassa euglypta, n.sp. 6
Natica balteata, n.sp. 5
hilaris, n.sp. . : 6
paucimaculata, vale sp. 5
ren, N.sp. 14
+ Nautilus mokattamensis, Te H.
Foord . ; 286
Neomenia, synonym of Nova-
luna. 329
Neomiodon, Fischer, anterior to
Miodontopsis, Dall : Be ears
New Guinea, land shells . 1 LS
Newton, R. B., obituary notice
of R. B. Foote : : oS
PAGE
Newton, R. B., ‘Some Mollusean
remains from the Opal Deposits
(Upper Cretaceous) of New
South Wales’ 0 217
obituary notice of A. a
Jukes-Browne F ; . 247
Noemiamea, vide Oda . . a3
Norfolk Island Chitons . o a
Novaluna, nom. novy., vice ;
Neomenia : 329
| Nuttallinacinerea, Poli synonym
of corrugatus, Rve. : 130
corrugatus, Reeve, synonym
of N. fluxa, Cpr. . é . 130
O
Obituary notices ( 98, 247
Oda, synonym of Noemiamea . 338
Odostomia eulimoides : . 337
fenestrata : : . 337
scalaris . 337
Oenopota, Moreh = Bela, auct. 299
Ondina, synonym of Evalea . 337
Onithochiton, Gray . : . 45
olwert, n.sp. . 46
Opal deposits of New South
Wales, Molluscan remains . 217
Orton, Ee ‘On the Extension
of the Distribution of the
American Skipper - limpet
(Crepidula fornicata) in the
English coastal waters ’ 90
Otina auricula, vice O. otis . 341
otis, vide O. auricularia . 341
Oxystyla undata, radula . LG?
12
Panda, synonym of Honea
mgt, 174
Panomya ar ctica, vice Panopea
norvegica. 341
Panopeanorvegica, v ide Panomya 341
Parachiton mestayer@, n.sp. . 27
Patella apertura. . 331
Patina, synonym of Ansates . 330
| Peltatus polystephes, n.sp. 319
Penion, synonym of Verconella 175
Phacoides, discussed ; 301
Phasianella montebelloensis,n. sp. 14
Philalanka quinquelirata,n.sp. 52
Pholadomya tasmanica, n.sp. . 132
Pinctada, Bolten = Meleagrina,
Lamk. . - ; ; ~ o05
Pisidiunt vincentianum in
Turkestan . 99
Placenta, synonym of Placuna 302
Placostylus (Callistocharis) sub-
roseus, n.sp. : : qe
INDEX.
PAGE
Placuna, anterior to Placenta . 302 | Ranella leucostoma, Lamk.,
Planispira se eager and synonym of Charoma austra-
synonymy sold lasiana (Perry)
subatacta, n. sp. 322 | Retwsa, discussed .
Plaxiphora (Maor ichiton) mixta, Reynell, A., see Sherborn and
ME oc 33 Reynell :
Plectopylis (Chersacia) "keng- | Rhagada montebelloensis, n. °P
tungensis, n.sp. : » 53) |) —— plicata, n-sp. -
Plectotropis nutans, n.sp. 56 | Rhiostomamorleti, Dtz. & Fisch. ap
tPlesioteuthis prisca . 313 synonym of Pterocyclos pres-
Plesiotrochus ceylonicus, MeSPye 25 toni, var. depicta . :
list of species . 215 | Rhomalea, Jukes-Browne . F
Pollia, Gray, anterior to Tri- | Rhomboidelia prideaux, vice
tonidea, Swainson IZA) Crenella rhombea
Polyplacophora, notes on . . 123 | Rhyssoplax exasperata, n.sp.
Post-Pliocene Mollusca at Ape- | Rangicula truncata, n.sp.
thorpe . : : . 211 | Rissoella, vice Jeffreysia .
Presidential addresses 100, 249 | Ross, ‘ Voyage of Discovery to
Preston, H. B., ‘On a new and | the Arctic Regions,’ 2nd ed.
remarkable sub- species of | Vol. ii contains diagnoses of
Limnea pereger, Mill., from | genera and species
Iceland : 11
‘ Description of new species
of Land and Marine Shells S
from the Montebello Islands, Salacia, Jukes-Browne :
Western Australia ’ 13 | Shaw, H. O. N., ‘ Descriptions
‘Characters of new Land of colour varieties of Conus
and Freshwater Shells from quercimus, Hwass.,and Cures
the Naga Hills, Assam ’ ils) lamarcku, Gray’
‘Characters of three new Sherborn, C.D.,and Reynell, Ine
species of Enea from Southern “Notes on Swainson’ s Exotic
Nigeria’ : 134 Conchology ’
‘On Marginella shackle- Sikes, F.H., ‘Notes ¢ on the Land
fordi, nom. nov. for and Freshwater Shellsof Texel
M. eburnea, Preston, non and Terschelling ’ : é
Lamarck ’ 312 | Skenea, type Helix serpu-
Psammobia ecolor ata, n. sp. 18 loides, Montagu
Pterocyclos prestomi, Bay. and _ Skeneide, Iredale
Dtz., synonym of P. cochin- Skeneopside, Iredale
chinensis (Pfr.) 237 | Skeneopsis, n. gen. .
Pterocyclus marion@, n.sp. 22 | Smith, E. A., ‘Note on Haliotis
Ptychostomon, preoc. 338 | sieboldii, Reeve’ .
Punctum pygmeum, radula 159 Obituary notice of Ww. Moss
Pupoides, Férus., inadmissible . 176 ‘A list of Australian Mac-
Purpura lapillus (L.), geogra- tride, with a description of a
phical distribution 5 ABS | new species’
lapillus, sinistral . 154 | ‘On Ranella leucostoma,
Pyramidula rotundata, radula 160 | Lamarck’ .
rupestris, radula 160 | ‘ A list of the known species
Pyrgisculus 338 | of Clausilia from China ’
Pyrgiscus 338 | Solecurtus ees vide
Pyrgostelis : 338 Azor ¢
Pyrgulina fenestrata Sel | discussed _ :
Solenotellina haynesi, n.sp.
Sowerby, G. B., ‘ Descriptions
R of new species of Mollusca
Radule of British Helicids 156 | from New Caledonia, Japan,
the mounting of 272 | and other localities ’
246
81
ood INDEX.
PAGE
Sowerby, G. B., ‘ Descriptions of
five new species of Mollusca
of the genera Drillia, Mar-
ginella, Aprcalia, Plesio-
trochus, and Ringicula, all
from Ceylon; also notes on
the genus Plesiotrochus ’ 5 als}
Spiratella, Blainyille, anterior
to Limacina. Lamk. . « 295
Stenopylis hemiclausa, Tate,
anterior to S. avicrodiscius,
Bavay . : ‘ : . 236
nvicrodiscus, Bavay,
synonym of S. hemiclausa,
Tate . . 236 |
Stomatia sculpturata, n. sp. 5 OY
Streptaxis gudei, n.sp. . 322
Strombiformis, Costa, anterior
to Lewostraca=Subularia . 292
Strombus pugilis, monstrosity . 189
Strophocheilus ea) indigens,
eS se : . 165
Sulcobasis concisa (Fér.) and
its sub-species : 181
Swainson’s Hzotic Conchology,
dates of publication : 276
Sypharochiton themeropis, n. sp. 43
a
Tectura, vice Acmea : . 330
Terenochiton, n.subg. : 28
Terschelling, land “and fresh-
water shells . : Oi
Testacella maugei in Cornwall . 3
Texel, land and freshwater shells 191 |
Theba cartusiana, radula » 156
Thracia fragilis, vide T. villosi-
uscula . 341
villosiuscula, vice 7’. fra- a-
gilis. : oe
Thysanota flavida, ne Sp. ‘ 53
Tomlin, J. R. Le B., * Deserip-
tion of a new species of
Peltatus from British East
Africa ’ : : : 5 pill)
Tonicia chilensis (Frembly),
vice 7. elegans (Frembly) . 130
Tornatina, discussed ‘ . 3800
wumbilicata, synonym oft
Cylichnina strigilla . . 840
PAGE
Tornus, Turton & Kingston, vice
Adeorbis, Searles Wood 5 eal
Tragula, preoc. . 337
Tritonidea, Swainson, synonym
of Pollia, Gray . IT e
Tr itonofusus, synonym of ‘Colus 339
Trivia exigua, var. alba, n.var. 10
Trivia jonensis, vice 7’. europea 333
Trochozonitine, Iredale . eee2,
Trochus montebelloensis, n.sp.. 16
Troschelia, vice Buccwmofusus . 339
Truncatella, synonym of Acmea 332
Turbo folvaceushaynesi,n.subsp. 15
scabrosus, n.subsp. . 15
turriformis, n.subsp. 15
Turricula, Herrmann : oe
U
t Unio jaqueti, n.sp. . 230
t white-cliffsensis, n. sp. zal
Vv
Vallone, radule . ; 5 lsse
Velorita, Gray, synonym of
Villorita, Griffith & Pidgeon . 178
Veneride, synopsis of the family 58,75
Verconella, n.n. for Penion a lia
Vertagus conuptus, n.sp. . : 7
Vertigo alpestris from Wales. 2
mouliursiana from Berkshire 2
Villorita, Griffith & Pidgeon,
anterior to Velorita, Gray . 178
Vivipara nagaensis, n.sp. . 20
W
Woodward, B. B., ‘ Condensa-
tion of Moisture in Glass
Tubes’ : F . : 3
*Pisidvum vincentianum
livi ing in Turkestan’ . 99
“Occurrence of Chondr “lla
quadridens(Miill.)in Britain ’ 154
see Kennard & Woodward
155, 2L 270
Z
Zastoma, nom. nov. for Brachy-
stoma : : : . 336
Printed by Stephen Austin and Sons, Ltd., Hertford.
Pt = ve
>
7,
’
j
é
:
=
,
‘
A\
‘
MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
FOUNDED 1893.
Gest On. MEMBERS:
*.* The date preceding each name indicates the year of election. Those
members whose names are preceded by O are original members, while
those who have compounded for their annual subscription are indicated
by L. The members to whose names a * is attached have contributed
papers for the Proceedings.
(Corrected up to September 30, 1915.)
1906 Adams, Francis E., St. Milburga’s, Kingsland, Shrewsbury.
1898 Aldrich, T. H., sen., 1026 Glen Iris Avenue, Birmingham, Ala.,
U:S-A.
1911 Archangelsky, A. D., The University, Moscow.
1912 Arnold, Prof. Ralph, 921 Union Oil Buildings, Los Angeles, Cal.,
U.S.A
1909 Balch, Francis N., Massachusetts Building, 60 State Street
(Rooms 804-808), Boston, Mass., U.S.A.
1912 Barnard, K. H., B.A., South African Museum, Cape Town, Cape
of Good Hope.
1901 Bavay, A., 82 Rue Lauriston, xvi‘, Paris.
1902 ~=Becker, Dr. H., Grahamstown, Cape Colony.
1893 *Bednall, W. T., Knightsbridge, South Australia.
1901 Bentley, R. H., 60 Rosebery Road, Muswell Hill, London, N.
1914 Berkeley University, Berkeley, California, U.S.A.
O Bles, E. J., D.Sc., F.Z.S., Elterholm, Cambridge.
1898 *Bloomer, H. Howard, F.L.S., 40 Bennett’s Hill, Birmingham.
1911 Boettger, C. R., Humboldtstrasse 42, Frankfurt a. M.
1908 Bourne, Prof. G. C., D.Sc., F.R.S., Savile House, Oxford.
1907 *Bowell, Rev. E. W., M.A., 21 Princess Road,S. Norwood, London, S. E.
1902 *Bridgman, F. G., 5 Duchess Street, Portland Place, London, W.
1911 Bromehead, C. N., B.A., The Geological Survey, Jermyn Street,
London, S.W.
1895 *Burne, R. H., M.A., F.Z.S., 21 Stanley Crescent, Notting Hill,
London, W.
1893 *Burnup, Henry, Box 182, P.O., Maritzburg, Natal.
O Burrows, H. W., F.G.S., 28 Lambert Road, Brixton, London, S.W.
1905 Buschbeck, E., Karlstrasse ii, Berlin, N.W. 6.
1907 Canterbury College, Christchurch, New Zealand.
1903. Chaplin, J. G., c/o T. W. Chaplin, King Edward’s Mansions, Port
Elizabeth, Cape Colony.
1895 Clapp, George H., 7th and Bedford Avenues, Pittsburg, Pa., U.S.A.
1901 Coen, G.S., San Polo, 1978, Venice.
O Collier, E., Glen Esk, Whalley Range, Manchester.
O *Collinge, W. E., M.Sc., F.L.S., The Gatty Marine Laboratory, The
University, St. Andrews, N.B.
1906 Comber, Edward, c/o Shaw, Wallace & Co., P.O. Box No. 203,
Bombay, India.
1912 Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland, c/o Hon.
Librarian, The Museum, The University, Manchester.
1908 *Connolly, Major M., c/o Messrs. Cox & Co., 16 Charing Cross,
London, S.W.
O *Cooke, Rev. A. H., M.A.,Se.D., F.Z.S., Aldenham School, Elstree.
1906 L Cooke, C. Montague, jun., c/o Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaiiau
Islands.
1893
1893
1897
1893
1899
1901
1900
1905
1893
1899
1910
1893
1912
1913
O
1905
1894
1910
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Cooper, Charles, Bourne Street, Mt. Eden, Auckland, New Zealand.
*Cooper, James Eddowes, Grangemount, 9 Dukes Avenue, Church
End, Finchley, London, N.
Cort, Prof. H. de, Rue d’Holbach, Lille, France.
Cossmann, Maurice, 163 Route de St. Leu, Enghien-les-Bains,
5S. & O., France.
Cousens, H. 8., Lieutenant, 10th Battalion Royal Sussex Regiment,
Dover.
Cox, Colonel Sir P. Z., K.C.LE., F.Z.S., H.B.M.’s Consul and
Political Agent, Muscat, Arabia; c/o Messrs. Grindlay,
Groom & Co., 54 Parliament Street, London, S8.W.
Crick, C. P., 94 Palmerston Crescent, Palmers Green, London, N.
*Crick, G. C., F.G.S., F.Z.S., British Museum (Natural History),
Cromwell Road, London, 8.W.
*Dall, Dr. William Healey, Honorary Curator Department of
Mollusea, U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C., U.S.A.
Dautzenberg, Ph., 209 Rue de l'Université, Paris.
Dollfus, Adrien, 3 Rue Fresnel, Paris, xvi.
Dollfus, Gustave, 45 Rue de Chabrol, Paris.
Ede, Francis J., Silchar, Cachar.,
Ehrmann, P., Eisenacherstrasse 15, III, Leipzig, Gohlis, Germany.
*Eliot, Sir Charles N. E., K.C.M.G., The University, Hong-Kong.
Etheridge, R., Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.
Farquhar, John, 3 Rose Terrace, Grahamstown, Cape Colony.
Fischer, Henri, 51 Boulevard St. Michel, Paris.
Fleure, H. J., University College of Wales, Aberystwyth.
Foster, Miss A. C. S., Hendra, Alum Chine, Bournemouth.
Frames, P. Ross, P.O. Box 148, Johannesburg, Transvaal.
Freeman, Major E. C., M.D., Tymperleys, Colchester.
*Fulton, Hugh C., Riverside, Kew, Surrey.
Gabriel, C. J., 297 Victoria Street, Abbotsford, Victoria, Australia.
Gatliff, J. H., 31 Normanby Avenue, Northcote, Melbourne, Victoria.
Germain, L., 55 Rue de Buffon, Paris.
*Godwin-Austen, Lieut.-Col. H. H., F.R.S., Nore, Godalming.
*Gude, G. K., F.Z.S., 9 Wimbledon Park Road, Wandsworth,
London, S.W.
L Guerne, Baron Jules de, 6 Rue de Tournon, Paris.
Guppy, R. J. Lechmere, Kinersly, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad.
*Gwatkin, Rev. Prof. H. M., D.D.. 8 Scrope Terrace, Cambridge.
*Haas, Dr. Fritz, Senckenbergisches Museum, Frankfurt a. M.,
Germany.
*Hannibal, Harold, Encina Hall, Stanford University, Cal., U.S.A.
Haynes, T. Henry, 17 Denmark Avenue, Wimbledon.
*Hedley, Charles, F.L.S., Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S. Wales.
Heller, Julius, Villa Gisela, Teplitz, Bohemia.
Henderson, J. Brooks, jun., 16th Street and Florida Avenue,
Washington, D.C., U.S.A.
Henderson, Junius, University of Colorado, Boulder, Col., U.S.A.
Hesse, P., P.O. Box, 335, Venice.
Hickey, Miss M. Finucane, Algeria, Greenwood Park, Durban,
Natal, S.A.
Hinckley, A. A., Du Bois, Ill., U.S.A.
Hirase, Y., Kioto, Japan.
Hoyle, W. E., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., Director of the National Museum
of Wales, City Hall, Cardiff.
Hull, A. F. Basset, Box 704, G.P.O., Sydney, N.S.W.
*Thering, Dr. H. von, Museu Paulista, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
1910
LIS’ OF MEMBERS. 3
Indian Museum, Superintendent Natural History Section, Calcutta.
1906 *Iredale, T., 98 Riverview Gardens, Barnes, London, 8.W.
1913 L Jodot, Paul, 2 Rue Claude Pouillet, (17*) Paris.
1901
1897
1910
1899
1893
O
1894
1893
1909
1905
1904
1913
1899
1897
1905
1907
Johansen, A. C., D.Sc., Duntzfeldts Allé 10, Hellerup, Denmark.
Johnson, C. W., Boston Society of Natural History, Berkeley Street,
Boston, Mass., U.S.A.
Johnston, Miss Mary S., Hazelwood, Wimbledon Hill, London, 8. W.
*Jones, Fleet-Surgeon K. Hurlstone, R.N., c/o Admiralty, 8. W.
Jousseaume, Dr., 29 Rue de Gerjovie, Paris.
*Kennard, A. S., F.G.S., 161 Mackenzie Road, Beckenham, Kent.
*Kenyon, Mrs. Agnes F., 291 Highett Street, Richmond, Victoria,
Australia.
Kobelt, Dr. W., Schwanheim (Main), Germany.
Kraepelin, Professor Dr. K., Naturhistorisches Museum, Stein-
torwal, Hamburg.
Lange, H. O., c/o H. Lehmann & Stage, Livstreede, Copenhagen.
Lebour, Miss M. V., B.Sc., Radcliffe House, Corbridge-on-Tyne,
Northumberland.
Leman, George Curtis, Wynyard, 152 West Hill, Putney,
London, S.W.
Lightfoot, R., South African Museum, Cape Town, Cape of Good
Hope.
*Longstaff, Mrs. G. B., F.L.S., Highlands, Putney Heath, London
b to} MY p] ’
a T
S.W.
Lucas, B. R., Winnington Park, Northwich, Cheshire.
Lynge, H., Rathsackswej 32, Copenhagen.
1893 L MacAndrew, J. J., F.L.S., Lukesland, Ivy Bridge, 8S. Devonshire.
1913
1901
1894
1897
1897
1896
McClelland, Hugh, Stretton, Berkswell, Warwickshire.
Manger, W. T., 100 Manor Road, Brockley, London, 8.E.
*Matthews, E. H. V., Post and Telegraph Station, Norwood, South
Australia.
May, Dr. T. H., Bundaberg, Queensland.
May, W. L., Forest Hill, Sandford, Tasmania.
Meiklejohn, Dr. W. J. S., F.L.S., 105 Holland Road, Kensington,
London, W.
*Melvill, J. Cosmo, M.A., LL.D., F.L.S., Meole Brace Hall,
Shrewsbury.
Monterosato, Marquis A. de, 2 Via Gregorio Ugdulina, Palermo,
Sicily.
Mort, H. S., B.Sc., Apsley, Wallis Street, Woollahra, Sydney,
NESW.
Napier, H. C., Headington Hill, Oxford.
*Newton, R. Bullen, F.G.S., British Museum (Natural History),
Cromwell Road, London, 8.W.
Nobre, Auguste, Oporto University, Oporto, Portugal.
Norman, Rev. Canon Merle, D.C.L., F.R.S., The Red House,
Berkhamsted, Herts.
L Oke, A. W., LL.M., F.L.S., 32 Denmark Villas, Hove, Sussex.
Oldham, Charles, The Bollin, Shrublands Road, Berkhamsted,
Herts.
Oliver, W. R. B., H.M. Customs, Auckland, New Zealand.
Overton, H., Newlands, Boswell Road, Sutton Coldfield.
L Pavlow, Dr. Alexis, Professor of Geology, The University, Moscow.
1903 *Peile, Major A. J., R.A., 12 Addison Road North, London, W.
1897
O
*Pilsbry, Dr. H. A., Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia,
Pa gUss.A.
*Ponsonby, J. H., F.Z.S., 15 Chesham Place, London, 8.W.
O
1893
1914
1907
1901
1900
1905
1911
1910
1897
1915
O
1894
1910
1908
1911
1913
1894
O
1908
1912
O
1911
1911
1893
1894
LIST OF MEMBERS,
*Preston, Hugh B., F.Z.8.,52 Longridge Road, London, S.W.
Pritchard, G. B., Talavera, Kooyongkoot Road, Hawthorn, Victoria,
Australia.
Ramsden, Charles, Apartado 146, Guantanamo, Cuba.
Reader, F. W., 17 Gloucester Road, Finsbury Park, London, N.
*Reynell, Alexander, Brackley, Crofton Lane, Orpington, Kent.
L Ridewood, W. G., D.Sc., F.L.8., 61 Oakley Street, Chelsea, S.W.
L Ritchie, John, jun., 581 Warren Street, Boston, Mass., U.S.A.
*Robson, G. C., B.A., British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell
Road, 5.W.
Rogers, A. W., M.A., D.Sc., South African Museum, Cape Town.
Rolle, Hermann, Speyerer Strasse 8, Berlin, W.
Salisbury, A. E., 12a The Park, Ealing, W.
*Scharff, R. F., D.Sc., F.L.S., Knockranny, Bray, Co. Wicklow.
*Schepman, M.M., Bosch en Duin, Huis ter Heide, Utrecht, Holland.
Sell, Henrick, Blagdamsvej, 126, Copenhagen, Denmark.
*Shaw, H. O. N., B.Se., F.Z.S., Wissett Hall, Halesworth, Suffolk.
Shirley, John, D.Sc., Coot-tha, Abbotsford Road, Bowen Hills,
Brisbane, Queensland.
Sikes, F. H., M.A., F.L.S., Sackville House, Sevenoaks.
*Simroth, Dr. Heinrich Rudolf, Oetzsch-Gautzsch, Leipzig.
*Smith, Edgar A., [.S8.0., 22 Heathfield Road, Acton, London, W.
Smith, Maxwell, Hartsdale, New York, U.S.A.
Soos, Dr. L., Hungarian National Museum, Zoological Section,
Budapest.
*Sowerby, G. B., F.L.S., Riverside, Kew, Surrey.
Steenberg, C. M., Mag. Sc., 3 Ostervoldgade, Copenhagen.
L*Stelfox, A. W., Ballymagee, Bangor, Co. Down.
Stump, E. C., 13 Poletield Road, Blackley, Manchester.
*Suter, Henry, 559 Hereford Street, Linwood, Christchurch, New
Zealand.
*Sykes, Ernest Ruthven, B.A., F.L.8., Longthorns, near Blandford,
Dorset.
Thiele, Dr., Kénigl. Zoologisches Museum, Invaliden Strasse, 43,
Berlin, N. 4.
Tipper, G. H., Geological Survey of India, Calcutta.
Tomlin, J. R. le B., M.A., Lakefoot, Reading, Berkshire.
Turton, Lieut.-Col. W. H., D.S.O., 30 Caledonia Place, Clifton,
Bristol.
L Verco, Dr. J. C., North Terrace, Adelaide, South Australia.
Vernhout, J. H., Leiden Museum, Holland.
Victoria Public Library, Melbourne.
Vignal, L., 28 Avenue Duquesne, Paris.
*Vredenburg, E. W., Geological Survey of India, Calcutta.
*Walker, Bryant, 1806 Dime Bank Building, Detroit, Mich., U.S.A.
Walker, Commander J. J., R.N., F.L.8., Aorangi, Lonsdale Road,
Summertown, Oxford.
L Watson, Hugh, Bracondale, The Avenue, Cambridge.
*Webb, W. M., F.L.S., The Hermitage, Hanwell, London, W.
Wilmer, Lieut.-Col. L. W., Lothian House, Ryde, Isle of Wight.
Woods, Henry, M.A., F.G.S., 39 Barton Road, Cambridge.
*Woodward, B. B., F.L.S., 4 Longfield Road, Ealing, London, W.
*Woodward, Dr. Henry, F.R.S., 13 Arundel Gardens, Notting
Hill, London, W.
All corrections or alterations of address are to be sent to G. K. Gude,
F.Z.8., 9 Wimbledon Park Road, Wandsworth, London, S. W.
CHARGES POR GOL ERPI SEITE 7S.
OUTSIDE COVER. Each insertion—
Whole page . : ; 30s.
Half page ‘ 5 : 15s.
Quarter page. ; ; 7s. 6d.
INSIDE COVER. Each insertion—
Whole page . ; : 20s.
Half page : : : 10s.
Quarter page. : : 5s.
Malacologtcal Society of Dondon.
(Founded 27th February, 1893.)
Officers and Council—elected 12th February, 1915.
President :—Rev. A. H. Cooxs, M.A., Se.D., F.Z.S.
Vice-Presidents :—A. S. KENNARD, F.G.S.; R. BuLLen Newroy, F.G.S.;
H. B. Preston, F.Z.S. ; J. R. uz B. Tomun, M.A., F.E.S.
Treasurer :—J. H. Ponsonpy, F'.Z.8., 15 Chesham Place, London, S.W.
Secretary :—G. K. Gupr, F.Z.S., 9 Wimbledon Park Road, Wandsworth,
London, S.W.
Editor :—K. A. Surry, 1.S.0., 22 Heathfield Road, Acton, London, W.
Other Members of Council:—G. C. Crick, F.G.S.; T. IREDALE ; G. C.
Rosson, B.A.; F. H. SIKEs, M.A., F.L.S.; E. R. SYKEs, B.A.,
F.L.S.; B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S.
By kind permission of the Council of the Linnean Socinzy, the
MEETINGS are held in their apartments at Burtinaron House,
Piccaptniy, W., on the seconp Fripay in each month from. NovEMBER
to Junn.
The OBJECT of the Society is to promote the study of the Mollusca
both recent and fossil.
MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident
without the British Islands), are elected by ballot on a certificate of
recommendation signed by two or more Members.
LADIES are eligible for election.
The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per annum
or £7 7s. for Life, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per annum or
£5 5s. for Life. All Members on election pay an Entrance Fee of 10s. 6d.
The PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each
Member is entitled to receive a copy of those mumbers issued during
membership.
[Vols. I-VIII and Vol. IX, Parts I-III, consisting of 52 Parts,
price 5s. net per Part. Parts IV-VI of Vol. IX, and all
succeeding Parts, price 7s. 6d. each. A discount of 20 per
cent upon the above prices is allowed to Members purchasing
these Volumes or Parts through the Secretary. |]
Further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may be
obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent
at his private address, as given above.
—— -
STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS, ron” HERTFORD.
2,7 Fi) ‘ et fry \
Th DEE YP)
tes
d
y
Sek Put
ee
” ie
»
Ce iv
a en
rf t a
Snes eh
' ; r NV ee ae
eye wes pinm ent!
EA hey ey pt i Ary
Nt Ae ah
v6 aL RLY
h, AS a) i ie i
} i 4 + DA Mee te
Riek Villa} fy } ‘*
Mig Pebeh pues ym
hayes
pe A
reste
Mesos ake)
riots mare Whee:
rie i} et
on cea at J
Pennie
i ,
vi yt ane A MA Vik yi
ft i Dep teed Popow es ip
Sealkey AN "ib Mec
pany We
AON t
: p A DAA AC
; ee te } uh
oe owe i Regan y as ay Phe hots
itt at a er ha Puli ; :
aati Jay Eo to r fe i h
rie tie Bie ‘a ve
bs Se
uaa Salas. it F
paralal ¥
Haan
PAWN AY
hvac
‘i
x | Liv
b. NS
ehhh th re |
Ue Ee UO
| Li Oa Ue }
ay ar: \ as ! Taryn bey e veAe
iN TOA ’ ti ARCH MeN i
sie A CUETO: | UB My, BM iST
Au bh ah Ltn RUSE AUR Na aD ee a
AARNE
tsa ‘i
ay
( aa
iby
ae
t
Hee eet
ia ae :
YIAP taste u i
i “il 4 t hor )
J i! a BN nt an \ wil ii Ah , act iSite Aid an
u 4 ¥ Reape ai ihe anavase ‘i Ra Neh Fe at oe
OARS ARES NS REEMA a A aa NEY Et
_ yi seta men hary x Sh ii Ob 8 u a nuuiaae
eth Asien ath wt) ; Ca ead ies
ay ah A; seid Wie
u
ot aS
: iN rt aOR
S ‘Wi { 4 b ts
i Xi rary
1 i
Sede * Coe ee AW
bia 244 at Up: ink ‘
ns SON a
" ie
1 UR ee es Dati At SRN We Me a a fi yt
ahh BU KE ’ Th Wd WV i ea
At ' i CAL Ce aA cal ie ' ‘ mae | v0) Meech wh:
Ub ba ee \ SME Ret oR EG 4 f Det bt het DUE m RC it
“ H hh Ajab h 70) y ) bet p ch
i! ii a He NRA Bra DC RR ah ieaniee 2 Heed ahh eal Pay
f shy 4 Ava i Ass, Aihtle : Ss He
i pad ray ine ' 0) iy ce * i hive
hi : Paral Ny tpent i
cy wa ‘i \ PHAN Sa 4 ‘6
eta NALA a ’
Fst A ALO Veg fi
TAA ANS On a
i h i, t Rei
‘ eh Ae Nea he ist Nema hits a he ey
1 Se We Nats ra iee (be Repu pew yyy
Coe i 4 linsreet if \ c (
‘y ( wy 3 SEALE M AR Gy
© rt tT
; eens tied el Tee LEON ye
ae me ual : qalewiniaty ata LN MUON Ree a)
bh Ay paukdteratar ae oe
te iorsbyinvs doit eoc1
ty ast uhanliay Poe CTL’
Cee Rint Nee ie AN
deh henry hee ae be Vat
Ha dGe Ca
A aa,
4
i i + rane
fans Mobed Wh
wth yates Baten i
vee i; LDP RO *
ri
SRNatehcaaean
ae cia Wn M8
i Ce soar RUA AA LY
Shaan net by eh Pena Hi bwin bt
ar A
Ch #
i‘ Pee OA Lia)
/ Me) ah
Wp nay el
wh by ete th a) vi on ey te
y me 7 es
WR POMS ROR Te ,
ial re ho
ia
eC ee a
fe hod vt dhe
heneun eo
ewe
a hie iy